Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAbout5514Contract Number: Vendor: Subject: Department: File Class: Begin Date: End Date: Review Date: Vault Date: 5514 PAPE & SONS CONSTRUCTION, INC. Flow Control and Seismic Valve Project Engineering GS2011-169 Rev. 1 Capital Assets (Non-Real Property) 10/7/2015 3/31/2016 4/1/2016 2017 Comments : ���� � AGENDA BILL CITY OF BREMERTON CITY COUNCIL SUBJECT: Award the Contract for the Flow Control and Seismic Valve Project to `Pape 8 Sons Construction; Inc. Study Session Date: COUNCIL MEETING Date: . Department: Presenter: Phone: September 23, 2015 October 7, 2015 Engineering Ned Lever _ (360) 473-2398 SUMMARY: The work completed under this contract includes the installation of precast concrete vaults, isolation and flow control/seismic valves and RTU equipment enclosures. Work under this contract will occur at three separate sites in West Bremerton; the Warren Avenue Bridge; Snyder Ave near the 25 Street intersection; and at the Manette Bridge. There were seven bids submitted. NOVA Contracting Inc. was the apparent low bidder; however, their bid has been rejected as a result of numerous omissions in their bid documents. Pape 8� Sons Construction, Inc. is the lowest responsible, responsive bidder, in the amount of $898,949.00 (which includes sales tax). ATTACHMENTS: 1) Council Summary 2) Contract 3) Bid Tabulation 4) Letter 8� Public Works Department Response FISCAL IMPACTS (Include Budgeted Amount): The project is included in the 2015 budget and is funded by DWSRF Loan of $1,000,000 previously approved for this project. STUDY SESSION AGENDA: � No Presentation ❑ Full Presentation STUDY SESSION ACTION: ❑ Consent Agenda � General Business ❑ Public Hearing RECOMMENDED MOTION: Move to approve the bid for the Flow Control and Seismic Valve Project from Pape 8 Sons Construction, Inc. in the amount of $898,949.00 (which includes sales tax) and authorize Mayor to finalize and execute the contract with substantially the same terms and conditions as presented. COUNCIL ACTION: [�Approve ❑ Deny ❑ Table ❑ Continue ❑ No Action Form Updated 01l07l15 ' , � ' ' � lJ ' i ' ' , ' � CITY OF BREMERTON ADDENDUM NO. 1 TO CONTRACT DOCUMENTS FOR FLOW CONTROL AND SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT Issued September 3, 2015 The following shall modify the Contract Documents and the work shall be accomplished in accordance with such modifications. It is requested that this addendum be stapled to the Bid Documents. IMPORTANT: THIS ADDENDUM SHOULD BE ACKNOWLEDGED IN YOUR BID FORMS WHEN YOUR BID IS SUBMITTED. FAILURE TO ACKNOWLEDGE THE ADDENDUM MAY CONSTITUTE GROUNDS FOR REJECTION OF THE BID. Contents: This Addendum No. 1 contains revisions to the Specifications and/or the Contract Drawings. Revisions to the Specifications are made by reissuing entire sections, reissuing specific pages of sections, OR by directing a change in writing, herein. When a paragraph or sentence is modified, additions are indicated with bold text and deletions are indicated with strikethrough text. Revisions to the Drawings are made by re-issuing a drawing, issuing a revision to a specific detail from a drawing, OR by directing a change in writing, herein. Bidders are cautioned to check the addendum contents carefully for the presence of all listed revisions. Distribution: This Addendum No. 1 is distributed to all planholders of record. (nteqration: The following changes, additions, deletions and attachment are hereby made a ' part of the Contract Documents for Flow Control and Seismic Valve Proiect as fully and completely as if the same were set forth therein. ' , , Acknowledqement of Receipt of Addendum: All prospective bidders are instructed to incorporate this revision into their bids and to complete the acknowledgement of receipt of addenda in the Bid Proposal. Failure to do so may result in the Bid being rejected as not responsive. Crty of Bremerton Addendum #1 , F(ow Contro! and Seismic Valve Project Page 1 of 2 September 2015 VOLUfVIE 1 OF 2— CONTRACT SPECIFICATIOIVS Section 433036 — Rate of Flow Control Valve 1. Revise paragraph 2.5.A.1 as follows: 1. One repair kit containing resilient seals for each valve. 2. Delete paragraph 2.5.A.2. iS City of Bremerton � Addendum #1 Flow Control and Seismic Valve Project Page 2 of 2 September 2015 ' ' � ' ' ' ' ' ' , ' ' ' , ' ' ' , ' CERTIFICATE OF ENGINEER The technical material and data contained in these Specifications for the Flow Control 8� Seismic Valve Proiect were prepared under the supervision and direction of the undersigned professional engineers licensed to practice as such, whose seals, are affixed below. �� John D. Cooke, P.E. Project Engineer MWH Americas, Inc. FLOW CONTROL & SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT JUNE 2015 6 �, CERTIFICATE OF ENGINEER 00 01 05-1 1 This page intentionally left Blank , , C� , ' ' ' ' ' � � � ' 1 � �� FLOW CONTROL & SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT JUNE 2015 CERTIFICATE OF ENGINEER � 00 01 05-2 � ' ' 1 , 1 ' ' , 1 �J ' LJ ' , ' ' ' ' TABLE OF CONTENTS FLOW CONTROL 8� SEISMIC VALVE PR VOLUME 1 SPECIFICATIONS DIVISION 0— BIDDING REQUIREMENTS, CONTRACT FORMS AND CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT 000105 Certification of Engineer 000110 Table of Contents 000116 Notice Inviting Bids 002110 Bidder Checklist 002113 Instruction to Bidders 004100 Bid Forms 005213 Agreement Forms 006113 Performance Bond 006116 Payment Bond 007213 Standard General Conditions (Section 00700) 007313 Supplementary Conditions (Attachment A: Prevailing Wage Rates for Kitsap County) (Attachment B: David Bacon Act Wage Requirements) (Attachment C: Benefit Code Key) DIVISION 1 - GENERAL PROVISIONS 011000 Summary of Work 011400 Construction and Schedule Constraints 012900 Measurement and Payment 012973 Schedule of Values 013119 Project Meetings 013216 CPM Construction Schedule 013300 Contractor Submittals 013529 Safety, Health and Hazardous Materials Handling and Storage 013543 Environmental Protection 014219 Reference Standards 014500 Quality Control 015010 Protection of Existing Facilities FLOW CONTROL & SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT TABLE OF CONTENTS , JUNE 2015 000110 — Page 1 of 5 TABLE OF CONTENTS FLOW CONTROL & SEISMIC VALVE PROJE 015500 Site Access and Security 015719 Temporary Environmental Controls 016000 Products, Materials, Equipment and Substitutions 017123 Field Engineering 017430 Pressure Pipe Testing and Disinfection 017500 Equipment Testing and Startup 017700 Project Closeout 017839 Project Record Documents DIVISION 3— CONCRETE AND GROUT 033150 Cast-in-Place Concrete 036000 Grouting DIVISION 5 — Metals 055000 Miscellaneous Metalwork DIVISION 9 — Finishes 099600 Protective Coatings DIVISION 26 — Electrical 260000 Electrical Work, General 260126 Electrical Tests 260526 Grounding 260533 Electrical Raceway Systems 260536 Wiring Devices 260543 Underground Raceway Systems 261216 Panelboards DIVISION 31 — Earthwork 311000 Site Preparation 311200 Excavation Support System 312319 Dewatering FLOW CONTROL 8� SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT TABLE OF CONTENTS JUNE 2015 000110 — Page 2 of 5 � TABLE OF CONTENTS FLOW CONTROL � SEISMIC VALVE PROJ 313000 Earthwork DIVISION 32 — Exterior Improvements 329300 Landscape Restoration DIVISION 33 — Utilities 330516 Precast Concrete Manholes and Vauits 339220 Ductile Iron Piping (AWWA C151, Modified) DIVISION 40 — Instrumentation and Control for Process Svstems 409108 Pressure Measuring ' DIVISION 43 — Material Handlinq Equipment ' 431050 Piping, General 431052 Pipe Supports ' 431053 Steel Pipe (ASTM A 53/A 106, Modified) 431061 PVC Pressure Pipe ASTM D 1785 ' 432293 Submersible Sump Pump 433000 Valves, General ' 433012 Valve and Gate Actuators 433016 Check Valves , 433018 Ball Valves 433022 Gate Valves 433036 Rate of Flow Control Valves ' 433052 Miscellaneous Valves ' ' , ' ' APPENDICES Appendix A Construction Forms Appendix B Warren" Ave, Manette Bridge, Snyder Ave Seismic Control/Flow Control RTU Schematic FLOW CONTROL & SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT TABLE OF CONTENTS JUNE 2015 000110 — Page 3 of 5 TABLE OF CONTENTS FLOW CONTROL & SEISMI VA LVE PRO VOLUME 2 DRAWINGS Sheet # Page # Title 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 � 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 G-1 G-2 G-3 GC-1 GC-2 GC-3 GC-4 C-1 G2 GEC-1 GM-1 M-1 M-2 GE-1 G E-2 G E-3 G E-4 GE-5 E-1 Cover Sheet Vicinity Map, Location Map, Index of Drawings Abbreviations Notes and Symbols Standard Details Construction Access and Staging Plan - I Construction Access and Staging Plan - II Flow Control/Seismic Valve Vault Site Plan — I(Snyder Ave and Manette Bridge) Flow Control/Seismic Valve Vault Site Plan — II (Warren Ave) General Temporary Erosion and Sediment Control Notes Standard Details - I Flow Control/Seismic Valve Vault Plan & Profile — I(Warren Ave) Flow Control/Seismic Valve Vault Plan & Profile — II (Snyder Ave) Symbols 8� Abbreviations - I Symbols & Abbreviations - II Details - I Details - II Details - III One-line Diagram ' 1 � � FLOW CONTROL & SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT TABLE OF CONTENTS JUNE 2015 000110 - Page 4 of 5 � 1 ' , , ' ' ' ' , ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' TABLE OF CONTENTS FLOW CONTROL 8� SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT 20 E-2 Plan — Warren Avenue 21 E-3 Plan — Snyder Avenue 22 E-4 Plan — Manette Avenue END OF TABLE OF CONTENTS FLOW CONTROL & SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT JUNE 2015 TABLE OF CONTENTS 000110 - Page 5 of 5 INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK ' 1 CITY OF BREMERTON, WASHINGTON NOTICE INVITING BIDS SECTION 000116 ' RECEIPT OF BIDS: Sealed Bids will be received at the office of the City Clerk of the City of Bremerton, � located at 345 6� Street, Bremerton, Washington 98337 until 1:00 p.m. Pacific Time as shown on the wall clock inside the City Clerk's office on September 10� 2015 for the project Flow Control & Seismic Valve Project. Bids received after the specified time and date will not be considered. ' OPENING OF BIDS: The bids will be publicly opened and read after 1:00 p.m. on September 10"', 2015 in the office of the City Clerk at 345 6 Street, Bremerton, Washington 98337. ' DESCRIPTION OF WORK: The WORK to be completed under this contract consists of demolition of existing DI piping, excavation; installation of precast concrete vaults, isolation and flow control valves, and RTU equipment enclosure, electrical components, traffic control and other items as indicated in the contract documents. See Section 011400 for project construction and schedule constraints. , � 1 , � COMPLETION OF WORK: The Substantial Completion date is 160 calendar days following the Notice to Proceed. PREVIEWING CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: Contract Documents may be previewed on printer ARC (formerly known as Reprographics Northwest) website (www.e-arc.com). Go to http://www.e- arc.com/wa/seattle, click on the 'Public Planroom' tab and scroll down to find the project. PURCHASING CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: The Contract Documents may be ordered from ARC. Payment is typically cost of reproduction (non-refundable). Contact ARC Bid Services: 1(206) 622-6000; FAX (206) 622-6712; E-mail: seattle.bid.servicesC�e-arc.com. Bid documents will be available beginning August 10 2015. PROPOSALS: All bid proposals must be made on the blank forms furnished in the Contract Documents. Sealed envelopes containing bids shall be entitled: Bid for Flow Control 8� Seismic Valve Project. SOURCE OF FUNDING: This project is (funded/partially funded) through the Washington State Drinking ' Water State Revolving Fund program with federal funds from the Environmental Protection Agency. By submitting a bid proposal in response to this solicitation the Bidder is agreeing to comply with all requirements stated as conditions of funding and reporting under the DWSRF program. The Bidder is responsible for understanding and complying with these requirements. A copy of the Washington State ' Department of Commerce Drinking Water State Revolving Fund (DWSRF) Specifications Insert is provided as Exhibit A-1 in Section 002113 for the Bidders use and reference. ' ' 1 1 � MINORITY AND WOMEN OWNED BUSINESSES: Small, Minority- and Women-owned firms are encouraged to submit bids. INTEREST EXCLUSION: As a condition of the project funding, neither the state of Washington nor any of its departments or employees are, or shall be, a party to any contract or any subcontract resulting from this solicitation for bids. BID SECURITY: Each bid shall be accompanied by a certified or cashier's check or Bid Bond payable to the City of Bremerton, in the amount of 5 percent of the Total Bid, including Washington State sales tax, identified at the time of submittal of the bid as a guarantee that the Bidder, if its Bid is accepted, will promptly execute the Contract. A bid shall not be considered unless one of the forms of Bidder's security is enclosed with it. PERFORMANCE BOND: The successful bidder will also be required to provide a PerFormance Bond for 100 percent of the Contract Price. FLOW CONTROL & SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT NOTICE INVITING BIDS August 2015 PAGE 00 01 16-1 ' BIDS TO REMAIN OPEN: The Bidder shall guarantee the Total Bid Price for a period of 60 calendar days from the date of bid opening. WAGE RATES: This project is funded subject to the provisions of the Drinking Water State Revolving Fund. The attention of Bidders is also directed to the requirements and conditions of employment to be observed and the minimum wage rates to be paid under the Contract. All work performed on this project will be subject to the higher of the prevailing state or federal wage rates. PRE-BID CONFERENCE: Prospective bidders are strongly encouraged to attend the pre-bid conference conducted by the City which will include a walk-through of the project site. The objective of the pre-bid conference is to acquaint bidders with the work and conditions of the site. The pre-bid conference will begin at 9:00 a.m. on Wednesday, August 26th, 2015, at City of Bremerton Public Works and Utilities offices located at 3027 Olympus Drive, Bremerton, WA 98310. The meeting will be in the large conference room on the 2" floor, followed by a walk-through. PROJECT COMMUNICATION: All communications related to the project shall be directed to the City prior to opening of Bids: Communication bv phone/fax: Ned Lever, P.E. Telephone: (360) 473-2398 Fax: (360) 473-5398 E-mail: ned.lever@ci.bremerton.wa.us Communication bv mail: Department of Public Works and Utilities Engineering Division 3027 Olympus Drive Bremerton, WA 98310 ATTN: Ned Lever, P.E. CITY'S RIGHTS RESERVED: The City of Bremerton reserves the right to reject any and all bids on any or all schedules or alternates or to waive any informalities in the bidding and shall determine which bid or bidders is the most satisfactory and responsible bidder and shall be the sole judge thereof. No plea of mistake in the bid shall be available to the bidder for the recovery of his/her deposit or as a defense to any action based upon the neglect or refusal to execute a contract. The City of Bremerton is an Equal Opportunity Employer and hereby notifies all bidders that it will affirmatively ensure that in any contract entered into pursuant to this advertisement, disadvantaged business enterprises will be afforded full opportunity to submit bids in response to this invitation and will not be discriminated against on the grounds of race, color, sex, or national origin in consideration for an award. END OF SECTION FLOW CONTROL & SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT August 2015 NOTICE INVITING BIDS � PAGE 00 01 16-2 � BIDDER'S CHECKLIST SECTION 002110 BIDDER'S CHECKLIST This section lists the contract forms required for this project. The bidder's attention is especially directed to the forms that must be executed in full as required and submitted with the bidder's bid. These are indicated as follows in the section titled "Bid Documents." BID DOCUMENTS These documents must be executed and submitted to the City with your bid, not later than the designated bid closing date and time. Bids that do not include all of the required forms, properly completed, may be declared unresponsive. The bid forms are in Section 00 41 00. a. Acknowledgement of Bid and Addenda b. Bid Certificate c. Bid Schedule d. Bid Bond (This form to be executed by the bidder and the surety company unless bid is accompanied by a certified check. The amount of this check or bond shall be not /ess fhan 5% (five percent) of the total amount bid and may be shown in dollars or on a percentage basis.) e. List of Subcontractors f. List of Proposed Substitutes (included but not used) g. Information Required of Bidder h. Non-Collusion Affidavit (The form is to be completed and signed by the contractor and notarized. ) i. Certification by Proposed Contractor Regarding Equal Employment j. Certification of Non-segregated Facilities � BIDDER'S CHECKLIST FLOW CONTROL & SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT PAGE 00 21 10-1 ' JUNE 2015 DOCUMENTS TO BE EXECUTED BY THE SUCCESSFUL BIDDER The following forms are to be executed after the contract is awarded. These forms must be filled out and submitted within fourteen (14) calendar days after the date of Notice of Award of contract. - Agreement - Agreement Certificate - Performance Bond - Payment Bond DOCUMENTS TO BE EXECUTED DURING THE CONTRACT The following forms are to be executed after notice to proceed. - Statement of Intent to Pay Prevailing Wages This is a form from Dept. of Labor and Industries. Submit prior to first payment request. - Certificate of Debarment for subcontractors - Certificate of Origin for all iron and steel components DOCUMENTS TO BE EXECUTED PRIOR TO FINAL PAYMENT The following form shall be executed prior to final payment. This is a Washington State Department of Transportation Standard Form. It is not included in these specifications, but will be provided at contract completion. 1. AFFIDAVIT OF WAGES PAID - This is a form from Dept. of Labor and Industries 2. ACCEPTANCE OF COMPENSATION AND RELEASE OF ALL CLAIMS - This form is in Appendix A of the contract END OF SECTION FLOW CONTROL 8 SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT JUNE 2015 BIDDER'S CHECKLIST ' PAGE 00 21 10-2 a� � ' INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS SECTION 002113 1. DEFINED TERMS. Terms used in these Instructions to Bidders and the Notice Inviting Bids which are defined in the General Conditions have the meanings assigned to them in the General Conditions. The term "Bidder" means one who submits a Bid directly to OWNER, as distinct from a sub-bidder, who submits a Bid to a Bidder. The term OWNER is defined as the City of Bremerton, located at 345 6 St., Bremerton, WA 98337. 2. LOCAL BUSINESS LICENSE. The successful Bidder shall acquire and/or possess a current City of Bremerton Business License and any other licenses and permits which may be required to fulfill the obligations of the Contract as specified. Business and occupancy (B80) taxes shall be paid when due and the CONTRACTOR will agree to assign any payments due to the City Clerk for payment of such taxes which have been declared delinquent. 3. INTERPRETATIONS AND ADDENDA. 3.1 All questions about the meaning or intent of the Contract Documents are to be directed to the ENGINEER, defined in GC-1.01 A, Section 00 72 13. Additions, deletions, or revisions to the Contract Documents considered necessary by the ENGINEER in response to such questions will be issued by Addenda mailed or delivered to all parties recorded by the ENGINEER or OWNER as having received the Contract Documents. Only answers to such questions issued by formal written Addenda will be binding. Oral and other interpretations or clarifications will be without legal effect. 3.2 3.3 4. 4.1 A. B. Addenda may also be issued to make other additions, deletions, or revisions to the Contract Documents. Bidders shall make no special interpretation or inference of intent from differing formats in the Technical Specifications. BIDDER'S EXAMINATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND SITE. It is the responsibility of each Bidder before submitting the Bid: To examine thoroughly the Contract Documents and other related data identified in the Bidding Documents (including "technical" data referred to below); To visit the site to become familiar with local conditions that may affect cost, progress, or performance of the WORK; C. To consider federal, state, and local Laws and Regulations, including requirements identified for compliance with DWSRF funding conditions that may affect cost, progress, or performance of the WORK; D. To study and carefully correlate the Bidder's observations with the Contract Documents; and E. To notify the ENGINEER of all conflicts, errors, ambiguities, or discrepancies in or between the Contract Documents and such other related data. FLOW CONTROL 8� SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS AUGUST 2015 00 21 13-1 F. When conflicts, errors, ambiguities, or discrepancies are discovered in or between Contract Documents and/or other related documents, and when said conflicts, etc. have not been resolved through the interpretations by ENGINEER as described in Paragraph 3 above, BIDDER shall include in the Bid the greater quantity of WORK or compliance with the more stringent requirement resulting in a greater cost. Such greater cost shall be included in the BID. 4.2 Reference is made to the Supplementary Conditions for identification of: A. Those drawings of physical conditions in or relating to existing surface and subsurface conditions (except Underground Utilities) which are at or contiguous to the site have been utilized by the ENGINEER in the preparation of the Contract Documents. The Bidder may rely upon the accuracy of the technical data contained in such drawings, however, the interpretation of such technical data, including any interpolation or extrapolation thereof, together with nontechnical data, interpretations, and opinions contained in such drawings or the completeness thereof is the responsibility of the Bidder. 4.3 Copies of reports and drawings referred to in Paragraph 4.2 will be made available by the OWNER for review at the office of the OWNER by any Bidder on request, if said reports and drawings are not bound herein. Those reports and drawings are not part of the Contract Documents, but the technical data contained therein upon which the Bidder is entitled to rely, as provided in SC-4.02.0 of the Supplementary Conditions, are incorporated herein by reference. 4.4 Information and data reflected in the Contract Documents with respect to Underground Utilities at or contiguous to the site is based upon information and data furnished to the OWNER and the ENGINEER by the owners of such Underground Utilities or others, and the OWNER does not assume responsibility for the accuracy or completeness thereof unless it is expressly provided otherwise in the Supplementary Conditions or Section 01 50 10 - Protection of Existing Facilities. 4.5 Provisions concerning responsibilities for the adequacy of data furnished to prospective Bidders on subsurface conditions, Underground Utilities, and other physical conditions, and possible changes in the Contract Documents due to differing conditions appear in Paragraphs 4.02, 4.03, and 4.04 of the General Conditions, and Supplementary Conditions. 4.6 Before submitting a Bid, each Bidder will, at Bidder's own expense, make or obtain any additional examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, and studies and obtain any additional information and data which pertain to the physical conditions (surface, subsurFace, and Underground Utilities) at or contiguous to the site or otherwise which may affect cost, progress, or perFormance of the WORK and which the Bidder deems necessary to determine its Bid for performing the WORK in accordance with the time, price, and other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. 4.7 On request a minimum of 2 days in advance, the OWNER will provide each Bidder access to the site to conduct such examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, and studies as each Bidder deems necessary for submission of a Bid. WORK conducted on weekends shall be coordinated during regular business hours of the previous week. Location of any excavation or boring shall be subject to prior approval of OWNER and applicable agencies. Bidder shall fill all holes, restore all pavement to match existing structural section, and shall clean up and restore the site to its former condition upon �ompleticn of such exp�orations. FLOW CONTROL & SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS AUGUST 2015 00 21 13-2 ' 1 1 , , � ' 4.8 The lands upon which the WORK is to be performed, rights-of-way, and easements for access thereto and other lands designated for use by the CONTRACTOR in performing the WORK are identified in the Contract Documents. All additional lands and access thereto required for temporary construction facilities or storage of materials and equipment are to be provided by the CONTRACTOR. Easements for permanent structures or permanent changes in existing structures are to be obtained and paid for by the OWNER unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. 4.9 The submission of a Bid will constitute an incontrovertible representation by the Bidder that the Bidder has complied with every requirement of this Paragraph 4 and the following: A. That the Bid is premised upon performing the WORK required by the Contract Documents without exception and such means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction (if any) as may be required by the Contract Documents; B. That Bidder has given the ENGINEER written notice of all conflicts, errors, ambiguities, and discrepancies in the Contract Documents and the written resolution thereof by the ENGINEER is acceptable to the Bidder; and C. That the Contract Documents are sufficient in scope and detail to indicate and convey ' understanding of all terms and conditions for performance of the WORK. ' � 5. BID FORMS. The Bid shall be submitted on the Bid Forms in Section 00 41 00 bound herein. All blanks on the Bid Forms shall be completed in ink. All names must be printed below the signatures. The Bid shall be submitted in a sealed envelope which shall be plainly marked in the upper left hand corner with the name and address of the Bidder and shall bear the words "BID for Flow Control & Seismic Valve ProjecY', the name of the OWNER, the address where bids are to be delivered or mailed to, and the date and hour of opening of Bids. ' 6. CERTIFICATES. ' ' 6.1 Bids by corporations must be executed in the corporate name by the president, a vice- president, or other corporate officer. Such Bid shall be accompanied by the enclosed Certificate of Authority to sign, attested by the secretary or assistant secretary, and with the corporate seal affixed. The corporate address and state of incorporation must appear below the signature. 6.2 Bids by partnerships must be executed in the partnership name and be signed by a , managing partner, accompanied by the enclosed Certificate of Authority to sign, and his/her title must appear under the signature and the official address of the partnership must appear below the signature. , 1 6.3 Bids by joint ventures must be executed in the joint venture name and be signed by a joint venture managing partner, accompanied by the enclosed Certificate of Authority to sign, and his/her title must appear under the signature and the official address of the joint venture must appear below the signature. 6.4 Bids by limited liability companies must be executed in the limited liability company , name and be signed by a member, accompanied by the enclosed Certificate of Authority to sign, and his/her title must appear under the signature and the official address of the joint venture must appear below the signature. ' FLOW CONTROL & SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT AUGUST 2015 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 00 21 13-3 ' 7. DISQUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS. More than one Bid from an individual, firm, partnership, corporation, or association under the same or different names will not be considered. If the OWNER believes that any Bidder is interested in more than one Bid . for the WORK contemplated, all Bids in which such Bidder is interested will be rejected. If the OWNER believes that collusion exists among the Bidders, all Bids will be rejected. A party who has quoted prices to a Bidder is not hereby disqualified from quoting prices to other Bidders, or from submitting a Bid directly for the WORK. 8. QUANTITIES OF WORK. Paragraph not used. 9. SUBSTITUTE OR "OR EQUAL" ITEMS. Whenever materials or equipment are specified or described in the Contract Documents by using the name of a particular Supplier and the name is followed by the words "or equal", the Bidder may write the name of a substitute Supplier (which the Bidder considers as an "or equal") in the Bid form titled List of Proposed Substitutes. These substitute Suppliers will only be considered after award of the Contract. The procedure for the submittal of substitute or "or equal" products is specified in Section 01 60 00 - Products, Materials, Equipment, and Substitutions. The Bidder shall not be relieved of any obligations of the Contract Documents or be entitled to an adjustment in the Contract Price in the event any proposed substitute manufacturer is not subsequently approved. 10. COMPETENCY OF BIDDERS. In selecting the lowest responsive, responsible Bidder, consideration will also be given to the general competency of the Bidder for the performance of the WORK covered by the Bid. To this end, each Bid shall be supported by a statement of the Bidder's experience as of recent date on the form entitled "INFORMATION REQUIRED OF BIDDER" in the bid Forms. 11. SUBMISSION OF BIDS. The Bid shall be delivered by the time and to the place stipulated in the Notice Inviting Bids. It is the Bidder's sole responsibility to see that its Bid is received in proper time and at the proper place. 12. BID SECURITY, BONDS, AND INSURANCE. Each Bid shall be accompanied by a certified or cashier's check or approved Bid Bond in the amount stated in the Notice Inviting Bids. Said check or bond shall be made payable to the OWNER and shall be given as a guarantee that the Bidder, if awarded the WORK, will enter into an Agreement with the OWNER, and will furnish the necessary insurance certificates, Payment Bond, and Performance Bond; each of said bonds to be in the amount stated in the Supplementary Conditions. In case of refusal or failure to enter into said Agreement, the check or Bid Bond, as the case may be, shall be forfeited to the OWNER as liquidated damages. The parties recognize that actual damages will be very difficult to determine and that the amount of the bid bond, is a fair and reasonable estimate of damages if the Agreement is not executed. If the Bidder elects to furnish a Bid Bond as its Bid security, the Bidder shall use the Bid Bond form bound herein. 13. DISCREPANCIES IN BIDS. In the event there is more than one Bid item in a Bid Schedule, the Bidder shall furnish a price for all Bid items in the Schedule, and failure to do so will render the Bid non-responsive and may cause its rejection. In the event there are unit price Bid items in a Bidding schedule and the amount indicated for a unit price Bid item does not equal the product of the unit price and quantity, the unit price shall govern and the amount will be corrected accordingly, and the BIDDER shall be bound by said correction. In the event there is more than one Bid item in a Bid Schedule and the total indicated for the Schedule does not agree with the sum of the prices Bid on the individual items, the prices Bid on the individual items shall govern and the total for the FLOW CONTROL & SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT AUGUST 2015 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 1 00 21 13-4 a r� � ' ' Schedule will be corrected accordingly, and the BIDDER shall be bound by said correction. 14. MODIFICATIONS AND UNAUTHORIZED ALTERNATIVE BIDS. Unauthorized conditions, limitations, or provisos attached to the Bid shall render it informal and may cause its rejection as being non-responsive. The completed Bid forms shall be without interlineations, alterations, or erasures in the printed text. Alternative Bids will not be considered unless called for. Oral, telegraphic, or telephonic Bids or modifications will not be considered. 15. WITHDRAWAL OF BID. The Bid may be withdrawn by the Bidder by means of a written ' request, signed by the Bidder or its properly authorized representative. Such written request must be delivered to the place stipulated in the Notice Inviting Bids for receipt of Bids prior to the scheduled closing time for receipt of Bids. 16. AWARD OF CONTRACT. Award of the Contract, if awarded, will be made to the lowest responsive, responsible Bidder based on the TOTAL BID PRICE whose Bid complies with the requirements of the Contract Documents. Unless otherwise specified, any such award will be made within the period stated in the Notice Inviting Bids that the Bids are to remain open. Unless otherwise indicated, a single award will be made for all the Bid Items in an individual Bid Schedule. 17. RETURN OF BID SECURITY. Within 14 days after award of the contract, the OWNER will, if requested, return the Bid securities accompanying such Bids that are not being considered in making the award. All other Bid securities will be held until the Agreement has been finally executed. They will then be returned, if requested, to the respective Bidders whose Bids they accompany. 18. EXECUTION OF AGREEMENT. The Bidder to whom award is made shall execute a written Agreement with the OWNER on the form of agreement provided reflecting by incorporation the additions, deletions, or revisions agreed upon, shall secure all insurance, and shall furnish all certificates and bonds required by the Contract Documents within 14 •calendar days after receipt of the agreement forms from the OWNER. Failure or refusal to enter into an Agreement as herein provided or to conform to any of the stipulated requirements in connection therewith shall be just cause for annulment of the award and forfeiture of the Bid Security. If the lowest responsive, responsible Bidder refuses or fails to execute the Agreement, the OWNER may award the Contract to the second lowest responsive, responsible Bidder. If the second lowest responsive, responsible Bidder refuses or fails to execute the Agreement, the OWNER may award the contract to the third lowest responsive, responsible Bidder. On the failure or refusal of such second or third lowest Bidder to execute the Agreement, each such Bidder's Bid securities shall be likewise forfeited to the OWNER. 19 20 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES. The Agreement contains a provision for Liquidated Damages. Please carefully read the Agreement and all other Contract Documents before submitting a bid. SALES TAX. A. Washington State Department of Revenue (DOR) Rule 170 applies to this contract. , Contact DOR for additional information regarding application of Rule 170. ' FLOW CONTROL 8 SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS AUGUST 2015 00 21 13-5 �I B. All other federal, state, and local sales, use or other taxes as required by federal, state, or local laws shall be included in the various unit bid item prices or other contract amounts. 21. DWSRF FUNDING REQUIREMENTS 21.1 All or part of the Work will be funded by monies provided by the Drinking Water State Revolving Fund (DWSRF). By submitting a bid proposal in response to this solicitation the Bidder is agreeing to comply with all requirements stated as conditions of funding and reporting under the DWSRF. The Bidder is responsible for understanding and complying with these requirements. The detailed requirements are provided as Exhibit A-1 to Section 002113 for the Bidders use. 21.2 Specific requirements for compliance with the funding conditions of the DWSRF program include the following: A. Prevailing Wage Rates — Projects funded by the DWSRF program are subject to the wage requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act. The project funded by this program is also subject to the state prevailing wage law, Chapter 39.12 RCW. The wages that are the highest, either the state prevailing wage or the federal prevailing wage rates, must be paid. B. Buy American (Iron and Steel) — All of the iron and steel used in DWSRF-funded projects must be produced in the United States unless the EPA grants a waiver or compliance that would compromise U.S. obligations under international agreements. C. Suspension and Disbarment — Pursuant to 40CRF32.110, the Bidder must certify that the federal government has not suspended .or debarred them from receiving federal funds. D. Nondiscrimination Provision — During the performance of the contract, the Bidder shall comply with all federal and state nondiscrimination laws, including, but not limited to Title VI and VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, title IX of the Education Amendments of 1972, the Age Discrimination Act of 1975, and Chapter 49.60 RCW, Washington's Law Against Discrimination, and 42 U.S.C. 12101 et seq, the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA). E. Disadvantage Business Enterprise — All contractors, subcontractors, engineers, vendors, suppliers, and other entity receiving contracts for work under this program must comply with the requirements of the EPA's Program for Utilization of Small, Minority, and Women's Business Enterprises (40 CFR, Part 33) in procurements under the DWSRF program. The goals for utilization of disadvantage business are as follows: Construction Supplies Equipment Purchased Services 10% MBE 6% WBE 8% MBE 4% WBE 8% MBE 4% WBE 10% MBE 4% WBE F. Preventing Unfair DBE Practices - There are a number of provisions set by EPA (40 , CFR, 33.302) to prevent unfair practices that adversely affect DBEs: FLOW CONTROL & SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT AUGUST 2015 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS � 00 21 13-6 a , I' 1 ' , 1 � � ' , , 1 ' ' ' ' , ' ' a. General contractors are required to pay DBE subcontractors for satisfactory performance no more than 30 days from the time they receive reimbursement from the OWNER. b. General contractors must notify the OWNER prior to any DBE termination for convenience. c. If a DBE general contractor or subcontractor fails to complete work under the contract for any reason, the Six Good Faith Efforts must be employed in soliciting a replacement. d. The OWNER and general contractors are required to employ the Six Good Faith Efforts even if they achieved their fair share objectives. e. The Bidder must include the following three forms in the bids: EPA Forms 6100-2, 6100-3, & 6100-4. See Exhibit A-1 to Section 002113. END OF INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS FLOW CONTROL & SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT AUGUST 2015 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 00 21 13-7 � 1 � This page is intentionally left blank. ' 1 ' 1 �� � ' a t , ' � t ' FLOW CONTROL & SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT AUGUST 2015 � INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 00 21 13-8 a 1 1 1 1 1 1 EXHIBIT A-1 1 DWSRF 2015 Re uirements 1 q 1 C] 1 1 i 1 1 1 1 1 1 This page intentionally left blank � ' � � � 1 , ' 1 ' ' , ' � 1 ' ' ' WASHINGTON STATE DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE DRINKING WATER STATE REVOLVING FUND (DWSRF) SPECIFICATIONS INSERT The following clauses will be incorporated into construction contracts receiving financial assistance from the Washington State Department of Commerce Drinking Water State Revolving Fund. In the event of conflict within the contract these clauses shall take precedence. Required Bid Submittals The following submittals are required to be submitted with the bid proposal: • EPA Form 6100-4 (DBE Subcontractor Utilization Form) • EPA Form 6100-3 (DBE Subcontractor Performance Form) for all DBE subcontractors. • Complete Bidders List • Attachment 3— Certification of Non-Segregated Facilities Compliance with State and Local Laws The Contractor shall assure compliance with all applicable federal, state, and local laws, requirements, and ordinances as they pertain to the design, implementation, and administration of the approved project. Civil Rights All contracts must include and comply with the following: Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, 42 U.S.C. § 2000d No person in the United States shall, on the ground of race, color, or national origin, be excluded from participation in, be denied the benefits of, or be subjected to discrimination under any program or activity receiving federal financial assistance. Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, 29 U.S.C. § 794 (n)o otherwise qualified individual with a disability in the United States ... shall, solely by reason of his or her disability, be excluded from participation in, be denied the benefits of, or be subject to discrimination under any program or activity receiving federal financial assistance The Age Discrimination Act of 1975, 42 U.S.C. § 6102 no person in the United States shall, on the basis of age, be excluded from participation in, be denied the benefits of, or be subject to discrimination under any program or activity receiving financial assistance. � Equal Employment Opportunity, Executive Order No. 11246 (1965) Through a series of Executive Orders, and a decision by the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission, the federal government has established a national policy designed to battle discrimination based on race, color, sex, religion, and national origin in federal assistance programs and to enhance hiring, training, and promotion opportunities for minorities and women in construction programs financed, in part, by federal dollars. If a Contract exceeds $10,000, the Contractor shall comply with Executive Order 11246, "Equal Employment Opportunity," as amended by Executive Order 11375, "Amending Executive Order 11246 Relating to Equal Employment Opportunity," and as supplemented by regulations at 41 CFR part 60. Contractor's compliance with Executive Order 11246 shall be based on implementation of the Equal Opportunity Clause, and specific affirmative active obligations required by the Standard Federal Equal Employment Opportunity Construction Contract Specifications, as set forth in 41 CFR Part 60-4. Must be included in all contracts: Equal Opportunitv Clause (41 CFR part 60-1.4(b)) During the performance of this contract, the contractor agrees as follows: 1. The contractor will not discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because of race, color, religion, sex, or national origin. The contractor will take affirmative action to ensure that applicants are employed, and that employees are treated during employment without regard to their race, color, religion, sex, or national origin. Such action shall include, but not be limited to the following: Employment, upgrading, demotion, or transfer; recruitment or recruitment advertising; layoff or termination; rates of pay or other forms of compensation; and selection for training, including apprenticeship. The contractor agrees to post in conspicuous places, available to employees and applicants for employment, notices to be provided setting forth the provisions of this nondiscrimination clause. 2. The contractor will, in all solicitations or advertisements for employees placed by or on behalf of the contractor, state that all qualified applicants will receive considerations for employment without regard to race, color, religion, sex, or national origin. 3. The contractor will send to each labor union or representative of workers with which he has a collective bargaining agreement or other contract or understanding, a notice to be provided advising the said labor union or workers' representatives of the contractor's commitments under this section, and shall post copies of the notice in conspicuous places available to employees and applicants for employment. 4. The contractor will comply with all provisions of Executive Order 11246 of September 24, 1965, and of the rules, regulations, and relevant orders of the Secretary of Labor. 5. The contractor will furnish all information and reports required by Executive Order 11246 of September 24, 1965, and by rules, regulations, and orders of the Secretary of Labor, or pursuant thereto, and will permit access to his books, records, and accounts by 2 the administering agency and the Secretary of Labor for purposes of investigation to ascertain compliance with such rules, regulations, and orders. 6. In the event of the contractor's noncompliance with the nondiscrimination clauses of this contract or with any of the said rules, regulations, or orders, this contract may be canceled, terminated, or suspended in whole or in part and the contractor may be declared ineligible for further Government contracts or federally assisted construction contracts in accordance with procedures authorized in Executive Order 11246 of September 24, 1965, and such other sanctions may be imposed and remedies invoked as provided in Executive Order 11246 of September 24, 1965, or by rule, regulation, or order of the Secretary of Labor, or as otherwise provided by law. 7. The contractor will include the portion of the sentence immediately preceding paragraph (1) and the provisions of paragraphs (1) through (7) in every subcontract or purchase order unless exempted by rules, regulations, or orders of the Secretary of Labor issued pursuant to section 204 of Executive Order 11246 of September 24, l 965, so that such provisions will be binding upon each subcontractor or vendor. The contractor will take such action with respect to any subcontract or purchase order as the administering agency may direct as a means of enforcing such provisions, including sanctions for noncompliance: Provided, however, That in the event a contractor becomes involved in, or is threatened with, litigation with a subcontractor or vendor as a result of such direction by the administering agency the contractor may request the United States to enter into such litigation to protect the interests of the United States. . Federal Equal Emplovtnent Opportunitv Construction Contract Specifications (Executive Order 11246 and 41 CFR part 60-4.3) , 2 ' As used in these specifications: , a. "Covered area" means the geographical area described in the solicitation from which this contract resulted; b. "Director" means Director, Office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs, United States Department of Labor, or any person to whom the Director delegates authority; c. "Employer identification number" means the Federal Social Security number used on the Employer's Quarterly Federal Tax Return, U.S. Treasury Department Form 941. d. "Minority" includes: i. Black (all persons having origins in any of the Black African racial groups not of Hispanic origin); ii. Hispanic (all persons of Mexican, Puerto Rican, Cuban, Central or South American or other Spanish Culture or origin, regardless of race); iii. Asian and Pacific Islander (all persons having origins in any of the original peoples of the Far East, Southeast Asia, the Indian Subcontinent, or the Pacific Islands); and iv. American Indian or Alaskan Native (all persons having origins in any of the original peoples of North America and maintaining identifiable tribal affiliations through membership and participation or community identification). Whenever the Contractor, or any Subcontractor at any tier, subcontracts a portion of the work involving any construction trade, it shall physically include in each subcontract in excess of $ l 0,000 the provisions of these specifications and the Notice which contains 3 � the applicable goals for minority and female participation and which is set forth in the solicitations from which this contract resulted. 3. If the Contractor is participating (pursuant to 41 CFR 60�.5) in a Hometown Plan approved by the U.S. Department of Labor in the covered area either individually or through an association, its affirmative action obligations on all work in the Plan area (including goals and timetables) shall be in accordance with that Plan for those trades which have unions participating in the Plan. Contractors must be able to demonstrate their participation in and compliance with the provisions of any such Hometown Plan. Each Contractor or Subcontractor participating in an approved Plan is individually required to comply with its obligations under the EEO clause, and to make a good faith effort to achieve each goal under Plan in each trade in which it has employees. The overall good faith performance by other Contractors or Subcontractors toward a goal in an approved Plan does not excuse any covered Contractor's or Subcontractor's failure to take good faith efforts to achieve the Plan goals and timetables. 4. The Contractor shall implement the specific affirmative action standards provided in paragraphs 7 a through p of these specifications. The goals set forth in the solicitation from which this contract resulted are expressed as percentages of the total hours of employment and training of minority and female utilization the Contractor should reasonably be able to achieve in each construction trade in which it has employees in the covered area. Covered Construction contractors performing construction work in geographical areas where they do not have a Federal or federally assisted construction contract shall apply the minority and female goals established for the geographical area� where the work is being performed. Goals are published periodically in the Federal Registering notice form, and such notices may be obtained from any Office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs office or from Federal procurement contracting officers. The Contractor is expected to make substantially uniform progress in meeting its goals in � each craft during the period specified. 5. Neither the provisions of any collective bargaining agreement, nor the failure by a union with whom the Contractor has a collective bargaining agreement, to refer either minorities or women shall excuse the Contractor's obligations under these specifications, Executive Order 11246, or the regulations promulgated pursuant thereto. 6. In order for the nonworking training hours of apprentices and trainees to be counted in meeting the goals, such apprentices and trainees must be employed by the Contractor during the training period, and the Contractor must have made a commitment to employ the apprentices and trainees at the completion of their training, subject to the availability of employment opporlunities. Trainees must be trained pursuant to training programs approved by the U.S. Department of Labor. 7. The Contractor shall take specific affirmative action's to ensure equal employment opportunity. The evaluation of the Contractor's compliance with these specifications shall be based upon its effort to achieve maximum results from its actions. The Contractor shall document these efforts fully, and shall implement affirmative action steps at least as extensive as the following: a. Ensure and maintain a working environment free of harassment, intimidation, and coercion at all sites, and in all facilities at which the Contractor's employees are assigned to work. The Contractor, where possible, will assign two or more women to each construction project. The Contractor shall specifically ensure that all foremen, 0 1 ' , ' ' , ' � � �J ' ' ' ' ' , � ' 1 i� �I e. f. g• f1 superintendents, and other on-site supervisory personnel are aware of and carry out the Contractor's obligation to maintain such a working environment, with specific attention to minority or female individuals working at such sites or in such facilities. Establish and maintain a current list of minority and female recruitment sources, provide written notification to minority and female recruitment sources and to community organizations when the Contractor or its unions have employment opportunities available, and maintain a record of the organizations' responses. Maintain a current file of the names, addresses and telephone numbers of each minority and female off-the-street applicant and minority or female referral from a union, a recruitment source or community organization and of what action was taken with respect to each such individual. If such individual was sent to the union hiring hall for referral and was not referred back to the Contractor by the union or, if referred, not employed by the Contractor, this shall be documented in the file with the reason therefore, along with whatever additiona( actions the Contractor may have taken. Provide immediate written notification to the Director when the union or unions with which the Contractor has a collective bargaining agreement has not referred to the Contractor a minority person or woman sent by the Contractor, or when the Contractor has other information that the union referral process has impeded the Contractor's efforts to meet its obligations. Develop on-the job training opportunities and/or participate in training programs for the area which expressly include minorities and women, including upgrading � programs and apprenticeship and trainee programs relevant to the Contractor's employment needs, especially those programs funded or approved by the Department of Labor. The Contractor shall provide notice of these programs to the sources compiled under 7b above. - Disseminate the Contractor's EEO policy by providing notice of the policy to unions and training programs and requesting their cooperation in assisting the Contractor in meeting its EEO obligations; by including it in any policy manual and collective bargaining agreement; by publicizing it in the company newspaper, annual report, etc.; by specific review of the policy with all management personnel and with all minority and female employees at least once a year; and by posting the company EEO policy on bulletin boards accessible to all employees at each location where construction work is performed. Review, at least annually, the company's EEO policy and affirmative action obligations under these specifications with all employees having any responsibility for hiring, assignment, layoff, termination or other employment decisions including specific review of these items with onsite supervisory personnel such as Superintendents, General Foremen, etc., prior to the initiation of construction work at any job site. A written record shall be made and maintained identifying the time and place of these meetings, persons attending, subject matter discussed, and disposition of the subject matter. Disseminate the Contractor's EEO policy externally by including it in any advertising in the news media, specifically including minority and female news media, and providing written notification to and discussing the Contractor's EEO policy with other Contractors and Subcontractors with whom the Contractor does or anticipates � � doing business. i. Direct its recruitment efforts, both oral and written, to minority, female and community organizations, to schools with minority and female students and to minority and female recruitment and training organizations serving the Contractor's recruitment area and employment needs. Not later than one month prior to the date for the acceptance of applications for apprenticeship or other training by any recruitment source, the Contractor shall send written notification to organizations such as the above, describing the openings, screening procedures, and tests to be used in the selection process. j. Encourage present minority and female employees to recruit other minority persons and women and, where reasona}ile, provide after school, summer and vacation employment to minority and female youth both on the site and in other areas of a Contractor's work force. k. Validate all tests and other selection requirements where there is an obligation to do so under 41 CFR part 60-3. l. Conduct, at least annually, an inventory and evaluation at least of all minority and female personnel for promotional opporlunities and encourage these employees to seek or to prepare for, through appropriate training, etc., such opportunities. m. Ensure that seniority practices, job classifications, work assignments and other personnel practices, do not have a discriminatory effect by continually monitoring all personnel and employment related activities to ensure that the EEO policy and the Contractor's obligations under these specifications are being carried out. n. Ensure that all facilities and company activities are nonsegregated except that separate or single-user toilet and necessary changing facilities shall be provided to assure privacy between the sexes. o. Document and maintain a record of all solicitations of offers for subcontracts from minority and female construction contractors and suppliers, including circulation of solicitations to minority and female contractor associations and other business associations. p. Conduct a review, at least annually, of all supervisors' adherence to and performance under the Contractor's EEO policies and affirmative action obligations. 8. Contractors are encouraged to participate in voluntary associations which assist in fulfilling one or more of their affirmative action obligations (7a through p). The efforts of a contractor association, joint contractor-union, contractor-community, or other similar group of which the contractor is a member and participant, may be asserted as fulfilling any one or more of its obligations under 7a through p of these Specifications provided that the contractor actively participates in the group, makes every effort to assure that the group has a positive impact on the employment of minorities and women in the industry, ensures that the concrete benefits of the program are reflected in the Contractor's minority and female workforce participation, makes a good faith effort to meet its individual goals and timetables, and can provide access to documentation which demonstrates the effectiveness of actions taken on behalf of the Contractor. The obligation to comply, however, is the Contractor's and failure of such a group to fulfill an obligation shall not be a defense for the Contractor's noncompliance. 9. A single goal for minorities and a separate single goal for women have been established. The Contractor, however, is required to provide equal employtnent opportunity and to 0 1 ' 1 � 10 ' 11 ' 12 ' � 13. ' ' 14. , ' , take affirmative action for all minority groups, both male and female, and all women, both minority and non-minority. Consequently, the Contractor may be in violation of the Executive Order if a particular group is employed in a substantially disparate manner (for example, even though the Contractor has achieved its goals for women generally, the Contractor may be in violation of the Executive Order if a specific minority group of women is underutilized). The Contractor shall not use the goals and timetables or affirmative action standards to discriminate against any person because of race, color, religion, sex, or national origin. The Contractor shall not enter into any Subcontract with any person or firm debarred from Government contracts pursuant to Executive Order 11246. The Contractor shall carry out such sanctions and penalties for violation of these specifications and of the Equal Opportunity Clause, including suspension, termination and cancellation of existing subcontracts as may be imposed or ordered pursuant to Executive Order 11246, as amended, and its implementing regulations, by the Office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs. Any Contractor who fails to carry out such sanctions and penalties shall be in violation of these specifications and Executive Order 1 ] 246, as amended. The Contractor, in fulfilling its obligations under these specifications, shall implement specific affirmative action steps, at least as extensive as those standards prescribed in paragraph 7 of these specifications, so as to achieve maximum results from its efforts to �� ensure equal employment opporlunity. If the Contractor fails to comply with the � requirements of the Executive Order, the implementing regulations, or these specifications, the Director shall proceed in accordance with 41 CFR 60-4.8. The Contractor shall designate a responsible official to monitor all employment related activity to ensure that the company EEO policy is being carried out, to submit reports relating to the provisions hereof as may be required by the Government and to keep � records. Records shall at least include for each employee the name, address, telephone ��� numbers, construction trade, union affiliation if any, employee identification number when assigned, social security number, race, sex, status (e.g., mechanic, apprentice trainee, helper, or laborer), dates of changes in status, hours worked per week in the indicated trade, rate of pay, and locations at which the work was performed. Records shall be maintained in an easily understandable and retrievable form; however, to the degree that existing records satisfy this requirement, contractors shall not be required to maintain separate records. ' 15. Nothing herein provided shall be construed as a limitation upon the application of other laws which establish different standards of compliance or upon the application of requirements for the hiring of local or other area residents (e.g., those under the Public ' Works Employment Act of 1977 and the Community Development Block Grant Program). ' � ' Reporting Requirements (EEO-1) On or before September 30 of each year, a contractor that is subject to Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, as amended, and that has 100 or more employees, shall file with the EEOC or its delegate an "Employer Information Report EEO-1". Instructions on how to file are available on the EEOC's website at http://www.eeoc. o�ployers/eeolsurvey/howtofile.cfm. The contractor shall retain a copy of the most recent report filed. 7 1 Se regated Facilities (41 CFR part 60-1.8) The contractor shall ensure that facilities provided for employees are provided in such a manner that segregation on the basis of race, color, religion, sex or national origin cannot result. The contractor may neither require such se��regated use by written or oral policies nor tolerate such use by employee custom. The contractor's obligation extends further to ensuring that its employees are not assigned to perform their services at any location, under the contractor's control, where the facilities are segregated. This obligation extends to all contracts containing the equal opportunity clause regardless of the amount of the contract. The term "facilities," as used in this section, means waiting rooms, work areas, restaurants and other eating areas, time clocks, restrooms, wash rooms, locker rooms, and other storage or dressing areas, parking lots, drinking fountains, recreation or entertainment areas, transportation, and housing provided for employees; Provided, That separate or single-user restrooms and necessary dressing or sleeping areas shall be provided to assure privacy between the sexes. Provision During the performance of this Contract, the Contractor shall comply with all federal and state nondiscrimination laws, including, but not limited to Chapter 49.60 RCW, Washington's Law Against Discrimination, and 42 U.S.C. 12101 et seq, the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA). In the event of the Contractor's noncompliance or refusal to comply with any applicable nondiscrimination law, regulation, or policy, this Contract may be rescinded, canceled, or terminated in whole or in part, and the Contractor may be declared ineligible for further contracts with the Board. The Contractor shall, however, be given a reasonable time in which to cure this noncompliance. The Contractor must also include the following terms and conditions in contracts with all contractors, subcontractors, engineers, vendors, and any other entity for work or services listed in Attachment I: Scope of Work. "The Contractor shall not discriminate on the basis of race, color, national origin or sex in the performance of this Contract. The Contractor shall carry out applicable requirements of 40 CFR part 33 in the award and administration of contracts awarded under Envirorunental Protection Agency financial agreements. Failure by the Contractor to carry out these requirements is a material breach of this Contract which may result in termination of this Contract." Buy American Congress passed a law January 17, 2014, that requires water systems to use U.S. steel and iron products for projects funded in part or in full by a Drinking Water State Revolving Fund (DWSRF) loan. The act defines iron and steel products as, "...the following products made primarily of iron or steel: lined or unlined pipes and fittings, manhole covers and other municipal castings, hydrants, ' � ' ' � 1 L tanks, flanges, pipe clamps and restraints, valves, structural steel, reinforced precast concrete, and construction materials." Prohibition Statement Pursuant to Section 106 of the Trafticking Victims Protection Act of 2009, as amended, the Contractor and its employees may not engage in severe forms of trafficking in persons during the period of time the Contract is in effect, procure a commercial sex act during the period of time the Contract is in effect, or use forced labor during the performance of this Contract. The Contractor shall require this prohibition statement in contracts with all contractors, subcontractors, engineers, vendors, and any other entity for work or services listed in Attachment 1: Scope of Work. In the event that the Contractor or any of its employees is determined to have violated the terms of this section, this Contract may be terminated. Prevailin� Wage � The work performed under this contract is subject to the wage requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act. The Contractor shall conform to the wage requirements prescribed by the federal Davis- , Bacon and Relate Acts which requires that all laborers and mechanics employed by contractors, and subcontractors performing on contracts funded in whole or in part by SRF appropriations in excess of $2000 pay their laborers and mechanics not less than the prevailing wage rates and ' fringe benefits, and determined by the Secretary of Labor, for corresponding classes of laborers and mechanics employed on similar projects in the area. Attachment lA or 1 B to this specification insert, and an up to date wage determination must be included in full into any , contract and in any subcontract in excess of $2,000. Wage determinations can be found at http://www.wdol.�. ' 1 Certification Re�arding Suspension, Debarment, Ineli�ibility Or Voluntary Exclusion The CONTRACTOR, by signing this agreement, certifies that it is not suspended, debarred, proposed for debarment, declared ineligible or otherwise excluded from contracting with the federal government, or from receiving contracts paid for with federal ' funds. lf the CONTRACTOR is unable to certify to the statements contained in the certification, they must provide an explanation as to why they cannot. ' ' ' ' 2. The CONTRACTOR shall provide immediate written notice to the Department if at any time the CONTRACTOR learns that its certification was erroneous when submitted or had become erroneous by reason of changed circumstances. 3. T'he terms covered transaction, debarred, suspended, ineligible, lower tier covered transaction, participant, person, primary covered transaction, principal, proposal, and voluntarily excluded, as used in this clause, have the meaning set out in the Definitions and Coverage sections of rules implementing Executive Order 12549. You may contact the department for assistance in obtaining a copy of those regulations.. 0 �J 4. The CONTRACTOR agrees it shall not knowingly enter into any lower tier covered transaction with a person who is proposed for debarment under the applicable Code of Federal Regulations, debarred, suspended, declared ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from participation in this covered transaction. 5. The CONTRACTOR further agrees by signing this agreement, that it will include this clause titled "Certification Regarding Suspension, Debarment, Ineligibility Or Voluntary Exclusion" without modification in all lower tier covered transactions and in all solicitations for lower tier covered transactions. 6. Pursuant to 2CFR180.330, the CONTRACTOR is responsible for ensuring that any lower tier covered transaction complies with certification of suspension and debarment requirements. 7. CONTRACTOR acknowledges that failing to disclose the information required in the Code of Federal Regulations may result in the delay or negation of this funding agreement, or pursuance of legal remedies, including suspension and debarment. 8. CONTRACTOR agrees to keep proof in its agreement file, that it, and all lower tier recipients or contractors, are not suspended or debarred, and will make this proof available to the Department upon request. RECIPIENT/CONTRACTOR must run a search in www.sam.�ov and print a copy of completed searches to document proof of compliance. This term and condition supersedes EPA Form 5700-49, "Certification Regarding Debarment, Suspension, and Other Responsibility Matters." Disadvanta�ed Business Enterprises Small, minority and women-owned firms should be afforded the maximum opportunity to compete for and obtain bid documents for projects funded by the DWSRF program. The level of participation by small, minority and women-owned firms should be consistent with their general availability within the professional community involved. General Compliance (40 CFR Part 33). The contractor shall comply with the requirements of the Environmental Protection Agency's Program for Participation By Disadvantaged Business Enterprises (DBE) 40 CFR Part 33. Non-discrimination Provision (40CFR Appendix A to Part 33). The contractor shall not discriminate on the basis of race, color, national origin or sex in the performance of this contract. The contractor shall carry out applicable requirements of 40 CFR part 33 in the award and administration of contracts awarded under EPA financial assistance agreements. Failure by the contractor to carry out these requirements is a material breach of this contract which may result in the termination of this contract or other legally available remedies. 10 ' � C J � � The contractor shall comply with all federal and state nondiscrimination laws, including, but not limited to Title VI and ViI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, Title IX of the Education Amendments of 1972, the Age Discrimination Act of 1975, and Chapter 49.60 RCW, Washington's Law Against Discrimination, and 42 U.S.C. 12101 et seq, the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA). Six Good Faith Efforts (40 CFR Part 33 Subpart C). The contractor agrees to make the following good faith efforts whenever procuring subcontracts, equipment, services and supplies. The contractor shall retairi records documenting compliance with the following six good faith efforts. , 1 ' , 2 ' ' 3 ' , 4. ' S. 6. 1 ' 1 ' ' Ensuring Disadvantaged Business Enterprises are made aware of contracting opportunities to the fullest extent practicable through outreach and recruitment activities. For Indian Tribal, State and Local and Government recipients, this will include placing Disadvantaged Business Enterprises on solicitation lists and soliciting them whenever they are potential sources. Qualified Women and Minority business enterprises may be found on the Internet at www.omwbe.wa.� or by contacting the Washington State Office of Minority and Women's Enterprises at 360-704-1181. Making information on forthcoming opportunities available to Disadvantaged Business Enterprises and arrange time frames for contracts and establish delivery schedules, where the requirements permit, in a way that encourages and facilitates participation by Disadvantaged Business Enterprises in the competitive process. This includes, whenever possible, posting solicitations for bids or proposals for a minimum of thirty (30) calendar days before the bid or proposal closing date. Considering in the contracting process whether firms competing for large contracts could subcontract with Disadvantaged Business Enterprises. For Indian Tribal, State and local> Government recipients, this will include dividing total requirements when economically feasible into smaller tasks or quantities to permit maximum participation by Disadvantaged Business Enterprises in the competitive process. Encourage contracting with a consortium of Disadvantaged Business Enterprises when a contract is too large for one of these firms to handle individually. Using services and assistance of the Small Business Administration and the Minority Business Development Agency of the Department of Commerce. If the prime contractor awards subcontracts, requiring the subcontractors to take the six good faith efforts in paragraphs 1 through 5 above. Fair Share Objective Goal (40 CFR Part 33 Subpart D). A fair share objective is a goal based on the capacity and availability of qualified, certified Minority Business Enterprises (MBEs) and Women's Business Enterprises (WBEs) in the relevant geographic market. As mandated by EPA, all general contractors and subcontractors must comply with the requirements of the EPA's Program for Utilization of Small, Minority, and Women's Business Enterprises (40 CFR, Part 33) in procurement under the DWSRF program. The goals for the utilization of disadvantaged businesses are as follows: Construction 10% MBE 6% WBE Supplies 8% MBE 4% WBE Equipment 8% MBE 4% WBE 11 � Purchased Services 10% MBE 4% WBE All general contractors and subcontractors must accept the fair share objective/goals stated above and attest to the fact they are purchasing the same or similar construction, supplies, services, and equipment, in the same or similar relevant geographic buying market as the Washington Office of Minority Women Business goals. Under the DWSRF program, borrowers receiving a total of $250,000 or less in EPA funds in a given fiscal year are exempted from the Fair Share Objective requirements. IMPORTANT Only MBEs and WBEs that are certified by EPA, SBA, DOT, or by state, local, tribal or private entities whose certification criteria match EPA's can be counted towards the MBEs and WBEs utilization goal. MBE/WBE Reporting (40 CFR Part 33 Parts 33.302, 33.502 and 33.503). The contractor shall provide EPA Form 6100-2 DBE Subcontractor Participation Form to all DBE subcontractors. Subcontractors may submit EPA Form 6l 00-2 Subcontractor Participation Form to the EPA Region 10 DBE coordinator in order to document issues or concerns with their usage or payment for a subcontract. The contractor shall require all DBE subcontractors to complete EPA Form 6100-3 DBE Subcontractor Performance Form. The contractor shall complete EPA Form 6100-4 DBE Subcontractor Utilization Fonn. The contractor shall submit EPA Form 6100-4 and all completed EPA Form 6100-3 forms with the bid proposal. Bidders List (40 CFR Part 33 part 33.501) All bidders shall submit the following information for all firms that bid or quote on subcontracts (including both DBE and non-DBE firms) with their bid proposal. 1. Entity's name with point of contact; 2. Entity's mailing address, telephone number, and e-mail address; 3. The procurement on which the entity bid or quoted, and when; and 4. Entity's status as an MBE/WBE or non-MBE/WBE. Contract Administration Provisions (40 CFR part 33.302). The contractor shall comply with the contract administration provisions of 40 CFR, Part33.302 2 The contractor shall pay its subcontractor for satisfactory performance no more than 30 days from the contractor's receipt of payment. ' The contractor shall notify the owner in writing prior to any termination of a DBE subcontractor. 3. If a DBE subcontractor fails to complete work under the subcontract for any reason, the contractor shall employ the six good faith efforts when soliciting a replacement subcontractor. 4. The contractor shall employ the six good faith efforts even if the contractor has achieved its fair share objectives. 12 1 ' C� � 1 i Third Party Beneficiary ' Partial funding of this project is being provided through the Washington State Department of Commerce Drinking Water State Revolving Fund. All parties agree that the State of Washington ' shall be, and is hereby, named as an express third-party beneficiary of this contract, with full rights as such. � � ' .' , I� J , ' 1 ' C J , ' ' Access to the Construction Site and to Records The contractor shall provide for the safe access to the construction site and to the contractor's records by Washington State Department of Commerce, Washington State Department of Health, and Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) personnel. The Contractor shall maintain accurate records and accounts to facilitate the Owner's audit requirements and shall ensure that all subcontractors maintain auditable records. These Project records shall be separate and distinct from the Contractor's other records and accounts. All such records shall be available to the Owner and to Washington State Department of Commerce, Washington State Department of Health and EPA personnel for examination. All records pertinent to this project shall be retained by the Contractor for a period of three (3) years after the final audit. Attachments: 1. Wage Rate Requirements For Subrecipients a. Attachment lA for municipal borrowers 2. Current Wage Rate Determination (Verified by CAU project Manager) 3. Certification Of Nonsegregated Facilities 4. Notice To Labor Unions Or Other Organization Of Workers: Non-Discrimination In Employment 5. EPA Form 6100-2 (DBE Subcontractor Participation Form) 6. EPA Form 6100-3 (DBE Subcontractor Performance Form) for all DBE subcontractors. 7. EPA Form 6100-4 (DBE Subcontractor Utilization Form) 8. Buy American Requirements — The Use of American Iron and Steel 13 , WAGE RATE REQUIREMENTS FOR SUBRECIPIENTS The following terms and conditions specify how recipients will assist EPA in meeting its Davis- Bacon (DB) responsibilities when DB applies to EPA awards of financial assistance under the FY 2013 Continuing Resolution with respect to State recipients and subrecipients that are governmental entities. If a subrecipient has questions regarding when DB applies, obtaining the conect DB wage determinations, DB provisions, or compliance monitoring, it may contact the State recipient. 1. Applicability of the Davis- Bacon (DB) prevailing wage requirements. Under the FY 2013 Continuing Resolution, DB prevailing wage requirements apply to the construction, alteration, and repair of treatment works carried out in whole or in part with assistance made available by a State water pollution control revolving fund and to any construction project carried out in whole or in part by assistance made available by a drinking water treatment revolving loan fund. If a subrecipient encounters a unique situation at a site that presents uncertainties regarding DB applicability, the subrecipient must discuss the situation with the recipient State before authorizing work on that site. 2. Obtaining Wage Determinations. (a) Subrecipients shall obtain the wage determination for the locality in which a covered activity subject to DB will take place prior to issuing requests for bids, proposals, quotes or other methods for soliciting contracts (solicitation) for activities subject to DB. Subrecipients need to submit the wage determination to Department of Commerce, Contracts Administration Unit project manager prior to inserting the wage determination into a solicitation, contract or issuing task orders, work assignments or similar instruments to existing contractors ordering instruments unless subsequently directed otherwise by the State recipient Award Official. These wage determinations shall be incorporated into solicitations and any subsequent contracts. Prime contracts must contain a provision requiring that subcontractors follow the wage determination incorporated into the prime contract. (i) While the solicitation remains open, the subrecipient shall monitor www.wdol.�ov weekly to ensure that the wage determination contained in the solicitation remains current. The subrecipients shall amend the solicitation if DOL issues a modification more than 10 days prior to the closing date (i.e. bid opening) for the solicitation. If DOL modifies or supersedes the applicable wage determination less than 10 days prior to the closing date, the subrecipients may request a finding from the State recipient that there is not a reasonable time to notify interested contractors of the modification of the wage determination. The State recipient will provide a report of its tindings to the subrecipient. (ii) If the subrecipient does not award the contract within 90 days of the closure of the solicitation, any modifications or supersedes DOL makes to the wage determination contained in the solicitation shall be effective unless the State recipient, at the request 14 � , of the subrecipient, obtains an extension of the 90 day period from DOL pursuant to 29 CFR 1.6(c)(3)(iv). The subrecipient shall monitor www.wdol.� on a weekly ' basis if it does not award the contract within 90 days of closure of the solicitation to ensure that wage determinations contained in the solicitation remain current. ' (b) If the subrecipient carries out activity subject to DB by issuing a task order, work assignment or similar instrument to an existing contractor (ordering instrument) rather than by publishing a solicitation, the subrecipient shall insert the appropriate DOL wage determination from ' www.wdol.�;ov into the ordering instrument. (c) Subrecipients shall review all subcontracts subject to DB entered into by prime contractors to ' verify that the prime contractor has required its subcontractors to include the applicable wage determinations. ' (d) As provided in 29 CFR 1.6(�, DOL may issue a revised wage determination applicable to a subrecipient's contract after the award of a contract or the issuance of an ordering instrument if DOL determines that the subrecipient has failed to incorporate a wage determination or has used ' a wage determination that clearly does not apply to the contract or ordering instrument. If this occurs, the subrecipient shall either terminate the contract or ordering instrument and issue a revised solicitation or ordering instrument or incorporate DOL's wage determination retroactive ' to the beginning of the contract or ordering instrument by change order. The subrecipient's contractor must be compensated for any increases in wages resulting from the use of DOL's , revised wage determination. ' � , ' ' ' ' ' 15 , ATTACHMENT 1A LABOR STANDARDS PROVISIONS MUNICIPAL BORROWERS Contract and Subcontract provisions. (a) The Recipient shall insure that the subrecipient(s) shall insert in full in any contract in excess of $2,000 which is entered into for the actual construction, alteration and/or repair, including painting and decorating, of a treatment work under the CWSRF or a construction project under the DWSRF financed in whole or in part from Federal funds or in accordance with guarantees of a Federal agency or financed from funds obtained by pledge of any contract of a Federal agency to make a loan, grant or annual contribution (except where a different meaning is expressly indicated), and which is subject to the labor standards provisions of any of the acts listed in § 5.1 or the FY 2013 Continuing Resolution, the following clauses: (1) Minimum wages. (i) All laborers and mechanics employed or working upon the site of the work will be paid unconditionally and not less often than once a week, and without subsequent deduction or rebate on any account (except such payroll deductions as are permitted by regulations issued by the Secretary of Labor under the Copeland Act (29 CFR part 3)), the full amount of wages and bona fide fringe benefits (or cash equivalents thereo� due at time of payment computed at rates not less than those contained in the wage determination of the Secretary of Labor which is attached hereto and made a part hereof, regardless of any contractual relationship which may be alleged to exist between the contractor and such laborers and mechanics. Contributions made or costs reasonably anticipated for bona fide fringe benefits under section 1(b)(2) of the Davis-Bacon Act on behalf of laborers or mechanics are considered wages paid to such laborers or mechanics, subject to the provisions of paragraph (a)(1)(iv) of this section; also, regular contributions made or costs incurred for more than a weekly period (but not less often than quarterly) under plans, funds, or programs which cover the particular weekly period, are deemed to be constructively made or incurred during such weekly period. Such laborers and mechanics shall be paid the appropriate wage rate and fringe benefits on the wage determination for the classification of work actually performed, without regard to skill, except as provided in � 5.5(a)(4). Laborers or mechanics performing work in more than one classification may be compensated at the rate specified for each classification for the time actually worked therein: Provided, That the employer's payroll records accurately set forth the time spent in each classification in which work is performed. The wage determination (including any additional classification and wage rates conformed under paragraph (a)(1)(ii) of this section) and the Davis- Bacon poster (WH-1321) shall be posted at all times by the contractor and its subcontractors at the site of the work in a prominent and accessible place where it can be easily seen by the workers. Subrecipients may obtain wage determinations from the U.S. Department of Labor's web site, www.dol.gov. 16 ' , ' ' ' ' � , ' LJ ' ' 1 � ' ' (ii)(A) The subrecipient(s), on behalf of EPA, shall require that any class of laborers or mechanics, including helpers, which is not listed in the wage determination and which is to be employed under the contract shall be classified in conformance with the wage determination. The State award official shall approve a request for an additional classification and wage rate and fringe benefits therefore only when the following criteria have been met: (1) The work to be performed by the classification requested is not performed by a classifcation in the wage determination; and (2) The classification is utilized in the area by the construction industry; and (3) The proposed wage rate, including any bona fide fringe benefits, bears a reasonable relationship to the wage rates contained in the wage determination. (B) If the contractor and the laborers and mechanics to be employed in the classification (if known), or their representatives, and the subrecipient(s) agree on the classitication and wage rate (including the amount designated for fringe benefits where appropriate), documentation of the action taken and the request, including the local wage detertnination shall be sent by the subrecipient (s) to the State award official. The State award official will transmit the request, to the Administrator of the Wage and Hour Division, Employment Standards Administration, U.S: Department of Labor, Washington, DC 20210 and to the EPA DB Regional Coordinator , concurrently. The Administrator, or an authorized representative, will approve, modify, or disapprove every additional classification request within 30 days of receipt and so advise the State award official or will notify the State award official within the 30-day period that additional time is necessary. . (C) In the event the contractor, the laborers or mechanics to be employed in the classification or their representatives, and the subrecipient(s) do not agree on the proposed classification and wage rate (including the amount designated for fringe benefits, where appropriate), the award official shall refer the request and the local wage determination, including the views of all interested parties and the recommendation of the State award official, to the Administrator for determination. The request shall be sent to the EPA DB Regional Coordinator concurrently. The Administrator, or an authorized representative, will issue a determination within 30 days of receipt of the request and so advise the contracting officer or will notify the contracting officer within the 30-day period that additional time is necessary. (D) The wage rate (including fringe benefits where appropriate) determined pursuant to paragraphs (a)(1)(ii)(B) or (C) of this section, shall be paid to all workers performing work in the classification under this contract from the first day on which work is performed in the classification. (iii) Whenever the minimum wage rate prescribed in the contract for a class of laborers or ' mechanics includes a fringe benefit which is not expressed as an hourly rate, the contractor shall either pay the benefit as stated in the wage determination or shall pay another bona fide fringe benefit or an hourly cash equivalent thereof. , 17 r. ' (iv) If the contractor does not make payments to a trustee or other third person, the contractor may consider as part of the wages of any laborer or mechanic the amount of any costs reasonably anticipated in providing bona fide fringe benefits under a plan or program, Provided, That the Secretary of Labor has found, upon the written request of the contractor, that the applicable standards of the Davis-Bacon Act have been met. The Secretary of Labor may require the contractor to set aside in a separate account assets for the meeting of obligations under the plan or program. (2) Withholding. The subrecipient(s), shall upon written request of the EPA Award Official or an authorized representative of the Department of Labor, withhold or cause to be withheld from the contractor under this contract or any other Federal contract with the same prime contractor, or any other federally-assisted contract subject to Davis-Bacon prevailing wage requirements, which is held by the same prime contractor, so much of the accrued payments or advances as may be considered necessary to pay laborers and mechanics, including apprentices, trainees, and helpers, employed by the contractor or any subcontractor the full amount of wages required by the contract. In the event of failure to pay any laborer or mechanic, including any apprentice, trainee, or helper, employed or working on the site of the work, all or part of the wages required by the contract, the (Agency) may, after written notice to the contractor, sponsor, applicant, or owner, take such action as may be necessary to cause the suspension of any further payment, advance, or guarantee of funds until such violations have ceased. (3) Payrolls and basic records. (i) Payrolls and basic records relating thereto shall be maintained by the contractor during the course of the work and preserved for a period of three years thereafter for all laborers and mechanics working at the site of the work. Such records shall contain the name, address, and social security number of each such worker, his or her correct classification, hourly rates of wages paid (including rates of contributions or costs anticipated for bona tide fringe benefits or cash equivalents thereof of the types described in section 1(b)(2)(B) of the Davis-Bacon Act), daily and weekly number of hours worked, deductions made and actual wages paid. Whenever the Secretary of Labor has found under 29 CFR 5.5(a)(1)(iv) that the wages of any laborer or mechanic include the amount of any costs reasonably anticipated in providing benetits under a plan or program described in section 1(b)(2)(B) of the Davis-Bacon Act, the contractor shall maintain records which show that the commitment to provide such benefits is enforceable, that the plan or program is financially responsible, and that the plan or program has been communicated in writing to the laborers or mechanics affected, and records which show the costs anticipated or the actual cost incurred in providing such benefits. Contractors employing apprentices or trainees under approved programs shall maintain written evidence of the registration of apprenticeship programs and certification of trainee programs, the registration of the apprentices and trainees, and the ratios and wage rates prescribed in the applicable programs. (ii)(A) The contractor shall submit weekly, for each week in which any contract work is performed, a copy of all payrolls to the subrecipient, that is, the entity that receives the sub-grant or loan from the State capitalization grant recipient. Such documentation shall be available on request of the State recipient or EPA. As to each payroll copy received, the subrecipient shall : � � I� _� ' ' ' � 1 provide written confirmation in a form satisfactory to the State indicating whether or not the project is in compliance with the requirements of 29 CFR 5.5(a)(1) based on the most recent payroll copies for the specified week. The payrolls shall set out accurately and completely all of the information required to be maintained under 29 CFR 5.5(a)(3)(i), except that full social security numbers and home addresses shall not be included on the weekly payrolls. lnstead the payrolls shall only need to include an individually identifying number for each employee (e.g., the last four digits-of the employee's social security number). The required weekly payroll information may be submitted in any form desired. Optional Form WH-347 is available for this purpose from the Wage and Hour Division Web site at http://www.dol.�ov/whd/forms/wh347instr.htm or its successor site. The prime contractor is responsible for the submission of copies of payrolls by all subcontractors. Contractors and subcontractors shall maintain the full social security number and current address of each covered worker, and shall provide them upon request to the subrecipient(s) for transmission to the State or EPA if requested by EPA , the State, the contractor, or the Wage and Hour Division of the Department of Labor for purposes of an investigation or audit of compliance with prevailing wage requirements. It is not a violation of this section for a prime contractor to require a subcontractor to provide addresses and social security numbers to the prime contractor for its own records, without weekly submission to the subrecipient(s). ' (B) Each payroll submitted shall be accompanied by a"Statement of Compliance," signed by the contractor or subcontractor or his or her agent who pays or supervises the payment of the persons employed under the contract and shall certify the following: � � (1) That the payroll for the payroll period contains the information required to be provided under § 5.5 (a)(3)(ii) of Regulations, 29 CFR part 5, the appropriate information is being maintained under � 5.5 (a)(3)(i) of Regulations, 29 CFR part 5, and that such information is correct and •_ complete; . , (2) That each laborer or mechanic (including each helper, apprentice, and trainee) employed on the contract during the payroll period has been paid the full weekly wages earned, without rebate, either directly or indirectly, and that no deductions have been made either directly or ' indirectly from the full wages earned, other than permissible deductions as set forth in Regulations, 29 CFR part 3; � (3) That each laborer or mechanic has been paid not less than the applicable wage rates and fringe benefits or cash equivalents for the classification of work performed, as specified in the applicable wage determination incorporated into the contract. ' �I ' L� (C) The weekly submission of a properly executed certification set forth on the reverse side of Optional Form WH-347 shall satisfy the requirement for submission of the "Statement of Compliance" required by paragraph (a)(3)(ii)(B) of this section. (D) The falsification of any of the above certifications may subject the contractor or subcontractor to civil or criminal prosecution under section 1001 of title 18 and section 231 of title 31 of the United States Code. 19 ' (iii) The contractor or subcontractor shall make the records required under paragraph (a)(3)(i) of this section available for inspection, copying, or transcription by authorized representatives of the State, EPA or the Department of Labor, and shall permit such representatives to interview employees during working hours on the job. If the contractor or subcontractor fails to submit the required records or to make them available, the Federal agency or State may, after written notice to the contractor, sponsor, applicant, or owner, take such action as may be necessary to cause the suspension of any further payment, advance, or guarantee of funds. Furthermore, failure to submit the required records upon request or to make such records available may be grounds for debarment action pursuant to 29 CFR S.12. (4) Apprentices and trainees-- (i) Apprentices. Apprentices will be permitted to work at less than the predetermined rate for the work they performed when they are employed pursuant to and individually registered in a bona fide apprenticeship program registered with the U.S. Department of Labor, Employment and Training Administration, Office of Apprenticeship Training, Employer and Labor Services, or with a State Apprenticeship Agency recognized by the Office, or if a person is employed in his or her first 90 days of probationary employment as an apprentice in such an apprenticeship program, who is not individually registered in the program, but who has been certified by the Office of Apprenticeship Training, Employer and Labor Services or a State Apprenticeship Agency (where appropriate) to be eligible for probationary employment as an apprentice. The allowable ratio of apprentices to journeymen on the job site in any craft classification shall not be greater than the ratio permitted to the contractor as to the entire work force under the registered program. Any worker listed on a payroll at an apprentice wage rate, who is not registered or otherwise employed as stated above, shall be paid not less than the applicable wage rate on the wage determination for the classification of work actually performed. In addition, any apprentice performing work on the job site in excess of the ratio permitted under the registered program shall be paid not less than the applicable wage rate on the wage detennination for the work actually performed. Where a contractor is performing construction on a project in a locality other than that in which its program is registered, the ratios and wage rates (expressed in percentages of the journeyman's hourly rate) specified in the contractor's or subcontractor's registered program shall be observed. Every apprentice must be paid at not less than the rate specified in the registered program for the apprentice's level of progress, expressed as a percentage of the journeymen hourly rate specified in the applicable wage determination. Apprentices shall be paid fringe benefits in accordance with the provisions of the apprenticeship program. If the apprenticeship program does not specify fringe benefits, apprentices must be paid the full amount of fringe benefits listed on the wage determination for the applicable classification. If the Administrator determines that a different practice prevails for the applicable apprentice classification, fringes shall be paid in accordance with that determination. In the event the Office of Apprenticeship Training, Employer and Labor Services, or a State Apprenticeship Agency recognized by the Office, withdraws approval of an apprenticeship program, the contractor will no longer be permitted to utilize apprentices at less than the applicable predetermined rate for the work performed until an acceptable program is approved. (ii) Trainees. Except as provided in 29 CFR 5.16, trainees will not be permitted to work at less than the predetermined rate for the work performed unless they are employed pursuant to and 20 , ' 1 � ' ' � 1 1 ' ' individually registered in a program which has received prior approval, evidenced by formal certification by the U.S. Department of Labor, Employment and Training Administration. The ratio of trainees to journeymen on the job site shal( not be greater than permitted under the plan approved by the Employment and Training Administration. Every trainee must be paid at not less than the rate specified in the approved program for the trainee's level of progress, expressed as a percentage of the journeyman hourly rate specified in the applicable wage determination. Trainees shall be paid fringe benefits in accordance with the provisions of the trainee program. If the trainee program does not mention fringe benefits, trainees shall be paid the full amount of fringe benefits listed on the wage determination unless the Administrator of the Wage and Hour Division determines that there is an apprenticeship program associated with the corresponding journeyman wage rate on the wage determination which provides for less than full fringe benefits for apprentices. Any employee listed on the payroll at a trainee rate who is not registered and participating in a training plan approved by the Employment and Training Administration shall be paid not less than the applicable wage rate on the wage determination for the classification of work actually performed. In addition, any trainee performing work on the job site in excess of the ratio permitted under the registered program shall be paid not less than the applicable wage rate on the wage determination for the work actually performed. In the event the Employment and Training Administration withdraws approval of a training program, the contractor will no longer be permitted to utilize trainees at less than the applicable predetermined rate for the work performed until an acceptable program is approved. (iii) Equal employment opportunity. The utilization of apprentices, trainees and journeymen . under this part shall be in conformity with the equal employment opportunity requirements of Executive Order 11246, as amended, and 29 CFR part 30. (5) Compliance with Copeland Act requirements. The contractor shall comply with the requirements of 29 CFR part 3, which are incorporated by reference in this contract. ' (6) Subcontracts. The contractor or subcontractor shall insert in any subcontracts the clauses contained in 29 CFR 5.5(a)(1) through (l0) and such other clauses as the EPA detern�ines may by appropriate, and also a clause requiring the subcontractors to include these clauses in any ' lower tier subcontracts. The prime contractor shall be responsible for the compliance by any subcontractor or lower tier subcontractor with all the contract clauses in 29 CFR 5.5. ' � ' (7) Contract termination; debarment. A breach of the contract clauses in 29 CFR 5.5 may be grounds for termination of the contract, and for debarment as a contractor and a subcontractor as provided in 29 CFR 5.12. (8) Compliance with Davis-Bacon and Related Act requirements. All rulings and interpretations of the Davis-Bacon and Related Acts contained in 29 CFR parts l, 3, and 5 are herein incorporated by reference in this contract. (9) Disputes concerning labor standards. Disputes arising out of the labor standards provisions of ' this contract shall not be subject to the general disputes clause of this contract. Such disputes shall be resolved in accordance with the procedures of the Department of Labor set forth in 29 CFR parts 5, 6, and 7. Disputes within the meaning of this clause include disputes between the ' 21 1 contractor (or any of its subcontractors) and Subrecipient(s), State, EPA, the U.S. Department of Labor, or the employees or their representatives. (10) Certification of eligibility. (i) By entering into this contract, the contractor certifies that neither it (nor he or she) nor any person or firm who has an interest in the contractor's firm is a person or firm ineligible to be awarded Government contracts by virtue of section 3(a) of the Davis-Bacon Act or 29 CFR 5.12(a)(1). (ii) No part of this contract shall be subcontracted to any person or firm ineligible for award of a Government contract by virtue of section 3(a) of the Davis-Bacon Act or 29 CFR 5.12(a)(1). (iii) The penalty for making false statements is prescribed in the U.S. Criminal Code, 18 U.S.C. 1001. 4. Contract Provision for Contracts in Excess of $100,000. (a) Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act. The subrecipient shall insert the following clauses set forth in paragraphs (a)(1), (2), (3), and (4) of this section in full in any contract in an amount in excess of $100,000 and subject to the overtime provisions of the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act. These clauses shall be inserted in addition to the clauses required by Item 3, above or 29 CFR 4.6. As used in this paragraph, the terms laborers and mechanics include watchmen and guards. (1) Overtime requirements. No contractor or subcontractor contracting for any part of the contract work which may require or involve the employment of laborers or mechanics shall require or permit any such laborer or mechanic in any workweek in which he or she is employed on such work to work in excess of forty hours in such workweek unless such laborer or mechanic receives compensation at a rate not less than one and one-half times the basic rate of pay for all hours worked in excess of forty hours in such workweek. (2) Violation; liability for unpaid wages; liquidated damages. In the event of any violation of the clause set forth in paragraph (a)(1) of this section the contractor and any subcontractor responsible therefore shall be liable for the unpaid wages. In addition, such contractor and subcontractor shall be liable to the United States (in the case of work done under contract for the District of Columbia or a territory, to such District or to such territory), for liquidated damages. Such liquidated damages shall be computed with respect to each individual laborer or mechanic, including watchmen and guards, employed in violation of the clause set forth in paragraph (a)(1) of this section, in the sum of $10 for each calendar day on which such individual was required or permitted to work in excess of the standard workweek of forty hours without payment of the overtime wages required by the clause set forth in paragraph (a)(1) of this section. (3) Withholding for unpaid wages and liquidated damages. The subrecipient, upon written request of the EPA Award Ofticial or an authorized representative of the Department of Labor, shall withhold or cause to be withheld, from any moneys payable on account of work performed 22 by the contractor or subcontractor under any such contract or any other Federal contract with the same prime contractor, or any other federally-assisted contract subject to the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act, which is held by the same prime contractor, such sums as may be determined to be necessary to satisfy any liabilities of such contractor or subcontractor for unpaid wages and liquidated damages as provided in the clause set forth in paragraph (b)(2) of this section. (4) Subcontracts. The contractor or subcontractor shall insert in any subcontracts the clauses set forth in paragraph (a)(1) tlu (4) of this section and also a clause requiring the subcontractors to include these clauses in any lower tier subcontracts. The prime contractor shall be responsible for compliance by any subcontractor or lower tier subcontractor with the clauses set forth in paragraphs (a)(1) through (4) of this section. (b) In addition to the clauses contained in Item 3, above, in any contract subject only to the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act and not to any of the other statutes cited in 29 CFR 5.1, the Subrecipient shall insert a clause requiring that the contractor or subcontractor shall maintain payrolls and basic payroll records during the course of the work and shall preserve them for a period of three years from the completion of the contract for all laborers and mechanics, including guards and watchmen, working on the contract. Such records shall contain the name and address of each such employee, social security number, correct classifications, , hourly rates of wages paid, daily and weekly number of hours worked, deductions made, and , actual wages paid. Further, the Subl•ecipient shall insert in any such contract a clause providing hat the records to be maintained under this paragraph shall be made available by the contractor or subcontractor for inspection, copying, or transcription by authorized representatives of the (write the name of agency) and the Department of Labor, and the contractor or subcontractor will permit such representatives to interview employees during working hours on the job. 5. Coinpliance Veritication (a) The subrecipient shall periodically interview a sufficient number of employees entitled to DB prevailing wages (covered employees) to verify that contractors or subcontractors are paying the appropriate wage rates. As provided in 29 CFR 5,6(a)(6), all interviews must be conducted in confldence. The subrecipient must use Standard Form 1445 (SF 1445) or equivalent documentation to memorialize the interviews. Copies of the SF 1445 are available from EPA on request. (b) The subrecipient shall establish and follow an interview schedule based on its assessment of ' the risks of noncompliance with DB posed by contractors or subcontractors and the duration of the contract or subcontract. Subrecipients must conduct more frequent interviews if the initial interviews or other information indicated that there is a risk that the contractor or subcontractor ' is not complying with DB. Subrecipients shall immediately conduct interviews in response to an alleged violation of the prevailing wage requirements. All interviews shall be conducted in contidence." ' � (c) The subrecipient shall periodically conduct spot checks of a representative sample of weekly payroll data to verify that contractors or subcontractors are paying the appropriate wage rates. 23 � �J The subrecipient shall establish and follow a spot check schedule based on its assessment of the risks of noncompliance with DB posed by contractors or subcontractors and the duration of the contract or subcontract. At a minimum, if practicable, the subrecipient should spot check payroll data within two weeks of each contractor or subcontractor's submission of its initial payroll data and two weeks prior to the completion date the contract or subcontract . Subrecipients must conduct more frequent spot checks if the initial spot check or other information indicates that there is a risk that the contractor or subcontractor is not complying with DB. In addition, during the examinations the subrecipient shall verify evidence of fringe benefit plans and payments thereunder by contractors and subcontractors who claim credit for fringe benefit contributions. (d) The subrecipient shall periodically review contractors and subcontractors use of apprentices and trainees to verify registration and certif cation with respect to apprenticeship and training programs approved by either the U.S Department of Labor or a state, as appropriate, and that contractors and subcontractors are not using disproportionate numbers of, laborers, trainees and apprentices. These reviews shall be conducted in accordance with the schedules for spot checks and interviews described in Item 5(b) and (c) above. (e} Subrecipients must immediately report potential violations of the DB prevailing wage requirements to the EPA DB contact listed above and to the appropriate DOL Wage and Hour District Office listed at http://www.dol.�ov/contacts/whd/america2.htm. ►�' , ' ' ATTACHMENT 2 FEDERAL 8� STATE WAGE RATE DETERMINATIONS ' [DWSRF Assistance Recipient to insert applicable wage determinations here. Wage determination is to be verified by CAU Project Manager.] ' ' ' ' , , , �J ' C J 1 1 1 1 25 1 ATTACHMENT 3 CERTIFICATION OF NONSEGREGATED FACILITIES (Applicable to federally assisted construction contracts and related subcontracts exceeding $10,000 which are not exempt from the Equal Opportunity clause.) The federally assisted construction contractor certifies that he does not maintain or provide for his employees any segregated facilities at any of his establishments, and that he does not permit his employees to perform their services at any location, under his control, where segregated facilities are maintained. The federally assisted construction contractor certified, further that he will not maintain or provide for his employees any segregated facilities at any of his establishments, and that he will not permit his employees to perform their services at any location, under his control, where segregated facilities are maintained. The federally assisted construction contractor agrees that a breach of this certification is a violation of the Equal Opportunity clause in this contract. As used in this certification, the term "segregated facilities" means any waiting rooms, work area, rest rooms and wash rooms, restaurants and other eating areas, time clocks, locker rooms and other storage or dressing areas, parking lots, drinking fountains, recreation or entertainment areas, transportation, and housing facilities provided for employees which are segregated by explicit directive or area, in fact, segregated on the basis of race, creed, color, or national origin, because of habit, local custom, or otherwise. The federally assisted construction contractor agrees that (except where he has obtained identical certifications from proposed contractors for specific time periods) he will obtain identical certifications from proposed subcontractors prior to the award of subcontracts exceeding $10,000 which are not exempt from the provisions of the Equal Opportunity clause, and that he will retain such, certification in this tile. Signature Name and title of si�mer (please type) Date [TH1S FORM SHALL BE COMPLETED iN FULL AND SUBMIT'TED WITH THE BID PROPOSAL] 26 ATTACHMENT 4 NOTICE TO LABOR UNIONS OR OTHER ORGANIZATION OF WORKERS: NON-DISCRIMINATION IN EMPLOYMENT Q�� (name of union or organization of worker) The undersigned currently holds contract(s) with (name of applicant) involving funds or credit of the U.S. Government or (a) subcontract(s) with a prime contractor holding such contract(s). You are advised that under the provisions of the above contract(s) or subcontract(s) and in accordance with Section 202 of Executive Order 11246 dated September 24, 1965, the undersigned is obliged not to discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because of race, color, creed, or national origin. This obligation not to discriminate in employment includes, but is not limited to, the following: EMPLOYMENT, UPGRADING, TRANSFER OR DEMOTION RECRUITMENT AND ADVERTISING RATES OF PAY OR OTHER FORMS OF COMPENSATION SELECTION FOR TRAINING 1NCLUDING APPRENTICESHIP, LAYOFF OR TERMINATION This notice is furnished you pursuant to the provisions of the above contract(s) or subcontract(s) and Executive Order 11246. Copies of this notice will be posted by the undersigned in conspicuous places available to employees or applicants for employment. (contractor or subcontractor(s)) (Date) 27 ' ' 1 1 ATTACHMENT 5 EPA FORM 6100-2-DBE PROGRAM SUBCONTRACTOR PARTICIPATION FORM , �� q��� United States 'w i� Environmental Protecllon pm Agancy , ' ' , 1 , 1 ' ' ' �J ' ' OMCi Control No: 2090-0030 Approved: 8/ 13/ 2013 Approvat Expires: 8/ 31 / 2015 Disadvantaged Business Enterprise (DBE) Program DBE Subcontractor ParCicipatiun Porm An �PA I�i nancial Assistance Agreement Recipient must require its prime contractors to provide this form to its DBE subcontractors. This [orm gives a DBE� subcontractorz the opportunity to describe work received and/or report any concerns regarding the EPA-funded project (e.g., in areas such as term�nation by prime contractor, late payments, etc.). The DBE subcontractor can, as an option, complete and submit this form to the EPA DBE Coordinator at any time during the project period of performance. Subcontractor Name Bid/ Proposal No. Address Telephone No. Prime Contractor Name Email Address Issuing/Funding Entity: � A DBE is a Disadvantaged, Mlnority, or Woman Business Enterprise that has been certified by an entity from whlch EPA ac�epts certiHcations as desMhed in 40 CFR 33.204-33.205 or certified by EPA. EPA accepts certifications from entities that meet or exceed EPA certificat�on standards as described fn 40 CFR 33.202. 2 Subcontractor is defined as a company, firm, jolntventUre, or indlvidual who enters (nto an agreemen� with a contractor to provide services pursuant to an EPA award of [inancial assistance. EPA FORM 6300-Z (DBE Subcontractor Participation Form) Project Name Assistance Agreement [D No. (if known) � Point of Contact ' :.EPA United Sfetes � Envlronmental Protedion Agenry OMB Control No: 2090-0030 Approved:8113l2013 Approval Expires: 8/31/ 2015 Disadvantaged Business Enterprisc (DBE) Program DBE Subcontractor Participation Form Please use the space below to report any concerns regarding the above EPA-funded project: Subcontractor Title Print Name Date The public reporting and recordkeeping burden for this collection of information is estimated to average three (3) hours per response. Send comments on the Agency's need for this information, the accuracy of the provided burden estimates, and any suggested methods for minimizing respondent 6urden, including through the use of automated collection techniques to the Director, Collection Strategies Division, U,S. Environmental Protection Agency (2822T�,1200 Pennsylvania Ave., NW, Washington, D.C. 20460. Include the OM8 control number in any correspondence. Do not send the completed form to this address. EPA FORM 6100-2 (DBE Subcon�ador Participation Form) � 1 1 , , ' ' ' 1 ' , ' , ' 1 ' ' ' , Attachment 6 EPA Form 6100-3-DBE Program Subcontractor Performance Form \/ rp'� Ur+i�od Scoiae OMB Control No• 2090-0030 �. F'. Environmental Protection V Aqoncy Approvcd 8/ 13/ 2013 Approval Expires. 8/ 31 / 2015 Disadvantaged Business Enterprisc (DBE) Program DBE Subcontractor Performance Form This forrn is intended to capture the DBL� subconlractor's descriptlon of work to be performed and the price of the work submitted to the prime contractor. An F.PA Financial Assistance Agreement Recipient must require its prime contractor to have its DBE subcontractors complete this form and include all coinpleted forms in lhe prime conCractors bid or proposal package. — — — Subcontractor Name l Project Name I Bid/ Proposal No. Address Telephone No. -- Prime Conti•actor Name E�nail Address Issuing/Funding Entity: Contract Item Number I Descnption ot Work Submi[ted to the Yrime (:ontractor — I Involving Construclion, Scrvices , Equipment or Supplies Price of Worlc Submitted to thc I'rime Contractor DBE Certified By: __ __ DOT _ SBA Meets/ exceeds EPA certification standards? _ Other: ________ _ YES _ NO _ Unknown � A DBE Is a Disadvantaged, Mlnority, or Woman Buslness Enterprlse that has been certified by an entity from which EPA accepts certificallons as descrlbed In 40 CFR 33.204-33.205 or certfied by EPA EPA accepts tertifications from ent�t�es that mr.et or excced EPA cert�ficatlon standards as descnbed in 40 CFR 33.202 7 5ubcontractor Is deflned as a company, firm, Joint venture, or Indlvidual who enters Into an agreement wlth a contractor to provlde services pursuant to an EPA award of flnandal asslstance. EPA FORM 6100-3 (DBB Subcontrador Performance Form) Assistance Agreement ID No. (if known) Point of Contact �EPA���t�ds�ot�s '+or' Environmental Protectlan Agency OMB Control No: 2090-0030 Approved:8113/2013 Approva! Expires: 8131/ 2015 Disadvantaged Business Enterprise (DBE) Program DBE Subcontractor Performaace Form per responserSend comments on the Agency's need for this information, the accuracy of the provided estimates, and any suggested methods for minimizing respondent burden, including through the use of automated collection techniques to the Director, Collection Strategies Division, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (2822T), 1200 Pennsylvania Ave., NW, Washington, D.C. 20460. Include the OMB control number in any correspondence. Do not send the completed form to this address. EPA FORM 6100-3 (DBE Subcontractor Pcrformance Form) I certify under penalty of perjury that the Forgoing statements are tn�e and correct. Signing lhis form does not signify a comtnitment to utilize the subcontractors above. 1 am aware of that in the event of a replace►nent of a subcontractor, I will adhere to the replacement requirements set forth in 40 CFR Part 33 Section 33.302 (c}. ' 1 1 1 ' 1 ' 1 ' ' , ' ' , ' ' ' ' ' ATTACHMENT 7 EPA FORM 6100-4-DBE PROGRAM SUBCONTRACTOR UTILIZATION FORM A Unitad Stetee OMB Con[ral No: 2U90-0030 �� �EPA ��f�onmontal Protection Ayency ApproveA: B/ 13/2013 Approval I:xp ires: 8! 31 / 2015 Disadvanta�ed Business Enterprise [DBE) Prugram DBE Subcontractor Utilization Form 'I'his form is intended to capture the prime contractor's actual and/or anticipated use of identified certified DQIi� subcontractorsz and the estimated dollar atnount oFeach subcontract. An EPA Financial Assistance Agreement Recipient rriust reyuire its prime contractors to complete this form and include it in the bicl or �roposal package. Prime contractors should also maintain a copy of this form on file. Prime Contrar.tor Name Project Name Bid/ Proposal No. Assistance A�reement Ill No. {if known) Point of Contact Address + Tclephone No Email Address Issuing/Funding Fntity: I have identificd potential bBE certified subcontractors __Y�S Ifyes, please complete the table below. If no, please explain: f►Li7 ycontractor Name/ I Company Address/ Phone/ Email Company Name Est. Dollar I Currently Amt D8E Certified? - ' Continue on Uack if needed ' � � A DBE Is a Disadvantagr.d, Minority, or Woman Business Enterprise that has been cerdfled by an entity from whlch EPA accepts certifications as descAbed In 40 CFR 33.204-33.205 or certfied by EPA. EPA actepts cr.rtifir.ations trom enetles that meet or ezceed [PA certfication standards as descrl6ed In 40 CFR 33.202. T Subcontractor is defined as a company, firm, Juint venture, ar Indlvldual who enters into an agreement wi[h a contractor to prov�de servlces pursuant to an EPA award of flnanc(al assis[ance. EPA FORM 6100-4 (DBE Subcnntractor Utilization Form) i :�EPA�����Sfa�as '�' Emlronmentel Protecllon Agenay OMB Control No: 2D90-0030 Approved.8/ 13l2013 Approval Expires: 8/ 31 / 2015 Disadvantaged Business F.nterprise (DBE) Program DBE Subcontractor Udllzation Form 1 certify under penalty of perjury that the forgoing statements are true and correct Signing this form does not signify a commitment to utilize the subcontractors above. I am aware of that in the event of a replacement of a subcontractor, I will adhere to the replacement requirements set forth in 40 CFR Part 33 Section 33.302 (c). Prime Contractor The public reporting and recordkeeping burden for this collection of information is esNmated to averege three (3) hours per response. Send comments on the Agency's need for this information, the accuracy of the provided burden estimates, and any suggested methods for minimizing respondent burden, including through the use of automated collecNon techniques to the Director, Collection Strategies Division, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (2822"i), 1200 Pennsylvania Ave., NW, Washington, D.C. 20460. Include the OMB control number in any correspondence. Do not send the completed form to this address. EPA FORM 6100-4 (DBE Subcon[ractor Utilization Form) � 1 � ' ' ATTACHMENT 8 BUY AMERICAN REQUIREMENT USE OF AMERICAN IRON AND STEEL MUST BE INCLUDED IN ALL CONTRACTS (PRIME AND SUB-CONTRACTORS): This provision applies to projects for the construction, alteration, maintenance, or repair of a public water system as defined in the Safe Drinking Water Act (42 U.S.0 300j-12). This provision does not apply if the engineering plans and specification for the project were approved by the Department of Health prior the January 17, 2014. ' The Contractor acknowledges to and for the benefit of the Project Owner and the State of Washington that is understands the goods and services under this Agreement are being funded with monies made available by the Drinking Water State Revolving Loan Fund which contains ' provision commonly known as "Buy American;" that requires all of iron and steel products used in the project be produced in the United States (Buy American Requirements). The act defines iron and steel products as, "...the following products made primarily of iron or steel: lined or � unlined pipes and fittings, manhole covers and other municipal castings, hydrants, tanks, flanges, pipe clamps and restraints, valves, structural steel, reinforced precast concrete, and construction materials." � ' � � ' ' � � ' � The Contractor hereby represents and warrants to and for the benetit of the Project Owner and the State that: a) The Contractor has reviewed and understands the Buy American Requirements, b) All of the iron and steel products used in the project will be and/or have been produced �in the United States in a manner that complies with the Buy American Requirements, unless a waiver of the requirements is approved, and c) The contractor will provide any further verified information, certification or assurance of compliance with this paragraph, or information necessary to support a waiver of the Buy American Requirements, as may be requested by the Project Owner or the State. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement, any failure to comply with this paragraph by the Contractor shall permit the Project Owner or State to recover as damages against the Contractor any loss, expense or cost (including without limitation attorney's fees) incurred by the Project Owner or State resulting from any such failure (including without limitation any impairment or loss of funding, whether in whole or part, from the State or any damages owed to the State by the Project Owner). While the contractor has no direct contractual privity with the State, as a lender to the Project Owner for the funding of its project, the Project Owner and the Contractor agree that the State is a third-party beneficiary and neither this paragraph nor any other provision of the Agreement necessary to give this paragraph force or effect shall be amended or waived without the prior written consent of the State. � 1 ' ' I BID TO: � ' 2. L I ' BID FORMS SECTION 004100 ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF BID AND ADDENDA CITY OF BREMERTON (WASHINGTON) PUBLIC WORKS AND UTILITIES ENGINEERING DIVISION The undersigned Bidder proposes and agrees, if this Bid is accepted, to enter into an Agreement with the OWNER in the form included in the Contract Documents to pertorm the WORK as specified or indicated in said Contract Documents entitled "Flow Control & Seismic Valve Project." Bidder accepts all of the terms and conditions of the Contract Documents, including without limitation those in the Notice Inviting Bids and Instruction to Bidders, dealing with the disposition of Bid Security. 3. This Bid will remain open for the period stated in the "Notice Inviting Bids" unless , otherwise required by law. Bidder will enter into an Agreement within the time and in the manner required in the "Notice Inviting Bids" and the "Instructions to Bidders," and will fumish the insurance certificates, Payment Bond, and Performance Bond required by the Contract Documents. , ' 1 ' Failure to acknowledge addenda shall render the bid non-responsive and shall be cause for its rejection. 5. Bidder has familiarized itself with the nature and extent of the Contract Documents, ' WORK, site, locality where the WORK is to be pe►formed, the legal requirements (federal, state and local laws, ordinances, rules, and regulations), and the conditions affecting cost, progress or performance of the WORK and has made such independent investigations as Bidder deems necessary. � 1 ' ' 4. Bidder has examined copies of all the Contract Documents including the following addenda (receipt of all of which is hereby acknowledged): Number 1 Date 9/03/2015 /�`�� _ �/ To all the foregoing, and including all Bid Forms contained in this Bid, said Bidder further agrees to complete the WORK required under the Contract Documents within the Contract Time stipulated in said Contract Documents, and to accept in full payment therefore the Contract Price based on the Total Bid Price(s) named in the aforementioned Bid Forms. Dated: SEPTEMBER 10, 2015 Bidder: PAPE 8 SO CONS TION, INC By: ` ' (Signature) � � • Title: ESIDENT - JAMES PAPE , ' FLOW CONTROL & SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT AUGUST 2015 BID FORMS 00 41 00-1 ' BtD CERTIFICATE (if Coraorationl STATE OF WASHINGTON COUNTY OFPIERCE SS: I HEREBY CERTIFY that a meeting of the Board of Directors of tl�e "' •a . •► _ : _ •► ► a corporation existing under the laws of the State of WASHINGTON , held on SEPTEMBER 10 , 2015, the following resolution was duly passed and adopted: "RESOLVED, that JAMES PAPE , as President of the Corporation, be and is hereby authorized to execute the Bid dated SEPTEMBER 10 . 2015, to the Ciry of Bremerton by this corporation and that his execution thereof, attested by the Secretary of the Corporation, and with the Corporate Seal affixed, shall be the official act and deed of this Corporation." I further certify that said resolution is now in full force and effect. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed the official seal of the corporation this 10TH , day of SEPTEMBER 2015. (SEAL) FLOW CONTROL � SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT AUGUST 2015 /' � S cretary J ETTE PAPE Q�, � Sc�,s C.c�rti�'hru�a. l nc c 1'{U1 54�` A+Q Nt�J ,S-}Q 1� C-�;���� �ta�a . �� 33a V�a�n.t ��t�► BID FORMS 00 41 00-2 � ' BID SCHEDULE ' Following is the Bid Schedule for construction of the Flow Control 8 Seismic Valve Project in accordance with the Contract Documents. The Bid Schedule must be completed by the Bidder by filling in each blank. The cost item shall be in dollars and cents, using numerals only. Failure to ' do so will render the bid non-responsive and will cause its rejection. NOTE ON SALES TAX: Washington State Department of Revenue Rule 170 applies to this project. Bids will be evaluated on the basis of the TOTAL BID PRICE. , � , ' ' ' , � ' ' ' ' 1 g�p UNIT AMOUNT (IN ITEM ITEM DESCRIPTION UNIT APPROX. PRICE pOLLARS � # QTY. DOLLAR CENTS) CENTS � MOBILIZATION/DEMOBILIZATION: LS JOB 40,000.00 $ 40,000.00 Provide mobilization/demobilization. Z FORCE ACCOUNT: Provide force FA � $50,000 $50,000 account. 3 TRENCH EXCAVATION SAFETY LS JOB - SYSTEMS: Provide trench excavation safety systems to meet 10,000.00 $ 10,000.00 the requirements of Chap 49.17 RCW. 4 TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN AND LS JOB - LABOR: Labor, materials and equipment to prepare traffic control 22,000.00 $ 22,000.00 plans and compensation for personnel labor associated with traffic control work. 5 WARREN AVE. FLOW LS JOB - CONTROL/SEISMIC VALVE: Materials, equipment, labor and 262,000.00 $ 262,000.00 services for installation of flow control/seismic valve, vault, enclosure and appurtenances. s SNYDER AVE. FLOW LS JOB - CONTROUSEISMIC VALVE: Materials, equipment, labor and 253,000.00 $ 253,000.00 services for installation of flow control/seismic valve, vault, enclosure and appurtenances. ' FLOW CONTROL 8� SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT 81D FORMS AUGUST 2015 00 41 00-6 � �� 7 MANETTE BRIDGE FLOW LS JOB - CONTROUSEISMIC VALVE: Materials, equipment, labor and services for demolition of existing 190,000.00 $ 190.000.00 Cla-Val valve/flow meters and vaults, and installation of flow control/seismic valve, vault, enclosure and appurtenances. $ BASE BID TOTAL $ 827,000.00 9 ESTIMATED SALES TAX (8.7% of Bid Item 8) $ 71,949.00 TOTAL BID PRICE (Sum of Bid Items 8 and 9) $ 898.949.00 FLOW CONTROL & SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT BID FORMS ' AUGUST 2015 00 41 00-7 � � , , ' ' ' ' ' ' , BID BOND KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, Thai Pape 8 Sons Construction, Inc. as Principal, and North American Specialty Insurance Company as Surety, are held and firmly bound unto City of Bremerton hereinafter called "OWNER," in the sum of Five Percent (5%) af Total Bid Amount - dollars, (not less than 5 percent of the totel amount of the Bid) for the payment of which sum, well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, our hefrs, executors, administrators, successors, and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. WHEREAS, said Principal has submitted a Bid to said OWNER to perfoRn the WORK requlred under the bidding schedule(s) of the OWNER's Contract Documents entitled Flow Control 8 Seismic Valve Project. If the Principal is awarded the Bid and, within 10 calendar days after receipt of the Contract Document forms from the OWNER, fails to provide the OWNER with the duly executed Agreement; the duly executed CertiTicates of Insurance, the duly executed Performance Bond and the duly executed Payment Bond, all as specified in the Contract Documents, then the Surety shali, without condition and within 5 calendar days from written demand from the OWNER, pay to the OWNER in U.S. funds, by certifled or cashiers check, the full amount of this Bid Bond. This Bond shall be inevocable for 90 days after the bid opening, as defined in the Contract Documents. The Surety stipulates and agrees that the obligation of said Surety shall in no way be impaired or affected , by an extension of the time within which the OWNER may accept such bid and Surety further wafves notice of any such extension. In the event sult is brought upon this bond by said OWNER and OWNER prevails, said Principal and Surety shall pay all costs incurred by said OWNER in such suit, including reasonable attomey's fees and costs to be fixed by the court. �J 1 ' 1 ' SIGNED AND SEALED, this �ah day of September 2015 Pape � Sons Construction Inc. (SEAL� North�vnedcan Spede�ty �nsurenee Compeny (SEAL} (P ' ipal) (Surety} _. By. J (Signature) PRESIDFNT aren ,l. smith (Signature) (SEAL AND NOTARIAL ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF SURETY) Address of Surety to which all notices shall be sent NAS Surety Group 1420 Fifth Avenue Suite 2214, Seattle, WA 98101 Address for Service of Process (must be a physical address) ' Hentschell 8� Assoclates, Inc. 143B S. Unlon Tacoma, WA 98405 ' FLOW CONTROL � SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT AUGUST 2015 Blp FORMS 00 41 00-8 , ;f 1 NAS SURETY GROUP NORTH AMERICAN SPECIALTY WSURANCE COMPANY WASHINGTON INTERNATTONAL INSURANCE COMPANY GENERAL POWER OF ATTORNEY KNOW ALL MEN BY TI-IESE PRESENTS, THAT North American Specialty Insurance Company, a corporation duly organized and existing under laws of the State of New Hampshire, and having its principal office in the Ciry of Manchester, New Hampshire, and Washington International Insurance Company, a corporation orgenized and existing under the laws of the State of New Hampshire and having its principal office in the City of Schaumburg, Illinois, each dces hereby make, constitute and appoint: THOMAS P. HENTSCHELL, BRADLEY A. ROBERTS, NLIE, A. CRAKER, • KAREN J. SMITH and JOANNE REINKENSMEYER JOINTLY OR SEVERAI,LY Its true and lawful Attomey(s)-in-Fact, to make, execute, sea( and deliver, for and on its behalf and as its act end deed, bonds or other writings obligatory in the nature of a bond on behalf of each of said Companies, as surety, on contracts of suretyship es are or may be required or permitted by law, regulation, contract or otherwise, provided that no bond or undertaking or contract or suretyship executed under this authority shall exceed the amount of: FIF'TY MILLION ($50,000,000.00) DOLLARS This Power of Attomey is granted and is signed by facsimile under and by the authority of the following Resolutions adopted by the Boards of Directors of both North American Specialty Insurance Company and Washington International Insurance Company at meetings duly called and held on the 9`� of May, 2012: � �� ' ' ' ' "RESOLVED, that any two of the Presidents, any Managing Director, any Senior Vice President, any Vice President, any Assistant Vice President, ' the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary be, and each or any of them hereby is authorized to execute a Power of Attomey qualifying the attomey named' in the given Power of Attorney to execute on behalf of the Company bonds, undertakings and all contracts of surety, and that each or any of them hereby is authorized to attest to the execution of any such Power of Attomey and to attach therein the seal of the Company; and it is FLJRTI-�R RESOLVED, that the signature of such oRcers and the seal of the Company may be affixed to any such Power of Attomey or to any ' certificate relating thereto by facsimile, and any such Power of Attomey or certificate bearing such facsimile signatures or facsimile seal shall be binding upon the Company when so affixed and in the future with regard to any bond, undertaking or contract of surety to which it is attached." � � ian� 9'�`�R�'ti ��� � t �� Br c A"'vd'e;j• � s� Stevm P. Andertoq Seaior Viee Prddwt o! Wa�htvaton Icternatlonal Insuroua Ccmpany r �5'�� �� ;. � *a iB7s ?�� '^ & Smfnr Vlee Prealdent of North Amerlmo SpxWty tamnoa Gmpuoy Oi j j�tlr, � • f '�'�...._� � �f • �• ��•�,,,�� , �.. �... MiehWA.l m eaimta / atoo 4 on �armfe ompmy � � Senior Vlee Praideal of North Ameritao Spedalry luwrwoe Camp�y IN WITNESS WHEREOF, North American Specialty Insurance Company and Washington Interoational Insurance Company have caused their official seals to be hereunto affixed, and these presents to be signed by their authorized officers this 1 st day of N1ay , 2p 15 , North American Specialty Insarance Compsoy Washington Ioternationsl Insurance Company State of Illinois County of Cook ss: On this lst day of May , 2015 , before me, a Notary Public personally appeared Steven P. Andeison , Senior Vice President of Washington lntemational Insurance Company and Senior Vice President ofNorth American Specialty Insurance Company and Michael A. Ito . Senior Vice President of Weshington Intemational Insurance Company and Senior Vice President of North American Specialty Insurance Company, personally lrnown to me, who being by me duly swom, acknowledged that they signed the above Power of Attomey as officers of and aclrnowledged said instrument to be the voluntery act and deed of their respective companies. OFFIGAL SEAL M KENNY t�TAR1' PUBLIC. STAiE OF IWNOIS YIY �ON DfPIfiES 12104J2017 � � r--, ' � � 1 ._:�`� �'�• ` : . .• • ' M. Kenny, Notary Public � I, Jet�'rey Goldbera . the duly elected Assistent Secretary of North American Specialty Insurance Company and Washington Intemational Insurance Company, do hereby certify that the above and foregoing is a true and correct copy of a Power of Attomey given by said North , American Specialty Insurance Company and Weshington International Insurance Company, which is still in full force and effect. IN WITNESS WI-�REOF, I have set my hand and affixed the seals of the Companies thi��ay of ���� L,� , L7 1 • ��,��s�- ��'��-- , . `. �- , leffrey Goldbvg Via Prasideat & As�stmn Seumnry of . Waah'vigton Intamoonal lnan�ee Campury k North Amaiem Speddry Inaurma Compmy � ' , LIST OF SUBCONTRACTORS ' The Bidder shall provide the following information for each Subcontractor who will perform work or labor or render service to the CONTRACTOR in or about the construction of the work or improvement, or a Subcontractor who, under subcontract to the CONTRACTOR, specially fabricates and installs a portion of ' the work or improvement according to detailed drawings contained in the plans and specifications, in an amount in excess of 10 percent of the CONTRACTOR's total bid. The CONTRACTOR shall list only one Subcontractor for each portion of the WORK as is defined by the CONTRACTOR in its bid. If no Subcontractor is listed, the bidder acknowledges that it does not intend to use any subcontractor whose , work on the CONTRACT will exceed '10 percent of the bid price. Attach additlonal sheets if required. 1 , , ' ' ' ' 1 ' ' ' ' ' FLOW CONTROL & SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT BID FORMS • AUGUST 2015 00 41 00-9 1 LIST OF PROPOSED SUBSTITUTES INSTRUCTIONS: 1) In the second column, circle the specified product used in the bid; 2) If the Bidder is proposing to provide a substitute or "or equal" product, identify the manufacturer/model for the product in the third column. These proposed substitutes will only be considered after award of the Contract. Substitute or "or equal" Items not proposed in this form by the Bidder will not be considered by the Owner after opening of bids. The procedure for the submittal of substitute or "or equal" products is specified in Section 01 60 00 - Products, Materials, Equipment, and Substitutions. The Bidder shall not be relieved of any obligations of the Contract Documents or be entitled to an adjustment in the Contract Price in the event any proposed substitute manufacturer is not subsequently approved. Speclfication Section Name of Speclfied Product used in Bld (Ci�cle product) Substitute Manufacturer for'Or equal' products. Include Make/Model (Llst only one for each item) NOT USED FLOW CONTROL 8 SEISMIC VAIVE PROJECT AUGUST 2015 BID FORMS 00 41 00-10 � ' ' ' 1 � , L__l ' INFORMATION REQUIRED OF BIDDER PAGE 1 of 2 The Bidder sha►f furnish the following information. Additional sheets shafl be attached as required. Failure to complete these items will cause the Bid to be non-responsive and may cause its rejection. In any event, no award will be made until all of the Bidder's General Information is delivered to the OWNER. Contractor Name PAPE 8� SONS CONSTRUCTION INC Primary Classification: CONTRACTOR Address 9401 54TH AVE NW, STE 1A GIG HARBOR WA 98332 Telephone: 253-851-6040 Fax number: 253-851-329Q E-mail address: �Pape@papeinc.com Name and contact information for proposed Project Manager: BRAD APPLEMAN - 253-255-3802 �. .•,(.1..•- � .•u 1 ' 1 ' ' ' ' '�J Employer's identification number (employer SSN, not personal SSN): 91-1043352 Employment Security Department number 443200 009 Washington Industrial Insurance number �78 81 �-no Washington State Excise Tax Registration number _ 60� 2q1 q66 Washington State Contractor's Registration number/expira6on date PAPESI'204DE - 4/08/2017 City of Bremerton Business License number 30501 ' if not available. must be o6tained �rior to starfina construction IVame, address, and telephone number of surety company and agent who will provide the required bonds this contract: NORTH AMERICAN SPECIALTY INS CO. 1420 FIFTH AVE, SUITE 2200, SEATTLE WA. 98101 BRAD ROBERTS - 253-229-0399 ' FlOW CONTROL 8 SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT AUGUST 2015 BID FORMS 00 41 00-11 ' INFORMATION REQUIRED OF BIDDER PAGE 2 of 2 To be considered for award, the CONTRACTOR shall have completed at least one project of similar type, complexity, and comparabie value to that WORK described in Notice Inviting Bids. ATTACH TO THIS B!D a list of one (1) project minimum, completed by the CONTRACTOR, that are similar to the Flow Control 8 Seismic Valve Project in nature, value, and complexity of work. The projects must have been completed under the bidder's name as the prime (general) contractor within the last ten (10) years. The list shall include the following information as a minimum: Names, address, and telephone number of owner. Name of project. Location of project. Brief description of the work involved. See, C�.-}�C� 1f► �`R �' Contract amount. Date of completion of contract. Name, address, and telephone number of architect or engineer. Name of owner's project engineer. List of major equipment. �e �����'� Q" Years in business under current name. L�� \'�QYS 1 Contracts now in hand, gross amount, and percent complete. � - 7, �.°I ► ,000.� �5% FLOW CONTROL 8 SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT BID FORMS AUGUST 2015 00 41 00-12 1 1 ' STATE OF WASHINGTON COUNTY OF PIERCE � ' 1 ' ' ' ' ' , ' ' ' 1 ' , NON-COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT ) ) ss. ) JAMES PAPE-PRESIDENT , being first duly swom, deposes and says that he or she is of the party making the foregoing bid that the bid is not made in the interest of, or on behalf of, any undisclosed person, partnership, company, association, organization, or corporation; that the bid is genuine and not collusive or sham; that the bidder has not directly or indirectly induced or solicited any other bidder to put in a false or sham bid, and has not directly or indirectly colluded, conspired, connived, or agreed with any bidder or anyone else to put in a sham bid, or that anyone shall refrain from bidding; that the bidder has not in any manner, directly or indirectly, sought by agreement, communication, or conference with anyone to fix the bid price of the bidder or any other bidder, or to fix any overhead, profit, or cost element of the bid price, or of that of any other bidder, or to secure any advantage against the public body awarding the contract of anyone interested in the proposed contract; that all statements contained in the bid are true; and further, that the bidder has not, directly or indirectly, submitted his or her bid price or any breakdown thereof, or the contents thereof, or divulged information or data relative thereto, or paid, and will not pay, any fee to any corporation, partnership, company association, organization, bid depository, or to any member or agent thereof to effectuate a collusive or sham bid. Subscribed and sworn to before me this �day of�.,�. , 2015 No ary ubli in and for the ��(e¢i�F1ri5�'1 County of ���1'?� State of ```````` `S`I',11111rIr���',i,�', . � (SEAL�` k' �.P�REB '� • ? �. ,l m � _W q ��.��s� , - _ ' = i ��z.i � : �Y � y�. •�����, � ,MP��(, '� � �������ii� ��A���� FLOW CONTROL & SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT AUGUST 2015 Signed: —� � JAMES PAPE - PRESIDENT PAPE 8� SONS CONSTRUCTION, INC BID FORMS 00 41 00-13 ' �1 CERTIFICATION BY PROPOSED CONTRACTOR REGARDING EQUAL EMPLOYMENT ' Refer to EPA Forms 6100-2, 6100-3, 8 6100-4 in Exhibit A-1 of Section 002113. FLOW CONTROL & SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT BID FORMS � AUGUST 2015 00 41 00-14 m ATTACHMENT 5 EPA FORM 6100-2-DBE PROGRAM SUBCONTRACTOR PARTICIPATION FORM V EPA E� Imnm�en e 0ol Prorectlon Apency OMB Control No: 2090-0030 Approved:8I13/2013 Approval Exptres: SI31/ 2015 Dlsadvantaged Business Enterprlse (DBE) Program DBfi Subrnnti-acWr Participation Form � A DBE is a Dlsadvantaged, Mlnoriry, or Woman Business Enterprise that has been certffled by an eMtty from whleh EPA accepts certlflptions as described In 40 CFR 33.20433.205 or cErtifled by EPA. EPA aaepts tertfflcattons fiom entitles that meet ar eueed EPA certiflcation rtandards as described In qD CFR 33.202.. Z Subcontractor fs deRned as a company, flrm, jolnt venture, or Indlvldual w6o enten Into an agreement with a contractor to provide servlces pursuant m aq EPA award of 8nantlal azslstance. EPA FORM 6100-2 (DBE Subcontrador Paztidpation Form) An EPA Financial Assistance Agreement RecipSent must require its prime contracton to provide this form to its DBE subcontractors. This form gives a DBE� subcontractorz the opportunity to describe work received and/or report any concerns regarding the EPA-funded project (e.g., in areas such as termination by prime contractor, late payments, etc.). The DBE subcontractnr can, as an option, complete and submit this form to the EPA DBE Coordinator at any time during the project period of performance. ' :=�EPA Em�`��� ����� OMH Controi No: 20940030 �^�' Approved: 811312013 Approva] Gxpires: &31/2015 Disadvantaged Business Enterprlse (DB� Program . DBS Subcoatractor Pamc[patlon Form Please use the space below to report any concems regarding the above EPA-funded projecC The public reporting and recordkeeping burden for thls collectlon of Informatlon Ls estimated to average three (3) hours per response. Send comments on the Agency's need for this infortnaHon, the aavracy of the provtded burden estimates, and any suggested methods for minimizing respondent 6urden, including through the use of automated collection techniques to the Director, Collection Strategies Divklon, U.S. Emrironmental Protection Agency (2822�,1200 Pennsylvanla Ave., NW, Washington, D.C. 20460. Include the�OMe control number in any correspondence. Do not send the mmpleted form to thfs address. EPA FORM 6100-2 (DBE SubconCador ParAdpatlaa Form) � ' 1 ' , ' � � ' � � 1 ' ' � , , , ' Attachment 6 EPA Form 6100-3-DBE Program Subcontractor Performance Form A /� Unitsd 6t�w OMB Control No: 2080-0030 V� , �" APProved: 8/ 13/ 2013 • Approval Facp(m: & 31/ 2015 Disadvantaged Business Enterprlse (DBEj Program , . DBB Subcontractor Performance Form '1'his form is intended to wpture the DtlE� subcontractor's� descrlpaon of work to bc performed and the price oF the work submitted to the prime contractor. M EPA Financial Asststance Agreement Reclpient must require its primn contractor to have its DBE subcontractors complete thls form and include al1 completed forms in the prlme con� bid or proposal package. Subconh Nazae Project Name Bld/ Proposal No. I Assistance Agreement ID No. (iflrnown) Polnt o Address Telephone No. Email Address � ''�me Contrac[or Na e Issuin "— — � - — �. ,- - . � - � - g/Funding Entity: Coatract Item Number Descrlption of Work Submlt[ed to thc Primc Conh Prlce of Work Involving Constructlon, Se:vtces , 6qufpment orSuppllea Submitted to thc —••__-. .._ Prlme Contractor Nl.� DBE Certified By: _ DOT _ SBA • Meets/ exceeds E['A certi6wtlon standards7 _ Other. YES _ NO _ Unknown � A �BE Is a Dlsadvantaged, Mlnorlty, or Woman Buslnesa Ente�prlse that has been certlfled hy an entlty from which EPA eccepts ccrtlflptlons as deseribed In �40 CFR 33.20433.205 or oertifled hy EPA. EPA aaepts cerriflutlons hom ernitles that meet or rsceed EPA aertiflcatlon standards ea deccrlbed In 40 CFR 33 202. 2 SubmnVacenr Is deflned as a company, qrm, Jolnt venture, or IndHldual who enters Into an agreement wlth a comractor to provlde services pursuant to an �VA award of flnendal asslstance. EPA FORM 6300-3 [DBB Subwntractor Performance Form) :-sEPA A��paney5� � Proteetlon OMB Cantrol No: 2090-0030 Approved: 8/ 13I2013 Approval Expires: B131/ 2015 Disadvantaged Business Enterprise (DB� Pro�am DBE Subcontractor Performance Form The publfc reporting and recordkeeping burden for this coilect(on of informatlon is estimated to average three (3) hours per response. Send comments on the Agency's need for this informatton, the accurecy of the provided bu rden estimates, and any suggested methods for minimizing respondent burden, including through the use of automated wllection techniques to the Dlrector, Collection Stretegies Dfvision, U.S. Environmerrtal Pratection Agency (2822n, 1200 Pennsylvania Ave., NW, Washtngton, D.C. 20460. Include the OMB control number In any correspondence. Do not send the completed form to this address. ' EPA FORM 6100-3 (DBE SubcontraUOr Perforn►ance Form) I certify under penaity of perjury that t6e forgoing statements are true and correct Signing thls form daes not signify a commihnent to utilize the subcontractors above. 1 am aware of that in the event of a replacement of a subcontractor, I will adhere to the reptacement requirements set forth in 40 CFR Part 33 Secaon 33.302 (c). � 1 1 1 ' 1 ' � � ' 1 ' ' 1 1 ' 1 1 1 ATTACHMENT 7 EPA FORM 6100-4-DBE PROGRAM SUBCONTRACTOR UTILIZATION FORM A� Unhed 8�au. OMB Contrnl No: 2090-0p30 `�"' �ErnlronmsntalProtxNon A Approved: 8/ 13/ 2013 Approval Explres: 8/ 31/ 2015 Disadvantaged Business Entetprlse (DB� Program DBH Subcontractor Utillzation Form This form is intended to capture the prime contractor's accual and/or andcipated use of idendfied certified DBE� subcontractorsz and the estimated dollar amount of each subcontracG An EPA Financial Ass[stance Agreement Recipient must require itr prime contractors to complete chis form and include i[ tn the bid or proposal package. Prime contractors should also maintain a copy of this form on Hle. P e ContracWr Name Project Naroe � � ` ar.! R Se � � Bid/ Pr posal No. Assistance Agreement 1D No. (iflmown) Point of Contad Address � �, � . i „ Telephone No. �� 2s� -�S Issuing/Funding Entity: I have idenUfied potential certlfied subcont lfyes, please complete the Subcontractor Nan Company Name � t _ 6 Email Addre! {� _ YES :low. lf no, please explaln: Company Address/ Phone/ &m N1A- r . l,i)w `�8 33 2- � � � NO Est Dollar Currently Amt DBE Certified? — ' Contlnue on back if needed � � �A OBE Is a Dlsadwntaged, MlnoHty, or Woman Business Enoerprix that has been certlfled by an entity from whlth EPA accep[s certSflcaHons as desMbed In 40 fFR 33.204-33.205 or �ertffled by EPA EPA a¢epu certiflcatlons frvm enritles ihat meet or�exceed EPA certiHwtlon standazds as descrlbed In 40 CFR 33.202. Z Subcontractor 1s deNned'as a company, flrm, �oln[ venture, ar Indlvldual w6o entecs Into an a�eement with a wntractor to provlde seMces purouant to an SPA eward of flnandal asslstance. EPA FORM 6100-4 (DBS Subconhactor Util(zatlon Form) .�. EPA E r�w�me �tel Protxtlon � OMB ('antrol No: 2090-0030 Appmved: B/ 13/ 2013 Approvaf Explres: 8/31/2015 Disadvantaged Business Enterprlse (DB� Program DBE Subcontractor UUlization Form The publit reporting and retordkeeping burden forthis coliection of Information Is estimated to average three (3) hours per response. Send comments on the Agency's need for this Infortnatlon, the acwracy of the provlded burden estimates, and any suggested methods for minimizing respondent burden, lncluding through the use of automated �ollection techniques to the Director, Collection Strategles Dfvision, U.S. Environmental Protecrtion Agency (2622'f�, 1200 Pennsytvania Ave., NW, Washington, D.0 20460. Inciude the OMB cantrol number in any cortespondence. Do notsend !he completed form to this address. EPA FORM 6100 (DBE Subcontractor Udli�adon Portn) • 1 certiCy under penalty of perjury that tlie forgoing slatements are n-ue and correct Signing this form dces not signify a commitment to udlize the subcontractors above. I am aware of that In the event ofa replacement of a subcontractor, I will adhere to the replacement requirements set for� in 40 CFR Part 33 Sectlon 33.302 (c). 1 � ' ' , ' ' ' , ' ' , ' lJ ' l �� ' CERTIFICATION REGARDING SUSPENSION, DEBARMENT. INELIGIBILITY OF VOLUNTARY EXCLUSION 1. The CONTRACTOR, by signing this agreement, certifies that it is not suspended, debarred, proposed for debarment, declared ineligible or otherwise excluded from contracting with the federal govemment, or from receiving contracts paid for with federal funds. If the CONTRACTOR is unable to certify to the statements contained in the certification, they must provide an explanation as to why they cannot. 2. The CONTRACTOR shall provide immediate written notice to the Department if at any time the CONTRACTOR fearns that its certification was erroneous when submitted or had become erroneous by reason of changed circumstances. 3. The terms covered transaction, debarred, suspended, ineligible, lower tier covered transaction, participant, person, primary covered transaction, principal, proposal, and voluntarily excluded, as used in this clause, have the meaning set out in the Definitions and Coverage sections of rules implementing Executive Order 12549. You may contact the department for assistance in obtaining a copy of those regulations. 4. The CONTRACTOR agrees it shall not knowingly enter into any lower tier covered transaction with a person who is proposed for debarment under the applicable Code of Federal Regulations, debarred, suspended, declared ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from participation in this covered transaction. 5. The CONTRACTOR further agrees by signing this agreement, that it will include this clause tiUed "Certification Regarding Suspension, Debarment, Ineligibility Or Voluntary Exclusion" without modification in all lower tier covered transactions and in all solicitations for lower tier covered transactions. 6. Pursuant to 2CFR180.330, the CONTRACTOR is responsible for ensuring that any lower tier covered transaction complies with certification of suspension and debarment requirements. 7. CONTRACTOR acknowledges that failing to disclose the information required in the Code of Federal Regulations may result in the delay or negation of this funding agreement, or pursuance of legal remedies, including suspension and debarment. 8. CONTRACTOR agrees to keep proof in its agreement file, that it, and all lower tier recipients or contractors, are not suspended or debarred, and wifl make this proof available to the Department upon request. RECIPIENT/CONTRACTOR must run a search in www.sam.gov and print a copy of completed searches to document proof of compliance. � SEPT 10, 2015 ' ature Date JAMES PAPE - PRESIDENT Name and title of signer (please type) ' FLOW CONTROL 8 SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT AUGUST 2015 BID FORMS 00 41 00-15 ' CERTIFICATION OF NON-SEGREGATED FACILITIES (Applicable to federally assisted construction contracts and related subcontracts exceeding $10,000 which are not exempt from the Equal Opportunity clause.) The federally assisted construction contractor certifies that he does not maintain or provide for his employees any segregated facilities at any of his establishments, and that he does not permit his employees to perform their services at any location, under his control, where segregated facilities are maintained. The federally assisted construction contractor certified, further that he will not maintain or provide for his employees any segregated facilities at any of his establishments, and that he will not permit his employees to perform their services at any location, under his control, where segregated facilities are maintained. The federally assisted construction contractor agrees that a breach of this certification is a violation of the Equal Opportunity clause in this contract. As used in this certification, the term "segregated facilities" means any waiting rooms, work area, rest rooms and wash rooms, restaurants and other eating areas, time clocks, locker rooms and other storage or dressing areas, parking lots, drinking fountains, recreation or entertainment areas, transportation, and housing facilities provided for emp(oyees which are segregated by explicit directive or area, in fact, segregated on the basis of race, creed, color, or national origin, because of habit, local custom, or otherwise. The federally assisted construction contractor agrees that (except where he has obtained identical certifications from proposed contractors for specific time periods) he will obtain identical certifications from proposed subcontractors prior to the award of subcontracts exceeding $10,000 which are not exempt from the provisions of the Equal Opportunity clause, and that he will retain such, certification in this file. -' SEPT.10.2015 .. � Signa Date JAMES PAPE - PRESIDENT Name and title of signer (please type) NOTE: THIS FORM SHALI BE COMPLETED IN FULL AND SUBMITTED WITH THE BID PROPOSAL END OF BID FORMS FLOW CONTROL 8 SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT BID FORMS AUGUST 2015 00 41 00-16 ' , ' ' i 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 i 1 RECENT PR0.IECTS COMPLETED/REFERENCES ATTACHMENT'A' RECENiPROJECTS COMPLETED/REFERENCES ATTACHMENT'A' oun Contraet ProJeet Nama Oate 522.802.06 Velley System 2-Inch Domestic Water Servka Nov-12 707 Sp�l 704 Frt� 705 207; 703 Wa6 698 W a1 899 waa 702 W aG 693 wen 696 897 .74 Water Maln Replaeament MPR 2 Wastevrater Sewar Replacement 684 i0 Water AAaln Replacement MPR 2i WeSteNrater Sewar Replacement 686 15 Veteran's Dnve SW Water Main F 692 36 Upgrade Lift Sta6on • Bldg 886 Saufh 3rd SUeet Improvements 6B9 Watar SWraOe and Transmlasion Ma 691 Repalr Fre Hydronts-NBK Bengor 681 2017 Arondale Water Improvemenb 690 Gass'A' RedaMetl Weter Dlstr(butl 6B8 2071 S 79th Street Wetef trnprovma 687 Mission Creek Corrections Center 877 Harborvlew Drive/Stlnsan Ave. W� ReplacaTent Projecf 680 894 Jun-72 May�12 Jan-12 Oec•17 Nov11 Oct-71 Ownar or Represanfativa VALLEY WATER OISTRICT 14501 PIONEER WAY E PW/LLLUP, WA98372 BRL4N THOMPSON 253-841-9! LAKEWOOD WATER DISTRIC PO BOX 99728 TACpMI� WA 98498 RANDALL BIACK 253588-44 CT'OF LACEY PO BOX 3400 LACEY, WA985063400 TOM PALM/1TEER 360�815& CtTY OF flRCREST 175 RAMSDELL STREET FlRCREST, WA 98488 TRENT LOUGHEED 253-584-05 CfTY OF TACOMA GARY GATES 253502�742 CRY OF TAC:OMA GAfiY GATES 253�502-8742 C(TY OF TACOAAA GARYGATES 253502�742 CfTYOF TACOMA GARYGATES 253b02-0742 WA STATE DEPT. OF CORRECTI� PO BOX 471 f 2 OLYMPIA, WA 98504 PEBBLE HERNANOQ 3eans-a3sz CITY OF TACOMA Gery Gat95 253-502-0742 F�ap PUD #1 PO Boa 1969 Poulsbo. WA98370 Danlel qmbler - 38a77&7858 CRYOFTACOMA GAFtY GATES 253-502�742 CITY OF TACOMA GARYGATES 253502-0742 LAI(EWOOD WATERDISTRIC' PO BOX 99T29 TACOMq WA98499 RFWDALI BLACK 253-588442 TSAY-TECH PO BOX 5993 SILVERDALE, WA9B375 THOM McCLUSI�N 360J9G-44 CITY OF ELMA 1235 MONTE ELMA RD ELMq WA98541 MIKE OLDEN 360-352-1120 CfTY OF MONTES/WO 112 MAIN STREET MONTESANO. WA98583 ��srr Pow�u �a2aesoz� TSAY-TECH PO BOX 5993 SILVERDALE, WA98315 TMOM McCLUSI�I' 36U3984W3 CITYOf FlRCREST 115 RAM.SDElL STREET FIRCREST. WA 98466 TREM LOUGHEED 253-SB4�900 ST SOUND PUBUC UTILRY DISTF 2924 SE LUND AVE PORT ORCHARD, WA 98366 IAWRENCE CURLES 360-876-2545 CITY OF FIRCREST 115 RAMSDELL STREET FlRCREST, WA 88488 TRENTLOUGHEED 253584�900 NA STATE DEPT. OF CORRECTiC PO BOX 41112 OLYMPI/� WA9B504 PEBBLE HERNANDEZ 360-7258352 CRYOF GfG HARBOR 3510 GRANDVIEW STREET GIG HARBOR WA 98335 JEFFLANGHELM ' ' ' ' 1 1 ' ' , ' 1 ' 1 ' , ' ' , ' Contract RECENT PROJECTS COMPLETED/REFERENCES ATTACHMENT'A' Om o Proleet Nama Date 674 l.47 NE DNisbn Avenue. SuCUamleh, Weter I 6B2 .13 SanRary Sewer Trench Repair 8B3 !.96 2010 Waterline Abandonment 6 Looping 679 I•87 Flrlawn Water Realipnment 678 8.08 RUNWAY REHABILfTAT10N PMASE 2 664 )7 WELL SI7E CLEARING 6 GR/1DING 675 .35 2009 WATERLINE LC'fC)PINR 873 F{OUSING PUMP STATION FORCE Mf 3 REUSE PIPELINES 645 COMRA COSTA LIFT STATION 2008 IMPROVEMENTS 659 PACIFlC AVENUE BPSIN STORMWAT COLLECTION SYSTEM 687 WATER MAtN REPLACEMENf PROJE MRP 200737 689 WATER SYSTEM IMPROVEMENTS MI; CORRECTION CENTER FOR WOMEN 6B5 ANDERSON PARKWAY STORMWATE EMERGENCY REPAIR 668 .53 2009 WATERLINE REPLAC 682 75 MOORELANDS WATER S1 652 29 HEADQUARTERB/FIRE ST REPLACEMENT 853 .76 142ND AVE., CT, E 8128T 647 12 VIKING WAY WATER MlUN 657 i2 TRAGYPON BLVD. SOU7H WATER MAIN EXTENSION 654 38 TAYLOR AVENUE W ELL M 658 77 CLEAR CREEK ROAD WA1 658 � Feb�10 Sep-09 Feb-09 Ownar or Repreaenfativa CRYOF EDGEWOOD 2221 MERIDUW AVE. E EDGEWOOD. WA 98371-1070 JOE SEET 253-952J299 TSAP COUMfY PUBUC UTILRY DIS PO BO% 1989 POUL880, WA 98370 JOE FlNOTTI 380-779-7858 TACOMA PUBUC WORKS 747 MARI�T ST. ROOM 332 7ACOMq WA 88402 253a02-0488 cm oF u�c�r P.O. BOX 3400 LACEY� WA 98509J400 380-439-2638 CfiY OF ELMA 1235 MONTE ELMA RD ELM/� WA8B541 MII� OLDEN 380J52-1120 PORT OF BREMERTON 8850 SW STATE HWY 3 PORT ORCHARD, WA 98367 FRED SALISBURY 360-8742607 :ST SOUND PUBLtC UTILITY DISTR 2924 SE LUND AVE PORTORCFWFtD, WA98366 JOEREDFERN • 360-878-2545 CRYOFLACEY P.O. BOX 3400 LACEY, WA 985093400 360-439-2639 SQU/WN ISUWO TRIBE 10 SE SCUAXIN LANE SHELTON, WA 98584 CRY OF FlRCREST 115 RAMSDELL STREET FlRCREST, WA9B466 Steve W IIGe- Morrissette 3 Agspc 360-352•9456 CfTY OF BREMERTON 239 4TH STREET BREMEKTON. WA98337 WILLIAM DAVIS, PE 360-473-2312 �ACOMA PUBLIC UTILITIES DISTRIi 3828 S 35TH ST TACOMq WA9B409 ' 253502�743 WA STATE DEPT. OF CORRECT101 PO BOX 41112 OLYMPIA. WA 98504 CfTYOF POULSBO PO BOX 9B POULSBO. WA98370 TACOMA PUBUC WORKS 747 MARI�T ST. ROOM 332 TACOMA. WA 98402 CITY OF POULSBO PO BOX 9B POULS80. WA 9837D CITY OF LACEY P.O. BOX 3400 LACEY, WA 98509340D 380�39-2639 r11NGTON STATE PUBLtC WORKS I PO BOX 48319 OLYMPIA WA 98504 CRY OF OLYMPIA PO BOX 1987 OLYMPUI WA 98507 'ACOMA PUBUC UTILITIES DISTRI( 3828 5 35TH S7 TACOMq WA 88409 253-502�743 SILVERDALE WATER DISTRICT #1� PO BOX 493 SILVERDALE. WA 96332 SILVERDALE WATER DISTRICT #1i PO BOX 493 SIWERDALE. WA98332 CITY OF BAINBRIDGE ISLAND 280 MADISON AVENUE NORTH BAINBRIDGE ISLANDE. WA 98710 SILVERDALE WATER DISTRICT #1 i PO BOX 493 � MAJOR EQUIPMENT OWNED 2015 ATTACHMENT "B" Quantity Description 2 Hydraulic Excavator - Doosan 140 2006 1 Hydraulic Excavator - Komatsu PC 228 1 Hydraulic Excavator - Hitachi EX35 1 Hydraulic Excavator - Kobelco 220 E-1 1995 1 Hydraulic Excavator - Komatsu PC128UU 1994 2 Vibratory Compactors for Above 8 Rubber Tired Backhoes - CAT 416/420 2001-8 5 Vibratory Compactors for Above - Hoe Pac 2 Asphalt Zipper 2002-06 1 Rubber Tired Loader- Komatsu 250 1993 1 CAT 950 Rubber Tired Loader 1983 1 Dozer - CAT DH4 1996 1 570 Grader 1 Sakai Smooth Drum Roller 1989 4 Sakai Double Drum Roller 1989-92 3 Pipelaying Lasers 5 Service Trucks with Tools 1 10 Yard Dump Truck with Pup & Tilt tr! 2 Water Trucks 4 Self Propelled Sweepers 3 Compressor, Jackhammer & Accessories 2 Self Propelled Concrete Saws 4 Generators - 120/240 3 HDPE Welding Machines 10 Trench Boxes 2000+ Traffic Control Devices 3 Complete Spill Response Kits 19842008 2007 1995 1987-99 94-2004 1987 1994-2007 , � Depardment of Labor and Industries -�� � � g��:�,SONS CONSTRUCTION, INC ' PO Box 44450 - - • . • . - Olympia, WA 98504-4450 _ , - , � ; � s � � , .Iteg;.CG�AP,�SI*204DE a' . � , . : �7BI•�60t�=291=966 ' _ . . �' •`� . � '' • � • •. , `.. � i�egiste�d as provided by Law as: . _ 1 a �gmstiuction Contractor : �� . . � � � � _ ::(CCC�I� r�f�ENER'AL ' , _ _ � '�so� � .�- :.. ;�� PAPE & SONS CONSTRUGTI�N, � : .Effec4�ve �ate:;��{5/1980 : , ��;;.;.:,<.= ,'� _-; ,:.. � 9401 54TH AVE NW STE A�;: . . � , , � .. - � , �Fac�ahoa piate: 4/8/2017 , GIG HARBOR WA 98332 � � : . : - _:Y; � . s� . •�� .� _�. '' �• 1 • ' . � -- �L� . ''t`- , _ ` , • .` ;.��: ' .", ' , • ��" '� r ..'�.,� ;..�.. � �: . L � � 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 ,, �� , ' ' 1 ' ' ' AGREEMENT SECTION 005213 THIS AGREEMENT is dated the � day of ����it� in the year 2015 by and between City of Bremerton (hereinafter called OWNER) and (hereinafter called CONTRACTOR). OWNER and CONTRACTOR, in consideration of the mutual covenants hereinafter set forth, agree as follows: ARTICLE 1. WORK. CONTRACTOR shall complete the WORK as specified or indicated in the OWNER's Contract Documents entitled Flow Control � Seismic Valve Project. All or part of the Work will be funded by monies provided by the Drinking Water State Revolving Fund (DWSRF). By submitting a bid proposal in response to this solicitation the Bidder is agreeing to comply with all requirements stated as conditions of funding and reporting under the DWSRF. The Bidder is responsible for understanding and complying with these requirements. The detailed requirements are provided as Exhibit A-1 to Section 002113 for the Bidders use. ARTICLE 2. CONTRACT TIMES. Substantial Completion for the WORK must be achieved not later than 160 calendar davs from the date of ' Notice to Proceed. Final Completion and Acceptance of the Work must be achieved not later than 30 calendar days after Substantial Completion. 1 �J ' ' ' � ' , ARTICLE 3. LIQUIDATED DAMAGES. OWNER and the CONTRACTOR recognize that time is of the essence of this Agreement and that the OWNER will suffer financial loss if the WORK is not completed within the time specified in Article 2 herein, plus any extensions thereof allowed in accordance with Article 12 of the General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions. They also recognize the delays, expense, and difficulties involved in proving in a legal proceeding the actual loss suffered by the OWNER if the WORK is not completed on time. Accordingly, instead of requiring any such proof, the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR agree that as liquidated damages for delay (but not as a penalty) the CONTRACTOR shall pay the OWNER $1000 for each day that expires after the time specified in Article 2. ARTICLE 4. CONTRACT PRICE. OWNER shall pay CONTRACTOR for completion of the WORK in accordance with the Contract Documents in current funds the amount set forth in the Bid Schedule(s). (Contractor Initiats) FLOW CONTROL & SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT . 1 AUGUST 2015 AGREEMENT 00 52 13-1 ARTICLE 5. PAYMENT PROCEDURES. �: :� ,. • . CONTRACTOR shall submit Applications for Payment in accordance with Article 14 of the General Conditions. Applications for Payment will be processed by ENGINEER as provided in the General Conditions. ARTICLE 6. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. The Contract Documents which comprise the entire agreement between OWNER and CONTRACTOR concerning the WORK consist of this Agreement (Section 00 52 13) and the following attachments to this Agreement: • Notice Inviting Bids (Section 00 01 16). • Instructions to Bidders (Section 00 21 13). • Bid Forms including the Bid, Bid Schedule(s), Information Required of Bidder, Bid Bond, and all required certificates and affidavits (Section 00 41 00). • Performance Bond (Section 00 61 13). • Payment Bond (Section 00 61 16). • General Conditions (Section 00 72 13). � Supplementary Conditions (Section 00 73 13). • Technical Specifications as listed in the Table of Contents, including appendices. • Drawings as listed in the List of Drawings. • Addenda numbers to , inclusive. • Change Orders which may be delivered or issued after Effective Date of the Agreement and are not attached hereto. There are no Contract Documents other than those listed in this Article 6. The Contract Documents may only be amended by Change Order as provided in Paragraph 3.04 of the General Conditions. ARTICLE 7. WAIVER OF IMMUNITY. The CONTRACTOR and OWNER acknowledge and agree that they have negotiated the following in accordance with the requirements of RCW 4.24.115 and the CONTRACTOR specifically waives his immunity under industrial insurance under Title 51 RCW. The CONTRACTOR and OWNER acknowledge and agree to the requirements for indemnification in Section 00 73 13 SC-6.20. The provisions of this article shall survive the termination or expiration of this agreement. (Contractor Initials) FLOW CONTROL & SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT AUGUST 2015 AGREEMENT 00 52 13-2 ' , ' ' No assignment by a party hereto of any rights under or interests in the Contract Documents will be binding on another party hereto without the written consent of the party sought to be bound; and specifically but without limitation monies that may become due and monies that are due may not be assigned without such ' consent (except to the extent that the effect of this restriction may be limited by law), and unless specifically stated to the contrary in any written consent to an assignment, no assignment will release or discharge the assignor from any duty or responsibility under the Contract Documents. The OWNER, in its sole ' discretion, may refuse to allow the CONTRACTOR to assign any or all of its duties, rights and/or responsibilities under the Agreement, except with regards to an assignment of funds for security purposes. In the case of an assignment for security purposes the OWNER may condition its approval to the extent it ' deems necessary to assure that there will be adequate funds to complete the WORK and to pay a subcontractors and suppliers. ' OWNER and CONTRACTOR each binds itself, its partners, successors, assigns and legal representatives to the other party hereto, its partners, successors, assigns and legal representatives in respect of all covenants, agreements and obligations contained in the Contract Documents. ARTICLE 8. SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION The Contractor agrees to the right of the OWNER to suspend work or terminate this agreement as indicated in Article 15 of Section 00 72 13 (Standard General Conditions) and Section 00 73 13 (Supplementary Conditions). ARTICLE 9. ASSIGNMENT ' IN WITNESS WHEREOF, OWNER and CONTRACTOR have caused this Agreement to be executed the day and year first above written. 1 ' ' • - . : - - . /", /' /�A.-=�.' i = / �i ..�� �� 1... _r1 � � - �!�:_, ��'' CONTRACTOR O.�p �-���, Cr,c�,�c�,.c.�o�n �S� B �-�'�c� [CORPORATE SEAL] Attest �.2 _w�� � T c�A.J� � 1 ' ' 1 1 ' Address for giving notices 3'��� c�-� �r� . �'.� (�.(� � ��j r.e.��ne,r-I vVa. � g 3 "4 Approv s to Form: (Si ture) (Title) FLOW CONTROL & SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT AUGUST 2015 Address for giving notices qu.0'�- Sk� '(�e^N����`a�..;�e. 1A C�o� la��,r, �A U�t3�3� License No. � 4�Q���� �h��� Agent for service of process: ��s � Q c�e AGREEMENT 00 52 13-3 AGREEMENT CERTIFICATE (if Corporation) STATE OF COUNTY OF ) ) SS: ) I HEREBY CERTIFY that a meeting of the Board of Directors of the t_A� � �1' _.��' .. � :► a cor Ro�ration existing under the laws of the State of � • , held on �)v.�� \L.9 , 2015, the following resolution was uly passed and adopted: "RESOLVED, that �Qx�i?� Qo�pe , as �Q President of the Corporation, be and is hereby authorized to execute the Agreement dated , 2015, by ` and between this Corporation and City of Bremerton and that his/her execution thereof, attested by the Secretary of the Corporation, and with the Corporate Seal affixed, shall be the official act and deed of this Corporation." I further certify that said resolution is now in full force and effect. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed the official seal of the corporation this �, day of ���r,-,Q� , 2015. � Se etary (SEAL) ' ' ' 1 ' t � ..;. a AGREEMENT FLOW CONTROL & SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT 00 52 13-4 AUGUST 2015 ' � � � ' ' 1 ' � ' ' � ' ' ' ' � � ' � ' STATE OF COUNTY OF AGREEMENT CERTIFICATE (if Partnership) ) ) SS: ) I HEREBY CERTIFY that a meeting of the Partners of the a partnership existing under the laws of the State of , held on , 2015, the following resolution was duly passed and adopted: "RESOLVED, that , as of the Partnership, be and is hereby authorized to execute the Agreement dated , 2015, by and between this Partnership and City of Bremerton and that his/her execution thereof, attested by the shall be the official act and deed of this Partnership." I further certify that said resolution is now in full force and effect. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this , day of , 2015. Partner (SEAL) FLOW CONTROL & SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT AUGUST 2015 AGREEMENT 00 52 13-5 AGREEMENT CERTIFICATE (if Joint Venture) STATE OF COUNTY OF ) ) SS: ) I HEREBY CERTIFY that a meeting of the Principals of the a joint venture existing under the laws of the State of , held on , 2015, the following resolution was duly passed and adopted: "RESOLVED, that , as of the Joint Venture, be and is hereby authorized to execute the Agreement dated , 2015, by and between this Joint Venture and City of Bremerton and that his/her execution thereof, attested by the shall be the official act and deed of this Joint Venture." I further certify that said resolution is now in full force and effect. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this , day of , 2015. Managing Partner (SEAL) AGREEMENT FLOW CONTROL & SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT 00 52 13-6 AUGUST 2015 � , ' ' , ' ' � � 1 ' ' ' ' ' ' 1 , 1 AGREEMENT CERTIFICATE (if Limited Liability Company) STATE OF COUNTY OF ) ) SS: ) I HEREBY CERTIFY that a meeting of the Members of the a Limited Liability Company existing under the laws of the State of , held on , 2015, the following resolution was duly passed and adopted: "RESOLVED, that , and as members of the Limited Liability Company, be and are hereby authorized to execute the Agreement dated , 2015, to the City of Bremerton by this Limited Liability Company and that their execution thereof shall be the official act and deed of this Limited Liability Company." I further certify that said resolution is now in full force and effect. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this , day of , 2015. A Limited Liability Company By: Member BY; Member (SEAL) END OF AGREEMENT FORMS FLOW CONTROL & SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT AUGUST 2015 AGREEMENT 00 52 13-7 THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK , � ' t� � � � � � � f� PERFORMANCE BOND SECTION 006113 KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, ThBt Pape & Sons Construction, Inc. 2S CONTRACTOR, and North American Specialty Insurance Company as Surety are held and firmly bound unto City of Bremerton hereinafter called "OWNER," in the sum of Eight Hundred Ninety Eight Thousand Nine Hundred Forty Nine 8 00/100 ------------------ ($898,949 00) dollars, for the payment of which sum, weil and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. THE CONDITIONS OF THIS OBLIGATION ARE SUCH, that said CONTRACTOR has been awarded and is about to enter into the annexed Agreement with said OWNER to perform the WORK as specified or indicated in the Contract Documents entitled "City of Bremerton, Department of Public Works and Utilities, Bremerton, Washington, Flow Control � Seismic Valve Project"; now, therefore, In the event CONTRACTOR fails to timely or properly perform any of the requirements of the Contract Documents at the times and in the manner contained therein, the Surety shall be liable under this bond up to the amount of the bond for the full amount of the OWNERS's expenses to construct or repair all work as well as all loss, cost, expense or damage suffered by the OWNER in excess of the Contract amount due to the CONTRACTOR'S failure to comply with any contract or permit conditions or other applicable laws and regulations. The Surety agrees that within 30 cafendar days of receiving notice that the OWNER has declared � a CONTRACTOR default and formally terminated the CONTRACTOR'S right to complete the Contract pursuant to its terms and conditions and that the CONTRACTOR has defaulted on all or part of the terms guaranteed by this bond, the Surety shall either: ' f� � � � L 1. Notify the OWNER in writing of its intent to cure the default itself within a reasonable period of time acceptable to the OWNER. The OWNER agrees to pay the bafance of the Contract price to the Surety in accordance with the terms of the Contract, or 2. Tender to the OWNER the demanded sum, up to the amount of the bond. However, if the amount necessary for the OWNER to cure the default is less than the amount tendered, the OWNER will return, without interest, any overpayment to the Surety. Bond No 2203880 PROVIDED, that any alterations in the WORK to be done or the materials to be furnished, or changes in the time of completion, which may be made pursuant to the terms of said Contract Documents, shall not in any way release said CONTRACTOR or said Surety hereunder, nor shall any extensions of time granted under the provisions of said Contract Documents, release either said CONTRACTOR or said Surety, and notice of such alterations or extensions of the Agreement is hereby waived by said Surety. The obligation of the Surety shall include reimbursing the City FLOW CONTROL 8� SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT JUNE 2015 for%all l. costs and expenses, PERFORMANCEBOND 00 61 13-1 � � ' �1 (including, but not limited to fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals, and court costs if litigation is commenced) incurred by the OWNER in enforcing the provisions of this Bond. The CONTRACTOR hereby agrees that the CONTRACTOR'S obligation to perform the required , work is not limited to the amount of funds held by the Surety. This bond is irrevocable and cannot be canceled by the Surety or the CONTRACTOR. ' This bond shall remain in full force and effect for a period of one (1) year following final acceptance of the project by the City, and,until the bond is released in writing by the OWNER at the written request of the Surety or CONTF�ACTOR. ' IN WITNESS WHEREOF, we have hereunder set our hands and seals this 9th day Of October , 2015. � ' (SEAL) Pape 8 Sons Construction, Inc. (CONTRA �R) By: (SEAL) North American Specialty Insurance Company (Surety) , By. .� ,. `�/ /('�ignature and SEAL) ��, pctQ� (Signature and SEAL) Ka�e� �. sm�tn, , / ��� Attorney-in-Fac1 (SEAL AND NOTARIAL ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF SUREN) Address of Surety to which all notices shall be sent: NAS s��ecy cro�p 1420 Fifth Ave. Suite 2200 Seattle, WA 98101 Address of Surety for service of process (must be a physical address) FLOW CONTROL 8 SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT JUNE 2015 Hentschell 8 Associates, Inc. 1436 S. Union Ave. Tacoma, WA 98405 PERFORMANCE BOND 00 61 13-2 � � 1 PAYMENT BOND SECTION 006116 Bond No. 2203880 ' ' L�' 1 KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, Thet Pape & Sons Construction, Inc. 8S CONTRACTOR, and North American Specialty insurance Companv as Surety are held and firmly bound unto City of Bremerton hereinafter called "OWNER," in the sum of Eight Hundred Ninety Eight Thousand Nine Hundred Forty Nine 8� 00/100 -------------------- ($898,949.00) dollars, for the payment of which sum, well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. ' THE CONDITIONS OF THIS OBLIGATION ARE SUCH, that said CONTRACTOR has been awarded and is about to enter into the annexed Agreement with said OWNER to perform the WORK as specified or indicated in the Contract Documents entitled "City of Bremerton, ' Department of Public Works and Utilities, Bremerton, Washington, Flow Control 8 Seismic Valve Project"; now, therefore, If said CONTRACTOR, or subcontractor, fails to pay for any materials, equipment, or other 1 supplies, or for rental of same, used in connection with the performance of work contracted to be done, or for amounts due under applicable State law for any work or labor thereon, said Surery will pay for the same in an amount not exceeding the sum specified above, and, in the event suit is ' brought upon this bond, reasonable attorney's fees to be fixed by the court. This bond shall inure to the benefit of any persons, companies, or corporations entitled to file claims under applicable State law sQ as to give a right of action to them or their assigns in any suit brought upon this bond. , ' 1� 1 ' , ' ' PROVIDED, that any alterations in the WORK to be done or the materials to be furnished, or changes in the time of completion, which may be made pursuant to the terms of said Contract Documents, shall not in any way release said CONTRACTOR or said Surety thereunder, nor shall any extensions of tirne granted under the provisions of said Contract Documents release either said CONTRACTOR or said Surety, and notice of such alterations or exfensions of the Agreement is hereby waived by said Surety. The obligation of the Surety shall include reimbursing the City of a!I costs and expenses, (including, but not limited to fee and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals, and court costs if litigation is commenced) incurred by the OWNER in enforcing the provisions of this Bond. FLOW CONTROL 8� SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT PAYMENT BOND JUNE 2015 00 61 76-1 ' � ' ' , 1 ' ' ' ' ' 1 1 1 1 ' , 1 ' ' IN WITNESS WHEREOF, we have hereunder set our hands and seals this 9tn day Of october , 2015. . ; •, North American S ecialt Insurance Com an ' Pape 8 Sons Construction, Inc. P Y P Y � (CONTRACTOR) (Surety) . : .— . , By: BY� - ignature and SEAL) �,� P� (Signat re and SEAL) Karen J. Smith - ������ Attorney-in-Fact EAL AND NOTARIAL ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF SURETY) �, Address of Surety to which all notices shall be sent: rvAS s��etv ��o�p 1420 Fifth Ave. Suite 2200 Seatlle, WA 98101 Address of Surety for service of process: (must be a physical address) Hentschell 8 Associates, Inc. 1436 S. Union Ave. Jacoma. WA 98405 FLOW CONTROL & SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT JUNE 2015 PAYMENT BOND 00 61 16-2 u �� ' ' , ' 1 ' NAS SURETY GROUP NORTH AMERICAN SPECIALTY INSURANCE COMPANY WASHINGTON tNTERNATIONAL iNSURANCE COMPANY GENERAL POWER OF ATTORNEY KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, THAT North American Specialty Insurance Company, a corporation duly organized and existing under laws ofthe State ofNe�v Hampshire, and having its principal office in the City of Manchester, New Hampshire, and Washington Intemational Insurance Company, a corporation organized and existing under the la�vs of the State of Neti• Hampshire and having its principal office in the City oT Schaumburg. Illinois, each does hereby make, constitute and appoint: THOMAS P. HENTSCHELL, BRADLEY A. ROBERTS, JULIE, A. CRAKER, • KAREN J. SMITH and JOANNC REINKENSMEYER JOINTLY OR SEVERALLY Its true and lati�ful Attorney(s)-in-Fact, to make, execute, seal and deliver, for and on its behalf and as its act and deed, bonds or other writings obligatory in the nature of a bond on bchalf of each of said Companies, as surery, on contracts of suretyship as are or may be required or permitted by la�v, regulation, contract or otherwise, provided that no bond or undertaking or contract or suretyship executed under this authority shall exceed the amount of: FIFTY MILLION ($50,000,000.00) DOLLARS This Power of Attomey is granted and is signed by facsimile under and by the authority of the following Resolutions adopted by the Boards of Directors of boih North American Specialty Insurancc Company and Washington lnternational Insurance Company at meetings duly called and held on the 9'� of May, 2012: "Rt:SO1,VED, that anv two of thc Presidents. any Managing Director. any Senior Vicc President, an}� Vice President anJ� Assistant Vice President. ' the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary be. and cach or any of them hereby is authorized to execute a Po�+�er of Attorney qualifying thc attorney named in the given Power of Attorney to execute on behalf of the Company bands, undenakings and all contracts of surery, and that each or any of them hereby is authorized to attest to the execution of any such Po�ver of Attomey and to attach therein the seal of the Company; and it is , FURTHER R6SOI.VBD, that the signature of such officers and the seal of thc Company may be affixed to any such Power of Attomey or io any certificate relating thereto by facsimile, and any such Power of Attomey or certiticate bearing such facsimile signatures or facsimile seal shall be binding upon the Company when so affixed and in the future with regard to any bond, undertaking or contract of surery to which it is attached." ' L ' ar ���,wuu�!u, i ���`��oi;;��!�'�y. � ��'��c By ��j S� :O e Steveo P. Aodersoo, Senior Ya Prealdeot oi Washington loternetlooal Inmrence Compaop �a1iTy 1�73 '�j� & Senior Vice President of Norlh Americao Specielty Insuraoce Compeny 3�1�:��h �°��� �roNUn�� �° By Mithael A. Ito,��or�ic�i ent o ns mgto n�teruetiona surenm ompany & Senior Viee President of North Americen Specially Insurance Company ��w�, ,,� t . �owq� hY f�}'��iIPUIQ,a jSG 2� aS�l � :n O: �m ��� �� m IN WITNESS WHEREOF, North American Specialty Insurance Company and Washington International Insurance Company have caused their official seals to be hereunto affixed, and these presents to be signed by their authorized officers this 1 st day of �'1aY , 2p 15 , , State of lllinois County of Cook ss: ' 1 , ' 1 , North American Specialty Insurance Company Washington International Insurance Company On this ]st day of May , 20� before me, a Notary Public personally appeared Steven P. Anderson , Senior Vice President of Washingion Intemational Insurance Company and Senior Vice President of North American Specialty Insurance Company and Michael A. Ito , Senior Vice President of Washington International Insurance Company and Senior Vice President of North American Specialty Insurance Company, personally known to me, who being by me duly sworn, acknowledged that they signed the above Power of Ariorney as officers of and acknowledged said instrument to be the voluntary act and deed of their respective companies. OFFICIAL SEAL M I(ENNY �.._.r `� \. � , NOTARY PUBLIC, STATE OF IWNOIS M. Kenny Notary Public � MY COMMISSION O(PIRES 12/0412017 ' I, Jeffrev Goldberg , the duly elected _ Assistant Secretarv of North American Specialty Insurance Company and Washington International Insurance Company, do hereby certify that the above and foregoing is a true and correct copy of a Power of Attorney given by said North American Specialty Insurance Company and Washington International Insurance Company, which is still in full force and effect. [N WITNESS WHGR�OF, 1 have set my hand and atTixed the seals of the Companies thi�`�day of���A;���� `� .� , . ���'� �-- . . leffrry Goldberg, Vice Pres�dent 8 Ass�stant Secretary of � Washmgton Intemanonal Insurance Company & Nonh Amencan Specialty Insurance Compeny ,CORD� CERTIFICATE OF LIAB�LITY INSURANCE � 10/9/2015 � ►..�� THIS CERT(FICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER aF INFORMATION O1�ILY AND CONFER5 NO RIGHT3 UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES MOT AFFIRMQTNELY OR NEGATIVELY AME1dD, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. THIS CERTIFlCATE OF INSURANCE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A CONTRACT BEN1►EEN THE ISSUING IN3URER(S), AUTHORIgD REPRESENtATfYE OR PRODUCER, AND THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. IMPORTAMT: If the certtflcate holde� is an ADDITIONAL INSURED, the policy(ies) must be endorsed. 1i SUBROGATION !S WAIVED, subject !o the tertns and condltEons of the pollcy, certain policies may require an endorsemenL A statement on thts certlflcate does not conTer rights to the cefificate holder In lieu af such endorsement(s) ,�,�_ PRODUCER HENTSCI�LL � ASSOC INC One Pacific Building 621 Pacific Ave., 8uite q00 Tacoma WA 98402 INSURED Pape & 3ons Constructian, Ina. 9401 54th Avenue NW Suite lA .•.,. vs,.ti,,,,. WA 98332 Danielle Pethick a �. (253) 272-1151 l.com (253)272-1225 COdERAGES CERIIFICATE NUMBER:CL14122410378 REVISIONE NUMBER: THIS lS TO CERTIFY THAT 7HE POLICIES OF INSUR/VdCE LISTED BELdW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT 013 OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE 15SUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POIICIES OESCRIBED HEREIN iS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND COND1710NS OF SUCH POLJCIES. 11MIT5 SHdWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED 8Y PAID CLAIMS. INSR UBR POLlCY EFF POIICl/ FJ(P Vy�B nrpE pF M6URp,NCE POLICY NUM M GENERAL LIABILITY EACH OCCURRENCE � 1� 000 � 000 E R rrrFn lOO,OOO X! COMMERCW. GENERAL LIABILfTY pREM1 e noe 9 A � CLAIMS-MAOE �X OCCUR X Y 006952006 12/31/2014 2/31J2015 MED EXP A me cn) S 10 , 000 PErtSOr� a n�V INJUxr S 1, O00 , 000 GENEwtiAC,��c�a.� s 2.000,000 GEN'L AGGREGATE L1MR APPLIES PER: PRODUCTS - COMP/OP AGG 3 2� OOO r OOO a POLICY X PR � LOC COMB , ING WNfT 1 � ��� AUTOMOBILE LIABll.ITI Ea ecaderrt BO�ILYINJURY(Perperem) S X ANY AUTO A q��pWNEp � X Y 3006952006 2/31/2014 2/31/2015 BODILYINJl1RY(Peraaclderri) 9 AUTOS N� �N-OWNED PROPERTY DAMAGE y X HIRED AUTOS X AUTOS Pe ccld n X PhyDmg-Helow Madkal ents S X UMBRELLA LIAB X pCCUR EACH OCCUtiRENCE E 5� OOO , OOO A EXCESS LIAB CLAIM&-MADE ' �06952006 2/31/2014 12/31/2015 AGGREGATE a 5 � 000 , 000 OED REYFAITION S X Y 3 p WORKERS COL9PENBA7ION WC STATU- X OTH- AkD EMPLQYERS' LWBILI7Y 006952006 E.L EAGi ACCIDENT S 1 000 OOO ANY PROPHIETORIPARTNERIF�CECUTIVE � N I A OFFtCER/MEMBEREJ(CLUDED (�7a 8top Gap / Employets 2/31/2014 2/31/2015 E.LDI3EASE-EAEMPLOYE 8 I 000 O00 {�dandamry in PW} !I ye4deecribe�mder 8bility) E.LDISEASE-POUCYLI#AIT S 1 �00 000 DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS below A Inland Marine 006952006 2/31/2014 12/31/2015 �easedlRented EqWpmerrt �150 � 000 �rtatartation ploater $50 , U 00 CESCRIP710N OF OPERATfONS / LOGATTONS / VEFRCIES (Attach ACORD 701, Ad�tfonal Rensrke SClledule, tt mora sAaco �a reV�°red) City oP Bremsrtoa Project #4514 / Project: Flos� Control and 3eiem.ic Value - Blanket Primaxy Noa-Contributory Additional Insvred, inclusding ccmpleted operations asd Blanket Waiver of Subroqation applies in favor of any person or organi$ation if called Por by mritten contract or agreament, per poliay £orms and conditions; Borm #CG7323 11/11 & CAO101A 03/10 - City of Br�erton is SII Clude as additional ir�aured , wi��Ar� � �TIA�1 SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRI�ED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE TF{E EJ(PIRATION DATE THEREOF, NOTICE WILL BE DELIYERED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE POLICY PROVISIONS. City of Hremerton Public Works & Utilities AUTHORI2ED R2PRESENTA'f1VE 3027 Olympus Drive Bremerton, WA 98312 8radley Roberts /DRP � � �- ACORD 25 (2Q10/05) O 7888-2010 ACORD C�RPORATION. Ali rights reserved. INS025 �zo�oos►.o� The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of AGORD COMMERCIAL AUTO AC 01 01A 0310 THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. BUSINESS AUTO ADVANT�ICE ENDORSEIVtENT Thls endorsement modifes insurance provided under the following: BUSINESS AUTO COVERAGE FORM MOTOR CARRIER COVERAGE FORM A. N�YVLY ACGIUIRED �R FORMED ENTITIES The Named Insured shown in the Declarations is amended to indude any vrganization you newly acquire or form, other than a partnership, Joint venture, or lirnited liability company, and over which you maintain ownership or majority (more than 50%) interest; ff there is no other similar insurance available to that organizadon. Cavera�e under this provision is afforded until the 180 day after you acquire or form the or- ganization or the end of the policy period, whi- chever is later. B. TEMPORARY SI�BSTITUTE AUTOS — PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE The fallowing Is added to paragraph C. Certain 7railers, Mobile Equipment And Temporary Substitute Autos of the — COVERED AUTOS SECTION: If Physical Damage Coverage is provided by this Coverage Form, the following types of vehiGes are also covered "autos" for Physi- cal Damage Coverage: Any "auto" you do not own while used with the permission of its owner as a temporary substitute for a oovered "auto" you own that is out of service because of its: a. Breakdown; b. Repalr, c. Servicing; d. "Loss°; or e. Destruction The coverage that applies is the same as the coverage provided for the vehiGe being replaced. C. EMPLDYEES AS INSUREDS — NONOWNED AUTOS The folEovuing is added to paragraph A 1. Who Is An Insured of the LIABILITY COVERAGE SECTION: d. Any "employee" of yours is an "Insured" while using a covered "auto" you don't own, hlre or borrow in your business or your personal affairs. D. SUPPLEMENTARY PAYWlENTS — BAIL BONDS Paragraph A.2.a. (2) of the LIABILfTY COVERAGE SECTION is revised as follows: (2) Up to $2,500 for cost of bail bonds (n- cluding bonds for related traffic law vi- ola6ons) required because of an "accl- derrt° we cover. We do not have to fumish these bonds. E. SUPPLEMENTARY PAYMENTS — LOSS OF EARNINGS Paragraph A.2.a.(4) of the LIABILITY COVERAGE SECTION is revised as follows: (4) All reasonable expenses incurred by the °in- sured° at our request, including actual loss of eamings up to $500 a day because of time off from work. F FELLOW EMPLOYEE — OFFICERS. MANAGERS, AND SUPERVISORS Paragraph 8.5A. Fellow Employee in the LIABILITY COVERAGE SECTION is replaced as follows; a"Bodily Injury" to any fellow "empbyee" o€ the "insured" arising out of and in the wurse of the fellow "employee's" employment or whlle performing duEies related to the con- duct of your business. This exGusion does not apply to an ' insured" who occuples a position as an officer, manager, or supervi- sor. G. PERSONAL EFFECTS AND PROPERTY OF OTHERS EXTENSION 1. Paragraph 8.6. Care, Custody or Control of the LIABILI7Y COVERAGE SECTION, does not apply to "property damage" to property, other than your property, up to an amourrt AC 01 01A 03 10 Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc. Page 1 of 3 ' with its permission 1 O , � I � ' �� ' AC Q1 OfA 03 10 not exceeding $25U in any one "accidenY'. Coverage is excess over any other valid and collecdble insurance. 2. The following paragraph is added to A.4. Coverage Extensions of the — PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE SECTION: c. We wll pay up to $500 for your property ' that is lost or damaged as a result of a covered °loss°, without applying a de- dudible. Coverage is excess over any other valid and calledible insurance. H. HIRED AUTO PHYSICAL DAMAGE If covered "auto" designation symbols 1,8,61 or 68 apply to Liability Coverage and if at least one "auto" you own is covered by this policy for Comprehensive, Specified Causes of Loss, or Collision coverages, then the Physical Damage c.overages provided are extended to "autos" you lease, hire, rent or borrow without a driver, and provlsions in the Business Auto Coverage Form applicable to Hired Auto Physical Damage ap- ply. The deductible will be equal to the largest deducdble appliqble to any owned "auto" for that coverage. Any Comprehensive deductible does not apply to fire or lightning. EXPANDED TOWING COVERAGE We will pay up to: 1. �100 for a covered "auto" you own af the private passenger type, or 2. $250 for a covered "auto" you own that is not of the private passenger type, for towing and labor costs incurred each time the covered "auto" is d'isabled. However, the la- bar must be performed at the place of disable- ment. This coverage applies only for an "auto" covered on #his policy for Compt�ehensive or Specified Causes of loss Coverage and Collision Cove- rages. J. AUTO LOAN OR LEASE COVERAGH 1. In the event of a total "loss" to a cavered "auto", we will pay any unpaid amount due on the loan or lease, including up to a max- imum of $500 for early terminat(on fees or penalties, for your covered "auto" less: a. 7he amount paid under the - PHY5ICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE SECTION of this policy; and b. My: 1) Overdue lease/loan payments at the time of the "loss°; 2} Financial penalties imposed under a lease for excessive use, abnormal wear and tear or high mileage; 3) Security deposits not refunded by a lessor, 4) Costs of extended warrarrties, Cre- dit Life insurance, Health, Acdderrt, or Disability insurance purchased with the lease; and 5) Carry-over balances from previous leases. 2. This coverage only applies to a"loss" which is also cove�ed under this pol'scy for Com- prehensive, Specified Causes af Loss, or Collislon coverage. 3. Coverage does not appiy to any unpaid amount due on a loan for whlch the covered °auto° is nat the sole collateral. K. RENTAL REIMBURSEMENT COVERAGE 1. This coverage applies onty to a covered "au- to" for which Physical Damage Coverage is provlded on this policy. 2. We will pay for rental reimbursement ex- penses incurred by yau for the rental of an "auto" because of "loss" to a covered "auto". Payment applies in addition to the otherwise appllcable amount of each coverage you have on a covered "auto." No deductibles apply to this coverage. 3. We will pay only for those expenses in- curred during the policy period beginning 24 hours after the "loss" and ending, regardless of the poltcy's expiration, with the lesser of the following number of days: a. The number of days reasonably re- quired to repair or replace the covered "auto". If "lass" is caused by theft, this number of days is added to the number of days it takes to locate the covered "auto" and retum it to you. b. The number of days shown in the Sche- dule. 4. Our payment Is limited to the lesser of the following amounts: 1. Necessary and actual expenses in- cumed. 2. $75 for any one day or for a maxlmum of 30 days. 5. This coverage does not apply while there are spare or reserve "autos" available to you for your operations. Page 2 of 3 Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc AC 01 d1A 0310 with its permission. AC 01 01A 0310 6. If "loss" results from ttie tota! theft of a cov- ered "auto" of the private passenger type, we wiil pay under this caverage only that amourrt of your rental refmbursement ex- penses which is not already provided for under the PHYSICAE. DAMAGE C�VERAGE Coverage Extension. 7. Goverage does not apply to any covered °auto" for which coverage is provided by en- dorsement form CA9923 on thls policy. L. EXPANDED TRANSPORTATION EXPENSE Paragraph A.4.a. of the PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE SECTION is replaced by the fol- lowing: We will pay up to $50 per day to a maximum of $1000 for temporary transportation expense in- curred by you because of the total theft of a covered "auto" of the private passenger type. We wlll only pay tor those covered "autos" far whlch you carry Comprehensive or Specified Causes of Loss Coverage. We will pay for tem- porary transportation e�enses incuRed during the period beginning 48 hours after the theft and ending, regardless of the policy's expiradon, when the covered "auto" is retumed to us or we pay for its '9oss". M. EXTRA EXPENSE — STOLEN AUTOS The following paragraph Is added to Section A.4. of the — PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE SECTION: c. We will pay for up to $5,000 for the expense of retuming a stolen covered °auto" to you. We wlll pay only for those covered "autos" for which you carry Comprehensive or Spe- cifled Causes of Loss Coverage N. NEW VEHICLE REPLACEMENT COST The following is added to paragraph C.Limit of Insurance of the PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE SECTION: 5. The provisions of paragraphs 1.and 3. do not apply to a covered °auto° of the private passenger type or a vehicle wlth a gross ve- hicle weight of 20,000 pounds or less which is a new vehicle. In the event of a total "toss" to your new ve- hiGe to which this coverage applies, we will pay at your option: a. The verifable new vehicle purchase price you paid for your damaged v� hic9e, not including any insurance or warranties purchased; b. If it is available, the purchase price, as negotiated by us, of a new vehide of the same make, modei, and equipment or the most similar modet available, not in- Guding any fumishfngs, parts, or equip- ment not instafled by the manufacturer or manufacturers' dealership; or . c. The market value of your damaged ve- hicle, not including any fumishings, parts, or equiprnent not Installed by the manufacturer or manufacturer's dealer- ship. We will not pay for initiation ar set up costs assodated with loans or leases In this endorsement, a new vehide means an °auto" of whlch you are the original owner that has not been previously titled and which you purchased less than 365 days befire the date of the °loss". O. BLANKET WAIVER OF SUBROGATION The fol[owing is adcled to paragraph 5. Transfer Of Rights Of Recovery Against Others To Us of — BUSINESS AUTO and MOTOR CARRIER CONDITIONS SECTIONS: We waive any rlght of recovery we may have against any person or organization to the exterrt required of you by a written contract executed prior to any °accident° because of payments we make for damages under this coverage farm. Ali terms and conditions of thls policy apply untess modltled by this endorsement AC 01 Q1A 0310 Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., Page 3 of 3 , with its permission 1 � COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CG 73 2311 11 THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY, PLEASE READ 1T CAREFULLY. CONTRACTORS ENHANCEMENT PLUS ENDQRSEMENT This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE FORM LOST KEY COVERAGE SECTION I— COVERAGES, COVERAGE A BODILY INJURY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE LIABILITY, coverage is extended to include the following: If a customer's master or grand key, excluding electronic key card, is- lost while in your care, custody or control we will pay. the cost of replacing the keys, including the master lock and all keys used in the same lock, the cost of adjusting locks to accept the new keys, or the cost to replace the locks, whichever is less. Limit of Insurance - The most we will pay for °loss" arising out of any one "occurrence" Is $5,000. SECTIOfd V DEFINITIONS is amended as foflows: The following deflnition applies to Lost Key Coverage: "Lass" means unintentional phys+cal damage or destruction to tangible property, including theft or disappearance. Tangible property does not include money or securities. VOLUNTARY PROPERTY DAMAGE SECTION I— COVERAGES, COVERAGE A BODILY INJURY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE LJABiLITY, c�vera9e is extended to include the fo�owing: At your request, we wi0 pay for 'property damage" to property of others caused by you and wh1e in your possession, arising out of your business operations and oocumng during the pollcy period. Limlt ot Insurance - The most we will pay for "loss° arising out of any one "occurrence" is $500. SECTION V— DEFINITIOIVS is amended as follows: The following definition applies to Voluntary Properry Damage coverage: I CG 73 2311 11 I ' "Loss" means unintentional damage or destruction but does not Include disappearartce, theft, or loss of use. NON-OWNED WATERCRAFT SECTION I— COVERAGES, COVERAGE A BODILY INJURY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE LIABILITY, 2. Exclusions is amended as follows: g. A�rcraft, Auto Or Watercraft (2) (a) is replaced with: (a) Less than 51 feet long; and EXPANDED PROPERI'Y DAMAGE COV- ERAGE For the purposes of this endorsement only: SECTION I— COVERAGES, COVERAGE A BODlLY INJURY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE LIABILI7Y, 2. Exclusions Is amended as follows: a. Exclusions j.(3), j.(5), and j.(6} are deleted in their en�rety. b. Exclusion j.(4) is deleted in its entirety and rep4aced by the following: Personal property In the care custody ar contral of the insured: 1. for storage or sale at premises yau own, rent o� occupy; or 2. whlle being transported by any aircraft, "auto" or wratercraft owned or operated by or rented to or loaned to any insured. c. The following exclusions are added: 1. The coverage provided by this endorsement does not apply to "properry damage" arising out of the disappearance or ioss of use of personal property. 2. The coverage provided by this endorsement does not apply to "properly damage" Included in the "products-completed operadons hazard°. i hted materlal of Insurance Servlces Office, Inc., Page 1 of 6 lncludes copyr g with its permission. ' CG 73 2311 17 Limit of Insurance - The most we will pay for "property damage" provided by this coverage in any one "occurrence" is $5,000. Deductlble - �ur obtigatian to pay ior a covered loss applies only to the amount of loss in excess of $25Q. This insurance is excess over arry other valid and collectible insurance. DAMAGE TO PREMISES RENTED TO YOU SECTtON I— COVERAGES, COVERAGE A BODILY INJURY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE LIABILITY, the last paragraph of 2. Exclusions of is replaced by the following: If Damage to Premises Rented to You is not otherwise exciuded, excluslons c. through n. do not apply to damage by fire, lighfiing, explasion, smoke or sprinkler leakage to premises while rented ta you or temporarily occupied by yau with permission o! the owner. A separate limit of insurance applies to this coverage as descrlbed in Section III-Limits of Insurance. SEC710N Ill — LIMITS OF INSURANCE, paragraph 6 is replaced with: 6. Subject to 5. above, the Damage To Premises Rented To You Limit ls the most we will pay under Coverage d for damages because of "property damage" to any one �emises, wrhile rented to you, or in the case of damage by fire, lightning, explosion, smoke or sprinkler leakage, while rented to you or temporarily occupied by you with permission of the owner. The limit is increased to $300,000. SECTION IV — COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABiLITY CONDITIONS, 4. Othe� Insurance, b. Excess Insurance (i) (a) (ii) is replaced with: (ii) That is Fre, Lightning, Explosio�, Smoke or Sprinkler leakage insurance for premises rented to you or temporarily occupied by you with permission of the owner. SUPPLEMENTARY PAYMENTS SEC710N I — COVERAGES, SUPPLEMEN- TARY PAYMENTS — COVERAGES A AND B is amended as follows: 1. 1. b. replaced with: b. Up to $2,500 far cost of bail bonds required because of accidents or traffic law violations arising out of the use of any vehicle to which the Bodily Injury Liability Coverage applies. We do not have to fumish these bonds. 2. 1. d. replaced with: d. All reasonable expenses incurred by the insured a# our request to assist us in the investigation or defense of the claim or °suit", including actual loss of earnings up to $500 a day because of fime off from wark. NEWLY FORMED AND ACGIUIRED ORGANfZATiONS SECI'tON II — WHO IS AN INSURED is amended as follows: 1. 3. a. ls replaced with: a. Coverage under this provlsion is afforded only until the 180`" day after you acquire or form the organization or the end of the policy period, whichever is earl9er; ADDITIONAL INSURED — WHEN RECIUIRED IN AN AGREEnAENI' OR COPITRACT WITH YOU PRIMARY AND NON-COM'RIBUTORY The following is added to SECTION II — W NO IS ANINSURED 4. Any person(s) or organization(s) with whom you have agreed in a valid written contract or written agreement that such person or organization be added as an additional insured on your policy during the policy period shown in the Deciaratians. Such person or organization is an addiUonal insured only with respect to liability ior "bodily injur�', °property damage° or "personal and advertlsing injury°. The person or organization added as an insured by this endorsement is an lnsured only to the extent you are held ifable due to: a. Lessors of Leased Equlpment Maintenance, operation or use of equipment leased to yau by such person or organization. This insurance does not apply to any "occurrence° which takes place after the equipment lease expires. However, their status as additional insured under this poiicy ends when thelr lease, contract or agreement with you for such leased equipment expires. � , � � ' ' Page 2 of 6 Indudes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., CG 73 2311 11 ' with Its perrnission. 1 I � b. Managers vr Lessors of Premises The ownership, maintenance or use of that part of the premises you own, rent, lease or occupy. This insurance does not apply to: (1) Any °occurrence" which takes place after you cease to be a tenant in that premises. (2) Structural alterations, new con- struction ar demolition aperations performed by or on behal€ of the person ar organization. However, their status as additional insured u�der this policy ends when you cease to be a tenant of such premises. c. State or Polltical Subdlvision - Permlts Operations pertormed by you or on your behaff for which the state or political subdivision has issued a permit. This insurance does not apply to: (1) °Sodily injury" or °property damage" or "personai or advertising injury" arising out of operations performed for the state or municipa[ity; or (2) "Bodlly injury" or °property damage" included within the "products- campleted operations hazard". Hoavever, such state or political subdivisi�n's status as additional insured under this policy ends when the permit ends. d. Ovmers, Lessees, or Contractors "Bodily injury", "property damage" or "personal and advertising injury" caused, in whole or in part, by: (1) Your acts or omissions; or (2� The acts or omissions of those acting on your behalf; in the performance of your ongoing operations performed for that additional insured, whether the work is performed by you or on your behalf. � CG 73 2311 11 I 1 CG 73 2311 11 The insurance does not apply to: (1) "bodily injur�', ° property damage or "personal and advertising injury" arising out of the rendering of or the failure to render any professional architectural, engineering ar survey services, including: (a). The preparing, approving, or failing to prepare or approve maps, shop drawings, opinions, reports, survey, fleld orders, change orders or drawings and specifications: or (b) Supervisory, inspection, archltec- tural or engineering activities. {2) "Bodily injury" or "property damage" occurring after: (a) All work, including materials, parts or equipment fumished in connection with such work, on the project (other than service, maintenance or repairs) to be performed by or on behalf of the additional insured(s) at the focation of the covered operadons has been completed; or (b) That portion of "your work" out of which the injury or damage arises has been put to its intended use by any person or organ'szation ather than another contractor or subconVactor engaged in perfarming operations for a princfpal as a part of the same pr�Ject. However, a person or organizat9on's status as additional insured under this policy ends when yQUr operations for that additional insured are completed. With respect to paragraph 4 of SECTION II WHO 1S AN INSURED, Condition 4. Other Insurance of Section IV — Commereeal �eneral �iability Conditio�s is replaced by the following: 4. Other Insurance If other valid and collect�ble insurance is available ta the insured tor a loss we cover under Coverages A or B of this Coverage Part, our obligations are limited as fallows: a. Primary Insurance This insurance is primary 'rf you have agreed in a written contract or written agreement: Includes copyrighted materiai of Insurance Services Office, lnc., Pege 3 ot 6 with its permission. I ' CG 73 2311 1'E ('f) That this insurance be primary. If other insurance is also primary, we wil! share with all that other insurance as described in c. below; or (2) The caverage afforded by this insurance is primary and non- contributory with the additional insured's own insurance. Paragraphs (1) and (2) do not apply to other insurance to which the additianal insured has been added as an additional insured or to athar insurance described in paragraph b. below. b. Excess Insurance Th(s insurance is excess over: {i) Any of the other insurance, whether primary, excess, contingent or on any other basis: (a} That is �ire, Extended Coverage, Buiider's Risk, Installation Risk or similar coverage for "your work"; (b) That is fire, lightning, or explosion insurance for premises rented to you or temporarity accupied by you with permission of the awner; (c) That is insurance purchased by you to cover your liability as a tenant for "property damage" to premises rented to you or temporarily occupied by you wlth permission of the owner; or (d) If the loss arises out of the maintenance ar use of aircraft, ' autos or watercraft to the extent not subject to Exclusion g. af Section I— Coverage A— Bodily Injury And Property Damage Liability. (e) That is any other insurance a�ailable to an additional insured under this endorsement covering liability arising out of the premises or operations, or products completed operations, for which the additional insured has been added as an additional insured by that other insurance. (2) When this insurance is excess, we will have no duty under Coverages A or B to defend the additional insured against any °suiY' 'rf any other insurer has a duty to defend the addltional insured agalnst that "suR". If no other insurer defends, we will undertake to do so, but we will be entitied to the additional insured's rights against all those other insurers. (3) When this lnsurance is excess over other insurance, we will pay only our share of the amount of the loss, if any, that exceeds the sum of: (a) The total amount that all such other insurance would pay for the loss in the absence of this insurance; and (b) The total of all deductible and self-insured amounts under ap that other insurance. (4} We will st�are the remaining loss, if any, with any other insurance that is not described in this Excess Insurance provision and was not bought speafically to apply in excess of the Limits of Insurance shown in the Declarations of this Coverage Part. c. Method Of Sharing )f all of the other insurance avaifable to the additional insured permits contribution by equal shares, we will follow this method also_ Under this approach each insurer contributes equal amounts until it has paid its applicable limit oi insurance or none of the loss remains, whlchever wmes first. If any of the other insurance available to the additianal insured daes not permit contrlbutlon by equal shares, we will contribute by limits. Under this method, each insurer's share is based on the ratio of its applicable limit of insurance to the total applicable limits of insurance of all insurers. � ' ' � � Page 4 of 6 Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc_, CG 732311 11 ! with Its permission. � � �� ' � EMPLOYEE BODILY INJURY TO ANOTHER EMPLOYEE SEGTION !I — W HO IS AN INSURED The following Paragraph is added to 2.a.(1) ' Paragraphs 2.a.(1)(a), (6) and (c) do not apply to "bodily injury" to a ca"employee" in the course of the co-"employee's° ' employment by you, or to "bodily injury" to a co-°'volunteer worker" while perfarming duties related to the conduct of your business. BROAD FORM NAMED INSURED SECTIDN If — WHO IS AN INSURED The following Paragraph is added to 2. e. Any business entfry incorporated or organized under the laws of the United State of America (including any State thereof), its territories or possessions or Canada {including any Province thereofl in which the Named Insured shown in the Declarations owns, during the policy period, an interest of more than fifty percent. If other valid collectible insurance is availabte to any business entity covered by this solefy by reason of ownership by the Named Insured shown in the Declarations in excess of f'rfry percent, this insurance is excess over the other insurance, whether primary, excess, corrtingent, or on any ather basis. AGGREGATE LIMIT PER �OCATION SECTION III — LIMITS OF INSURANCE The following paragraph is added to paragraph 2: The General Aggregate Limit under Section I11 Limits of Insurance appties separately to each af your locations owned by or rented to you or temporarily occupied by you with the pertnission of fhe owmer. For the purposes ot this p�ovision, location means premises involving the same or connecting lots, or premises whose connection is interrupted only by a publlc street, roadway, waterway or railroad �ight-of-way. AGGREGATE LIMIT PER PROJECT SECTION �II — LIMITS OF INSURANCE The foliowing paragraph is added to paragraph 2: The General Aggregate Limit under Section III Limits of Insurance applies separately to each of your construction projects away from premises owned by or rented to you. � CG 73 23 11 11 � CG 73 2311 11 MEDICAL PAYiNEN7S SECTION III — LIMITS OF INSURANCE, Paragraph 7. is replaced: 7. Subject to 5. abave, the higher of: a. $10,000; or b. The amount shown in the Declaratians for Medical Expense Limit is the most we will pay under Coverage C for alt medicai expenses because of "bodily injury' sustained by one person. This coverage does not apply if Coverage C— Medical Payments is excluded either by the provisions of any coverage forms attached ta the policy or by endorsement. KNOW�EDGE OF AN OCCI�RRENCE SECTION IV — COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CONDI710NS, The follawing is added ta 2. Duties In The Event Of Occurrence, Offense, Clalm Or Suit condition: e. Knowledge of an occurrence, offense, clalm or suit by an agent or employee of any insured shall not in itself canstitute knowlsdge of the insured un�ess you, a partner, 'rf you are a partnership; or an executive officer or insurance manager, 'rf you are a corporation receives such notice of an occurrence, offense, claim or suit fram the agent or employee. f. The requirements in Sectlon IV — Condltlons Paragraph 2.b. will not be oonsidered breached unless there is knowledge of occurrence as au�ined in paragraph e. above. UNINTENTIONAL FAILURE TO DISCLOSE HAZARD SECTIQN IV — COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CONDITIONS, 6. Representations is amended to include: d. Your failure to disclose all hazards or prior °occurrences" or offenses existing as of the inception date af the policy shall not prejudice the coverage afforded by this policy provided such failure to disclose all hazards or prior "occurrences" or offenses is not intentional. This provision does not affect our right to collect additional premium or exercise our rlght of cancellation or non- renewal. Includes copydghted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., Page 5 of 6 with its permission. 1 C� 73 23 11 11 WAIVER OF SUBROGATION SECTlON IV — COMMERCIAL GENERAL LfABILITY CONDITIONS, 8. Transier of Rlghts of Recovery Against Others to Us is amended to include: Ef required by a written contract executed prior to loss, we waive any right of subrogation we rrtay have against the contracting persan or organizatfon because of payments we make for injury or damage arising out of your ongoing operations or � 'your work° done tander a contract with that person or organization and included in the "products-completed operations hazards°. LIBERALIZATIOi�! SECTION IV — COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CONDITIONS, 10. Liberalization is added as follows: If we revise this caverage form to provlde more coverage without additional premium charge, your policy will automatically provide the additional coverage as of the day the revision is effective in your state. BROADENED � BODILY INJURY DEFINITION (MENTAL ANGU1SHj SECTION V— DEFINITIONS is amended as follows: 1. 3. °Bodily injur'�' is deleted and replaced with the folbwing: "Bodily injur}r' means physical injury, sickness or disease te a person and, 'rf arising out of the foregoing, mental anguish, mental injury, shock or hurniliation, including death at any time resulting therefrom. All terms and condltlons of this policy apply unless modifled by this endorsement. Page 6 of 6 Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., CG 73 2311 11 � with its permission. � � Version: 5-06-15 CITY OF BREMERTON STANDARD GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT Copyright �O' 2007 National Society of Professional Engineers 1420 King Street, Alexandria, VA 22314-2794 (703) 684-2882 www.nspe.or� American Council of Engineering Companies ] O15 1 Sth Street N.W., Washington, DC 20005 (202) 347-7474 www.acec.or� American Society of Civil Engineers 1801 Alexander Bell Drive, Reston, VA 20191-4400 (800) 548-2723 vvww.asce.or� Associated General Conri•actors of America 2300 Wilson Boulevard, Suite 400, Arlington, VA 22201-3308 (703) 548-3118 www.a 7�� The copyright for this EJCDC document is owned jointly by the four EJCDC sponsoring organizations and held in trust for their benefit by NSPE. ' ' 1 CITY OF BREMERTON STANDARD GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT TABLE OF CONTENTS ' Article 1— Detinitions and Terminology ....................................................................................... , 1.01 Defined Terms .......................................................................................................... 1.02 Terminolo�ry ............................................................................................................. Page ............ 1 ............ 1 ............ 5 Article2— Preliminary Matters ......................................................................................................................... 7 2.01 Delivery of Bonds and Evidence of Insurance ........................................................................... 7 2.02 Copies of Documents ................................................................................................................... 7 2.03 Commencement of Contract Times; Notice to Proceed .............................................................. 7 2.04 Starting the Work .......................................................................................................................... 7 2.05 Before Starting Construction ........................................................................................................ 7 2.06 Preconstruction Conference; Designation of Authorized Representatives ................................. 8 2.07 Initial Acceptance of Schedules ................................................................................................... 8 Article 3— Contract Documents: Intent, Amending, Reuse ............................................................................ 8 3 .01 Intent ............................................................................................................................................. 8 3.02 Reference Standards ..................................................................................................................... 9 3.03 Reporting and Resolving Discrepancies ...................................................................................... 9 3.04 Amending and Supplementing Contract Documents ................................................................ 10 3.05 Reuse of Documents ................................................................................................................... 11 3 .06 Electronic Data ........................................................................................................................... l 1 Article 4— Availability of Lands; Subsurface and Physical Conditions; Hazardous Environmental Conditions; Reference Points .......................................................................................................... 11 4.01 Availability of Lands .................................................................................................................. 11 4.02 Subsurface and Physical Conditions .......................................................................................... 12 4.03 Differing Subsurface or Physical Conditions ............................................................................. 12 4.04 Underground Facilities ............................................................................................................... 13 4.05 Reference Points ......................................................................................................................... 15 4.06 Hazardous Envirorunental Condition at Site ............................................................................. 15 Article 5— Bonds and Insurance .................................................. 5.01 Performance, Payment, and Other Bonds ............... CITY Ot' HREME:RTON .............................................................. 16 .............................................................. 16 S'I'ANnARI� CiF,NERnL CONDI'f10�1S 5.02 Licensed Sureties and Tnsurers ................................................................................................... 17 5.03 Certificates of Insurance ............................................................................................................. 17 5.04 Contractor's Insurance ................................................................................................................ 17 ARTICLE 6-contractor's Responsibilities ................................................................................................... 21 6.01 Supervision and Superintendence .............................................................................................. 21 6 .02 Labor; Working Hours ............................................................................................................... 21 6.03 Services, Materials, and Equipment ................... ........................................................................ 22 6.04 Progress Schedule ....................................................................................................................... 22 6.05 Proposed Substitutions or "Or-Equal" Item ............................................................................... 23 6.06 Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers, and Others ................................................................... 25 6 .07 Patent Fees and Royalties ........................................................................................................... 27 6 .08 Permits ........................................................................................................................................ 27 6.09 Laws and Regulations ................................................................................................................. 28 6 . ] 0 Taxes ........................................................................................................................................... 28 6.11 Use of Site and Other Areas ....................................................................................................... 29 6 . l 2 Record Documents ..................................................................................................................... 29 6.13 Safety and Protection .................................................................................................................. 30 6 .14 Safety Representative ................................................................................................................. 30 6.15 Hazard Communication Programs ............................................................................................. 31 6.16 Emergencies ................................................................................................................................31 6.17 Submittals ................................................................................................................................... 31 6 .18 Continuing the Work .................................................................................................................. 33 6.19 Contractor's General Warranty and Guarantee .......................................................................... 33 6.20 Indemnification ........................................................................................................................... 34 6.21 Delegation of Professional Design Services .............................................................................. 35 Article Other Work at the Site .................................................................................................................. 36 7.01 Related Work at Site ................................................................................................................... 36 7.02 Coordination ............................................................................................................................... 37 7.03 Legal Relationships .................................................................................................................... 37 Articie 8 - Owner's Responsibilities ............................ 8.01 Communications to Contractor ................ 8.02 Replacement of Engineer ......................... 8.03 Furnish Data .............................................. 8.04 Pay When Due .......................................... 8.05 Lands and Easements; Reports and Tests .............................................................................. 37 .............................................................................. 37 .............................................................................. 37 .............................................................................. 37 .............................................................................. 37 .............................................................................. 38 CITY OI- BR�;MERTON STANDARD GENER,4i. C'ONDITIOM1S 1 , 8.06 insurance ..................................................................................................................................... 38 8.07 Change Orders ............................................................................................................................ 38 ' 8.08 Inspections, Tests, and Approvals .............................................................................................. 38 8.09 Limitations on Owner's Responsibilities ................................................................................... 38 8.10 Undisclosed Hazardous Environmental Condition .................................................................... 38 ' 8.1 l Compliance with Safety Program .............................................................................................. 38 ' ' ' � , ' � ' L� , ' , � 1 1 Article 9- Engineer's Status During Construction ........................................................................................ 38 9.01 Owner's Representative .............................................................................................................. 38 9 .02 Visits to Site ................................................................................................................................ 39 9.03 Resident Project Representative ................................................................................................. 39 9.04 Authorized Variations in Work .................................................................................................. 39 9.05 Rejecting Defective Work .......................................................................................................... 39 9.06 Submittals, Change Orders and Payments ................................................................................. 40 9.07 Determinations for L1nit Price Work .......................................................................................... 40 9.08 Decisions on Requirements of Contract Documents and Acceptability of Work ..................... 40 9.09 Limitations on Engineer's Authority and Responsibilities ........................................................ 40 Article 10 - Changes in the Work; Claims ..................................................................................................... 41 10.01 Authorized Changes in the Work ............................................................................................... 41. l 0.02 Unauthorized Changes in the Work ........................................................................................... 41 10.03 Execution of Change Orders ...................................................................................................... 42 10.04 Notification to Surety ................................................................................................................. 42 10.05 Claims ......................................................................................................................................... 42 Article 11 - Cost of the Work; Allowances; Unit Price Work ....................................................................... 43 11.01 Cost of the Work ......................................................................................................................... 43 11.02 Allowances ................................................................................................................................. 46 ] 1.03 Unit Price Work .......................................................................................................................... 46 Article 12 - Change of Contract Price; Change of Contract Times ............................................................... 47 l 2.01 Change of Contract Price ............................................................................................................ 47 12.02 Change of Contract Times .......................................................................................................... 50 12.03 Delays .......................................................................................................................................... S l Article 13 - Tests and Inspections; Correction, Removal or Acceptance of Defective Work ...................... 52 13 .01 Notice of Defects ........................................................................................................................ 52 13.02 Access to Work ........................................................................................................................... 52 13.03 Tests and Inspections .................................................................................................................. 52 CITY OF� BRl:M11C•'RTON S�l'ANDARD G�;NEfL41. CONDI"I IONS 13.04 Uncovering Work .......................................................................................... 13.05 Owner May Stop the Work ........................................................................... 13.06 Correction or Removal of Defective Work ................................................... 13.07 Correction Period ........................................................................................... 13.08 Acceptance of Defective Work ..................................................................... 13.09 Owner May Correct Defective Work ............................................................ ................. ................. ................. ................. ................. ........ 53 ........ 54 ........ 54 ........ 54 ........ 55 ........ 55 Article 14 — Payments to Contractor and Completion .................................................................................... 56 14.01 Schedule of Values ..................................................................................................................... 56 l4.02 Pro�ness Pa}�nents ...................................................................................................................... 56 14.03 Contractor's Warranty of Title ................................................................................................... 60 14.04 Substantial Completion .............................................................................................................. 60 14.05 Partial Utilization ........................................................................................................................ 61 14.06 Final Inspection ...........................................................................................................................61 14.07 Final Payment ............................................................................................................................. 62 14.08 Final Completion Delayed .................................................................................. ........................ 64 14.09 Waiver of Claims ........................................................................................................................ 64 Article 15 — Suspension of Work and Tennination ........................................................................................ 65 15.01 Owner May Suspend Work ........................................................................................................ 65 15.02 Owner May Terminate for Cause ............................................................................................... 65 15.03 Owner May Terminate For Convenience ................................................................................... 66 15.04 Contractor May Stop Work or Terminate .................................................................................. 66 Article — Dispute Resolution ...................................................................................................................... 67 16.01 Methods and Procedures ............................................................................................................ 67 Article — Miscellaneous .............................................................................................................................. 67 17.01 Giving Notice .............................................................................................................................. 67 17.02 Computation of Times ................................................................................................................ 67 17.03 Cumulative Remedies ................................................................................................................. 68 l7.04 Survival of Obligations ............................................................................................................... 68 17.05 Controlling Law .......................................................................................................................... 68 17.06 Headings ..................................................................................................................................... 68 17.07 Administrative Procedures and Forms ....................................................................................... 68 17.08 Right to Audit ............................................................................................................................. 69 17.09 Severability .................................................................................................................................69 17.10 Waiver .........................................................................................................................................69 CITY (.)� [iR1;ME1L �ON STANDARD GENERAL CONDITIONS ' ' Article 18 — WASHINGTON STATE REQiJIREMENTS ........................................................................... 69 18.01 Trench Excavation Safety Systems ............................................................................................ 69 ' 18.02 Payment of Prevailing Wages .................................................................................................... 70 18.03 Water Pollution Control Requirements ...................................................................................... 71 18.04 Prevention of Environmental Pollution & Preservation of Public Natural Resources ............. 72 ' ' ' � i 1 1 � 1 1 1 1 1 i 1 ' C1TY Ol-' BRGM�R�fON S'I'ANDARD GENERAI. CONDI�I'IONS � ' ' ' � THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK , ' � � � a 0 ' t s � ' � e 1 ' ARTICLE 1— DEFINITIONS AND TERMINOLOGY 1.O 1 Def inecl Ter•m.s A. Wherever used in the Bidding Requirements or Contract Documents and printed with initial capital letters, the terms listed below will have the meanings indicated which are applicable to both the singular and plural thereof. In addition to terms specifically detined, terms with initial capital letters in the Contract Documents include references to identified articles and paragraphs, and the titles of other documents or fonns. 1. Act of�God — An earthquake, flood, cyclone, or other cataclysmic phenomenon of nature. Rain, wind, flood or other natural phenomenon of intensity less than that recorded for the locality of the Work shall not be construed as an Act of God and no reparation shall be made to Contractor for damage to the Work resulting there from. 2. Aclden�lc�—Written or graphic instruments issued prior to the opening of Bids which clariiy, correct, or change the Bidding Requirements or the proposed Contract Documents. 3. Agreement—The written instrument which is evidence of the agreement between Owner and Contractor covering the Work. 4. Applicutaon ,fos° Pavment—The form acceptable to Engineer which is to be used by Contractor during the course of the Work in requesting progress or final payments and which is to be accompanied by such supporting documentation as is required by the Contract Documents. 5. Asbe.s•tos—Any material that contains more than one percent asbestos and is friable or is � releasing asbestos fibers into the air above current action levels established by the United States Occupational Safety and Health Administration. 6. Bic1—The offer or proposal of a Bidder submitted on the prescribed fonn setting forth the prices for the Work to be performed. 7. Bid Bond — The security to be furnished by the Bidder on the form furnished as a guaranty of good faith to enter into a contract for the Work contemplated if it be awarded to Bidder. 8. Biclde�=The individual or entity who submits a Bid directly to Owner. 9. Bidcling Doc�i�nents—The Bidding Requirements and the proposed Contract Documents (including all Addenda). 10. Bidding Req�rir•ements—The advertisement or invitation to bid, Instructions to Bidders, Bid security of acceptable form, if any, and the Bid Form with any supplements. 11. Change Order=A document recommended by Engineer which is signed by Contractor and Owner and authorizes an addition, deletion, or revision in the Work or an adjustinent in the Contract Price or the Contract Times, issued on or after the Etfective Date of the Agreement. CITY OF' BRf:�1F�RTON STANDARD GEN�RAL CONDI�I'IONS 00700- I � 12. Clc�irn—A demand or assertion by Owner or Contractor seeking an adjustment of Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, or other relief with respect to the terms of the Contract. A demand for money or services by a third party is not a Claim. 13. Clurification – A written document issued by the Engineer to the Contractor that interprets the requirements and/or design intent of the Contract Documents, which may not represent an addition, deletion, or revision in the Work or an adjustment of the Contract Price or the Contract Times. Request For Clarification forms will be provided by the Owner for the Contractor's use when seeking Clarification. 14. Conformecl Contract Doc�rments – Contract Documents issued for construction that include the Agreement, Bonds, Insurance and Addenda. 15. Cor�tract—The entire and inte�nated written agreement between the Owner and Contractor concerning the Work. The Contract supersedes prior negotiations, representations, or agreements, whether written or oral. � � , , ' � 16. Contr�act Dnc�imc�nt.s—Those items so designated in the Agreement. Only printed or hard copies of the items listed in the A�neement are Contract Documents. Approved Shop � llrawings, other Contractor submittals, and the reports and drawings of subsurtace and physical conditions are not Contract Documents. 17. Contract Pr-ice—The moneys payable by Owner to Contractor for coinpletion of the Work � in accordance with the Contract Documents as stated in the Agreement (subject to the provisions of Paragraph 11.03 in the case of Unit Price Work). � 18. Contr Times—The number of days or the dates stated in the Agreement to: (i) achieve Milestones, if any; (ii) achieve Substantial Completion; and (iii) complete the Work so that it is ready for final payment as evidenced by Engineer's written recommendation of final payment. 19. Contractor•—The individual or entity with whom Owner has entered into the Agreement 20. Cost of the Work—See Paragraph 11.01 for definition. 21. Design Engineej� – The City's Consulting Engineer, or staff Engineer who prepared the drawings and specifications. 22. Dr•aK�ingJs—That part of the Contract Documents prepared or approved by Engineer which ��raphically shows the scope, extent, and character of the Work to be performed by Contractor. Shop Drawings and other Contractor submittals are not Drawings as so defined. 23. Effective Dute of'the Agreen2ent—The date indicated in the A�neement on which it becomes effective, but if no such date is indicated, it means the date on which the Ageement is signed and delivered by the last of the two parties to sign and deliver. 24. Engineer—The Engineer is defined as the City Engineer of the City of Bremerton, Washington. CITY O� f3Rf:V1F.R I ON STANUARD GF:N�:RAL CO?vUI l IONS 00?00-2 � ' , 25. En�Tineer's� Project Manager• – The authorized agent or employee of the Engineer, designated by the Engineer to represent the Engineer in performing the Engineer's duties related to the Work. ' , , 26. Finul Completaon an�l Acceptunc•e – The time when all incomplete WORK has been completed, all Defective Work has been corrected or accepted by the Engineer and Owner, and all of the Contractor's duties and requirements have been satisfactorily discharged, as evidenced by the Engineer's Notice of Final Completion and Acceptance. 27. General Reg�iirement,s—Sections of Division 1 of the Specifications. 28. Hazar•clo�i.s Envij•o�rner�tal Conclition—The presence at the Site of Asbestos, PCBs, ' Petroleum, Hazardous Waste, or Radioactive Material in such quantities or circumstances that may present a substantial danger to persons or property exposed thereto. ' ' ' � � ' 29. Hazarclo7�s• l�ustc� The tercn Hazardous Waste shall have the meaning provided in Section 1004 of the Solid Waste Disposal Act (42 USC Section 6903) as amended from time to time. 30. Holiclay—A non-working day corresponding to a legal holiday adopted by the City of Bremerton City Council, during which City offices are closed. 3l. Lau�s ancl Regulution.s; Law. Oi Regrilation.s—Any and all applicable laws, rules, regulations, ordinances, codes, and orders of any and all governmental bodies, agencies, authorities, and courts having jurisdiction. 32. Liens—Charges, security interests, or encumbrances upon Project funds, real property, or personal property. 33. Nlilestone—A principal event specitied in the Contract Documents relating to an intennediate completion date or time prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work. 34. Notice of Au�arcl—The written notice by Owner to the Successful Bidder stating that upon , timely co�npliance by the Successful Bidder with the conditions precedent listed therein, Owner will sign and deliver the Agreement. ' 35. 1Votic•e to Pr°oceecl A written notice given by Owner to Contractor fixing the date on which the Contract Times will commence to run and on which Contractor shall start to perfonn the Work under the Contract Documents. � , � 36. Oia�ne�=The Owner is defined as the City of Bremerton, located at 345 6` Street, WA 98337. 37. Puyrnent Bond – The form of security approved by the Owner and furnished by the Contractor and Contractor's Surety guaranteeing payment for all labor, materials, services and equipment furnished for use by the Contractor in performance of the Contract. 38. PCB,s—Polychlorinated biphenyls. ' CI I�Y OF 13RF�M�Ii fON STnNDARD GENI;RAI_ CONnITIONS ' 00700-3 39. Perfor•mance Bond – The form of security approved by the Owner and furnished by the Contractor and Contractor's Surety guaranteeing the complete and faithful performance of all the obligations and conditions placed upon the Contractor by the Contract. 40. Petr•ole�rm—Petroleum, including crude oil or any fraction thereof which is liquid at standard conditions of temperature and pressure (60 degrees Fahrenheit and 14.7 pounds per square inch absolute), such as oil, petroleum, fuel oil, oil sludge, oil refuse, gasoline, kerosene, and oil mixed with other non-Hazardous Waste and crude oils. 41. Progre.s.s Schedi�le—A schedule, prepared and maintained by Contractor, describing the sequence and duration of the activities comprising the Contractor's plan to accomplish the Work within the Contract Times. 42. Pr•oject—The total construction of which the Work to be performed under the Contract Documents may be the whole, or a part. 43. RUdioacri►�e Mater•iul—Source, special nuclear, or byproduct material as detined by the Atomic Ener�ry Act of 1954 (42 USC Section 2011 et seq.) as amended from time to time. 44. Re.si�lc�nt Prujec•t Re�s°esenrutive—The authorized agent or employee of the Engineer designated by the Engineer to represent the Engineer in on-site Work. The Resident Project Representative �vill act as directed by and under the supervision of the Engineer's Project Manager. 45. Samples—Physical examples of materials, equipment, or workinanship that are representative of some portion of the Work and which establish the standards by which such portion of the Work will be judged. 46. Sched�ile of' S�rbrnittal.s—A schedule, prepared and maintained by Contractor, of required submittals and the time requirements to support scheduled performance of related construction activities. 47. Schedr�le of' Vul��e.s—A schedule, prepared and maintained by Contractor, allocating portions of the Contract Price to various portions of the Work and used as the basis for reviewing Contractor's Applications for Payment. 48. Shop Druwings—All drawings, diagrams, illustrations, schedules, and other data or information which are specifically prepared or assembled by or for Contractor and submitted by Contractor to illustrate some portion of the Work. 49. Site—Lands or areas indicated in the Contract Documents as being furnished by Owner upon which the Work is to be performed, including rights-of-way and easements for access thereto, and such other lands furnished by Owner which are designated for the use of Contractor. 50. Specifrcutions—That part of the Contract Documents consisting of written requirements for materials, equipment, systems, standards and workmanship as applied to the Work, and certain administrative requirements and procedural matters applicable thereto. CITY OF BIZ�.MERTON STANDARU C;EI�ERAL. CONUITfO�1S 00700-4 � 51. S�ibcontractor—An individual or entity having a direct contract with Contractor or with any other Subcontractor for the performance of a part of the Work at the Site. 52. Stibstuntiul Completion—T'he time at which the Work (or a specified part thereo� has reached a level of completion where, in the opinion of Engineer, the Work (or a specified part thereo fl is sufticiently complete, in accordance with the Contract Documents, to be utilized for the purposes for which it is intended, as evidenced by Engineer's Notice of Substantial Completion. The terms "substantially complete" and "substantially completed" as applied to all or part of the Work refer to Substantial Completion thereof. 53. S�ic•ce.s.sfirl Bi�Ider=The Bidder subinitting a responsive Bid to whom Owner makes an award. 54. Slipplementary Condition.s—That part of the Contract Documents which amends or supplements these General Conditions. 55. Srippliet=A manufacturer, fabricator, supplier, distributor, material man, or vendor having a direct contract with Contractor or with any Subcontractor to furnish materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work by Contractor or Subcontractor. 56. Undergro��ncl Fac•ilitie.s—All under��round pipelines, conduits, ducts, cables, wires, manholes, vaults, tanks, tunnels, or other such facilities or attachments, and any encasements containing such facilities, including those that convey electricity, gases, steam, liquid petroleum products, telephone or other communications, cable television, wastewater, storm water, other liquids or chemicals, or traftic or other control systems. 57. Unit Pr•ice Wor-k—Work to be paid for on the basis of unit prices. 58. Wor•k—The entire construction or the various separately identitiable parts thereof required to be provided under the Contract Documents. Work includes and is the result of performing or providing all labor, services, and documentation necessary to produce such construction, and furnishing, installing, and incorporating all materials and equipment into such construction, all as required by the Contract Documents. 59. Work Change Diyectil�e—A written statement to Contractor issued on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement and signed by Owner and recommended by Engineer ordering an addition, deletion, or revision in the Work, or responding to differing or unForeseen subsurface or physical conditions under which the Work is to be performed or to einergencies. A Work Change Directive will not change the Contract Price or the Contract Times but is evidence that the parties expect that the change ordered or documented by a Work Change Directive will be incorporated in a subsequently issued Change Order following negotiations by the parties as to its effect, if any, on the Contract Price or Contract Times. 1.02 Terminology A. The words and terms discussed in Paragraph 1.02.B through F are not defined but, when used in the Bidding Requirements or Contract Documents, have the indicated meaning. C:I I�Y Or BILk�.MERI�ON STANDARll G�N�RAL CONDI'I�IONS 00700-5 B. Intent of Certain Ter•rn.s or Acljectives: The Contract Documents include the terms "as allowed," "as approved," "as ordered," "as directed" or terms of like effect or import to authorize an exercise of professional judgment by Engineer. ln addition, the adjectives "reasonable," "suitable," "acceptable," "proper," "satisfactory," or adjectives of like effect or import are used to describe an action or determination of Engineer as to the Work. It is intended that such exercise of professional judgment, action, or determination will be solely to evaluate, in general, the Work for compliance with the information in the Contract Documents and with the design concept of the Project as a functioning whole as shown or indicated in the Contract Documents (unless there is a specific statement indicating otherwise). The use of any such term or adjective is not intended to and shall not be effective to assi�m to Engineer any duty or authority to supervise or direct the performance of the Work, or any duty or authority to undertake responsibility contrary to the provisions of Paragraph 9.09 or any other provision of the Contract Documents. C. Dav: 1. The word "day" means a calendar day of 24 hours measured from midnight to the next midnight. D. D�.fective: 1. The word "defective," when modifying the word "Work," refers to Work that is unsatisfactory, faulty, or deticient in that it: a. does not conform to the Contract Documents; or b. does not meet the requirements of any applicable inspection, reference standard, test, or approval referred to in the Contract Documents; or c. has been damaged prior to Engineer's recommendation of tinal payment (unless responsibility for the protection thereof has been assumed by Owner at Substantial Completion in accordance with Paragraph 14.04 or 14.05). E. Frrr•nish, In.s•tull, Perfos•m, Provide: 1. The word "furnish," when used in connection with services, materials, or equipment, shall mean to supply and deliver said services, materials, or equipment to the Site (or some other specified location) ready for use or installation and in usable or operable condition. 2. The word "install," when used in connection with services, materials, or equipment, shall mean to put into use or place in final position said services, materials, or equipment complete and ready for intended use. 3. The words "perform" or "provide," when used in connection with services, materials, or equipment, shall mean to furnish and install said services, materials, or equipment complete and ready for intended use. CI�I�Y OI-' BR�:MERTON STANDARD GENGRAL CONDITIONS 00700-6 � , ' 4. When "furnish," "install," or "perform," are not used in connection with services, materials, or equipment in a context clearly requiring an obligation of Contractor, "provide" is implied. ' ' F. Unless stated otherwise in the Contract Documents, words or phrases that have a well-known technical or construction industry or trade meaning are used in the Contract Documents in accordance with such recognized meaning. ARTICLE 2 — PRELIMINARY MATTERS � 2.01 De� IIVC'iy ��fBond.s nnd Evidence oflns�if°unce ' A. When the Contractor delivers the signed Ageement to the Owner, the Contractor shall also deliver such Bonds, insurance policies and insurance certificates in the number of copies as the Contractor may be required to furnish in accordance with the Contract Documents. 2.02 2.03 ► 1� 2.05 Copie.s of Doc7iment.s A. The Owner shall furnish to the Contractor five copies of Conformed Contract documents including Specifications, and reduced size Drawings. Additional copies and up to two full sized sets of Drawings will be furnished upon Contractor's written request at the cost to the Owner of reproduction, handling and shipping. Commencement of'Contruct Times NO/ICE' to Pr•viceec� A. The Contract Times will comrnence to run on the day indicated in the Notice to Proceed. A Notice to Proceed may be given at any time within 30 days after the Effective Date of the Agreement. B. Within sixty (60) calendar days following opening of Bids, the lowest responsive, responsible Bidder will be furnished with Notice of Award accomplished by three copies each of the Contract Documents in form for Si�,matures. C. Within fifteen (l5) business days after receiving from the Owner Notice of Award and the Contract Documents in form for signing, Contractor shall sign and return the Contractor Documents and furnish to the Owner such Bonds and certificates of insurance as are required herein. Stur the Wof•k A. Contractor shall start to perform the Work within l0 days of the Notice to Proceed. No Work shall be done at the Site prior to the Notice to Proceed. Before Startir�g Constr7iction ' A. Preliminafy Schech�le.s: Within 10 days ai�er the Effective Date of the Agreement (unless otherwise specified in the General Requirements), Contractor shall submit to Engineer for timely review: ' CITY Of [3Rf:Mf-�RTON S I AND�1R1� GF.N�RAI� CONf)IT10NS ' 00700-7 1. A preliminary Progress Schedule indicating the times (numbers of days or dates) for starting and completing the various stages of the Work, including any Milestones specified in the Contract Documents; 2.06 2.07 2. A preliminary Schedule of Submittals; and 3. A preliminary Schedule of Values for all of the Work which includes quantities and prices of items which when added together equal the Contract Price and subdivides the Work into component parts in sufficient detail to serve as the basis for progress payments during per( of the Work. Such prices will include an appropriate amount of overhead and profit applicable to each item of Work. 4. A schedule of proposed substitute (or-equal) Submittals. Precon struction Cof�ferencc�; Des ignation �f'A7cthor-ized Repy�esentatives A. Prior to issuance of the Notice to Proceed, a conference attended by Owner, Contractor, Engineer, and others as appropriate will be held to establish a working understanding among the parties as to the Work and to discuss the schedules referred to in Paragraph 2.OS.A, procedures for handling Shop Drawings and other submittals, processing Applications for Payment, and maintaining required records. Initial Acceptance c�f Sclte�l�iles A. At least 10 days before submission of the tirst Application for Payment a conference attended by Contractor, Engineer, and others as appropriate will be held to review for acceptability to Engineer as provided below the schedules submitted in accordance with Para�naph 2.OS.A. Contractor shall have an additional 10 days to make corrections and adjustments and to complete and resubmit the schedules. No progress payment shall be made to Contractor until acceptable schedules are submitted to and approved by the Engineer. l. The Progress Schedule will be acceptable to Engineer if it provides an orderly progression of the Work to completion within the Contract Times. Such acceptance will not impose on Engineer responsibility for the Progress Schedule, for sequencing, scheduling, or progress of the Work, nor interfere with or relieve Contractor from Contractor's full responsibility therefor. 2. Contractor's Schedule of Submittals will be acceptable to Engineer if it provides a workable arrangement for reviewing and processing the required subinittals. 3. Contractor's Schedule of Values will be acceptable to Engineer as to form and substance if it provides a reasonable allocation of the Contract Price to component parts of the Work. ARTICLE 3— CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: INTENT, AMENDING, REUSE 3.01 Intent A. The Contract Documents are complementary; what is required by one is as binding as if required by all. CI fY OF' BR�MERTON Sl'ANDARD Ci�NE1ZAl. CONDITIONS 00700-8 � ' 1 � ' , 3.02 ' ' ' � ' � ' 3.03 1 ' ' ' , 1 B. lt is the intent of the Contract Documents to describe a functionally complete project (or part thereo� to be constructed in accordance with the Contract Documents. Any labor, documentation, services, materials, or equipment that reasonably may be inferred from the Contract Documents or from prevailing custom or trade usage as being required to produce the indicated result will be provided whether or not specifically called for, at no additional cost to Owner. C. Clarifications and interpretations of the Contract Documents shall be issued by Engineer as provided in Article 9. Reference Stundar-ds A. Standards, Specifications, Codes, Laws, and Regulations l. Reference to standards, specitications, manuals, or codes of any technical society, organization, or association, or to Laws or Regulations, whether such reference be specific or by implication, shall mean the standard, specification, manual, code, or Laws or Regulations in effect at the time of opening of Bids (or on the Effective Date of the A�neement if there were no Bids), except as may be otherwise specifically stated in the Contract Documents. 2. No provision of any such standard, specification, manual, or code, or any instruction of a Supplier, shall be effective to change the duties or responsibilities of Owner, Contractor, or Engineer, or any of their su'ocontractors, consultants, agents, or employees, from those set forth in the Contract Documents. No such provision or instruction shall be effective to' assign to Owner, Engineer, or any of their officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, or subcontractors, any duty or authority to supervise or direct the performance of the Work or any duty or authority to undertake responsibility inconsistent with the provisions of the Contract Documents. Reportin�T and Res•olving Discr•epancies A. Reporting Discrepancies: 1. Contr°actoy�'s• Review of Conh•act Doc�rments Befor•e Sturting Work: Before undertaking each part of the Work, Contractor shall carefully study and compare the Contract Documents and check and verify pertinent figures therein and all applicable field measurements. Contractor shall promptly report in writing to Engineer any conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy which Contractor discovers, or has actual knowledge of, and shall obtain a written interpretation or clarification from Engineer before proceeding with any Work affected thereby. 2. COi�11"GC101" S RG'V1L'YV of Cor�truct Doc•�iment..s Dlrring Performar�ce of Work: If, during the performance of the Work, Contractor discovers any conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy within the Contract Documents, or between the Contract Documents and (a) any applicable Law or Regulation ,(b) any standard, specification, manual, or code, or (c) any instruction of any Supplier, then Contractor shall promptly report it to Engineer in writing. Contractor shall not proceed with the Work affected thereby (except in an CITY Of= BRFMFRTON STnNDARD GENERAL CONDITIONS ' 00700-9 emergency as required by Paragraph 6.16.A) until an amendment or supplement to the Contract Documents has been issued by one of the methods indicated in Paragraph 3.04. 3. Contractor shall not be liable to Owner or Engineer for failure to report any conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy in the Contract Documents unless Contractor had knowledge or should have known thereof. B. Re.solving Discf°epancies: 1. In resolving conflicts resulting from errors or discrepancies in any of the Contract Documents, the order of precedence shall be as follows: a. Permits from other agencies as may be required by law b. Change Orders c. Agreement d. Addenda e. Contractor's Bid (Bid Form) f. Supplementary Conditions g. General Conditions h. Technical Specifications i. Referenced Standard Specifications j. Drawings With reference to the Drawings the order of precedence is as follows: a. Dimensions govern over scaled dimensions. b. Detail drawings govern over general drawings. c. Addenda and Change Order drawings govern over any other drawings. d. Contract Drawings govern over standard drawings. 3.04 2. The provisions of any Laws or Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work (unless such an interpretation of the provisions of the Contract Documents would result in violation of such Law or Regulation). Amending and Slrpplementing Contr-act Doca�ment..s A. The Contract Documents may be amended to provide for additions, deletions, and revisions in the Work or to modify the terms and conditions thereof by either a Change Order or a Work Change Directive. However, the requirements of the Contract Documents may be supplemented and minor variations and deviations in the Work may be authorized, by one or more of the following ways: 1. Engineer's approval of a Shop Drawing or Sample (subject to the provisions of Paragraph 6.17.D.3); or 2. Engineer's written interpretation or clarification. CITY OF BREM�:RI�ON STANDARn GEI�'ERAL CONDII'IONS 00700-10 � ' , 3.05 1 � ' 3.06 Electronic Datu ' B. The prohibitions of this Paragraph 3.05 will survive final payment, or termination of the Contract. Nothing herein shall preclude Contractor from retaining copies of the Contract Documents for record purposes. � ' ' ' � ' ' �J A. Contractor and any Subcontractor or Supplier shall not: Relrse ofDoc rrrnent..s l. Have or acquire any title to or ownership rights in any of the Drawings, Specifications, or other documents (or copies of any thereo� prepared by or bearing the seal of Engineer or its consultants, including electronic media editions; or 2. Reuse any such Drawings, Specifications, other documents, or copies thereof on extensions of the Project or any other project without written consent of Owner and Engineer and specific written verification or adaptation by Engineer. A. Unless otherwise stated in the Supplementary Conditions, the data furnished by Owner or Engineer to Contractor, or by Contractor to Owner or Engineer, that may be relied upon are limited to the printed copies (also known as hard copies). Files in electronic media format of text, data, graphics, or other types are furnished only for the convenience of the receiving party. Any conclusion or information obtained or derived from such electronic tiles will be at the user's sole risk. If there is a discrepancy between the electronic files and the hard copies, the hard copies govern. B. Because data stored in electronic media format can deteriorate or be moditied inadvertently or otherwise without authorization of the data's creator, the party receiving electronic files agrees that it will perform acceptance tests or procedures within 60 days, after which the receiving party shall be deemed to have accepted the data thus transferred. Any errors detected within the 60-day acceptance period will be corrected by the transferring party. C. When transferring documents in electronic media format, the transferring pariy makes no representations as to long terni compatibility, usability, or readability of documents resulting from the use of software application packages, operating systems, or computer hardware differing from those used by the data's creator. ARTICLE 4— AVAILABILITY OF LA:'�iDS; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; HAZARDOUS ENVIRONMEIYTAL CONDITIONS; REFERENCE POINTS ' 4.01 Availabili � of Lancl.s �1 . � A. Owner shall furnish, as indicated in the Contract Documents, the Site upon which the Work is to be performed, rights-of-way or easements for access thereto, and such other lands which are designated for the use of the Contractor. Nothing contained in the Contract Documents shall be 1 interpreted as giving the Contractor exclusive occupancy of the lands or right-of—way provided. Owner shall notify Contractor of any encumbrances or restrictions not of general ' CITY OF FiRC�MF_RTON Sl'nNDARD G�:NERAI, CONDI I IONS ' 00700-I1 application but specitically related to use of the Site with which Contractor must comply in pertorming the Work. 4.02 4.03 B. Contractor shall provide for all additional lands and access thereto that may be required for temporary construction facilities or storage of materials and equipment. Srrbsz�fface u�d Physicul Con�litions A. The Supplementary Conditions Identify: l. Those reports known to Owner of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at or contiguous to the Site. 2. Those drawings known to Owner of physical conditions relating to existing surface or subsurface struct�ues at the Site (except Under�nound Facilities). B. Limitecl Reliunce by Contractor on Technrcc�l Data A�rthorizecl: Contractor may rely upon the accuracy of the "technical data" contained in such reports and drawings, but such reports and drawings are not Contract Documents. Such "technical data" is identified in the Supplementary Conditions. Except for such reliance on such "technical data," Contractoi• may not rely upon or make any claim against Owner or Engineer, or any of their officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, or subcontractors with respect to: 1. The completeness of such reports and drawings for Contractor's purposes, including, but not limited to, any aspects of the means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of � construction to be employed by Contractor, and safety precautions and pro��rams incident thereto; or 2. Other data, interpretations, opinions, and infonnation contained in such reports or shown or indicated in such drawings; or 3. Any Contractor interpretation of or conclusion drawn from any "technical data" or any such other data, interpretations, opinions, or information. Differ '1f1�, ,S]/h.S7/ifGCL' OY Pj1V5'1CUI CO)1C�111OY15' A.Notice: If Contractor believes that any subsurface or physical condition that is uncovered or revealed either: 1. Is of such a nature as to establish that any "technical data" on which Contractor is entitled to rely as provided in Paragraph 4.02 is materially inaccurate; or 2. is of such a nature as to require a change in the Contract Documents; or 3. Differs materially from that shown or indicated in the Contract Documents; the Contractor shall, promptly after becoming aware thereof and before further disturbing the subsurface or physical conditions or performing any Work in connection therewith (except in an emergency as required by Paragraph 6.16.A), notify Engineer in writing about C'I I'Y Oh BfiEMERTON STANUAIZD GEN�RAL CONUI i'IONS (1(1700- I ? � 1 � , ' ' � ' such condition. Contractor shali not further disturb such condition or perform any Work in connection therewith (except as aforesaid) until receipt of written order to do so. B. Engiraeer's Review: After receipt of written notice as required by Para�naph 4.03.A, Engineer will promptly review the pertinent condition, determine the necessity of obtaining additional exploration or tests with respect thereto, and provide a determination in writing to the Contractor. 1. Possible Price and Times Adjustment — lf the Owner concludes that a change in the Contract Documents is required by the newly discovered condition, the Owner will respond to the Contractor's notification by issuing a Work Change Directive, Change Order or Amendment, as required by paragraph 3.04A. If the Owner concludes that a change in the Contract Documents is NOT required, the Owner will respond to the Contractor's written notification by issuing written Clarification as required by paragraph 3.04B. 2. Contractor shall not be entitled to any adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times if: a. Contractor knew of the existence of such conditions at the time Contractor made a ' final commitment to Owner with respect to Contract Price and Contract Times by the submission of a Bid or becoming bound under a negotiated contract; or ' ' � ' ' ' 4.04 � � ' ' b. The existence of such condition could reasonably have been discovered or revealed as a result of any examination, investigation, exploration, test, or study of the Site and conti�ious areas required by the Bidding Requirements or Contract Documents to be conducted by or for Contractor prior to Contractor's making such final commitment; or c. Contractor failed to give the written notice as required by Para� 4.03.A. 3. If Owner and Contractor are unable to agree on entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of any adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, a Claim may be made therefor as provided in Paragraph 10.05. However, neither Owner or Engineer, or any of their ofticers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, or subcontractors shall be liable to Contractor for any claims, costs, losses, or damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) sustained by Contractor on or in connection with any other project or anticipated project. Unclefgro►rnd Facilitie.s A. Shown or• Indicated: The information and data shown or indicated in the Contract Documents with respect to existing Underground Facilities at or contib ous to the Site is based on information and data furnished to Owner or Engineer by the owners of such Underground Facilities, including Owner, or by others. Unless it is otherwise expressly provided in the Suppleinentary Conditions: 1. Owner and Engineer shall not be responsible for the accuracy or completeness of any such information or data provided by others; and CI'I Y OF BRF,�IEIZ'I'ON STANUARD GGN�RAL CONDITIONS ' 00700-13 F 2. The cost of all of the following will be included in the Contract Price, and Contractor shall have full responsibility for: a. Reviewing and checking all such information and data; b. Locating all Underground Facilities shown or indicated in the Contract Documents; c. Coordination of the Work with the owners of such Underground Facilities, including Owner, during construction; and d. The safety and protection of all such Underground Facilities and repairing any damage thereto resulting from the Work. 3. The Contractor shall notify the Washington State One Number Locator Service, Phone No. 1- 800-424-5555, at least 2 business days in advance of the commencement of Excavation at any site, and shall strictly comply with the requirements of RCW 19.122, et seq. at all times during the WORK. The Contractor shall be responsible for making itself aware of utility company facilities not reported by the Washington State One Number Locator Service, and shall be liable for any and all damages stemming from repair or delay costs or any other expenses resulting from the unanticipaled discovery of underground utilities. B. Not Shnwr� or Inclicc�tecl.• 1. If an Underground Facility is uncovered or revealed at or contiguous to the Site which was not shown or indicated, or not shown or indicated with reasonable accuracy in the Contract Documents, Contractor shall, promptly after becoming aware thereof and before further disturbing conditions affected thereby or performing any Work in connection therewith (except in an emergency as required by Paragraph 6.16.A), identify the owner of such Underground Facility and give written notice to that owner and to Owner and Engineer. Engineer will promptly review the Underground Facility and deterrnine the extent, if any, to which a change is required in the Contract Documents to reflect and document the consequences of the existence or location of the Underground Facility. During such time, Contractor shall be responsible for the safety and protection of such Under��round Facility. 2. If Engineer concludes that a change in the Contract Documents is required, a Work Change Directive or a Change Order will be issued to reflect and docutnent such consequences. An equitable adjustment shall be made in the Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, to the extent that they are attributable to the existence or location of any Underground Facility that was not shown or indicated or not shown or indicated with reasonable accuracy in the Contract Documents and that Contractor did not know of and could not reasonably have been expected to be aware of or to have anticipated. lf Owner and Contractor are unable to agree on entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of any such adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times, Owner or Contractor may make a Claim therefor as provided in Paragraph 10.05. However, Owner, Engineer, and Design Engineer, shall not be liable to Contractor for any claims, costs, losses or damages incurred or sustained by Contractor on or in connection with any other project or anticipated project. CI'I'Y OF BREMGRTON STANI�ARD GENERAI, CONDITIONS 0070Q-14 � ' � � ' � ' , 1 ' ' � � , ' � ' � ' 4.05 Rc,ference Point.s A. Owner shall provide engineering surveys to establish reference points for construction which in Engineer's judgment are necessary to enable Contractor to proceed with the Work. Contractor shall be responsible for laying out the Work, shall protect and preserve the established reference points and property monuments, and shall make no changes or relocations without the prior written approval of Owner. Contractor shall report to Engineer whenever any reference point or property monument is lost or destroyed or requires relocation because of necessary changes in grades or locations, and shall be responsible for the accurate replacement or relocation of such reference points or property monuments by professionally qualified personnel. 4.06 HGI�GYG�O?lS E)?l�lYOYlY11C'f?tGT COY1GZ1170Y1 u/ SItG A. Re�or�t.s c�ncl Druti�-in�s: The Supplementary Conditions identify those reports and drawings known to Owner relating to Hazardous Environmental Conditions that have been identified at the Site. B. Limited Reliance bv Contractor• orz Technrc DGtG A7[fhOi Contractor may rely upon the accuracy of the "technical data" contained in such reports and drawings, but such reports and drawings are not Contract Documents. Such "technical data" is identified in the Supplementary Conditions. Except for such reliance on such "technical data," Contractor may not rely upon or make any claim against Owner or Engineer, or any of their officers, directors, meinbers, partners, employees, agents, consultants, or subcontractors with respect to: 1. The completeness of such reports and drawings for Contractor's purposes, including, but not limited to, any aspects of the means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of construction to be employed by Contractor and safety precautions and programs incident thereto; or 2. Other data, interpretations, opinions and information contained in such reports or shown or indicated in such drawings; or 3. Any Contractor interpretation of or conclusion drawn from any "technical data" or any such other data, interpretations, opinions or information. C. Contractor shall not be responsible for any Hazardous Environmental Condition uncovered or revealed at the Site which was not shown or indicated in Drawings or Specifications or identified in the Contract Documents to be within the scope of the Work. Contractor shall be responsible for a Hazardous Environmental Condition created with any materials brought to the Site by Contractor, Subcontractors, Suppliers, or anyone else for whom Contractor is responsible. D. If Contractor encounters a Hazardous Environmental Condition or if Contractor or anyone for whom Contractor is responsible creates a Hazardous Environmental Condition, Contractor shall immediately: (i) secure or otherwise isolate such condition; (ii) stop all Work in connection with such condition and in any area aftected thereby (except in an emergency as required by Para�naph 6.16.A); and (iii) notify Owner and Engineer (and promptly thereafter confirm such notice in writing). Owner shall promptly consult with Engineer concerning the necessity for C'ITY Oh' k31ZEMElZTON STANDARD C;�;Nf RAL CONI�ITIONS ' 00700-IS Owner to retain a qualified expert to evaluate such condition or take corrective action, if any. Promptly after consulting with Engineer, Owner shall take such actions as are necessary to permit Owner to timely obtain required permits and provide Contractor the written notice required by Paragraph 4.06.E. E. Contractor shall not be required to resume Work in connection with such condition or in any affected area until after Owner has obtained any required permits related thereto and delivered written notice to Contractor: (i) specifying that such condition and any affected area is or has been rendered safe for the resumption of Work; or (ii) specifying any special conditions under which such Work may be resumed safely. If Owner and Contractor cannot agree as to entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of any adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, as a result of such Work stoppage or such special conditions under which Work is agreed to be resumed by Contractor, either party may make a Claim therefor as provided in Paragraph 10.05. F. If after receipt of such written notice Contractor does not agree to resume such Work based on a reasonable belief it is unsafe, or does not agree to resume such Work under such special conditions, then Owner may order the portion of the Work that is in the area affected by such condition to be deleted from the Work. If Owner and Contractor cannot agree as to entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times as a result of deleting such portion of the Work, then either party may make a Claim therefor as provided in Paragraph 10.05. Owner may have such deleted portion of the Work performed by Owner's own forces or others in accordance with Article 7. G. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless Owner and Engineer, and the officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, and subcontractors of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to a Hazardous Environmental Condition created by Contractor or by anyone for whom Contractor is responsible. Nothing in this Paragraph 4.06.H shall obligate Contractor to indemnify any individual or entity from and against the consequences of that individual's or entity's own negligence. H. The provisions of Paragraphs 4.02, 4.03, and 4.04 do not apply to a Hazardous Environmental Condition uncovered or revealed at the Site. ARTICLE 5— BONDS AND INSURANCE 5.01 Performance, Payment, and Othef- Boncl.s A. Contractor shall furnish performance and payment bonds, each in an amount at least equal to the Contract Price as security for the faithful performance and payment of all of Contractor's obligations under the Contract Documents. These bonds shall remain in etfect until one year after the date when final payment becomes due or until completion of the correction period specified in Paragraph 13.07, whichever is later, except as provided otherwise by Laws or Regulations or by the Contract Documents. Contractor shall also furnish such other bonds as are required by the Contract Documents. ('ITY OF BREMERTON S I nNDARD GfNI:RAI. CONllI I IONS 00700-16 � 1 � ' ' � ' � B. All bonds shall be in the form prescribed by the Contract Documents except as provided otherwise by Laws or Regulations. C. If the surety on any bond furnished by Contractor is declared bankrupt or becomes insolvent or its right to do business is terminated in any state where any part of the Project is located or it ceases to meet the requirements of Paragraph S.O1.B, Contractor shall promptly notiiy Owner and Engineer and shall, within 20 days after the event giving rise to such notitication, provide another bond and surety, both of which shall comply with the requirements of Paragraphs 5.01.B and 5.02. 5.02 Licerrse�l St�reties c�nd Insrr�•er.s A. All bonds and insurance required by the Contract Documents to be purchased and maintained by Owner or Contractor shall be obtained trom surety or insurance companies that are duly licensed or authorized in the jurisdiction in which the Project is located to issue bonds or insurance policies for the limits and coverages so required. Such surety and insurance companies shall also meet such additional requirements and qualifications as may be provided in the Supplementary Conditions. ' S.03 Cef•tificates oflns��rance ' � � � ' ' � , ' , A. Contractor shall deliver to Owner, with copies to each additional insured and loss, payee identified in the Supplementary Conditions, certificates of insurance (and other evidence of insurance requested by Owner or any other additional insured) which Contractor is required to purchase and maintain. ,� B. Failure of Owner to demand such certificates or other evidence of Contractor's full compliance � with these insurance requirements or failure of Owner to identify a deficiency in compliance from the evidence provided shall not be construed as a waiver of Contractor's obligation to maintain such insurance. C. Owner does not represent that insurance coverage and limits established in this Contract necessarily will be adequate to protect Contractor. D. The insurance and insurance limits required herein shall not be deemed as a limitation on Contractor's liability under the indemnities granted to Owner in the Contract Documents. 5.04 Contractvr'.s In.s��r•ance A. The Contractor shall purchase and maintain the insurance required under this paragraph. Such insurance shall include the specific coverage's set out herein and be written for not less than the limits of liability and coverage's provided in paragraph 5.04C, or required by Laws or Regulations, whichever are greater. All insurance shall be maintained continuously during the life of the Agreement up to the date of Final Completion and Acceptance, and at all times thereafter when tl�e Contractor may be correcting, removing, or replacing Defective Work in accordance with Paragraph 13.06. The Contractor's liabilities under this Ageement shall not be deemed limited in any way to the insurance coverage required. CI't'Y Or BREM[ RTON STANDARD (.iE,NE.IU�L CONDIT101vS , 00700-17 B. All insurance required by the Contract Documents to be purchased and maintained by the Contractor shall be obtained from insurance companies that are duly licensed or authorized to issue insurance policies for the limits and coverages so required by the City of Bremerton Insurance companies shall have a current Best's Rating of at least "A" (Excellent) general policy holder's rating and a Class Vll financial size category and shall also meet such additional requirements and qualitications as may be provided in these General Conditions. C. The Contractor shall furnish the Owner, with copies to each additional insured who is indicated in these General Conditions, with certiticates and original endorsements showing the type, amount, class of operations covered, effective dates and dates of expiration of policies. All of the policies of insurance so required to be purchased and maintained (or the certificates or other evidence thereo� shall contain a provision or endorsement that the coverage afforded will not be canceled, reduced in coverage, or renewal refused until at least 30 days' prior written notice has been given to the Owner and additional insures by certitied mail. All such insurance required herein (except for worker's compensation and employer's liability) shall name the Owner, the Engineer, and their consultants and subconsultants and their officer's, director's agents, and employees as "additional insured" under the policies. The Contractor shall purchase and maintain the following insurance: 1. Workers' Compensation and Employer's Liability: This insurance shall protect the Contractor against all claims under applicable workers' compensation laws or federal acts, including claims for injury, disease, or death of employees which, for any reason, may not fall within the provisions of a workers' compensation law. This insurance shall include an "all states" endorsement. In the event of a"monopolistic" state, Contractor shall certify all employees are covered by the state fund or shall provide a separate policy providing "all states" benefits. Employer's liability "stop gap" coverage for monopolistic states shall be provided under either a worker's compensation policy or general liability policy. The Contractor shall require each subcontractor similarly to provide workers' compensation insurance for all of the latter's employees to be engaged in such work unless such employees are covered by the protection afforded by the Contractor's workers' compensation insurance. In case any class of employees is not protected under the workers' compensation laws, the Contractor shall provide and shall cause each Subcontractor to provide adequate employer's liability insurance for the protection of such of its employees as are not otherwise protected. The Contractor and each Subcontractor shall provide a waiver of subrogation in favor of the Owner and Engineer. 2. Comprehensive or Commercial General Liability: This insurance shall be written in comprehensive form and shall protect the Contractor against all claims arising from injuries to persons other than its employees or damage to property of the Owner or others arising out of any act or omission of the Contractor or its agents, employees, or subcontractors. The policy shall also include protection against claims insured by personal injury liability coverage, an "owner's and contractor's protective liability" endorsement and contractual coverage to insure the contractual liability assumed by the Contractor under the indemnification provisions in the General Conditions. To the extent that the Contractor's work, or work under its direction, may require blasting, explosive conditions, or under�nound operations, the comprehensive or commercial general liability coverage shall CITY C)P I3RF..MElt7'ON STANDARD G�:NERAL. CONDI'I IONS oo�oo-ix � � 1 specifically include coverage relative to blasting, explosion, collapse, and/or undergound hazards. ' 3. Commercial Automobile Liability: This insurance shall be written in comprehensive form and shall protect the Contractor against all claims for injuries to members of the public and damage to property of others arising from the use of motor vehicles, and shall cover ' operation on or off the Site of all motor vehicles licensed for highway use, whether they are owned, non-owned, or hired. 4. Subcontractor's Public Liability and Property Damage Insurance and Vehicle Liability Insurance: The Contractor shall either require each of the Subcontractors to procure and to maintain subcontractor's public liability and property damage insurance and vehicle liability insurance of the type and in the same amounts specified in these Supplementary Conditions for the Contractor or insure the activities of the Subcontractors under the Contractor's own policies. 5. Builder's Risk: a. This insurance shall be written in completed value form, and shall protect the Contractor, Subcontractors, the Owner, and the Engineer, against risks of damage to buildings, structures, and materials and equipment (including any stored off-site and while in transit), Contractors' equipment, debris removal and including demolition and contingent loss occasioned by enforcement of any applicable legal requirements, and shall cover reasonable compensation for Engineer's services and expenses required as a result of such insured loss. The amount of such insurance shall be not less than the ;�- insurable value of the Work at Final Completion plus equipment. Builder's risk � insurance shall provide for losses to be payable to the Contractor and the Owner, as tlleir interests may appear. This insurance shall contain a provision that in the event of payment for any loss under the coverage provided, the insurance company shall have no rights of recovery against the Contractor, the Owner, and the Engineer. This insurance shall insure against all risks of loss (including earthquake, flood and collapse) and, at the option of the Owner, shall include comprehensive boiler and machinery coverage including coverage for installation and testing. b. lf the Owner tinds it necessary to occupy or use a portion or portions of the Project prior to Substantial Completion thereof, such occupancy shall not commence prior to the time mutually agreed to by the Owner and Contractor and to which the insurance company of companies providing the Builder's Risk Insurance have consented by endorsement to the policy or policies. 6. The limits of liability for the insurance required by Article 5 shall provide coverage for not less than the following amounts or greater, where required by Laws and Regulations. Limits may be provided by a combination of primary and excess liability policies, and then the excess or umbrella liability coverage's shall include commercial general, comprehensive automobile, and employer's liability and shall provide coverage at least as broad as the underlying policies. CI'f Y OF BRGM[:R�I�ON STANDARD G�:NERAL C'ONUITIONS 00700-19 a. Worker's Compensation: 1. State: Statutory 2. Applicable Federal (e.g., USL&H): Statutory Note: If the Work called for in for the Contract Documents involves work in or on any navigable waters, the Contractor shall provide Worker's Compensation coverage which shall include coverage under the Longshore and Harbor Workers' Compensation Act, the Jones Act, Maritime Law, and any other coverage required under Federal or State laws pertaining to workers in or on navigable waters. 3. Employer's Liability: $2,000,000 b. Comprehensive General Liability: 1. Combined Single Limit (a) Products/Completed (b) Personallnjury $5,000,000 Each Occurrence $2,000,000 Each Occurrence $2,000,000 Each Person 2. POLICIES written on a"claims made basis" are not acceptable. 3. Policies shall include premises/operations, products, completed operations, independent contractor's, owners and contractors protective, explosion, collapse, under��round hazard, broad form contractual, personal injury with employment exclusion deleted, and broad form properly damage. c. Comprehensive Automobile Liability (including owned, hired, and non-owned Vehicles): 1. Bodily Injury: 2. Property Damage: $2,400,000 Each Claimant $2,000,000 Each Occurrence D. Contractor agrees to waive all rights of subrogation against the Owner, the Engineer, and Consultants, employees, officers and directors, for WORK performed under Contract. Endorsements shall be provided with certificates of insurance. E. All policies shall also specify that the insurance provided by the Contractor will be considered primary and not contributory to any other insurance available to the Owner or the Engineer. F. All policies except Workers' Compensation and Builders Risk shall name the Owner, Engineer, their consultants, subconsultants, and their officers, directors, agents and employees as additional insured's. The Builders Risk insurance shall name the Contractor, Owner, and Engineer as named insured's. CITY O� k3R�:M�.R�fON STANDARD C;ENCRAL CONDITIONS 00700-20 8 ' � ' � G. The Contractor shall provide the Owner and all additional insureds with written notice of any policy cancellation within five days of receipt of such notice. Failure to maintain the insurance required shall constitute a material breach of contract, upon which Owner may, after giving five business days' notice to the Contractor to correct the breach, immediately terminate the contract or, at its discretion, procure or renew such insurance and pay any and all premiums in connection therewith, with any sums so expended to be repaid to the Owner on demand, or at the sole discretion of the Owner, offset against funds due the Contractor from the owner. H. All costs for insurance, including but not limited to premiums, deductible paytnents or self= , insured retention shall be incidental to and included in the unit or lump sum prices of the contract and no additional paytnent will be made. ' � ' � ' , � ARTICLE 6—CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBiLITIES 6.01 Supervision and Superintendence A. Contractor shall supervise, inspect, and direct the Work competently and efficiently, devoting such attention thereto and applying such skills and expertise as may be necessary to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Contractor shall be solely responsible for the means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction. Contractor shall not be responsible for the negligence of Owner or Engineer in the design or specification of a specific means, method, technique, sequence, or procedure of construction which is shown or indicated in and expressly required by the Contract Documents. B. At all times during the progress of the Work, Contractor shall assign a competent resident�, superintendent who shall not be replaced without written notice to Owner and Engineer except under extraordinary circumstances. C. The Contractor's superintendent shall be present at the Site at all times while the Work is in progress and shall be available by telephone for emergencies 24 hours per day, 7 days a week. Failure to observe this requirement may result in a suspension of the Work by the Owner until such time as the designated superintendent is again present, full-time, at the Site. � 6.02 Lahor; Working Ho7�rs A. Contractor shall provide competent, suitably qualified personnel to survey and lay out the , Work and perform construction as required by the Contract Documents. Contractor shall at all tiines maintain good discipline and order at the Site. ' ' ' � B. Except as otherwise required for the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property at the Site or adjacent thereto, and except as otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, all Work at the Site shall be performed during regular working hours. Contractor will not permit the perfonnance of Work on a Saturday, Sunday, or any legal holiday without Owner's written consent (which will not be unreasonably withheld) given after prior written notice to Engineer. The Contractor shall apply for this consent through the Engineer in writing a minimum of three (3) working days before the holiday or overtime work is to be scheduled. CITY OF BREMER"I ON S�I'nNDARD GENERAI. CONDfI'IONS ' 00700-21 C. Except as otherwise provided in this Paragraph, the Contractor shall receive no additional compensation for overtime work, i.e., work in excess of 8 hours in any one calendar day or 40 hours in any one calendar week. Additional compensation will be paid to the Contractor for overtime work only in the event extra work is ordered by the Engineer and the Change Order specifically authorizes the use of overtime work. 6.03 � 1� D. All increased costs of inspection and testing pertormed during overtime work by the Contractor which is allowed solely for the convenience of the Contractor shall be borne by the Contractor. The Owner has the authority to deduct the cost of all such inspection and testing from any partial payments otherwise due to the Contractor. Sen�ices, Material.s, uncl Eq�iipment A. Unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents, Contractor shall provide and assume full responsibility for all services, materials, equipment, labor, transportation, construction equipment and machinery, tools, appliances, fuel, power, light, heat, telephone, water, sanitary facilities, temporary facilities, and all other facilities and incidentals necessary for the performance, testing, startup, and completion of the Work. B. All materials and equipment incorporated into the Work shall be as specified or, if not specified, shall be of good quality and new, except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. All special warranties and guarantees required by the Specifications shall expressly run to the benefit of Owner. If required by Engineer, Contractor shall furnish satisfactory evidence (including reports of required tests) as to the source, kind, and quality of materials and equipment. No provisions of any such documentation will be effective to assign to the Owner, Engineer or any of their Consultants, agents or employees, any duty or authority to supervise or direct the furnishing or performance of the Work. C. All materials and equipment shall be stored, applied, installed, connected, erected, protected, used, cleaned, and conditioned in accordance with instructions of the applicable Supplier, except as otherwise may be provided in the Contract Documents. PYOgYG'.S Schecltrle A. Contractor shall adhere to the Progress Schedule established in accordance with Paragraph 2.07 as it may be adjusted from time to time as provided below. 1. Contractor shall submit to Engineer for acceptance (to the extent indicated in Paragraph 2.07) proposed adjustments in the Progress Schedule that will not result in changing the Contract Times. Such adjustments will comply with any provisions of the General Requirements applicable thereto. 2. Proposed adjustments in the Progress Schedule that will change the Contract Times shall be submitted in accordance with the requirements of Article 12. Adjustments in Contract Times may only be made by a Change Order. CITY Of' BRI;MEIt I�ON STANDAItU GE1��R.AI_ CONDITIONS 00700 �2 � ' ' 6.05 ' ' � ' � � ' 1 � Pfroposed S�tbstitartions or "Or-Eyriul" Item A. Whenever materials or equipment are identified on the "List of Proposed Substitutes" form located in the Bid Forms by using the name of a proprietary item or the name of a particular manufacturer, the naming of the item is intended to establish the type, function, and quality required. The materials or equipment of other manufacturers may be accepted if sufficient infortnation is submitted by the Contractor to allow the Owner/Engineer to determine that the material or equipment proposed is equivalent or equal to that named, subject to the following requirements: 1. The Contractor shall fill out the bid form in Section 00300 titled "List of Proposed Substitutes", indicating the manufacturer/model of the proposed substitute. Wherever a proposed substitution item has not been indicated on this form by the Contractor, the Contractor shall provide one of the material or equipment products named in the Contract Documents and identified on the "List of Proposed Substitutes" form. 2. The burden of proof as to the type, function, and quality of any such substitution product, material or equipment shall be upon the Contractor. 3. The Engineer will be the sole judge as to the type, function, and quality of any such substitution and the Engineer's decision shall be final. 4. The Engineer may require the Contractor to furnish additional data about the proposed substitution. 5. The Owner may require the Contractor to furnish a special performance guarantee or other surety with respect to any substitution. 6. Acceptance by the Engineer of a substitution item proposed by the Contractor shall not ' relieve the Contractor of the responsibility for full compliance with the Contract Documents and for adequacy of the substitution. ' � ' � ' � 7. The Contractor shall pay all costs of implementing accepted substitutions, including redesi�m and changes to WORK necessary to accommodate the substit�rtion. B. The procedure for review by the Engineer will include the following: 1. Submit materials in accordance with this section and the General Requirements. 2. The Engineer will evaluate each proposed substitution within a reasonable period of time. 3. The Engineer will record the titne required by the Engineer in evaluating submittals for substitutions proposed by the Contractor and in making changes by the Contractor in the Contract Documents occasioned thereby. C. The Contractor's submittal shall address the following factors which will be considered by the Owner/Engineer in evaluating the proposed substitution: C'ITY OF k3Rk=M�RTON STANDARD C;�:Ntf�AL CONDITIONS ' 00700-23 1. Whether the evaluation and acceptance of the proposed substitution will prejudice the Contractor's achieveinent of Substantial Completion on tiine. 2. Whether acceptance of the substitution for use in the WORK will require a change in any of the Contract Documents to adapt the design to the proposed substitution. 3. Whether incorporation or use of the substitution in connection with the WORK is subject to payment of any license fee or royalty. 4. Whether all variations of the proposed substitution from the items originally specified are identified. 5. Whether available maintenance, repair, and replacement service are indicated. The manufacturer shall have a local service agency (within 50 miles of the site) which maintains properly trained personnel and adequate spare parts and is able to respond and complete repairs within 24 hours. 6. Whether an itemizeil estimate is included of a11 cosls that wili result directly or indirectly ' from acceptance of such substitution, including cost of redesign and claims of other contractors affected by the resulting change. 7. Whether the proposed substitute item meets or exceeds the experience and/or equivalency requirements listed in the appropriate technical specifications. � D. Without any increase in cost to the Owner, the Contractor shall be responsible for and pay all costs in connection with proposed substitutions and of inspections and testing of equipment or materials submitted for review prior to the Contractor's purchase thereof for incorporation in the WORK, whether or not the Engineer accepts the proposed substitution or proposed equipment or material. E. Submittal requirements for proposed substitutions: In addition to the general submittal requirements indicated in the General Requirements, submittal requirements for the proposed substitution include: l. All deviations from the specified requirements necessitated by the proposed substitution. 2. Materials of construction, including material specifications and references. 3. Performance data, including performance curves and guaranteed power consumption, over the range of specified operating conditions. 4. Dimensional drawings, showing required access and clearances, including any changes to the work require to accommodate the proposed substitution. CI"IY OF' BREMERTON S I'ANI�ARU (;EI�GRAL CONDITIONS 00700-2� e ' ' S. Where controls are a part of the proposed substitution, piping, process and instrumentation drawings (PIDs), produced in the project format and with project specific symbols, along with control descriptions. ' ' � � , , ' � � , l_� ' ' ' ' ' 6. Where controls specified in the project manual require modification to accommodate the proposed substitution, piping, process and instrumentation drawings (PIDs), produced in project format and with project-specific symbols, with all required moditications clearly highlighted. 7. Information and performance characteristics for all system components and ancillary devices to be furnished as a part of the proposed substitution. 8. Reproducible contract drawings, marked up to illustrate the alterations to all structural, architectural, mechanical, electrical and HVAC systems rec�uired to accommodate the proposed substitution. 9. A list of installations of the proposed substitution indicating application, location, owner and date of first use. F. Cost of Substitution Submittal Review: Upon receipt of submittal data for the proposed substitution, the Engineer will estimate the cost of evaluating the request and present the estimate to the Contractor. The Contractor is advised that the estiinate is based upon the best information available to the Engineer at the time; however, the actual cost, based on tiine and expense, will be documented and applied in the final analysis of the substitution request. If the �; Contractor wishes to proceed with the request he shall advise the Engineer in writing and submit sufficient additional information as may be requested by the Engineer. No evaluation will take place until such time as the Contractor has agreed to the estimate in writing and has authorized the Engineer to deduct the cost of the evaluation from monthly progress payments due the Contractor. G. Whenever materials or equipment are identified in the Contract Documents but are not listed on the "List of Proposed Substitutes" form by using the name of a proprietary item or the name of a particular manufacturer, the naming of the item is intended to establish the type, function, and auality required. lf the name is followed by the words "or equal" indicating that a substitution is permitted, materials or equipment of other manufacturers may be accepted if sufficient information is submitted by the Contractor to allow the Engineer to determine that the material or equipment proposed is equivalent or equal to that named as part of the standard submittal process. 6.06 Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers, and Others A. Contractor shall not employ any Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity (including those acceptable to Owner as indicated in Paragraph 6.06.B), whether initially or as a replacement, against whom Owner may have reasonable objection. Contractor shall not be required to employ any Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity to furnish or perfonn any of the Work against whom Contractor has reasonable objection. The Contractor shall perform not less than 30 percent of the WORK with its own forces (i.e., without CITY Ol-' 13R6MER'I'ON S�I'ANDARD GF•.N�RAL CONDI'I IONS , 00700-35 subcontracting). The 30 percent requirements shall apply to the Contract Price less the values of Owner-assigned contracts and allowance in the Bid for pre-negotiated Work. B. If the Supplementary Conditions require the identity of certain Subcontractors, Suppliers, or other individuals or entities to be submitted to Owner in advance for acceptance by Owner by a specified date prior to the Effective Date of the A�neement, and if Contractor has submitted a list thereof in accordance with the Supplementary Conditions, Owner's acceptance (either in writing or by failing to make written objection thereto by the date indicated for acceptance or objection in the Bidding Documents or the Contract Documents) of any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity so identitied may be revoked on the basis of reasonable objection after due investigation. Contractor shall submit an acceptable replacement for the rejected Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity, and the Contract Price will be adjusted by the difference in the cost occasioned by such replacement, and an appropriate Change Order will be issued. No acceptance by Owner of any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity, whether initially or as a replacement, shall constitute a waiver of any right of Owner or Engineer to reject defective Work. C. Contractor shall be fully responsible to Owner and Engineer for all acts and omissions of the Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other individuals or entities performin� or �rnishing any of the Work just as Contractor is responsible for Contractor's own acts and omissions. Nothing in the Contract Documents: 1. Shall create for the benefit of any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity any contractual relationship between Owner or Engineer and any such Subcontractor, Supplier or other individual or entity; nor 2. Shall create any obligation on the part of Owner or Engineer to pay or to see to the payment of any moneys due any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity except as may otherwise be required by Laws and Regulations. D. Contractor shall be solely responsible for scheduling and coordinating the Work of Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or furnishing any of the Work under a direct or indirect contract with Contractor. E. Contractor shall require all Subcontractors, Suppliers, and such other individuals or entities performing or furnishing any of the Work to communicate with Engineer through Contractor. F. The divisions and sections of the Specifications and the identifications of any Drawings shall not control Contractor in dividing the Work among Subcontractors or Suppliers or delineating the Work to be perfonned by any specific trade. G. All Work performed for Contractor by a Subcontractor or Supplier will be pursuant to an appropriate a�neement between Contractor and the Subcontractor or Supplier which specifically binds the Subcontractor or Supplier to the applicable terms and conditions of the Contract Documents for the benetit of Owner and Engineer. Whenever any such a�,�reement is with a Subcontractor or Supplier who is listed as a loss payee on the property insurance provided in Paragraph 5.06, the a�neement between the Contractor and the Subcontractor or Supplier will contain provisions whereby the Subcontractor or Supplier waives all rights against Owner, CI'I'Y OF BRr:ME:lt l'ON Sl ANDAIZU CiENERAI, CONDITIONS 00700-26 � Contractor, Engineer, and all other individuals or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions to be listed as insureds or loss payees (and the oificers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, and subcontractors of each and any of them) for all losses and damages caused by, arising out of relating to, or resulting from any of the perils or causes of ]oss covered by such policies and any other property insurance applicable to the Work. If the insurers on any such policies require separate waiver forms to be signed by any Subcontractor or Supplier, Contractor will obtain the same. A. The Contractor shall obtain and pay for all construction permits and licenses from the agencies having jurisdiction, including the furnishing of insurance and bonds if required by such agencies, EXCEPT those listed in Paragraph 6.08B, below to be paid for by the Owner. The enforcement of such requirements shall not be the basis for claims for additional compensation by Contractor. When necessary, the Owner will assist the Contractor in obtaining such permits and licenses. The Contractor shall pay all governmental charges and inspection fees necessary for the prosecution of the WORK which are applicable at the time of opening of Bids. ' B. The Owner will make application for and pay all fees for the City of Bremerton building pern�it including structural, mechanical, plumbing, and fire protection. The Contractor shall be required to obtain the permit at City offices. ' ' ' :'�ly] Patent Fees arzcl Rovulties A. Contractor shall pay all license fees and royalties and assume all costs incident to the use in the performance of the Work or the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process, product, or device which is the subject of patent rights or copyrights held by others. lf a particular invention, design, process, product, or device is specitied in the Contract Documents for use in the pertormance of the Work and if, to the actual knowledge of Owner or Engineer, its use is subject to patent rights or copyrights calling for the payment of any license fee or royalty to others, the existence of such rights shall be disclosed by Owner in the Contract Documents. B. Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless Owner and Engineer, and the otticers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to any infringe�nent of patent rights or, copyrights incident to the use in the performance of the Work or resulting from the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process, product, or device not specitied in the Contract Documents. . - 6.08 Perinits C. The Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining and paying for any and all remaining permits, licenses and approvals which are necessary and incidental to his operation in performance of the WORK, and for giving notices required by such permits and licenses. A copy of each permit and license shall be furnished to the Engineer upon request. The Contractor shall comply with any and all requirements contained in all permits, licenses, and approvals which pertain to the WORK or any portion thereof as if the same were stated herein. CITY UF k3Rl:MER'1'ON STANDl�Rf) CiliNIiRAL CONUI"fIONS , 00700-27 D. The Contractor shall be responsible for complying with the requirements of all permits related to the WORK, including such permits, licenses and regulatory approvals obtained by the Owner for the work. Owner-obtained pertnits and regulatory approvals, if any, are appended to the Contract Documents. .1• Laws and Regulations A. Contractor shall give all notices required by and shall comply with all Laws and Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work. Except where otherwise expressly required by applicable Laws and Regulations, neither Owner nor Engineer shall be responsible for monitoring Contractor's compliance with any Laws or Regulations. B. If Contractor performs any Work knowing or having reason to know that it is contrary to Laws or Regulations, Contractor shall bear all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to such Work. However, it shall not be Contractor's responsibility to make certain that the Specifications and Drawings are in accordance with Laws and Regulations, but this shall not relieve Contractor of Contractor's obligations under Paragaph 3.03. C. Changes in Laws or Regulations not knowable at the time of opening of Bids (or, on the Effective Date of the Agreement if there were no Bids) having an effect on the cost or time of performance of the Work shall be the subject of an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times. lf Owner and Contractor are unable to agree on entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of any such adjustment, a Claim may be made therefor as provided in Para��raph 10.05. 6.10 Tu_res A. The Contractor shall collect from the Owner and remit to the state, retail sales tax as required by the laws, statutes, and regulations of the State of Washington and its political subdivisions. The Owner will claim any exemption from retail sales tax authorized by law. The Contractor shall pay all other federal, state, and local sales, use, and other taxes applicable to the WORK and the Contractor's activities under the Agreement. B. The Contractor shall have an active City of Bremerton Business License and shall pay to the City under said license all applicable City business and occupation (B&O) taxes. B&O taxes shall be paid when due and Contractor shall a�nee to assign any payments due to the City Clerk for payment of such taxes which have been declared delinquent. C. The Contractor shall withhold and pay any and all sales and use taxes and all withholding taxes, whether state or federal, and pay all Social Security charges and also all State Unemployment Compensation charges, and pay or cause to be withheld, as the case may be, any and all taxes, charges, or fees or sums whatsoever, which are now or may hereafter be required to be paid or withheld under any laws. C1TY OF BRCMI:RTON STANDAR.11 G�.NERAL CONDI I IONS 00700-28 e � , 6.11 ' �J ' ' ' � ' � ' � ' ' ' ' U.se �f Site c�nd Other Af°eus A. Limitation on Use of Site and Other Areas: l. The Contractor shall confine construction equipment, the storage of materials and equipment, and the operations of workers to the Site, the land and areas identitied in and permitted by the Contract Documents, and the other land and areas permitted by Laws and Regulations, rights-ot=way, permits, and easements. The Contractor shall assume full liability and responsibility for any damage to any such land or area, or to the owner or occupant thereof or of any land or areas contiguous thereto, resulting from the performance of the Work. 2. Should any claim be made against the Owner or the Engineer by any such owner or occupant because of the performance of the Work, the Contractor shall promptly settle with such other party by negotiation, agreement or otherwise resolve the claiin by arbitration or at law, at the Contractor's sole liability and expense. 3. The Contractor's indemnification obligations for all claims and liability, arising directly, indirectly, or consequentially out of any action, legal or equitable, brought by any such owner or occupant against the Owner, the Engineer, their consultants, subconsultants, and the officers, directors, employees and agents of each and any of them to the extent caused by or based upon the Contractor's performance of the WORK shall be in accordance with Paragraph 6:20 of the Supplementary Conditions. � B. Removal of Debris• Dr�ring Perfor•rnance of' the Wor�k: During the progress of the Work Contractor shall keep the Site and other areas free from accuinulations of waste materials;: rubbish, and other debris. Removal and disposal of such waste materials, rubbish, and other debris shall conform to applicable Laws and Regulations. C. Clearaing.• Prior to Substantial Completion of the Work Contractor shall clean the Site and the Work and make it ready for utilization by Owner. At the completion of the Work Contractor shall remove from the Site all tools, appliances, construction equipment and machinery, and surplus materials and shall restore to original condition all property not designated for alteration by the Contract Documents. D. Loaclir�g Str°a�ctrir•es: Contractor shall not load nor permit any part of any structure to be loaded in any manner that will endanger the structure, nor shall Contractor subject any part of the Work or adjacent property to stresses or pressures that will endanger it. 6.12 Recor��l Docl�ments A. Contractor shall maintain in a safe place at the Site one record copy of all Drawings, Specifications, Addenda, Change Orders, Work Change Directives, Field Orders, and written interpretations and clarifications in good order and annotated to show changes made during construction. These record documents together with all approved Samples and a counterpart of all approved Shop Drawings will be available to Engineer for reference. Upon completion of the Work, these record documents, Samples, and Shop Drawings will be delivered to Engineer for Owner. The Contractor's pay requests sha11 not be considered payable unless the tield record drawings are current as required by the contract documents. C'1TY Oh' BREMER��C)N S fAVDARll GI;N�RAI. CONDITIONS ' 00700-29 6.13 6.14 Safen� ancl Protection A. Contractor shall be solely responsible for initiating, maintaining and supervising all safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work. Such responsibility does not relieve Subcontractors of their responsibility for the safety of persons or property in the performance of their work, nor for compliance with applicable safety Laws and Regulations. Contractor shall take all necessary precautions for the safety of, and shall provide the necessary protection to prevent damage, injury or loss to: 1. All persons on the Site or who may be affected by the Work; 2. All the Work and materials and equipment to be incorporated therein, whether in storage on or off the Site; and 3. Other property at the Site or adjacent thereto, including trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements, roadways, structures, utilities, and Underground Facilities not designated for removal, relocation, or replacement in the course of construction. B. Contractor shall comply with all applicable Laws and Regulations relating to the safety of persons or property, or to the protection of persons or property from damage, injury, or loss; and shall erect and maintain all necessary safeguards for such safety and protection. Contractor shall notify owners of adjacent property and of Under�,nound Facilities and other utility owners when prosecution of the Work may affect them, and shall cooperate with them in the protection, removal, relocation, and replacement of their property. C. Contractor shall inform Owner and Engineer of the specific requirements of Contractor's safety pro�nam with which Owner's and Engineer's employees and representatives must comply while at the Site. D. All damage, injury, or loss to any property referred to in Paragraph 6.13.A.2 or 6.13.A.3 caused, directly or indirectly, in whole or in part, by Contractor, any Subcontractor, Supplier, or any other individual or entity directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform any of the Work, or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, shall be remedied by Contractor. The City Reserves the right to replace damaged items at the Contractor's expense if the City determines that time is of the essence. E. Contractor's duties and responsibilities for safety and for protection of the Work shall continue until such time as all the Work is completed and Engineer has issued a notice to Owner and Contractor in accordance with Paragraph 14.07.B that the Work is acceptable (except as otherwise expressly provided in connection with Substantial Completion). Saf'en� Repr•esentutive A. Contractor shall designate a qualified and experienced competent person at the site whose duties and responsibilities shall include, enforcing State of Washington — WISHA regulations regarding excavations, preventing accidents, and maintaining and supervising construction site health and safety precautions and programs. C:ITY OF BR�:M�;R �ON STANI�i1RD GfNI;RnL CONDITIONS 00700-30 � ' 1 6.15 Hazc�f•�l Comrn�rnicution Pr•ogr�am.s A. Contractor shall be responsible for coordinating any exchange of material safety data sheets or ' other hazard communication information required to be made available to or exchanged between or among employers at the Site in accordance with Laws or Regulations. ' 6.16 , � Emef �Tencies A. In emergencies affecting the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property at the Site or adjacent thereto, Contractor is obligated to act to prevent threatened damage, injury, or loss. Contractor shall give Engineer prompt written notice if Contractor believes that any significant changes in the Work or variations from the Contract Documents have been caused thereby or are required as a result thereof. If Engineer determines that a change in the Contract Documents is required because of the action taken by Contractor in response to such an emergency, a Work Change Directive or Change Order will be issued. � 6.17 Strbmittuls � A. Contractor shall submit Shop Drawings and Samples to Engineer for review in accordance with the accepted Schedule of Submittals (as required by Paragraph 2.07). Each submittal will be identitied as Engineer may require. 1. Shop Dr•uti��irtgs: a. Submit number of copies specified in the General Conditions. b. Data shown on the Shop Drawings will be complete with respect to quantities, dimensions, specified performance and design criteria, materials, and similar data to show Engineer the services, materials, and equipment Contractor proposes to provide and to enable Engineer to review the information for the limited purposes required by Paragraph 6.l 7.D. 2. Sarnple.s: a. Submit number of Samples specified in the Specifications. b. Clearly identify each Sample as to material, Supplier, pertinent data such as catalog numbers, the use for which intended and other data as Engineer may require to enable Engineer to review the submittal for the limited purposes required by Paragraph 6.17.D. B. Where a Shop Drawing or Sample is required by the Contract Documents or the Schedule of ' Submittals, any related Work performed prior to Engineer's review of the pertinent submittal will be at the sole expense and responsibility of Contractor. ' ' CI fY Of 13REMERTON STANI)ARf) GI'NfRAL CONI�I fIONS ' 00700-3 I C. Srihmittul Proce�l��res: 1. Before submitting each Shop Drawing or Sample, Contractor shall have: a. Reviewed and coordinated each Shop Drawing or Sample with other Shop Drawings and Samples and with the requirements of the Work and the Contract Documents; b. Determined and verified all field measurements, quantities, dimensions, specified perfortnance and design criteria, installation requirements, materials, catalog numbers, and similar information with respect thereto; c. Determined and verified the suitability of all materials offered with respect to the indicated application, fabrication, shipping, handling, storage, assembly, and installation pertaining to the performance of the Work; and d. Determined and verified all information relative to Contractor's responsibilities for means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction, and safety precautions and programs incident thereto. 2. Each submittal shall bear a stamp or specific wrillen certilicalion that Conlraclor has satisfied Contractor's obligations under the Contract Documents with respect to Contractor's review and approval of that submittal. 3. With each submittal, Contractor shall give Engineer specitic written notice of any variations that the Shop Drawing or Sample may have from the requirements of the Contract Documents. This notice shall be` both a written communication separate from the Shop Drawings or Sample submittal; and, in addition, by a specific notation made on each Shop Drawing or Satnple submitted to Engineer for review and approval of each such variation. D. E��gineer's Revietiv: 1. Engineer will provide tiinely review of Shop Drawings and Samples in accordance with the Schedule of Submittals acceptable to Engineer. Engineer's review and approval will be only to determine if the items covered by the submittals will, after installation or incorporation in the Work, conform to the information given in the Contract Documents and be compatible with the desi�m concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents. 2. Engineer's review will not extend to means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction (except where a particular means, method, technique, sequence, or procedure of construction is specifically and expressly called for by the Contract Documents) or to safety precautions or programs incident thereto. The review and approval of a separate item as such will not indicate approval of the assembly in which the item functions. 3. Engineer's review shall not relieve Contractor from responsibility for any variation from the requirements of the Contract Documents unless Contractor has complied with the requirements of Paragraph 6.17.C.3 and Engineer has given written approval of each such variation by specific written notation thereof incorporated in or accompanying the Shop CITY OF F3Rl:MI:RTON STANDARD CTN�RAL CONDfTIONS 00700-32 � ' � ' ' Drawing or Sample. Engineer's review and approval shall not relieve Contractor from responsibility for complying with the requirements of Paragraph 6.17.C.1. E. Reszrhrrtitt.al Proced�rf•es: 1. Contractor shall make corrections required by Engineer and shall return the required number of corrected copies of Shop Drawings and submit, as required, new Sarnples for review and approval. Contractor shall direct specitic attention in writing to revisions other than the corrections called for by Engineer on previous submittals. ' 6.18 Cos�tin�ring the Wos°k A. Contractor shall carry on the Work and adhere to the Progress Schedule during all disputes or disagreements with Owner. No Work shall be delayed or postponed pending resolution of any disputes or disagreements, except as permitted by Paragraph 15.04 or as Owner and Contractor may otherwise agree in writing. 6.19 Contf•actor•'s Geneyal Wu�•runty GJ?LI G7lGi •antee A. Contractor wan•ants and guarantees to Owner that all Work will be in accordance with the Contract Documents and will not be defective. Engineer and its officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, and subcontractors shall be entitled to rely on representation of Contractor's warranty and guarantee. B. Contractor's warranty and guarantee hereunder excludes defects or damage caused by: 1. Abuse, inodification, or improper maintenance or operation by persons other than Contractor, Subcontractors, Suppliers, or any other individual or entity for whom Contractor is responsible; or 2. Normal wear and tear under normal usage. C. Contractor's obligation to perform and complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents shall be absolute. None of the following will constitute an acceptance of Work that is not in accordance with the Contract Documents or a release of Contractor's obligation to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents: 1. Observations by Engineer, or Resident Project Representative 2. Recommendation by Engineer or payment by Owner of any progress or final payment; 3. The issuance of a certificate of Substantial Completion by Engineer or any payment related thereto by Owner; 4. Use or occupancy of the Work or any part thereof by Owner; 5. Any review and approval of a Shop Drawing or Sample submittal or the issuance of a notice of acceptability by Engineer; CI'IY OF BRFM�R�I�ON S'I'ANDARI7 Cif;N1;RAl. CONDI'1'IONS 00700-33 6. Any inspection, test, or approval by others; or 6.20 7. Any correction of defective Work by Owner. 8. Owner's routine operation and maintenance after Substantial Completion is attained Indemnificution A. The Contractor shall indemnify, defend, and hold harmless the Owner, the Engineer, their consultants, subconsultants, and the officers, directors, employees, and agents of each and any of them, against and from all claims and liability arising under, by reason ot; related, or incidental to the Contract Documents or any performance of the Work, but not from the sole negligence or willful misconduct of the Owner and/or the Engineer. Such indemnitication by the Contractor shall include, but not be limited to, the following: 1. Liability or claims resulting directly or indirectly from the negligence or carelessness of the Contractor, its employees, or agents in the performance of the Work, or in guarding or maintaining the same, or from any improper materials, implements, or appliances used in its construction, or by or on account of any act or omission of the Contractor, its employees, or agents; 2. Liability or claims arising directly or indirectly from bodily injury, occupational sickness or disease, or death of the Contractor's, Subcontractor's, or Supplier's own employees, or agents engaged in the Work resulting in actions brought by or on behalf of such employees against the Owner and/or the Engineer; 3. Liability or claims arising directly or indirectly from or based on the violation of any Laws or Regulations, whether by the Contractor, its employees, or agents; 4. Liability or claims arising directly or indirectly from the use or manufacture by the Contractor, its employees, or agents in the performance of this Agreement of any copyrighted or uncopyrighted composition, secret process, patented or unpatented invention, article, or appliance, unless otherwise specifically stipulated in this Agreement; 5. Liability or claims arising directly or indirectly from the breach of any warranties, whether express or iinplied, made to the Owner and/or Engineer or any other parties by the Contractor, its employees, or agents; 6. Liability or claims arising directly or indirectly from the willful misconduct of the Contractor, its employees, or agents; 7. Liability or claims arising directly or indirectly from any breach of the obligations assumed in this Agreement by the Contractor; 8. Liability or claims arising directly or indirectly from, relating to, or resulting from a hazardous condition created by the Contractor, Subcontractors, Suppliers, or any of their employees or agents, and; CI�I'Y O� BREMERTON S I�ANDARD GENf:RAL CONDfi'IONS 0070(1-34 � , ' � � � 9. Liability or claims arising directly, or indirectly, or consequentially out of any action, legal or equitable, brought against the Owner, the Engineer, their consultants, subconsultants, and the officers, directors, employees and agents of each or any of them, to the extent caused by the Contractor's use of any premises acquired by permits, rights of way, or easeinents, the Site, or any land or areas contiguous thereto or its performance of the Work thereon. B. The Contractor shall reimburse the Owner and the Engineer for all costs and expenses, (including but not limited to fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and court costs including all costs of appeals) incurred by said Owner and Engineer in enforcing the provisions of this Paragraph 6.20. 1 C. The indemnification obligation under this Paragraph 6.20 shall not be limited in any way by any limitation on the amount or type of insurance carried by Contractor or by the amount or type of damages, compensation, or benefits payable by or for the Contractor or any Subcontractor or ' other person or organization under workers' compensation acts, disability benefit acts, or other employee benefit acts. D. The Contractor and Owner acknowledge and a��ree that the Contractor's immunity under industrial insurance, Title 51 RCW, is expressly waived by this Contract, and that all of the provisions of this Paragraph 6.20, including said waiver of immunity were mutually negotiated by them in accordance with the requirements of RCW 4.24.115. 6.21 De%gution of�Profe.ssional De.sig Services A. Contractor will not be required to provide professional design services unless such services are specifically required by the Contract Documents for a portion of the Work or unless such services are required to carry out Contractor's responsibilities for construction means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures. Contractor shall not be required to provide professional services in violation of applicable law. B. If professional design services or certifications by a design professional related to systems, materials or equipment are specifically required of Contractor by the Contract Documents, Owner and Engineer will specify all performance and design criteria that such services must satisfy. Contractor shall cause such services or certifications to be provided by a properly licensed professional, whose si�mature and seal shall appear on all drawings, calculations, specif cations, certifications, Shop Drawings and other submittals prepared by such professional. Shop Drawings and other submittals related to the Work desi�,med or certified by such professional, if prepared by others, shall bear such professional's written approval when submitted to Engineer. C. Owner and Engineer shall be entitled to rely upon the adequacy, accuracy and completeness of the services, certifications or approvals performed by such design professionals, provided Owner and Engineer have specified to Contractor all performance and desi�m criteria that such services must satisfy. D. Pursuant to this Paragraph 6.21, Engineer's review and approval of design calculations and design drawings will be only for the limited purpose of checking for conformance with C'ITY OF BR�MI;RTON STANDARD G�;Nf'RAL C'ONDII'IONS 00700-35 performance and desi�m criteria given and the design concept expressed in the Contract Documents. Engineer's review of Shop Drawings and other submittals (except design calculations and design drawings) will be only for the purpose stated in Paragraph 6.17.D.1. E. Contractor shall not be responsible for the adequacy of the performance or design criteria required by the Contract Documents. ARTICLE 7— OTHER WORK AT THE SITE 7.01 Related Wor-k c�t Site A. Owner may perform other work related to the Project at the Site with Owner's employees, or through other direct contracts therefor, or have other work performed by utility owners. If such other work is not noted in the Contract Documents, then: 1. Written notice thereof will be given to Contractor prior to starting any such other work; and 2. If Owner and Contractor are unable to agree on entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of any adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times that should be allowed as a result of such other work, a Claim may be made therefor as provided in Paragraph 10.05. B. Contractor shall afford each other contractor who is a party to such a direct contract, each utility owner, and Owner, if Owner is pertorming other work with Owner's employees, proper and safe access to the Site, provide a reasonable opportunity for the introduction and storage of materials and equipment and the execution of such other work, and properly coordinate the Work with theirs. Contractor shall do all cutting, titting, and patching of the Work that may be required to properly connect or otherwise make its several parts come together and properly integrate with such other work. Contractor shall not endanger any work of others by cutting, excavating, or otherwise altering such work; provided, however, that Contractor may cut or alter others' work with the written consent of Engineer and the others whose work will be affected. The duties and responsibilities of Contractor under this Paragraph are for the benefit of such utility owners and other contractors to the extent that there are comparable provisions for the benefit of Contractor in said direct contracts between Owner and such utility owners and other contractors. C. If the proper execution or results of any part of Contractor's Work depends upon work performed by others under this Article 7, Contractor shall inspect such other work and promptly report to Engineer in writing any delays, defects, or deficiencies in such other work that render it unavailable or unsuitable for the proper execution and results of Contractor's Work. Contractor's failure to so report will constitute an acceptance of such other work as fit and proper for integration with Contractor's Work except for latent defects and deficiencies in such other work. D. Additional requirements for coordination between the Contractor, other contractors and the Owner's forces are set forth in Division 1— General Requirements. CI�I�Y OI-' BREMERTON S I ANDARD G�NERAI. C01vDl"I'IONS 00700-36 � 1 � ' ' ' ' l_ J � � ' � � ' ' 1 � ' I J 7.02 Coordinution A. If Owner intends to contract with others for the performance of other work on the Project at the Site, the following will be set forth in Supplementary Conditions: l. The individual or entity who will have authority and responsibility for coordination of the activities among the various contractors will be identified; 2. The specific matters to be covered by such authority and responsibility will be itemized; and 3. The extent of such authority and responsibilities will be provided. B. Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, Owner shall have sole authority and responsibility for such coordination. C. The Contractor shall coordinate its Work with that of the Owner's forces and others as required in Division 1— General Requirements. 7.03 Legal Reluzion.ships A. Paragraphs 7.O1.A and 7.02 are not applicable for utilities not under the control of Owner. B. Each other direct contract of Owner under Paragraph 7.Ol.A shall provide that the other contractor is liable to Owner and Contractor for the reasonable direct delay and disruption costs incurred by Contractor as a result of the other contractor's wrongful actions or inactions. C. Contractor shall be liable to Owner and any other contractor under direct contract to Owner for the reasonable direct delay and disruption costs incurred by such other contractor as a result of Contractor's action or inactions. ARTICLE 8 — OWNER'S RESPONSIBILITIES S.O1 Comm�rnications to Contractor A. Except as otherwise provided in these General Conditions, Owner shall issue all communications to Contractor through Engineer. 8.02 Re��lucemerrt of Engir�eer A. In case of Replacement of Engineer, Owner shall appoint an engineer whose status under the Contract Documents shal I be that of the former Engineer. 8.03 F7�rnish Duta A. Owner shall promptly furnish the data required of Owner under the Contract Documents. 8.04 Pay When D1re A. Owner shall make payments to Contractor when they are due as provided in Paragraphs 14.02.0 and 14.07.C. CI f�Y OF BREMI:RIY)N S I ANDARD GENER.AI. CONDITIONS ' 00700-37 8.05 Lcrnd.s und Euse�nents; Reports ancl Tes7s A.Owner's duties with respect to providing lands and easements and providing engineering surveys to establish reference points are set forth in Paragraphs 4.01 and 4.05. Paragraph 4.02 refers to Owner's identifying and making available to Contractor copies of reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions and drawings of physical conditions relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at the Site. 8.06 Ins��rance .� . . . 1. : 1' A. Owner's responsibilities, if any, with respect to purchasing and maintaining insurance are set forth in Article 5. Chun�Te Or s A. Owner is obligated to execute Change Orders as indicated in Paragraph 10.03. Ins•pections, Tests, and Approvc,ls A.Owner's responsibility with respect to certain inspections, tests, and approvals is set forth in Paragraph 13.03.B. Limitutions on Ovvner's Re.sponsibilities A. The Owner shall not supervise, direct, or have control or authority over, nor be responsible for, Contractor's means, methods, techniques, or procedures of construction, or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of Contractor to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the perfornlance of the Work. Owner will not be responsible for Contractor's failure to perform the Work in accordance with the Conri•act Documents. 8.10 Undisclosed Hazarcloti,s Environmentul Condition A. Owner's responsibility in respect to an undisclosed Hazardous Environmental Condition is set forth in Para�naph 4.06. 8.11 Compliance with Sufeh' P�'og�•urn A. While at the Site, Owner's employees and representatives shall comply with the specific applicable requirements of Contractor's safety programs of which Owner has been informed pursuant to Paragraph 6.13.C. ARTICLE 9— ENGINEER'S STATUS DURING CONSTRUC�'ION 9.O1 Owner's• Representatil�e A. Engineer will be Owner's representative during the construction period. The duties and responsibilities and the limitations of authority of Engineer as Owner's representative during construction are set forth in the Contract Documents. CII�Y OE� BR�;MER I�ON S'I'ANDARD GtN�:RAI, CONDfi'IONS 00700-3f� � � � 1 ' ' � 1 1 ' ' � � ' � ' � � ' 9.02 Visit.s• to Site A. Engineer will make visits to the Site at intervals appropriate to the various stages of construction as Engineer deems necessary in order to observe as an experienced and qualitled design professional the progress that has been made and the quality of the various aspects of Contractor's executed Work. Based on information obtained during such visits and observations, Engineer, for the benefit of Owner, will determine, in general, if the Work is proceeding in accordance with the Contract Documents. Engineer will not be required to make exhaustive or continuous inspections on the Site to check the quality or quantity of the Work. Engineer's efforts will be directed toward providing for Owner a greater de�nee of confidence that the completed Work will conform generally to the Contract Documents. On the basis of such visits and observations, Engineer will keep Owner informed of the progress of the Work and will endeavor to guard Owner against defective Work. B. Engineer's visits and observations are subject to all the liinitations on Engineer's authority and responsibility set forth in Paragraph 9.09. Particularly, but without limitation, during or as a result of Engineer's visits or observations of Contractor's Wurk, Engineer will not supervise, direct, control, or have authority over or be responsible for Contractor's means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction, or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of Contractor to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work. 9.03 Resiclent Pr•oject Repf°es•entutive A. General: The Resident Project Representative (RPR) will act as directed by and under the supervision of the Engineer's Project Manager and will confer with the Engineer and Engineer's Project Manager regarding his actions. The Resident Project Representative's dealings in matters pertaining to the on-site Work shall, in general, be only with the Engineer and the Contractor, and dealings with Subcontractors shall be exclusively through the Contractor. Written communication with the Owner will be only through or as directed by the Engineer. 9.04 A�ithor�r.'zed Vc�riations in Work A. The Engineer may authorize variations in the Work from the requirements of the Contract Documents. These may be accomplished by a Work Change Directive and will require the Contractor to perform the Work involved in a manner that minimizes the impact to the Work and the Contract Times. If the Contractor believes that a Work Change Directive justifies an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times, the Contractor shall promptly notify the Engineer as required in the relevant Sections of Division 1— General Requirements. 9.05 Rejecting Dc fective Work A. Engineer will have authority to reject Work which Engineer believes to be defective, or that Engineer believes will not produce a completed Project that conforms to the Contract Docuinents or that will prejudice the inte�nity of the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents. Engineer will also have CITY OF BREMERTON S I�ANDARD C;ENERAI. C'ONDI�I IONS ' 00700-39 authority to require special inspection or testing of the Work as provided in Paragraph 13.04, whether or not the Work is fabricated, installed, or completed. L�'7 9.07 � �. . �. Srrbmittals, Churrge Order.s and Payments A. In connection with Engineer's authority, and limitations thereof, as to Submittals, see Paragraph 6. l 7. B. In connection with Engineer's authority, and limitations thereof, as to design calculations and design drawings submitted in response to a delegation of professional design services, if any, see Para��raph 6.21. C. In connection with Engineer's authority as to Change Orders, see Articles 10, 11, and 12 D. In connection with Engineer's authority as to Applications for Payment, see Article 14. Deterrrainations, for• Unit Pyice Work A. Engineer will determine the actual quantities and classifications of Unit Price Work performed by Contractor. Engineer will review with Contractor the Engineer's preliminary determinations on such matters before rendering a written decision thereon (by recommendation of an Application for Payment or otherwise). Engineer's written decision thereon will be final and binding (except as inodified by Engineer to reflect changed factual conditions or more accurate data) upon Owner and Contractor, subject to the provisions of Para�naph 10.05. Deci.sions on Rey�rif-ement Of COf?Ii Doc7iment.s an�l Accepzahilih� of Wos•k A. Engineer will be the initial interpreter of the requirements of the Contract Documents and judge of the acceptability of the Work thereunder. All matters in question and other matters between Owner and Contractor arising prior to the date final payment is due relating to the acceptability of the Work, and the interpretation of the requirements of the Contract Documents pertaining to the performance of the Work, will be referred initially to Engineer in writing within 14 days of the event giving rise to the question. B. Engineer will, within 14 days, render a written decision on the issue referred. lf Owner or Contractor believes that any such decision entitles them to an adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times or both, a Claim may be made under Paragraph 10.05. The date of Engineer's decision shall be the date of the event giving rise to the issues referenced for the purposes of Paragraph 10.O5.B. C. Engineer's written decision on the issue referred will be final and binding on Owner and Contractor, subject to the provisions of Paragraph 10.05. Limitc�tio�s on Engineef°'s A�rthnr�ity und Responsibilitie.s A. Neither Engineer's authority or responsibility under this Article 9 or under any other provision of the Contract Documents nor any decision made by Engineer in good faith either to exercise or not exercise such authority or responsibility or the undertaking, exercise, or performance of any authority or responsibility by Engineer shall create, impose, or give rise to any duty in CII�Y O� BRGMf:RTON STANDARU C;ENERAI, CONnI l'IONS 007()O�10 � ' ' � ' � ' ' ' � ' contract, toR, or otherwise owed by Engineer to Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any other individual or entity, or to any surety for or employee or agent of any of them. B. Engineer will not be responsible for the acts or omissions of Contractor or of any Subcontractor, any Supplier, or of any other individual or entity performing any of the Work. C. Engineer's review of the final Application for Payment and accompanying documentation and all maintenance and operating instructions, schedules, guarantees, bonds, certificates of inspection, tests and approvals, and other documentation required to be delivered by Paragraph 14.07.A will only be to determine generally that their content complies with the requirements of, and in the case of certificates of inspections, tests, and approvals that the results certified indicate compliance with, the Contract Documents. D. The limitations upon authority and responsibility set forth in this Paragraph 9.09 shall also apply to the Resident Project Representative, if any, and assistants, if any. ARTICLE 10 — CHANGES IN THE WORK; CLAIMS 10.01 Azithos•ized Chunges in the Work A. Without invalidating the Contract and without notice to any surety, Owner may, at any ti�ne or from time to time, order additions, deletions, or revisions in the Work by a Change Order, or a Work Change -Directive. Upon receipt of any such document, Contractor shall promptly proceed with the Work involved which will be performed under the applicable conditions of the Contract Documents (except as otherwise specifically provided). B. If Owner and Contractor are unable to a�� on entitlement to, or on the amount or extent, if , any, of an adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, that should be allowed as a result of a Work Change Directive, a Claim may be made therefor as provided in Paragraph 10.05. � � LJ 1 ' ' J ' C. If the Owner and Contractor a�nee as to the extent, if any, of an increase or decrease in the Contract Price, or an extension or shoriening of the Contract Times that should be allowed as a result of a Work Change Directive, the Contractor shall proceed so as to minimize the impact on and delays to the Work pending the issuance of a Change Order. D. In the event a part of the Work is to be entirely eliminated and no lump sum or unit price is named in the Contract Documents to cover such eliminated work, the price of the eliminated work shall be a��reed upon by the Owner and the Contractor by Change Order. 10.02 1Jna�rt.hori�ed Chan�Jes in zhe Work A. Contractor shall not be entitled to an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times with respect to any work performed that is not required by the Contract Documents as amended, modified, or supplemented as provided in Paragraph 3.04, except in the case of an emergency as provided in Paragraph 6.16 or in the case of uncovering Work as provided in Paragraph 13.04.D. C111�' Oi� BREMERI�ON S I'ANDARI� G�NEI2AL CONDfI'IONS ' 00700-41 10.03 E.rectrtior� o Cj1Gi?g'C' Oi •ders A.Owner and Contractor shall execute appropriate Change Orders recommended by Engineer covenng: 1. Changes in the Work which are: (i) ordered by Owner pursuant to Paragraph 10.O1.A, (ii) required because of acceptance of defective Work under Paragraph 13.08.A or Owner's correction of defective Work under Paragraph 13.09, or (iii) agreed to by the parties; 2. Changes in the Contract Price or Contract Times which are a�,need to by the parties, including any undisputed sum or amount of time for Work actually performed in accordance with a Work Change Directive; and 3. Changes in the Contract Price or Contract Times which embody the substance of any written decision rendered by Engineer pursuant to Paragraph 10.05; provided that, in lieu of executing any such Change Order, an appeal may be taken from any such decision in accordance with the provisions of the Contract Documents and applicable Laws and Regulations, but during any such appeal, Contractor shall carry on the Work and adhere to the Progress Schedule as provided in Paragraph 6.18.A. 10.04 Notifrcution to S7ire1�� A. If the provisions of any bond require notice to be given to a surety of any change affecting the general scope of the Work or the provisions of the Contract Documents (including, but not limited to, Contract Price or Contract Times), the giving of any such notice will be Contractor's responsibility. The amount of each applicable bond will be adjusted to reflect the effect of any such change. 10.05 Claims A. En�ineer's Deci .S101� RGL(?!lf'C' All Claims, except those waived pursuant to Paragraph 14.09, shall be referred to the Engineer for decision. A decision by Engineer shall be required as a condition precedent to any exercise by Owner or Contractor of any rights or remedies either may otherwise have under the Contract Documents or by Laws and Regulations in respect of such Claims. B. Notice: Written notice stating the general nature of each Claim, dispute, or other matter shall be delivered by the Contractor or Owner to the other promptly (but no later than 14 days) after the start of the event giving rise thereto. Notice of the specific amount or extent of the Claim, dispute, or other matter with supporting data shall be delivered to the Engineer within 21 days after the start of such event (unless Engineer allows additional time for claimant to submit additional or more accurate data in support of such Claim, dispute, or other matter). A claim for an adjustment in Contract Price shall be prepared in accordance with the provisions of para�naph 12.01. A claim for an adjustment in Contract Time shall be prepared in accordance with the provisions of paragraph 12.02. Each Claim shall be accompanied by Contractor's or Owner's written statement that the adjustment claimed is the entire adjii.stment to which the Contractor believes it is entitled as a result of said event and covers all arno�rnt.s (whether direct, indirect or consequential). The recipient of the claim shall submit its response to the claimant CITY O� C3R[:MI:RTON S"IANDARD GI:NERAI,CONDI�fIONS 00700-42 � lJ IJ within 30 days after receipt of the claimant's last submittal (unless Engineer allows additional time). ' C. Engineer :s Actzon: Engineer will review each Claim and, within 30 days after receipt of the last submittal of the claimant or the last submittal of the opposing party, if any, take one of the following actions in writing: ' � 1. Deny the Claim in whole or in part; 2. Approve the Claim; or 3. Notify the parties that the Engineer is unable to resolve the Claim if, in the Engineer's sole ' discretion, it would be inappropriate for the Engineer to do so. For purposes of further resolution of the Claim, such notice shall be deemed a denial. ' D. In the event that Engineer does not take action on a Claim within said 30 days, the Claim shall be deemed denied. ' E. Engineer's written action under Paragraph 10.O5.0 or denial pursuant to Paragraphs 10.O5.C.3 or 10.O5.D will be final and binding upon Owner and Contractor, unless Owner or Contractor files suit pursuant to Article 16. � ' � � ' ' ' ' ' � F. No Claim for an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times will be valid if not submitted in accordance with this Para��raph 10.05. � ARTICLE 11— COST OF THE WORK; ALLOWANCES; UNIT PRICE WORK 11.01 Co.st of'the Work A. Cost.s Inclirded.• The term Cost of the Work means the sum of all costs, except those excluded in Paragraph 11.O1.B, necessarily incurred and paid by Contractor in the proper performance of the Work. When the value of any Work covered by a Change Order or when a Claim for an adjustment in Contract Price is determined on the basis of Cost of the Work, the costs to be reimbursed to Contractor will be only those additional or incremental costs required because of the change in the Work or because of the event giving rise to the Claim. Except as otherwise may be agreed to in writing by Owner, such costs shall be in amounts no higher than those prevailing in the locality of the Project, shall not include any of the costs itemized in Paragraph 11.O1.B, and shall include only the following items: 1. Payroll costs for employees in the direct employ of Contractor in the performance of the Work under schedules of job classifications agreed upon by Owner and Contractor. Such employees shall include, without limitation, superintendents, foremen, and other personnel employed full time on the Work. Payroll costs for employees not employed full time on the Work shall be apportioned on the basis of their time spent on the Work. Payroll costs shall include, but not be limited to, salaries and wages plus the cost of fringe benef ts, which shall include social security contributions, unemployment, excise, and payroll taxes, workers' compensation, health and retirement benetits, bonuses, sick leave, vacation and holiday pay applicable thereto. The expenses of performing Work outside of regular working hours, on CITY OF l3REV1E:RTON S7'ANl7ARD Ci�:NERAt. CONL)ITIONS ' 00700-43 Saturday, Sunday, or legal holidays, shall be included in the above to the extent authorized by Owner. ?. Cost of all materials and equipment furnished and incorporated in the Work, including costs of transportation and storage thereof, and Suppliers' field services required in connection therewith. All cash discounts shall accrue to Contractor unless Owner deposits funds with Contractor with which to make payments, in which case the cash discounts shall accrue to Owner. All trade discounts, rebates and refunds and returns from sale of surplus materials and equipment shall accrue to Owner, and Contractor shall make provisions so that they may be obtained. 3. Payrnents made by Contractor to Subcontractors for Work performed by Subcontractors. If required by Owner, Contractor shall obtain competitive bids from subcontractors acceptable to Owner and Contractor and shall deliver such bids to Owner, who will then determine, with the advice of Engineer, which bids, if any, will be acceptable. If any subcontract provides that the Subcontractor is to be paid on the basis of Cost of the Work plus a fee, the Subcontractor's Cost of the Work and fee shall be determined in the same manner as Contractor's Cost of the Work and fee as provided in this Para��raph 11.01. 4. Costs of special consultants (including but not limited to engineers, architects, testing laboratories, surveyors, attorneys, and accountants) employed for services specifically related to the Work. 5. Supplemental costs including the following: a. The proportion of necessary transportation, travel, and subsistence expenses of Contractor's employees incurred in discharge of duties connected with the Work. b. Cost, including transportation and maintenance, of all materials, supplies, equipment, machinery, appliances, office, and temporary facilities at the Site, and hand tools not owned by the workers, which are consumed in the pertormance of the Work, and cost, less market value, of such items used but not consumed which remain the property of Contractor. c. Rentals of all construction equipment and machinery, and the parts thereof whether rented from Contractor or others in accordance with rental agreements approved by Owner with the advice of Engineer, and the costs of transportation, loading, unloading, assembly, dismantling, and removal thereof. All such costs shall be in accordance with the terms of said rental agreements. The rental of any such equipment, machinery, or parts shall cease when the use thereof is no longer necessary for the W ork. d. Sales, consumer, use, and other similar taxes related to the Work, and for which Contractor is liable, as imposed by Laws and Regulations. e. Deposits lost for causes other than negligence of Contractor, any Subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or for whose acts any of them may be liable, and royalty payments and fees for permits and licenses. C'ITY O� 13REMf:R1'ON STANUARD (.;CN�RAI. CONDI'I�IONS 00700-� � ' ' , � � ' 1 � � ' ' � ' � ' ' f: Losses and damages (and related expenses) caused by damage to the Work, not compensated by insurance or otherwise, sustained by Contractor in connection with the performance of the Work (except losses and damages within the deductible amounts of property insurance established in accordance with Paragraph 5.06.D), provided such losses and damages have resulted from causes other than the negligence of Contractor, any Subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or for whose acts any of them may be liable. Such losses shall include settlements made with the written consent and approval of Owner. No such losses, damages, and expenses shall be included in the Cost of the Work for the purpose of determining Contractor's fee. g. The cost of utilities, fuel, and sanitary facilities at the Site. h. Minor expenses such as telegrams, long distance telephone calls, telephone service at the Site, express and courier services, and similar petty cash items in connection with the Work. i. The costs of premiums for all bonds and insurance Contractor is required by the Contract Documents to purchase and maintain. B. Co.st.s Ercl�icled: The term Cost of the Work shall not include any of the follo.,wing items: 1. Payroll costs and other compensation of Contractor's officers, executives, principals (of partnerships and sole proprietorships), general managers, safety managers, engineers, architects, estimators, attorneys, auditors, accountants, purchasing and contracting agents, expediters, timekeepers, clerks, and other personnel employed by Contractor, whether at the Site or in Contractor's principal or branch office for general administration of the Work and not specifically included in the a��reed upon schedule of job classifications refeired to in Paragraph 11.O1.A.1 or specifically covered by Paragraph 11.O1.A.4, all of which are to be considered administrative costs covered by the Contractor's fee. 2. Expenses of Contractor's principal and branch offices other than Contractor's office at the Site. 3. Any part of Contractor's capital expenses, including interest on Contractor's capital employed for the Work and charges against Contractor for delinquent payments. 4. Costs due to the negligence of Contractor, any Subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or for whose acts any of them may be liable, including but not limited to, the correction of defective Work, disposal of materials or equipment wrongly supplied, and making good any damage to property. 5. Other overhead or general expense costs of any kind and the costs of any item not specifically and expressly included in Paragraphs 11.01.A. 1 C. COY7IYUC/Ol :s Fee: When all the Work is performed on the basis of cost-plus, Contractor's fee shall be determined as set forth in the Agreement. When the value of any Work covered by a Change Order or when a Claim for an adjustment in Contract Price is determined on the basis ' of Cost of the Work, Contractor's fee shall be determined as set forth in Paragraph 12.O1.C. CfIY O� BREMER"I�ON STANDARD GIiNERAL CONDITIONS ' 00700�5 D. Docrrtnentation: Whenever the Cost of the Work for any purpose is to be determined pursuant to Para�,naphs 11.O1.A and 11.O1.B, Contractor will establish and maintain records thereof in accordance with generally accepted accounting practices and submit in a form acceptable to Engineer an itemized cost breakdown together with supporting data. 11.02 AlloN�u»c•es A. It is understood that Contractor has included in the Contract Price all allowances so named in the Contract Documents and shall cause the Work so covered to be performed for such sums and by such persons or entities as may be acceptable to Owner and Engineer. B. Cash Allowances: 1. Contractor agrees that: a. The cash allowances include the cost to Contractor (less any applicable trade discounts) of materials and equipment required by the allowances to be delivered at the Site, and all applicable taxes; and b. Contractor's costs for unloading and handling on the Site, labor, installation, overhead, profit, and other expenses contemplated for the cash allowances have been included in the Contract Price and not in the allowances, and no demand for additional payment on account of any of the foregoing will be valid. C. Contingency Allowance: 1. Contractor agrees that a contingency or force account allowance, if any, is for the sole use of Owner to cover unanticipated costs. D. Prior to final payment, an appropriate Change Order will be issued as recommended by Engineer to reflect actual amounts due Contractor on account of Work covered by allowances, and the Contract Price shall be correspondingly adjusted. 11.03 Unit Pr•ice Work A. Where the Contract Documents provide that all or part of the Work is to be Unit Price Work, initially the Contract Price will be deemed to include for all Unit Price Work an amount equal to the sum of the unit price for each separately identified item of Unit Price Work times the estimated quantity of each item as indicated in the Agreement. B. The estimated quantities of items of Unit Price Work are not guaranteed and are solely for the purpose of comparison of Bids and determining an initial Contract Price. Determinations of the actual quantities and classifications of Unit Price Work performed by Contractor will be made by Engineer subject to the provisions of Paragraph 9.07. C. Each unit price will be deemed to include an amount considered by Contractor to be adequate to cover Contractor's overhead and protit for each separately identified item. CI1�Y OF E3RGMI'RTON STANUARD G�.nERAL C'ONDITIOnS oo�nn-aF � ' 1 �J ' ' ' D. Owner or Contractor may make a Claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price in accordance with Parag 10.05 if: 1. The total cost of a particular item of Unit Price Work amounts to 5% or more of the Contract Price and the variation in the quantity of that particular item of Unit Price Work pertormed by Contractor differs by more than 25% froin the estimated quantity of such item indicated in the A��reement; and 2. There is no corresponding adjustment with respect to any other item of Work; and 3. Contractor believes that Contractor is entitled to an increase in Contract Price as a result of having incurred additional expense or Owner believes that Owner is entitled to a decrease in Contract Price and the parties are unable to agree as to the amount of any such increase or decrease. ' E. �n the event a part of the Work is to be entirely eliminated and no lump sum or unit price is named in the Contract Documents to cover such eliminated work, the price of the eliminated work shall be agreed upon by the Owner and the Contractor by Change Order. ARTICLE 12 — CHANGE OF CONTRACT PRICE; CHANGE OF CONTRACT TIMES l�.�l Chunge �f ContYact Pi "ICC' A. The Contract Price constitutes the total compensation payable to the Contractor for performing the Work. All duties, responsibilities, and obligations assigned to or undertaken by the Contractor to complete the Work shall be at its expense without change in the Contract Price. All claims for an increase in the Contract Price shall be based only upon written notice delivered as required by Paragraph 10.05 herein. The Contractor's notice of claim shall include the nature, justification for and amount of the claim, and such supporting data as the Engineer may require to evaluate the claim. The Contractor and Owner hereby agree that any claim for adjustment of the Contract Price shall be evaluated by the Engineer, and that the Engineer's determination shall be final and conclusive. No claim for and adjustment in the Contract Price will be valid if not submitted in accordance with this Paragraph. B. The value of any Work covered by a Change Order or of any Claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price will be determined as follows: l. Where the Work involved is covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents, by application of such unit prices to the quantities of the items involved (subject to the provisions of Para�naph 11.03); or 2. Where the Work involved is not covered by unit prices contained in the Contract ' Documents, by a mutually agreed lump sum (which may include an allowance for overhead and profit not necessarily in accordance with Paragraph 12.O1.C.2); or ' 3. Where the Work involved is not covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents and agreement to a lump sum is not reached under Paragraph 12.O1.B.2, on the basis of the Cost of the Work (determined as provided in Paragraph 11.01) plus a , Contractor's fee for overhead and profit (detertnined as provided in Paragraph 12.O1.C). CITY OP 13RC•MfRTON STANUARU G�NERAI. CONI�I I IONS ' 00700-�37 C. Contraclor•'s Fee: The Contractor's fee for overhead and protit for the cost of extra work as defined in Para�naph 12.O1.D shall be determined as follows: 1. A mutually acceptable fixed fee; or 2. If a tixed fee is not agreed upon, then a fee based on the following percentages of the various portions of the Cost of the extra Work: �7 c a. Extra work ordered on the basis of time and materials (force account) will be paid for at the actual necessary cost as determined by the Engineer, plus a 20% markup for labor, materials and equipment. For extra work negotiated at a lump sum price the Contractor's fee shall be 20% No fee shall be payable on the basis of costs itemized under Para��raph 11.OI .B; d. The amount of credit to be allowed by Contractor to Owner for any change which results in a net decrease in cost will be the amount of the actual net decrease in cost plus a deduction in Contractor's fee by an amount equal to five percent of such net decrease; and e. When both additions and credits are involved in any one change, the adjustment in Contractor's fee shall be computed on the basis of the net change in accordance with Para�naphs 12.O1.C.2.a through 12.O1.C.2.d, inclusive. D. Cosr. of Extf•a Work: The term "cost of extra work" shall mean the sum of all costs necessarily incurred and paid by the Contractor for labor, materials, equipment and special services in the proper pertormance of extra work as approved by the Engineer. Except as otherwise may be agreed to in writing by the Owner, such costs shall be in amounts no higher than those prevailing in the locality of the Project, shall include only the following items, and shall not include any of the costs itemized in Paragraph 11.01.B. 1. Labor: The costs of labor will be the actual cost for wages prevailing for each craft or type of workers performing the extra work at the time the extra work is done, plus employer payments of payroll taYes, workers compensation insurance, liability insurance, health and welfare, pension, vacation, apprenticeship funds, and other direct costs resulting from federal, state or local laws, as well as assessments or benefits required by lawful collective bargaining agreements. Labor costs for equipment operators and helpers will be paid only when such costs are not included in the invoice for equipment rental. The labor costs for foreman shall be proportioned to all of their assigned work and only that applicable to extra work shall be paid. Indirect labor costs including superintendence shall be considered part of the markup set out herein. 2. Materials: The cost of materials reported shall be at invoice or lowest current price at which materials are locally available and delivered to the Work in the quantities involved, plus the cost of freight, delivery and storage, subject to the following: a. All trade discounts and rebates shall accrue to the Owner, and the Contractor shall make provisions so that they may be obtained; and CITY Oh' BR�:MERTON STANI)ARD G�NF.IZAL CONDITIONS 00700-48 � b. For materials secured by other than a direct purchase and direct billing to the purchaser, the cost shall be deemed to be the price paid to the actual supplier as determined by the Engineer. Except for actual costs incurred in handling of such materials, markup will not be allowed; and c. Payment for materials from sources owned wholly or in part by the purchaser shall not exceed the price paid by the purchaser for similar materials from said sources on extra work items or the current wholesale price for such materials delivered to the Site, whichever price is lower; and d. If in the opinion of the Engineer the cost of material is excessive, or the Contractor does not furnish satisfactory evidence of the cost of such material, then the cost shall be deemed to be the lowest current wholesale price for the quantity concerned delivered to the Work, less trade discount. The Owner reserves the right to fiirnish materials for the extra work and no claim will be allowed by the Contractor for costs and profit on such materials. 3. Eq�ripment: The amount of payment for any Contractor-owned equipment that is utilized shall be determined according to the version of the AGC/WSDOT Equipment Rental Agreement which is in effect at the time the force account is authorized. The rates listed in the Rental Rate Blue Book (as modified by the current AGC/WSDOT Equipment Rental Agreement) shall be full compensation for all fuel, oil, lubrication, ordinary , repairs, maintenance; and all other costs incidental to furnishing and operating the equipment except labor operation. If it is deemed necessary by the Contractor to use equipment not listed in the specified Reference Publication, an equitable rental rate for the equipment will be established by the Engineer. The Contractor may furnish cost data, which might assist the Engineer in the establishment of the rental rate. Payment for equipment shall be subject to all of the following: . a. All equipment shall, in the opinion of the Engineer, be in good working condition and suitable for the purpose for which the equipment is to be used; b. Before constiuction equipment is used on the extra work, the Contractor shall plainly stencil or stamp an identifying number thereon at a conspicuous location, and shall furnish to the Engineer, in duplicate, a description of the equipment and its identifying number; c. Unless otherwise specified, manufacturer's ratings and manufacturer-approved modifications shall be used to classify equipment for the determination of applicable rental rates. Equipment which has no direct power unit shall be powered by a unit of at least the minimum rating recommended by the manufacturer; d. Individual pieces of equipment or tools having a replacement value of $500 or less, whether or not consumed by use, will be considered to be small tools and no payment will be made therefor; 4. Rental Equipment: The rental time to be paid for rental equipment used in the extra Work will be calculated based on the time the equipment is actually in productive operation on the CI'fY OF BKE.NtF•.RTON S I ANDARI� GEN�:RAI. CONDI I�IONS 00700-49 extra work being performed and, additionally, shall include the time required to move the equipment to the location of the extra work and return it to the original location or to another location requiring no more time than that required to return it to its original location; except, that moving time will not be paid if the equipment is used on work other than the extra work, even though it is located at the site of the extra work. Loading and transporting costs will be allowed in lieu of moving time only when the equipment is moved by means other than its own power, except that no payment will be made for loading and transporting costs when the equipment is used at the site of the extra work on work other than the extra work. Rental time will not be allowed while equipment is inoperative due to breakdowns or is otherwise not available for immediate use. The rental time of equipment on the site will be computed subject to the following: a. When hourly rates are paid, operation for 30 minutes or less will be considered to be one half-hour of operation, and any part of an hour in excess of 30 minutes will be considered one hour of operation; b. When daily rates are paid, 4 hours or less of operation will be considered to be one half- day of operation. When owner-operated equipment is used to perfonn extra work to be paid for on time and materials basis, the Contractor will be paid for the equipment and operator as set forth herein below. E. Excluded costs: The term Cost of the Extra Work shall not include any of the items defined in Paragraph 11.O1.B. 12.02 C{tange of Contruct Tirnes A. All Contract Times (or Milestones) stated in the Contract Documents are of the essence of the Agreement. The Contract Times (or Milestones) may only be changed by Change Order. Any claim for an extension of the Contract Times shall be based only upon written notice delivered as required in Paragraph 10.05 herein. The Contractor's written notice of such claim shall include the extent, justification for and nature of the claim, and such supporting data as the Engineer may require to evaluate the claim. B. Any adjustment of the Contract Times covered by a Change Order or any Claim for an adjustment in the Contract Times will be determined in accordance with the provisions of this Article 12. With respect to claims for adjustment in the Contract Times, the Contractor and Owner hereby acknowledge and agree that: a. Any claim for adjustment of the Contract Times (or Milestones) shall be evaluated by the Engineer, whose evaluation shall be final and conclusive, and; ' b. An approved increase in Contract Times shall not cause an increase in Contract Price unless the reason for increasing the Contract Times is extra work otherwise evaluated by the Engineer as compensable work. Only compensable work, whether in connection with an approved increase in the Contract Times or not, shall result in an increase in the Contract Price. � � � CI"I Y OF BIi�.MERTON S'I'ANDARD GF:NF,RAL CONDITIONS oo�oo-so � � � ' ' ' ' ' ' � 1 � C� � �J i lJ � ' 12.03 Delay:s• A. Where Contractor is prevented from completing any part of the Work within the Contract Times due to delay beyond the control of Contractor, the Contract Times will be extended in an amount equal to the time lost due to such delay if a Claim is made therefor as provided in Paragraph 12.02.A. Delays beyond the control of Contractor shall include, but not be limited to, acts or neglect by Owner, acts or neglect of utility owners or other contractors performing other work as contemplated by Article 7, fires, floods, epidemics, abnormal weather conditions, or acts of God. B. If Owner, Engineer, or other contractors or utility owners performing other work for Owner as contemplated by Article 7, or anyone for whom Owner is responsible, delays, disrupts, or interferes with the perfonnance or progress of the Work, then Contractor shall be entitled to an equitable adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Times, or both. Contractor's entitlement to an adjustment of the Contract Times is conditioned on such adjustrnent being essential to Contractor's ability to complete the Work within the Contract Times. C. If Contractor is delayed in the performance or progress of the Work by fire, flood, epidemic, abnormal weather conditions, acts of God, acts or failures to act of utility owners not under the control of Owner, or other causes not the fault of and beyond control of Owner and Contractor, then Contractor shall be entitled to an equitable adjustment in Contract Times, if such adjustment is essential to Contractor's ability to complete the Work within the Contract Times. Such an adjustment shall be Contractor's sole and exclusive remedy for the delays described in this Paragraph 12.03.C. D. Owner, Engineer, and their ofticers, directors, mernbers, partners, employees, agents, consultants, or subcontractors shall not be liable to Contractor for any claims, costs, losses, or damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) sustained by Contractor on or in connection with any other project or anticipated project. E. Contractor shall not be entitled to an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times for delays v��ithin the control of Contractor. Delays attributable to and within the control of a Subcontractor or Supplier shall be deemed to be delays within the control of Contractor. F. Adjustments of Contract Times Relating to Weather: Contract Times may be extended by the Engineer because of delays in the completion of the Work due to unusually severe weather, provided that the Contractor shall, within 2 business days of the beginning of any such delay, notiiy the Engineer in writing of the cause of delay and request an extension of Contract Times. The Engineer will ascertain the facts and the extent of the delay and extend the Contract Times when, in its judgment, the findings of the fact justify such an extension. The Contractor shall include 10 days of inclement weather delays in the progress schedule submitted to the Engineer for approval, for purposes of planning and scheduling Only. G. Adjustments of Contract Price Relating to weather: The Contractor shall have no claims against the Owner for damages for any injury to work, materials, or eguipment, or for project or overhead costs of any kind, resulting from the action of the elements. If however, in the opinion of the Engineer, the Contractor has made all reasonable efforts to protect the materials, C'ITY O� 13Rk:Mf-.RI�ON STANDARU G�NF.RAL CONDI I IONS ' 00700-51 equipment, and work, the Contractor may be granted a reasonable extension of Contract Times to make proper repairs, renewals, and replacements of the work, materials, or equipment. ARTICLE 13 — TESTS AND INSPECTIONS; CORRECTION, REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK 13.01 Nntice of Defect.s A. Prompt notice of all defective Work of which Owner or Engineer has actual knowledge will be given to Contractor. 13.02 Access to Work A. Owner, Engineer, their consultants and other representatives and personnel of Owner, independent testing laboratories, and governmental agencies with jurisdictional interests will have access to the Site and the Work at reasonable times for their observation, inspection, and testing. Contractor shall provide them proper and safe conditions for such access and advise them of Contractor's safety procedures and pro�nams so that they may comply therewith as applicable. 13.03 Te.sLs and Inspectinr�s A. Contractor shall give Engineer timely notice of readiness of the Work for all required inspections, tests, or approvals and shall cooperate with inspection and testing personnel to facilitate required inspections or tests. Owner and Contractor hereby agree that "timely notice", with respect to notification of readiness for tests and inspections shall mean not less than 2 business days before the time that the test or inspection is desired. B. Owner shall employ and pay for the services of an independent testing laboratory to perform all inspections, tests, or approvals required by the Contract Documents except: 1. For inspections, tests, or approvals covered by Paragraphs 13.03.0 and l 3.03.D below; 2. That costs incurred in connection with tests or inspections conducted pursuant to Para�,naph 13.04.B shall be paid as provided in Paragraph 13.04.C; and 3. As otherwise specifically provided in the Contract Documents. C. If Laws or Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction require any Work (or part thereo� specifically to be inspected, tested, or approved by an employee or other representative of such public body, Contractor shall assume full responsibility for arranging and obtaining such inspections, tests, or approvals, pay all costs in connection therewith, and fiirnish Engineer the required certificates of inspection or approval. D. Contractor shall be responsible for arranging and obtaining and shall pay all costs in connection i with any inspections, tests, or approvals required for Owner's and Engineer's acceptance of ' materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work; or acceptance of materials, mix designs, or equipment submitted for approval prior to Contractor's purchase thereof for incorporation in e CfIY Of 13REMERTOV S'fANDARD Cif:NERAL COND��IONS 00700-5'• � ' ' the Work. Such inspections, tests, or approvals shall be performed by organizations acceptable to Owner and Engineer. ' E. If any Work (or the work of others) that is to be inspected, tested, or approved is covered by Contractor without written concurrence of Engineer, Contractor shall, if requested by Engineer, uncover such Work for observation. F. Uncovering Work as provided in Paragraph 13.03.E shall be at Contractor's expense unless Contractor has given Engineer timely notice of Contractor's intention to cover the same and Engineer has not acted with reasonable promptness in response to such notice. G. The Engineer will make, or have made, such inspections and tests as the Engineer deems necessary to see that the Work is being accomplished in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. Unless otherwise specified in Paragraph 13.03.B of the General Conditions, the cost of such inspection and testing will be borne by the Owner. In the event such inspections or tests reveal non-compliance with the requirements of the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall bear the cost of corrective measures deemed necessary by the Engineer, shall bear the cost of all subsequent reinspection and retesting of the non-compliant Work. Neither obseivations by the Engineer nor inspections, tests, or approvals by others shall relieve the Contractor from the Contractor's obligation to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 13.04 Uncoverir�g Wor•k A. If any Work is covered contrary to the written request of Engineer, it must, if requested by .,� Engineer, be uncovered for Engineer's observation and replaced at Contractor's expense. ' B. If Engineer considers it necessary or advisable that covered Work be observed by Engineer or inspected or tested by others, Contractor, at Engineer's request, shall uncover, expose, or otherwise make available for observation, inspection, or testing as Engineer may require, that , portion,of the Work in question, furnishing all necessary labor, material, and equipment. ' ' ' C. If it is found that the uncovered Work is defective, Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection, and testing, and of satisfactory replacement or reconstruction (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others); and Owner shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price. If the parties are unable to agree as to the amount thereof, Owner may make a Claim therefor as provided in Paragraph 10.05. ' D. If the uncovered Work is not found to be defective, Contractor shall be allowed an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times, or both, directly attributable to such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection, testing, replacement, and reconstruction. lf the , parties are unable to agree as to the amount or extent thereof, Contractor may make a Claim therefor as provided in Paragraph 10.05. � CI I1' Oh' BRfR1GRTON STANDARD C;�:NGRAL CONDITIONS � 00700-53 13.05 O►vnes° Mat� Stop the Work A. If the Work is defective, or Contractor fails to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment, or fails to perform the Work in such a way that the completed Work will conform to the Contract Documents, Owner may order Contractor to stop the Work, or any portion thereof, until the cause for such order has been eliminated; however, this right of Owner to stop the Work shall not give rise to any duty on the part of Owner to exercise this right for the benetit of Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any other individual or entity, or any surety for, or employee or agent of any of them. 13.06 Correction or Removul of Defective Work A. Promptly after receipt of written notice, Contractor shall correct all defective Work, whether or not fabricated, installed, or completed, or, if the Work has been rejected by Engineer, remove it from the Project and replace it with Work that is not defective. Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to such correction or removal (including but not liinited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others). B. When correcting defective Work under the terms of this Paragraph 13.06 or Paragaph 13.07, Contractor shall take no action that would void or otherwise impair Owner's special warranty and guarantee, if any, on said Work. 13.07 Correction Perio�l A. If within one year after the date of Final Completion and Acceptance (or such longer period of time as may be prescribed by the terms of any applicable special guarantee required by the Contract Documents) or by any specific provision of the Contract Documents, any Work is found to be defective, or if the repair of any damages to the land or areas made available for Contractor's use by Owner or permitted by Laws and Regulations as contemplated in Paragraph 6.1 l.A is found to be defective, Contractor shall promptly, without cost to Owner and in accordance with Owner's written instructions: 1. Repair such defective land or areas; or 2. Correct such defective Work; or 3. If the defective Work has been rejected by Owner, remove it from the Project and replace it with Work that is not defective, and 4. Satisfactorily correct or repair or remove and replace any damage to other Work, to the work of others or other land or areas resulting therefrom. B. If Contractor does not promptly comply with the terms of Owner's written instructions, or in an emergency where delay would cause serious risk of loss or damage, Owner may have the defective Work corrected or repaired or may have the rejected Work removed and replaced. All claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other CITY OF I3RCMGR 1'ON STAND/1RD GEN�RAL CONDI'I'IONS 00700-5�} � ' ' dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to such correction or repair or such removal and replacement (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others) will be paid by Contractor. ' , C. In special circumstances where a particular itein of equipment is placed in continuous service before Substantial Completion of all the Work, the correction period for that item may start to run from an earlier date if so provided in the Specifications. D. Where defective Work (and damage to other Work resulting therefrom) has been corrected or , removed and replaced under this Para��raph 13.07, the correction period hereunder with respect to such Work will be extended for an additional period of one year after such correction or retnoval and replacement has been satisfactorily completed. � 1 , , � ' ' L� ' ' ' �� ' E. Contractor's obligations under this Paragraph 13.07 are in addition to any other obligation or warranty. The provisions of this Paragraph 13.07 shall not be construed as a substitute for, or a waiver of, the provisions of any applicable statute of limitation or repose. 13.08 Acceptunce ��f'Defective Work A. If, instead of requiring correction or removal and replacement of defective Work, Owner (and, prior to Engineer's recommendation of final payment, Engineer) prefers to accept it, Owner may do so. Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) attributable to Owner's evaluation of and determination to accept such defective Work (such costs to be approved by Engineer as to : reasonableness) and for the diminished value of the Work to the extent not otherwise paid by Contractor pursuant to this sentence. If any such acceptance occurs prior to Engineer's recommendation of final payment, a Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents with respect to the Work, and Owner shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price, reflecting the diminished value of Work so accepted. If the parties are unable to agree as to the amount thereof, Owner may make a Claim therefor as provided in Paragraph 10.05. If the acceptance occurs ai'ter such recommendation, an appropriate amount will be paid by Contractor to Owner. In no case shall the acceptance of defective work waive any rights the Owner may have. 13.09 O�vner° Muy Correct Defectil�e Wof•k A. If Contractor fails within a reasonable time after written notice from Engineer to correct defective Work, or to remove and replace rejected Work as required by Engineer in accordance with Paragraph 13.06.A, or if Contractor fails to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, or if Contractor fails to comply with any other provision of the Contract Documents, Owner may, after seven days written notice to Contractor, correct, or remedy any such deficiency. B. In exercising the rights and remedies under this Paragraph 13.09, Owner shall proceed expeditiously. In connection with such corrective or remedial action, Owner may exclude Contractor from all or part of the Site, take possession of all or part of the Work and suspend Contractor's services related thereto, take possession of Contractor's tools, appliances, CITY OI' C3REh1F,R I ON STANDnRD Gf;NtRAI. CONDI"I'IONS � 00700-55 construction equipment and machinery at the Site, and incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment stored at the Site or for which Owner has paid Contractor but which are stored elsewhere. Contractor shall allow Owner, Owner's representatives, agents and employees, Owner's other contractors, and Engineer and Engineer's consultants access to the Site to enable Owner to exercise the rights and remedies under this Paragraph. C. All claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) incurred or sustained by Owner in exercising the rights and remedies under this Paragraph 13.09 will be charged against Contractor, and a Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents with respect to the Work; and Owner shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price. If the parties are unable to agree as to the amount of the adjustment, Owner may make a Claim therefor as provided in Paragraph 10.05. Such claims, costs, losses and damages will include but not be limited to all costs of repair, or replacement of work of others destroyed or damaged by correction, retnoval, or replacement of Contractor's defective Work. D. Contractor shall not be allowed an extension of the Contract Times because of any delay in the performance of the Work attributable to the exercise by Owner of' Owner's rights and reinedies under this Para��raph 13.09. ARTICLE 14 — PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND COMPLETION 14.O1 Schecl�rle of'Vul�res A. The Schedule of Values established as provided in Paragraph 2.07.A will serve as the basis for progress payments and will be incorporated into a form of Application for Payment acceptable to Engineer. Progress payments on account of Unit Price Work will be based on the number of units completed. ] 4.02 Progr•e.s,s Puvments A. Applications for Payments: 1. At least 20 days before the date established in the Agreement for each progress payment (but not more often than once a month), Contractor shall submit to Engineer for review an Application for Payment filled out and signed by Contractor covering the Work completed as of the date of the Application and accompanied by such supporting documentation as is required by the Contract Documents. If payment is requested on the basis of materials and equipment not incorporated in the Work but delivered and suitably stored at the Site or at another location agreed to in writing, the Application for Payment shall also be accompanied by a bill of sale, invoice, or other documentation warranting that Owner has received the materials and equipment free and clear of all Liens and evidence that the materials and equipment are covered by appropriate property insurance or other arrangements to protect Owner's interest therein, all of which must be satisfactory to Owner. Payment for Equipment not installed but stored on site with a value greater than $10,000, will be paid at 50% of the invoice value. CI I Y OF BRf:Mf:RT'ON STANUAKD C;LNERAL. C'ONDI'fIONS 00700-5C> � ' ' 1 2. Beginning with the second Application for Pay►nent, each Application shall include an affidavit of Contractor stating that all previous pro��ress payments received on account of the Work have been applied on account to discharge Contractor's legitimate obligations associated with prior Applications for Payment. 3. The net payment due the Contractor shall be the above-mentioned subtotal trom which shall ' be deducted the amount of retainage specitied herein and the total amount of all previous payments made to the Contractor. � 1 ' ' ' � a. Pursuant to RCW 60.28.010, the Owner will retain five percent of all progress payments as a trust fund for the protection and payment of any person or persons, mechanic, subcontractor, or supplier who performs any labor upon the contract or work hereunder, and all persons who shall supply such person or persons or subcontractors with provisions and supplies for carrying on such work, and the State of Washington with respect to taxes imposed pursuant to Title 82 RCW which may be due from such Contractor. In the event that during the performance of the Conri•act and prior to the expiration of the claim period as provided in Chapter 60.28 RCW, the amount retained is reduced to any amount below five percent, then the Owner shall retain additional sums from monies earned by the Contractor so as to maintain at all times a five percent retained trust fund, unless otherwise reduced or excused by provisions of Chapter 60.28 RC W. b. Monies reserved under provisions of Chapter 60.28 RCW shall, at the option of the Contractor, be: (1) Retained in a fund by the Owner with no interest paid thereon to the Contractor , and not subject to withdrawal until after final acceptance of all Work, or a portion thereof as maybe approved by the Owner: or � (2) Deposited by the Owner in an interest-bearing account in a bank, mutual savings bank, or savings and loan associations, not subject to withdrawal until after tinal acceptance of all Work, or a portion thereof, as may be approved by the Owner; or � ' ' , ' ' (3) Placed in escrow in a bank or trust company by the Owner until thirty days following final acceptance of the work as completed, or a portion thereo£ When the monies reserved are to be placed in escrow, the Owner will issue a check representing the sum of the monies reserved payable to the bank or trust company and the Contractor jointly. Such check shall be converted into bonds and securities chosen by the Contractor and approved by the Owner, and the bonds and securities held in escrow. (4) A bond submitted by the Contractor for all or any portion of the retainage in a form acceptable to the Owner and from a surety meeting standards set by the Owner. The Owner will accept the bond unless the Owner determines that there is good cause for rejecting it. The Owner will release the bonded retainage amount within 30 days of accepting the bond. The bond and any proceeds from it are subject to claims in the same manner and priority as retainage set forth in CITY Oi T31tF.Mf:R7'ON STANDARD G6N�:RAL CONDITIONS 1 00700-57 RCW 60.28.011. If the Owner accepts a retainage bond from the Contractor, the Contractor shall accept retainage bonds from any subcontractor or supplier from whom the Contractor retains funds. The Contractor shall release retained funds within 30 days of accepting the bond from a subcontractor or supplier. (5) Under option 2 and 3 above, interest will be paid to the Contractor as the interest accrues. (6) The Contractor shall desi�mate the option desired in writing to the Owner not later than with the Contractor's first Application for Payment. The Contractor, in choosing option 2 or 3, agrees to assume full responsibility to pay all costs which may accrue from escrow services, brokerage charges, or both, and further agrees to assume all risks in connection with the investment of the retained monies. B. Revr'ew of'A��plications: The Engineer will, within 8 working days after receipt of each Application for Payment, either indicate in writing a recommendation of payment and present the application to the Owner, or return the application to the Contractor indicating in writing the Engineer's reasons for refusing to recommend payment. In the latter case, the Contractor may make the necessary corrections and resubmit the application. If the Engineer still disagrees with a portion of the application, it will submit the application recommending the undisputed portion of the application to the Owner for payment and provide reasons for recommending non-payment of the disputed amount. Thirty days after presentation of the Application for Payment with the Engineer's recommendation, the amount recommended will (subject to the provisions of Paragraph 14.02B.2) become due and when due will be paid by the Owner to the Contractor. 2. Engineer's recommendation of any payment requested in an Application for Payment will constitute a representation by Engineer to Owner, based on Engineer's observations of the executed Work as an experienced and qualified design professional, and on Engineer's review of the Application for Payment and the accompanying data and schedules, that to the best of Engineer's knowledge, information and belief: a. The Work has progressed to the point indicated; b. The quality of the Work is generally in accordance with the Contract Documents (subject to an evaluation of the Work as a functioning whole prior to or upon Substantial Completion, the results of any subsequent tests called for in the Contract Documents, a final determination of quantities and classitications for Unit Price Work under Paragraph 9.07, and any other qualifications stated in the recommendation); and c. The conditions precedent to Contractor's being entitled to such payment appear to have been fulfilled in so far as it is Engineer's responsibility to observe the Work. 3. By recommending any such payment Engineer will not thereby be deemed to have represented that: CI'1'Y OF [3RCM�R I ON S I'ANDARI) GE;NERAL CONDI fIONS 00'00-58 � ' ' ' a. Inspections made to check the quality or the quantity of the Work as it has been performed have been exhaustive, extended to eveiy aspect of the Work in progress, or involved detailed inspections of the Work beyond the responsibilities specitically assigned to Engineer in the Contract Documents; or b. There may not be other matters or issues between the parties that might entitle ' Contractor to be paid additionally by Owner or entitle Owner to withhold payment to Contractor. ' 4. Neither Engineer's review of Contractor's Work for the purposes of recommending payments nor Engineer's recommendation of any payment, including tinal payment, will impose responsibility on Engineer: ' ' ' � C J � � ' LJ � ' ' � a. To supervise, direct, or control the Work, or b. For the means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction, or the satety precautions and programs incident thereto, or c. For Contractor's failure to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to Contractor's pertormance of the Work, or d. To make any examination to ascertain how or for what purposes Contractor has used the moneys paid on account of the Contract Price, or e. To determine that title to any of the Work, materials, or equipment has passed to�� Owner free and clear of any Liens. 5. Engineer may refuse to recommend the whole or any part of any payment it; in Engineer's opinion, it would be incorrect to make the representations to Owner stated in Paragraph 14.02.B.2. Engineer may also refuse to recommend any such payment or, because of subsequently discovered evidence or the results of subsequent inspections or tests, revise or revoke any such payment recommendation previously made, to such extent as may be necessary in Engineer's opinion to protect Owner trom loss because: a. The Work is defective, or completed Work has been damaged, requiring correction or replacement; b. The Contract Price has been reduced by Change Orders; c. Owner has been required to correct defective Work or complete Work in accordance with Paragraph 13.09; or d. Engineer has actual knowledge of the occurrence of any of the events enumerated in Paragraph 15.02.A. CI'I Y OP RRkiMERTON STANDARD GCNERAL CONDITIONS ' 00700-59 C. Paymenz Becomes D�ie: 1. Thirty days after presentation of the Application for Payment to Owner with Engineer's recominendation, the amount recommended will (subject to the provisions of Paragraph 14.02.D) become due, and when due will be paid by Owner to Contractor. D. Reclrcction in Pavment: 1. Owner may refuse to make payment of the full amount recommended by Engineer because: a. Claims have been made against Owner on account of Contractor's performance or furnishing of the Work; b. Liens have been filed in connection with the Work, except where Contractor has delivered a specific bond satisfactory to Owner to secure the satisfaction and discharge of such Liens; c. There are other items entitling Owner to a set-off against the amount recommended; or d. Owner has actual knowledge of the occurrence of any of the events enumerated in Paragraphs 14.02.B.S.a through 14.02.B.5.c or Paragraph 15.02.A. 2. If Owner refuses to make payment of the full amount recommended by Engineer, Owner will give Contractor iinmediate written notice (with a copy to Engineer) stating the reasons for such action and promptly pay Contractor any amount remaining after deduction of the amount so withheld. Owner shall promptly pay Contractor the amount so withheld, or any adjustment thereto agreed to by Owner and Contractor, when Contractor remedies the reasons for such action. 3. Upon a subsequent determination that Owner's refusal of payment was not justified, the amount wrongfully withheld shall be treated as an amount due as detennined by Paragraph 14.02.C.1 and subject to interest as provided in the A�neement. 14.03 Conty Warr•anh� ��f Title A. Contractor warrants and guarantees that title to all Work, materials, and equipment covered by any Application for Payment, whether incorporated in the Project or not, will pass to Owner no later than the time of payment free and clear of all Liens. 14.04 Sirb.staf�tiul Completion A. When the Contractor considers the Work ready for its intended use, the Contractor shall notify the Owner and the Engineer in writing that the Work is substantially complete. The Contractor shall attach to this request a list of all work items that the Contractor knows are not complete and a request that the Engineer prepare a Notice of Substantial Completion and a Correction List of items to be completed before final payment. At a mutually-agreed time thereafter, the Owner, the Contractor, and the Engineer shall inspect the Work to determine the status of completion. If the Engineer does not consider the Work substantially complete, or does not CITY OF' BRF'MtKTON STANDARD GF.NF,RnL (;ONDITIONS 00700-60 � C I ' ' , consider the list of remaining work items to be cornprehensive, the Engineer will notify the Contractor in writing giving the reasons therefor. If the Engineer considers the Work substantially complete, the Engineer will prepare and deliver to the Owner for its execution and recordation the Notice of Substantial Completion signed by the Engineer and Contractor, which shall fix the date of Substantial Completion. The Contractor shall complete all incomplete work and shall complete all items on the Correction List not later than 30 calendar days after the date of Substantial Completion B. Owner shall have the right to exclude Contractor from the Site after the date of Substantial ' Completion subject to allowing Contractor reasonable access to remove its properly and � complete or correct items on the tentative list. ' ' ' , , � ' , ' ' � � Il U 14.05 Purtial �ltili�c�tiort A. The Owner shall have the right to utilize or place into service any item of equipment or other usable portion of the Work prior to completion of the Work. Whenever the Owner plans to exercise said right, the Contractor will be notified in writing by the Owner, identifying the specific portion or portions of the Work to be so utilized or otherwise placed into service. B. The Contractor understands and agrees that until and unless such written notification is issued, all responsibility for care and maintenance of all of the Work shall be borne by the Contractor, and that Para�naph 14.04 shall apply with respect to certification of Substantial Completion of the Work. Upon issuance of said written notice of Partial Utilization, the Owner will accept responsibility for the protection and inaintenance of all such items or portions of the Work described in the written notice. C. The Contractor shall retain full responsibility for satisfactory completion of the Work, regardless of whether a portion thereof has been partially utilized by the owner, and the Contractor's one year correction period shall commence only after the date of Substantial Completion for the Work. D. The Owner shall have the right to control, operate, repair, or modify the Work, or take any other suitable action with regard to the Work, during emergencies of any nature whatsoever. E. No occupancy or separate operation of part of the Work may occur prior to compliance with the requirements of Paragraph 5.10 regarding property insurance. 14.06 Finalln.spection A. Upon written notice from Contractor that the entire Work or an agreed portion thereof is complete, Engineer will promptly make a final inspection with Owner and Contractor and will notify Contractor in writing of all particulars in which this inspection reveals that the Work is incomplete or defective. Contractor shall immediately take such measures as are necessary to complete such Work or remedy such deticiencies. B. When all incomplete Work has been completed, all Defective Work has been corrected or accepted by the Engineer and Owner, and all of the Contractor's duties and requirements have been satisfactory discharged, the Engineer will prepare and deliver to the Owner for its CI'1'Y OF 13ItEMEIZ'I'ON ST.�NllARI� GFN�ItAL CONDII IONS , 00700-61 execution and recordation the Notice of Final Completion and Acceptance of the Work, signed by the Engineer and Contractor, which shall fix the date of Final Completion and Acceptance. 14.07 Final Pc,yment A. Application for Payment: After the Contractor has, in the opinion of the Engineer, satisfactorily completed all Work and corrected all Defective Work, and has delivered, in accordance with the Contract Documents, all maintenance and operating instructions, schedules, guarantees, Bonds, certificates and Record Documents (as provided in Paragaph 6.12), And the Engineer has delivered the Notice of Final Completion and Acceptance of the Work, the Contractor may make application for final payment following the procedure established for progress payments. 2. The final Application for Payment shall be accompanied (except as previously delivered) by: a. All documentation called for in the Contract Documents, including but not limited to the evidence of insurance required by Paragraph 5.04. b. Consent of the surety, if any, to tlnal payment; c. A list of all Claims against Owner that Contractor believes are unsettled; and d. Complete and legally effective releases or waivers (satisfactory to Ov��ner) of all Lien rights arising out of or Liens filed in connection with the Work. 3. In lieu of the releases or waivers of Liens specified in Paragraph 14.07.A.2 and as approved by Owner, Contractor may furnish receipts or releases in full and an affidavit of Contractor that: (i) the releases and receipts include all labor, services, material, and equipment for which a Lien could be filed; and (ii) all payrolls, material and equipment bills, and other indebtedness connected with the Work for which Owner might in any way be responsible, or which might in any way result in liens or other burdens on Owner's property, have been paid or otherwise satisfied. If any Subcontractor or Supplier fails to furnish such a release or receipt in full, Contractor may furnish a bond or other collateral satisfactory to Owner to indemnify Owner against any Lien. B. Enganeer's Review of Applicution und Acceptunce: 1. If, on the basis of Engineer's observation of the Work during construction and final inspection, and Engineer's review of the tinal Application for Payment and accompanying documentation as required by the Contract Documents, Engineer is satisfied that the Work has been completed and Contractor's other obligations under the Contract Documents have been fulfilled, Engineer will, within ten days after receipt of the tinal Application for Payment, indicate in writing Engineer's recommendation of payment and present the Application for Payment to Owner for payment. At the same time Engineer will also give written notice to Owner and Contractor that the Work is acceptable subject to the provisions of Paragraph 14.09. Otherwise, Engineer will return the Application for Payment to CITY OI-' BR�.MERT(.)N STANUARD GENf�RAL CONDITIONS 00700-62 � , ' Conh•actor, indicating in writing the reasons for refusing to recommend final payment, in which case Contractor shall make the necessary corrections and resubmit the Application for Payment. � ' , 1 ' � ' , � ' ' ' ' ' , ' 2. After execution of the Notice of Final Completion and Acceptance of the Work by the Owner, and execution of the "Acceptance of Compensation and Release of All Claims" by the Contractor (as provided in Paragraph 14.09.B of the General Conditions), the Owner will make final payment to the Contractor of the amount remaining after deducting all prior payments and all amounts to be kept or retained under the provisions of the Contract Documents, including the following items: a. Liquidated damages, as applicable; and, b. Amounts withheld by Owner under Paragraph 14.02.B.1 which have not been released; and, Two times the value of outstanding items of correction work or Correction List items yet uncompleted or uncorrected, as applicable. All such work shall be completed or corrected to the satisfaction of the Owner within the time stated herein and on the Notice of Substantial Completion, otherwise the Contractor does hereby waive any and all claims to all monies withheld by the Owner to cover the value of all such uncompleted or uncorrected items. C. Puyment Becomes D��e: l. Thirty days after the presentation to Owner of the Application for Payment and accompanying documentation, the amount recommended by Engineer, less any sum Owner is entitled to set off against Engineer's recommendation, including but not limited to liquidated damages, will become due and ��ill be paid by Owner to Contractor. . D. Release of Retainage and Other Deductions After executing the Notice of Final Completion and Acceptance (Paragraph 14.06), and not more than 60 days thereafter (based on a 45-day claims period and ] 5-day processing time), the Owner will release to the Contractor the retained funds withheld pursuant to the Agreement, less any deductions to cover pending claims against the Owner pursuant to Paragraph 14.02.B, provided the following conditions are met: a. Certificates approved by the Washington State Department of Labor and Industries, Washington State Employ►nent Security Department, and all other departments and agencies having jurisdiction over the activities of the Contractor have been provided to the Owner. b. If the Contract Price hereunder exceeds $20,000, a release obtained from the Washington State Department of Revenue has been provided to the Owner. c. Affidavits of Wages Paid for the Contractor and each subcontractor approved by Washington State Department of Labor and Industries have been provided to the Owner. CI�fY OF BREM11k�R�I�ON S I ANI�ARD G(:NtRAI_ CONDI'I IONS � 00700-63 d. No claims, as provided by law, have been tiled against the retainage. e. The Owner has no claims under this Contract. f. Affidavit of total monies paid (if any) to each Minority Women Business Enterprise subcontractor utilized on the project. g. Acceptance of Compensation and Release of All Claims form submitted to the Engineer. 2. In the event that claims i are not resolved at the end of the 45 day claim period, the Contractor shall be paid such retainage less amount sufticient to pay all claims or notices, together with a sum determined by the Owner to be sui to pay the cost of such action and to cover attorney's fees, and any sums determined by the Owner sufficient to pay its claims against the Contractor. 3. Upon expiration of the 60 day period referred to in Para��raph 14.07.D.1, the amounts withheld pursuant to the provisions of Paragraph 14.02.B and D, for all remaining work items will be paid to the Contractor; provided that said work has been completed or corrected to the satisfaction of the Owner within the 30 day period. Otherwise, the Contractor does hereby waive any and all claims for all monies withheld by the Owner under this Agreement in an amount two times the value of such remaining uncompleted or uncorrected items. 14.08 Final Completion Delayed A. If, through no fault of Contractor, final completion of the Work is significantly delayed, and if Engineer so confirms, Owner shall, upon receipt of Contractor's final Application for Payment (for Work fully completed and accepted) and recommendation of Engineer, and without terminating the Contract, make payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted. If the remaining balance to be held by Owner for Work not fully completed or corrected is less than the retainage stipulated in the Agreement, and if bonds have been furnished as required in Paragraph 5.01, the written consent of the surety to the payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted shall be submitted by Contractor to Engineer with the Application for such payment. Such payment shall be made under the terms and conditions governing final payment, except that it shall not constitute a waiver of Claims. 14.09 Waiver� of Cluims A. The making and acceptance of final payment will constitute: 1. A waiver of all Claims by Owner against Contractor, except Claiins arising from unsettled Liens, from defective Work appearing aiter tinal inspection pursuant to Paragraph 14.06, from failure to comply with the Contract Documents or the terms of any special guarantees CITY Of RRF.MEKTON STANDARD GGNGKAL CONDITIONS 00700-G4 � 1 ' specified therein, or from Contractor's continuing obligations under the Contract Documents; and ' 2. A waiver of all Claims by Contractor against Owner other than those previously made in accordance with the requirements herein and expressly acknowledged by Owner in writing as still unsettled. ' 1 ' ' � ' ' ' B. Acceptance of Compensation and Release of All Claims. Before final payment will be made by the Owner, the Contractor will be required to sign the "Acceptance of Compensation and Release of All Claims" form stating the Contractor's acceptance of the final payment as the full and final amount due froin the Owner. An eYample form is located in Appendix A. ARTICLE l5 — SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION 15.01 Orvner May Str spend Wor•k A. At any time and without cause, Owner may suspend the Work or any portion thereof for a period of not more than 90 consecutive days by notice in writing to Contractor and Engineer which will fix the date on which Work will be resumed. Contractor shall resume the Work on the date so fixed. Contractor shall be granted an adjustment in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times, or both, directly attributable to any such suspension if Contractor makes a Claim therefor as provided in Paragraph 10.05. 1�.02 OLL')1C'Y�IGV Z�L'Yl41/{'IGIC'�li A. The occurrence of any one or more of the following events will justify termination for cause: l. Contractor's persistent failure to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract ' Documents (including, but not limited to, failure to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment or failure to adhere to the Progress Schedule established under Para�,naph 2.07 as adjusted trom time to time pursuant to Paragraph 6.04); � ' 2. Contractor's disregard of Laws or Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction; 3. Contractor's disregard of the authority of Engineer; or 4. Contractor's violation in any substantial way of any provisions of the Contract Documents. ' 1 1 1 B. If one or more of the events identified in paragraph 15.02A occur, Owner may, after giving Contractor (and the surety, if any) seven days written notice, terminate the services of the Contractor, exclude the Contractor from the Site, and take possession of the Work and of all of the Contractor's tools, appliances, construction equipment, and machinery at the Site, and use the same to the full extent they could be used by Contractor (without liability to Contractor for trespass or conversion), incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment stored at the Site or for which the Owner has paid Contractor but which are stored elsewhere, and finish the Work as the Owner may deem expedient. CITY O� BRIiMk?RTON S'fANDARU GGNGRAL CONDITfONS ' 00700-65 C. If Owner proceeds as provided in Paragraph 15.02.B, Contractor shall not be entitled to receive any further payment until the Work is completed. If the unpaid balance of the Contract Price exceeds all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) sustained by Owner arising out of or relating to completing the Work, such excess will be paid to Contractor. If such claims, costs, losses, and damages exceed such unpaid balance, Contractor shall pay the difference to Owner. Such claims, costs, losses, and damages incurred by Owner will be reviewed by Engineer as to their reasonableness and, when so approved by Engineer, incorporated in a Change Order. When exercising any rights or remedies under this Para�naph, Owner shall not be required to obtain the lowest price for the Work performed. D. Notwithstanding Paragraphs 15.02.B and 15.02.C, Contractor's services will not be terminated if Contractor begins within seven days of receipt of notice of intent to terminate to correct its failure to perform and proceeds diligently to cure such failure within no more than 30 days of receipt of said notice. E. Where Contractor's services have been so terminated by Owner, the termination will not affect any rights or remedies of Owner against Contractor then existing or which may thereafter accrue. Any retention or payment of money due Contractor by Owner will not release Contractor from liability. F. If and to the extent that Contractor has provided a performance bond under the provisions of Paragraph S.OI.A, the termination procedures of that bond shall supersede the provisions of Paragraphs 15.02.B and 15.02.C. 15.03 Owner Muy Terrninute For Convenience A. Upon seven days written notice to Contractor and Engineer, Owner may, without cause and without prejudice to any other right or remedy of Owner, terminate the Contract. In such case, Contractor shall be paid for (without duplication of any items): 1. Completed and acceptable Work executed in accordance with the Contract Documents prior to the effective date of termination, including fair and reasonable sums for overhead and profit on such Work; 2. Expenses sustained prior to the effective date of termination in perfonning services and furnishing labor, materials, or equipment as required by the Contract Documents in connection with uncompleted Work, plus fair and reasonable sums for overhead and profit on such expenses; B. Contractor shall not be paid on account of loss of anticipated profits or revenue or other economic loss arising out of or resulting from such termination. 15.04 Contr ll�lay Stop Work or Terminute A. If, through no act or fault of Contractor, (i) the Work is suspended for more than 90 consecutive days by Owner or under an order of court or other public authority, or (ii) Engineer fails to act on any Application for Payment within 30 days after it is submitted, or (iii) Owner fails for 60 CITY O� I3RIiMf':R'I�ON S'I'.�1NDARD (.irNERnI. CONDITIONS 00700-C6 e r � , � , � � , , � ' ' ' ' ' ' , � days to pay Contractor any sum tinally determined to be due, then Contractor may, upon Fourteen days written notice to Owner and Engineer, and provided Owner or Engineer do not remedy such suspension or failure within that time, terminate the Contract and recover from Owner payment on the same terms as provided in Paragraph 15.03. B. In lieu of terminating the Contract and without prejudice to any other right or remedy, if Engineer has failed to act on an Application for Payment within 30 days after it is submitted, or Owner has failed for 60 days to pay Contractor any sum finally determined to be due, Contractor may, Fourteen days after written notice to Owner and Engineer, stop the Work until payment is made of all such amounts due Contractor, including interest thereon. The provisions of this Paragraph 15.04 are not intended to preclude Contractor from making a Claim under Paragraph 10.05 for an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times or otherwise for expenses or darnage directly attributable to Contractor's stopping the Work as permitted by this Paragraph. ARTICLE 16 — DISPUTE RESOLUTION 16.01 Method.s und Procedlire,s A. Time Limitation and Jurisdiction. The Owner and Contractor hereby mutually agree that, for the convenience of both parties, any claims or causes of action which the Contractor has against the Owner shall be brought within 180 calendar days after the date of final payment by the Owner. lt is further agreed by Owner and Contractor that all such claiins or causes of action, if resolution is sought through litigation, shall be brought only in the Superior Court of Kitsap County, Washin��ton. B. Conditions Precedent. Before seeking claim resolution tl�u•ough litigation, the Contractor shall proceed under the administrative procedures required by Paragraphs 9.08 and 10.05. The provisions of these Paragraphs must be complied with in full as conditions precedent to the Contractor's right to seek claim resolution through litigation. ARTICLE l7 — MISCELLANEOUS 17.01 Givin�J Notice A. Whenever any provision of the Contract Documents requires the giving of written notice, it will be deemed to have been validly given if: l. Delivered in person to the individual or to a member of the tirm or to an ofticer of the corporation for whom it is intended; or 2. Delivered at or sent by registered or certifled mail, postage prepaid, to the last business address known to the giver of the notice. 17.02 Comprrtutiort of �Times A. When any period of time is referred to in the Contract Documents by days, it will be computed to exclude the first and include the last day of such period. If the last day of any such period CITY Of BREM�R"fON S I ANDARI� C;ENEKAL CONDITIONS ' 00700-67 falls on a Saturday or Sunday or on a day made a legal holiday by the law of the applicable jurisdiction, such day will be omitted from the computation. 17.03 CamZt�lative Remedies A. The duties and obligations imposed by these General Conditions and the rights and remedies available hereunder to the parties hereto are in addition to, and are not to be construed in any way as a limitation of any rights and remedies available to any or all of them which are otherwise imposed or available by Laws or Regulations, by special warranty or guarantee, or by other provisions of the Contract Documents. The provisions of this Raragraph will be as effective as if repeated specifically in the Contract Documents in connection with each particular duty, obligation, right, and remedy to which they apply. 17.04 Stir��ivc�1 of Ohli�Jution.s A. All representations, indemnifications, warranties, and guarantees made in, reguired by, or given in accordance with the Contract Documents, as well as all continuing obligations indicated in the Contract Documents, will survive final payment, completion, and acceptance of the Work or termination or completion of the Contract or termination of the services of Contractor. 17.05 Contr-olling Lu1t� A. This Contract is to be governed by the laws of the State of Washington. 17.06 Heaclings A. Article and paragraph headings are inserted for convenience only and do not constitute parts of these General Conditions. 17.07 Admini Procedtrr•e.s c�nd Form.s A. Various administrative forms are required to be used by the Contractor or will be otherwise presented to the Contractor during the performance of the Work including: 1. Request for Clarification (RFC) 2. Shop Drawing SubmittaUTransmittal 3. Work Change Directive 4. Change Order 5. Daily Force Account Report 6. Application and Certificate for Payment (Pro�ness Payment Form) These forms will be distributed to the Contractor at the Preconstruction Conference referenced in Para�naph 2.06 or will be otherwise presented to the Contractor for signature as provided herein. C'ITY OP F312EME:R"I'ON STANUARD CiC'�1rRAL CONUI'fIONS 00700-68 8 1 � ' ' I� ' ' ' 17.08 Righl to Aridit A. If the Contractor submits a claim to the Owner for additional compensation, the Owner shall have the right, as a condition to considering the claim, and as a basis for evaluation of the claim, and until the claim has been settled, to audit the Contractor's books to the extent they are relevant. This right shall include the right to examine books, records, documents, and other evidence and accounting procedures and practices, sufficient to discover and verify all direct and indirect costs of whatever nature claimed to have been incurred or anticipated to be incurred and for which the claim has been submitted. The right to audit shall include the right to inspect the Contractor's plant, or such parts thereof, as may be or have been engaged in the performance of the Work. The Contractor further agrees that the right to audit encompasses all subcontracts and is binding upon Subcontractors. The rights to examine and inspect herein provided for shall be exercisable through such representatives as the Owner deems desirable during the Contractor's normal business hours at the oftice of the Contractor. The Contractor shall make available to the Owner for auditing, all relevant accounting records and documents, and other financial data, and upon request, shall submit true copies of requested records to the Owner. 17.09 Severcrbilih� A. If any terni or provision of this Agreement is declared invalid or unenforceable by any court of � lawful jurisdiction, the remaining terms and provisions of the Agreement shall not be affected thereby and shall remain in full force and effect. i ' ' � � � � ' ' 17.10 Waiver A. The waiver by the Owner of any breach or violation of any term, covenant or condition of this Agreement or of any provision, ordinance, or law shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any other term, covenant, condition, ordinance, or law or of any subsequent breach or violation of the same or of any other term, covenant, condition, ordinance, or law. The subsequent payinent of any monies or fee by the Owner which may become due hereunder shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any preceding breach or violation by Contractor or any term, covenant, condition of this Agreement or of any applicable law or ordinance. ARTICLE 18 — WASHINGTON STATE REQUIREMENTS 18.01 Tr•ench E.rcuvution Sufety System.s A. As required by RCW 39.04.180, on public works projects in which trench excavation will exceed a depth of four feet, any contract therefor shall require adequate safety systems for the trench excavation that meet the requirements of the Washington Division of industrial Safety and Health Act, Chapter 49.17 RCW. This requirement shall be included in the cost estimates and bidding forms as a separate item. The costs of trench safety systems shall not be considered as incidental to any other contract item and any attempt to include the trench safety systems as an incidental cost is prohibited. CITY OP BRl?Mf:R"I�ON STANDARD GENER.AI. CONDI'I'IONS ' 0070(?-6�) 18.02 Payment of Prevaili»g Wage.s A. In accordance with Revised Code of Washington Chapters 39.12 and 49.28 as amended or supplemented, and any regulations adopted pursuant to these statutes, there shall be paid to all laborers, workmen or mechanics employed on this contract at least the prevailing rate of wage for an hour's work in the same trade or occupation in the area of work regardless of any contractual relationship which may exist, or be alleged to exist, between the Contractor and any laborers, workmen, mechanics or subcontractors. B. The prevailing wage rates to be in force during the duration of this contract are included in Attachment A located at the end of the Supplementary Conditions. However, the Contractor shall be obligated to confirm that the rates are current and confornl to the controlling statutes and regulations. Any wage deticiencies shall be at the Contractor's sole risk and expense. The wage rates shall be included as part of any subcontractors the Contractor may enter into for work on this project. C. The "prevailing rate of wage" shall be the rate of hourly wage, usual benefits, and overtime paid in the locality, as hereinafter defined, to the majority of workmen, laborers, or mechanics, in the same trade or occupation. In the event that there is not a majority in the same trade or occupation paid at the same rate, then the average rate of hourly wage and overtime paid to such laborers, workmen or mechanics in the same trade or occupation shall be the prevailing rate. If the wage paid by any Contractor to laborers, workmen or mechanics on any public work is based on some period of time other than an hour, the hourly wage for the purposes of this shall be mathematically determined by the number of hours worked in such period of time. D. The "locality" shall be the largest city in the county wherein the physical work is being performed. E. The "usual benetits" shall include the amount of: 1. The rate of contribution irrevocably made by the Contractor to a trustee, or to a trustee or to a third person pursuant to a fund, plan, or program; and 2. The rate of costs to the Contractor which may be reasonably anticipated in providing benefits to workmen, laborers, and mechanics pursuant to an enforceable commitment to carry out a financially responsible plan or program which was communicated in writing to the workmen, laborers, and mechanics affected, for medical or hospital care, pensions on retirement or death, compensation for injuries or illness resulting from occupational activity, or insurance to provide any of the foregoing, for unemployment benefits, life insurance, disability and sickness insurance, or accident insurance, for vacation and holiday pay, for defraying costs of apprenticeship or other similar programs, or for other bona fide fringe benefits, but only where the Contractor is not required by other Federal, state or local law to provide any of such benefits. F. The rules and regulations of the Department of Labor and Industries and the schedule of prevailing wage rates for the locality or localities where this contract will be performed as CITY OP I3RI�MEK 1'ON S"I'ANDARD GEN�KAL CONDITIONS oo����_��� e L1 1 determined by the industrial Statistician of the Department of Labor and Industries, are by reference made a part of this contract as though fully set forth herein. Inasmuch as the Contractor will be held responsible for paying the prevailing wages, it is imperative that all ' Contractors familiarize themselves with the current wage rates before submitting their bids based ori these specifications on projects governed by wage rates determined by the State of Washington Department of Labor and Industries and the U.S. Secretary of Labor. If there is a � difference between the two in the prevailing rate of wage for a similar classification of labor, the Contractor shall pay not less than the wage which is the higher of the two. ' G. The Contractor, on or before the date of commencement of work, shall f le a statement under oath with the Owner and with the director of Labor and Industries certiiying the rate of hourly wage paid and to be paid each classitication of laborers, workmen, or mechanics employed � upon the work by the Contractor or Subcontractor which shall be not less than the prevailing rate of wage. Such statement and any supplemental statements which may be necessary shall be filed in accordance with the practices and procedures required by the Department of Labor � and Industries. , H. In case any dispute arises as to what are the prevailing rates of wages for work of a similar nature and such dispute cannot be adjusted by the parties in interest, including labor and management representatives, the matter shall be referred for arbitration to the Director of the ' Department of Labor and Industries of the State of Washington and his decision therein shall be flnal and conclusive and binding on all parties involved in the dispute. � I. Prior to cominencing work, each contractor and each and every subcontractor shall file a s�vorn statement of intent with the Owner and with the Department of Labor and Industries as to the prevailing wage rate, including fringe benefits, for each job classification to be utilized. � J. Each application for payment submitted by a Contractor for payment on a project estimate shall state that prevailing wages have been paid in accordance with the pre-filed statement or � statements of intent on tile with the Department of Labor and Industries as approved by the Industrial Statistician. ' K. At the conclusion of the project, the Contractor and its subcontractors shall submit affidavits of wages paid and request for release to the Department of Labor and Industries for certification by the Director. Release of retainage on the contract shall be withheld until ' certiflcation by the Director has been received by the Owner that the prevailing wage requirements of the law have been satisfied. � 18.03 Watef• Pollzrtion Control Reyr�ir•ements A. The Contractor shall conduct the Work in accordance with all applicable pollution control ' laws. The Contractor shall comply with and be liable for all penalties, damages, and violations under Chapter 90.48 RCW, in performance of the Work. � 1 CITY OF [3RG:M RR1�ON STANDARD G[:NERAL CONDfI IONS ' 00700-71 18.04 Prevention of Environmentul Pollirtion & Pf•esen�ation of P�rblic Natrrral Re .S07/Y Ces A. The following list represents those federal, state and local statutes, ordinances and regulations pertinent to the preservation of public natural resources currently known to the Owner that may affect or are affected by the work. Bidders shall review such materials and related regulations prior to submitting bids. ]. Federal. National Environmental Policy Act of 1969, 42 USGC 4321 et. seq; Executive Order 11514; Clean Water Act, 33 USGC 1251 et seq. 2. STATE. Water Pollution Control Act, Chapter 90.48 RCW; State Environmental Policy Act of 1971, Chapter 43.21 C RCW and WAC Chapter 197-11; Noise Control Act of 1974, Chapter 70.107 RCW; Washington Clean Air Act, Chapter 70.94 RCW and WAC Chapter 173-400; Shoreline Management Act of 1971; Chapter 90.58 RCW. END OF SECT'ION CITY Of 13R�MER 1�ON STANI�ARD GF.NERAI, C'()Nnll�IONS 00700-72 � ' , � GENERAL � ' ' ' � l� � � � ' ' ' 1 ' ' SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS SECTION 007313 These Supplementary Conditions (SC's) amend or supplement the Standard General Conditions (General Conditions) of the Construction Contract and other provisions of the Contract Documents as indicated below. All provisions which are not so amended or supplemented remain in full force and effect. ARTICLE 3— CONTRACTS DOCUMENTS; INTENT, AMENDING, REUSE SC — 3.03.6. Delete Paragraph 3.03.B.1.a of the General Conditions in its entirety and insert the following in its place: a. In resolving conflicts resulting from errors or discrepancies Documents, the order of precedence shall be as follows: 1. Permits from other agencies as may be required by law 2. Change Orders 3. Agreement 4. Addenda 5. Contractor's Bid (Bid Form) 6. Supplementary Conditions 7. General Conditions 8. Technical Specifications 9. Referenced Standard Specifications 10. Drawings in any of the Contract With reference to the Drawings the order of precedence is as follows: a. Dimensions govern over scaled dimensions. b. Detail drawings govern over general drawings. c. Addenda and Change Order drawings govern over any other drawings. d. Contract Drawings govern over standard drawings. ARTICLE 5— BONDS AND INSURANCE SC — 5.04.C.5.a Replace the words "all risks" in the first sentence of this section to read: "all perils". SC — 5.04.C.5.c Renumber this section to read: 5.04.C.6. SC — 5.04.G Delete Paragraph 5.04.G of the General Conditions in its entirety and replace it with the following: G. The Contractor shall provide the Owner and all additional insureds with written notice of any policy cancellation within two days of receipt of such notice. Failure to � maintain the insurance required shall constitute a material breach of contract, upon which Owner may, after giving five business days' notice to the Contractor to correct FLOW CONTROL & SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS � JUNE 2015 00 73 13-1 the breach, immediately terminate the contract or, at its discretion, procure or renew such insurance and pay any and all premiums in connection therewith, with any sums so expended to be repaid to the Owner on demand, or at the sole discretion of the Owner, offset against funds due the Contractor from the owner. SC — 5.04.H Add the following new paragraph to Section 5.04. H. All costs for insurance, including but not limited to premiums, deductible payments or self-insured retention shall be incidental to and included in the unit or lump sum prices of the contract and no additional payment will be made. ARTICLE 6 - CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES SC — 6.02.E Add the following at the end of Section 6.02: Regular working hours shall be 8 hours per day, with maximum 1 hour for lunch break, 5 days per week, Monday thru Friday, no more than 40 work hours per week. The hours of work may be between 7 a.m. and 5 p.m. Work outside these parameters is not permitted unless requested by the Contractor in writing and approved by the Owner in writing. A 10-hour day, four days per week, will be permitted, but must be requested in writing prior to the actual work. The Contractor shall submit their work schedule at the pre-construction meeting. Any change in schedule shall be requested minimum 72 hours before the actual change. When work hours are greater than 8 hours per day (or 10 hours per day if approved) or more than 40 hours per week, this shall be considered overtime. The Contractor shall notify the Owner minimum 72 hours before the actual work when intending to work overtime. SC — 6.20.A.10 Add the following paragraph to Section 6.20 A. A. CONTRACTOR may rely upon the general accuracy of the technical data contained in reports and drawings listed below, except for such physical dimensions that can be field verified. The reports are available at from the Engineer upon request. The following reports and drawings shall not be understood to be, and are NOT Contract Documents. The Contractor shall indemnify, defend, and hold harmless the Owner, the Engineer, their consultants, subconsultants, and the officers, directors, employees, and agents of each and any of them, against and from all claims and liability arising under, by reason of, related, or incidental to the Contract Documents or any performance of the Work, but not from the sole negligence or willful misconduct of the Owner and/or the Engineer. Such indemnification by the Contractor shall include, but not be limited to, the following: SC — 6.20.E. Add the following at the end of Paragraph 6.20 of the General Conditions: B. E. The provisions of this section shall survive the expiration or termination of this contract. END OF SECTION FLOW CONTROL 8� 5EISMIC VALVE PROJECT SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS JUNE 2015 00 73 13-2 � ' State of Washington Department of Labor & Industries Prevailing Wage Section - Telephone 360-902-5335 , PO Box 44540, Olympia, WA 98504-4540 � Washington State Prevailing Wage The PREVAILING WAGES listed here include both the hourly wage rate and the hourly rate of fringe benefits. On public works projects, worker's wage and benefit rates must add to not � less than this total. A brief description of overtime calculation requirements are provided on the Benefit Code Key. ' 1 ' � ' � � � 1 � ' C l ' ' Journey Level Prevailing Wage Rates for the Effective Date: 4/24/2015 --......-----..._..._— _........------_......_------ -...---..--�------ ------ ; untv Trade Job Class Waee Holiday�Ov Note i --....--- - -----�------------....___—.._...._..------.._..._.... . .__...- --r-------r-._—.... . _...._..._..f--------........ i r --- � - - � • �--- s �Kitsap �Carpenters ±Acoustical Worker � $52.32; 5D : 4C � �_...._._.�_._.�____._.___..________.._. ._ ;_.. _.._..__. �..._....�.__.____ _. _ .__W _;.___.__ ` ____.___.�... �Kitsap ; Carpenters ;Bridge, Dock And Wharf ��$52.32� � ; 4C ; '� ' �Carpenters � ; � ; ...�.--------._.._ ._.._._... _....---; —.._..-----......_..----._._.......---�-'--�--� �--- --�-;-� ----�---------- �Kitsap ; Carpenters 'Carpenter ; $52.32; 5D 4C � i _.,.�..__ . _ _.__..__�______;.._.__._..�_._.._.__.� ____�_._.. _. � _.W_____.�_�.._.._._..______. i.__________.�__.._..�..�.� �Kitsap�� jCarpenters� ��� !Carpenters on Stationary Tools �$52.45� 5D V �� 4C � T� �� � uuKitsap ' Car�enters �Creosot Materi � $52. 42f 5D � 4C s�---_..--- ' _ f----- ....--._...._ . ---� --... .._.._.__ __.. _. ...-- �Kitsap� IFloor Finisher $52.32� 5D � 4C ..� �.. .._. ______.____� L ._._._i__.___ __ Kitsap � Caroenters ;Floo Layer ; 5D = 4 f ' ..__.�________.__.._______.._.__._��..._._�..__ _ ..� ..._� 4C �--.________ Kitsap ;Carpenters IScaffold Erector $52.32; 5D ; �- -�---�-----� --..._..---�------ �--....----�-----�— ----- --��— ----�----'-------��---.:.--�-�- �--_-----�-----�- -�- . ; ; s - a Kitsa p ;Electricians - Inside ;J ourn ey Le vel � $51.26; 1 ; ...._..._ , _...- --..._._--- -�---. .----...-----�- --�-----f----..._ -�� :�-- --�--..._... .--. ..-�---.....T--�----._._ 1 �'__"' �_'"'_ � �Kitsap � Electronic Technicians Jour L eve l "$44.26 � 7E � 1 D � __.._.._._.�a._______�._....____�_._.._..__ ___W.________.J_...�_ ._._.._ ____...__ __�._.._._.___._..�_____.�..._ _ ;Kitsap ' Fabricated Precast Concrete �Journey Level - In-Factory Work; $13.50� ; 1 � ; � Products � Only ? ; � � Y_____'_"_'" -'__"_'__'_'_"_ _._._._ � ._..___--"___ '_"'__" _-'"'____... _ _I �__'_"' !-_'-'-- �Kitsap iFence Erectors �ence Erector $13.80 j� 1 , 1 _____ �.e�._V......__�___ ..___..._._.____.._..____�____._.L_w_..._ ..�_.._. ..__.._._ �_�--.- __....�_.L.Tr._. ; K itsap ; Fence Erectors ; Fence Laborer �` $11.60 i ; 1 ; r _ _ � ..__..___�._.. _.�__•-.____�_.._._.M.�.....__..�.___.`...�______�_____�.__..._._._._. % _ Kitsap ��FlaQ�eers �Journey Level $36.17� 7A ; � 31 � � �_ _ _..__.....----�---�----! --� ---------�---. _... -�-------�--�-! --._.....--��---i- -.._._..--�-- ---- --._.—..— — L...__.. _.--_--..._._...__. ;Kitsap :Laborers �Air, Gas Or Electric Vibrating i$42.67; 7A ; 31 ' � , �Screed ' � , Kitsap +Laborers -�----�--�- �---- --._...--------�--.._..---- Kitsap ;Laborers _._....---- --�---.._...--- Kitsap ! Laborers Kitsap �:Laborers .� �� Kitsap ! Laborers ��� � �� � ----- ---�--�----------- ------�-�- Kitsap ; Laborers � �� � Kitsap m �Laborers ______.. �._�..._._...__.�.__.._.____.....�_�_�.�._ Airtrac Drill Operator Batlas Reg ular Machine ---��--��-- ��-�---.._........-- Batch Weighm , Brick Pavers �,� Brush Cutter __ __ Brush Hog Feeder Burner Kitsap `:. Laborers • :Caisson Worker --�---- -�----- ...-- -----�-�--�----.._......-----�--- Kitsap i Laborers ;Carpen T ender --- -I----�------- Kitsap ;Laborers Kitsap �i Laborers -- ------�-�------..._._.__ ....- -�-- � Caulker Cement Dumper-paving j $44.00� � $42.67; I $36.17� t�---- $42�67; � $42.67; � $42.67; i $42.67� �.�_.___. i $44.00! �._ $42.67 � $42.67� � �$43.46� ....._; _� ..._._.___. - .___�_________ I ,--.�-- ..___...�__ _.._ �._.__.._.._--�_.._._____. W...__.._.._.__...._._._.__. ... _____.____._.____._. .�--------� �Kitsap `• Laborers :C FinisherTe ; $42.67� � 31 � . -� --- � --� ------....—.... _ ._ ... ----._... _... ....-: - ---- - ---- . _ . ...- - - --- - -..:... _.....—�- - -�- - ` - ;�--- . .._......_� . . _. . ..... _ ,. -- -�-- , �Kitsap ;Laborers `Change House Or Dry Shack i$42.67j 7A I 31 : � �...�.._._.�._._,_.._____.�.._.._.._......._..�...�.�...___._._..__.__._ � _....__._�.�.._____..._..._.._____.�_.__._._� _..____._ _.—__. _..._—_....._._.�__.._._....___ 7 .�_. _ . • � : � Kitsap ; Laborers �Chipping Gun (und 30 Lbs. ) ; $42.67; 7A � 31 ; � �_ _...- - �--- _.. __..._.._...... _.._.__... __._...... ._ .._. ._. .. ...-- ---- -= .. .. . — . ----... _. ._ _._.. ......._T. _. _..--- s -- -. .__.. _...... � _ �. .... .. ; �—_......_.. .- ---� ` - ---± �Kitsa �Laborers iChi in Gun 30 Lbs. And Over �$43.46! 7A i 31 f � �_ P..�._...._ �.__ ._.. _.� �... PP � _....__ � __.__ _________�_�..__..___._.�� ____. � .� r ._______.__._..._._;..____. _�--__.....__.._. , ; Kitsap � Laborers ; Choker Sett ; $ 42.67; 7A ; 31 ' � Kitsa , Laborers ^ T �� � Chuck Tender � ' � � -� � � ___.___.__._._... �.._�.�...__ . � P� � $42. 67 � 7A ! 31 ' :r —_......_..."—.� ..... ........ ...."""_—__--._...._..__._....._.._ _'_ . , � y Kitsap � Laborers ; Clary Power Spreader ;$4 . 6 _ _ _ 34 . 7A � 31 ; �- -----.....--�-�,----�-- ..... ---._..._ .. _.__. _.;..__....---..._.._..-----�------ ' -a--------...-�- --�---�- ` .....---- _ � � � �K itsap !Laborers jClean-up Labore ! $42.6 7A 31 ; � �. ; �._.._..___ _�...__._._..__.-_�__�___� ------__._..�.. __.._________..�.._._...._.__ � ______._ _______� __ � �Kitsap ; Laborers �Concrete Dumper/chute ; $43.46; 7A � 31 i ' ' ' ; Operator � ; ; ; � �— ---; -------.....----�-� --. ... .-- - ---�-----T.. _......_..�--�--------��---. _.....--�--�---=' __..>.._._..---- - �-�---�--- � : , — —�._...--- � ' Kitsap ; Laborers � Concrete For Stri pp � $42. 67 j 7A : 31 ; � �..... ....�_..�__..�_....__.__..._�______..__._...�._�..._.__:.�__ _._..----. ________._._...._ _____.. � �.__.____._..r�._..�__._..__.._________� tKitsap � Laborers :C Placement Crew � !$4 7A i 31 : ; a__.. �..�.��_ ._..____.___._.________._�____ ��. _�._.____._.__._._..__...�.._..__ ._._._ � ""; �_____._..v.____...�_......_.___._______. �._____ _� yKitsap ! Laborers �;Concrete Saw Operator/core ;$43.46i 7A ! 31 � - e , ; ; ; 1 � Driller � i + ; - �._._M..._.._.....�,. .._._.__L._...�-.r.-...t. _....._......_...�„_ _.-._ ..........f...__�. _...��-.._.._.__.L.__._.....__.....�..�-' ................... � a Kitsap ; Laborers � y � � ; C rusher F eeder $36.17 � 7A 3 - �...._.._._�_�____._____._.._._ _._____.._.�_ ; .._..__..____ w.______..� � ; ; _.._.. _�. � ______,_____.�_; ____�. _ �, `Ki� 'tsap � _..._..... ._..._.. L aborer ---._.._..--�---!- $42. 67i-.. �A ` -----.._31..._..__ !_.—.._.._..--� � Kitsap Laborers : Demolition: Wrecking £t Moving :$42.67 � 7A 31 ; } E � l Ch d M t l � � � Kitsap ; Laborers Kitsap ;Laborers Kitsap ; Laborers ; K itsa p '. Laborers ---...;.---�-�-�--- Kitsap ; Laborers Kitsap ' Laborers Kitsap ; Laborers � - --� �----....- --- -�_ - --.. . -- Kitsap � Laborers �(inc . arre a ena ) ; ; ; - _________. _..__.__ .__ _ _.-; --_____._.._._.__��_ _- _.�_...�....____..__� __ ._..�� _� ; ..._..._ _ IDitch Digger �$42.67I 7A � 31 ; �, ---....._........-- -----�-��--�-�--- -�----..._......—_ . . -�-- ................ .._�..__._....- --- ; ---.._.....----^ - ---�- ; Diver : $ 44.0 0 � 7A ° 31 � � _____.��_�..__..______�..___. ..;.�__.._..._.�..�._�..._._.; �._� !DritlOperator � � •; $43.46� 7A � 31 ; g i (hydraulic,diamond) i � � ---...._..__.._.....-- -._._._.._.._...----- ----......._....--- --��----...__..�-�- --�....._...__._ ' __........----� --......--��-� ;Dry Stack Walls ;$42.67� 7A ; 31 ; i ----..__...�. ._..._..� --- ._..__...---�� ---....._._..,.-------..,�...-�-_----- ----......... — _....---.: _,��� iDump Person , f �� s$42.67� 7A _^.._ i��31 ; s ' � I� a. � Epoxy Technician I$42.67; 7A � 31 �� � ��.._..�_--._�.�.� �.._.. _. �.___.__..._ — .��_._.__L___._.��.._._.�._�____ ' Erosion Control Worker ! $42.67 � 7A ; 31 ; � .......-�-- ---� --�-- .._.._... � _ ..............__ . ._..._.._...._..-- ; ---....._._...--�--- �---.._...- -- - ---� -�- `Faller �t Bucker Chain Saw �$43.46� 7A 31 � __ , ._.�..� Kitsap ; Laborers W _ W � � ^ Fine G rader s � �� y � � $ 42 . .67 T 7A I � �31 � � ; _ ..�._.._. -- - _.:._ -- __ .� . : Kitsap ! Laborers � Firewa ; $36. 7A ` 31 � � ---._.......-�---� �---��-- --��-- --......-----�--- � ' �---- ; -...... .. .. ----- � , ..._..._,.__ �....._....__.— ...: . ........_.—� Ki tsap ; Laborers � Form Setter ; 7A ; 31 ; � — -� --�---�---._....__...----.._....._... --�--�----..........._......_...----------- ........ ....._.._� __.. .;.--�----�_ ...----------�----._............ , Kitsap �Laborers �Gabian Basket Builders ; $42.67; 7A : 3 1 ; ; �_.._ � _.._.____._....�__._____.______.._..__J_._._._..._._..—.�.._..._...�_......�._.......�..__�.�_._.._..._________.__._ _.�_ _.....�. 1 ._._y Kitsap � j Lab orers �� � � ��� � Ge neral Labore �� I $4 2.67; 7A � ; � 31 � i ���� �� __ _ : _..,,. _____, _.,._.._... Kitsap ; Laborers :Gra Che cker £t Tran Pers ;$ 7A : 31 � _...._._ ..----�---.._........_._.._—.._..---�--- ...---�-�-----r— --._._....--�--� ---�- -._.. �--._.. _;-...... — __�.._..---�------- : - ...... � Kitsap ; Laborers �Grinders I$42.67�_ 7A f 31 ' �� � Kitsap � Laborers Kitsap�±taborers Kitsap ; Laborers Kitsap ;Laborers --r------ --.._.. Kitsap � Laborers Kitsap borers Kitsap ; Laborers i _ _M__._��__._ ...�_�,_....__......_. __�.._. ^ ;Grout Machine Tender � $42.67; 7A 31 ; � � ___._...__�_._.._.______._____...�. �___..T.�_—_.__.�y.�_._. —_ . �Groutmen (pressure)including I $43.46� 7A ; 31 ; ; � ; Post Tension Beams � ; � ' � ..�._.___..___----....___________ _______.____._._.._..__�...�.. _ ± .,.---------+.__.__�___��._.___.. _ ._.___ T !Guardrail Erector � $42.67� 7A 31 �' �.__....__ _.Y________.�._�.__...__.__ _._....�._ �...______ � _�...��_�____.______._ ; ._._____{�___...._._..� � Hazardous Waste Worker (level ;$44.00; 7A j 31 ` � �A ! ! ' � � --. _. ....._.. _....------ -- � ) ----...---�-------- '--.. .-- ' ----..._..---�-�--�-�- -----1- _.... _.....--� ;Hazardous Waste Worker (level '$43.46i 7A ; 31 a ; ig � ; : t ; � i � , � '_'__""_"'_—_""'—__'.._.�—..._..._..__......._...'_""—."'._......_.....'_—' _._....""' _._' _' IHazardous Waste Worker (level �$42.67� 7A � 31 � � I � , , ; ...._._.______..,__..._�.__� 'C�_.�____Y _ �.____..._ __.� � .�. 4 --___. ___l�___...._.._. ° _. ..; ,_ ,_ , , `High Scaler ; $44.00; 7A : 31 ; ...---..._..----�—�----�-t--- --------�---..... ....- —�-�--- -�-�---- — � � i � I -�--------r�---�--�-� 1 ' ' 1 ' . . Kitsap � Laborers ;Jackhamm i$43.46; 7A i 31 ''• a -�---�---....-------...... -----...,.----�-��- ---- ---.._._.._..-- --...--�-=-------:---.---..----....---------i_.._.._._.........� ' Kitsap ! Laborers { Laserbeam Ope rator �$43.46; 7A 31 ; :.."----��--'. '--i-...-�---'.--.'-..._—....' ' ---..._.._.�_._—......—;__......----._..... .._.._ � ' ' • . .. .... . - .. _._. .. .._...'_ f '_'._..."—'...' T "" "'_ "_' �_'_"_—_'. �Kitsa ; Laborers �Mainte Person I $42.67; 7A ; � 31 ; � _ .__�._.�_.._w__...___T______ _____ �....._ __.... _.._. __.�__.. �__. __.� _._. � ;Kitsap � Laborers ��ManholeBuilder-m � ' $43.46 � 31 = Kitsap Kitsap Kitsap Laborers Laborers � Kitsap ; Laborers ,�Kitsap ;Laborers � Kitsap ; Laborers � -- - ---�---- Kitsap �Laborers L Kitsa p : Laborers —�� ' �Kitsap 1 Laborers � _. _....----- -, Kitsap Laborers �__.... ' � K itsap ; Laborers 4 Kitsap �; Laborers �____..._ �Kitsap �Laborers ' Kitsap tLaborers �Kitsap Laborers ' �Kitsap L borers �Kitsap � Laborers ' ------........l------�-- �Kitsap � Laborers , �Kitsap aborers ;. -..--_-.-.-._-� ' � 1 ' , ' ' Kitsap ' Laborers �--�-----�-- - Kitsap��Laborers Kitsap i Laborers Kitsa Laborers ---�-- P ---l--�-�----- Kitsap ; Laborers Kitsap Kitsap Kitsap K itsa p Kitsap Kitsap ! Laborers �Laborers �__._._..___.__ i Laborers ; Laborers j Laborers iLaborers ._____......_.__.�___�....`_._� �._ i ....i__....._.�..�_..__�.__._ __� _.._____. . .____. !Material Yard Person ; $42.67 7A � ' _ 31 , ^ ..._.—..... ...-----.....--- �-s--- -- �-��----._. --�- -- --- � - =---��--! �--�------� � ---.. _....- -- � -� -.-.-.- � . .. ... � ;Motorman-dinky Locomotive ; $43.46� 7A ! 31 : 3 -----� �-------....---.. _._:_._. _.... .-----�-------_..-�—��- --.._.—....._--...------i---._.._ �_—......----�. iNoaleman (concrete Pump, i$43.46� 7A ' 31 ' " �Green Cutter When Using j i � ' € i Combination Of High Pressure � ! ; I � f Air &t Water On Concrete Ft ; � � ; ; Rock, Sandblast, Gunite, � � ; ; ; �Shotcrete, Water Bla ! ; � ; ; ._�.___T._.. __ ..._.__... __..._.._.�.._.._ _..�....._..._.__...._..__._.�._.�_..._i_ -- - �-- -- i _._....�..�._..�_ _.� ��Pavement Breaker - $43.46: 7A ; � 31 ; �� �—�....�.__._��.-�. —_�_...........-.. i. _�..� ...f _.�..._.��.._.� .._.. .._.._ _.�. _.�.._____.._ __.. _.�__._..__._�___.. ';, Pilot Car j$36.17; 7A i 31 � � _—'"""--_....,.."_ — ""_—....."--'....'--._.._ .._._. _._.._.._� '_"...._..�...._.__... '..'--_......"__L--._..._...._..a ; Pi pe Lay L ead i$44. 00 � 7A ' 3 � _...-�--�---�----._.. .._......_.._........ .....-�-----� ---....__...---�-------- � ....----- ��-��------ - T----- ; �Pipe Layer � $43.46i 7A � 31 ; : ._..�.__._._______._______._._. .__�.___ .�..___�__.—______.�__..��..�.�...,�_�___r.._ _.._._;,.- ____._.�.______.______, � Pi pe Pot Tender �$43.46 � 7A � 31 ; _.____._.._..�.______._ __._.��_. ______._W___... . _.�� _____ s ..._..__�__.�____.�._._..__ __.;___..._ ` Pi pe Reli ner �$43.46; 7A 31 � � ...---�-- --��— -----._I_...------��----.....--�----...----- --�;�-�----�-�—� -.... —_. �...---.—.....�- -- -� ---- ;Pipe Wrapper ; $43.46; 7A ; 31 � � - ---- --�----....._.__—......_� ....-----� ---.._._....---.... � • -----._;___....---- ,---�----�- rt--��-�-�---.....-;- � _�_�__...�___.__. Pot T ender �.�..__ . .�. ..� 7A_ ! _ 3� ; � �P $44.00= 7A ; 31 �` ��� .._..� .�._.__________.�.;._.. ..___._._.._�_____ .�_______....�..�.�.___________.�._.._..—___ : � .� 4 , � .�_ 3 ��.__._.. .._._.__._.. `Powd Hel per f $ 2.67 7A ; � ° — �---..—� .__. —...---�----- � -�-�-- ---_..._._,_—...-�-- i Power Jacks �$43.46 i 7A �� 31 � � �� �� �Railroad Spike Puller - Powe $43.4�6 �7A 31 � . ---------_ _.__1___ � - �___._._._.__�_________._._ ; Raker - Asphalt ; $44.00; 7A ; 3 1 ; ._"______'_""'_'_' ..._. _.__—"'._... ._""_-- i_._ —.......— — �--""'__� �Re-tim r $44.00I 7A � 31 �_ � --��-- -�-----......_—._--�---- �----------------...---- ..: ----�-�-�—� ---_--�±- 'Rem Equipm Operator ;$43.46; 7A � 31 i ,_ +._._....__ . _ ._._._..________._ _ _.___ _______ __�..i___.. .._+�__ IRig�er/si�na! Person ; $43.46i 7A 31 � - __ � �.._._�_..._.._._� � .__ .______..._..�{._..��___..______...�_._____...Y._______._.� ; _ � ;Rip Rap Person � $42.67;�7A ;� 31 ; � ---- --""--- T ---"--'--'----.._......----T- 1 _.,__ ! +Rivet Buster ' $43.46� 7A + 31 T � , � � � ______.�_. ___ __._�. .____�._._ _._____ ____1. _.__ �Rodder ' $43.46!� 7A : 31 ': � _. ______.._._.Y._____..._.��.�...�.._._._...___.._....�.._.__..._._.___.__._.___. . � _.... ....._. ;.____._ __�________�._. "Scaffold Erector � $42.67� 7A I 31 ! � --� ----------- —J ----�-----...----.. _..--�-----�--�---. ----.._ _.._._ ._�.- �--- J—�--...--, t5cale Person ; $42.67; 7A ; 31 � --�---..._.-----------� - ' --�---- ------....---- - � � , --- �--� ------• ... �_ ..- ----�-� - -- �- - -- _....-----....._.�. � � Sloper (over 20") T$43.46 i 7A � 31 � ____._._._..�.._..�.---. .,�_..�_______..__�_. _�. , �__�..._..__ . ..�..�._.�_.�._.__.__. ;Sloper Sprayer ; $42.67; 7A ! 31 ; _.___ r _____.__�___.___._.___._...�..._ . _____.___�_________.� ,____.____ _ �Spreader (concrete) $43.46' 7A 31 � ' -�-��-------------�------� -�- --�-----�----�- �----�---;---��- � - --�-_--�-- -�-------� ; Stake Hopper ;$42.67' 7A ! 31 S � .._......_._._.______..�_._��.__ —_� �;.__ � �_ T,r. IStock Piler ^ � ��� __._____ - .�._�� $42.67� 7A� 31 ���.__.��____.� �Tamper &t Similar Electric, Air !$43.46j 7A ; 31 � � i �t Gas Ooer ated Tools . ' � $43.46 ! 7A i �. _-i___.._.-� $43.46; 7A i 31 i —_...--- 4 ..-- -- 31 ; � 31 __.. + �._._._. Kitsap ^; Laborers �Tamper (multiple £t Self- ! 1 I propelled) ' ---...----.._.....�._..----------��----..._..— -- --------.._._._.,.....-----._._.....— ---�—� Kitsap ' Laborers ;Timber Person - Sewer (lagger, ; ; ;Shore �t C ..__�_____._._---�.�....�..._._._ ._.�.__ � Kitsap � Laborers __ _ �� .Toolroom Person (at_Jobsite) � � . . . . — —. ._ $42.67� 7A Kitsap � Laborers :Topper � $42.67j 7A $ 31 � ____.__.__._._.�.--.______.._�__.__._.___�. ___,_..__._..__;...._.._.____..�__.....__.__.__.._..�....._...�___._.�._____.�.�.._. �_____..__�.._.�.____. ____.__ , �,�. Kitsap `Laborers ;Track Laborer '$42 67; 7A i 31 � . , .._._..._.. i_...-'.---..._.._....-'----""-"'....' ---.--....... ."----.....—_.._._...--'---._..� —....... --'-'±'---- � --- "a ---...-- Kitsap : Laborers "Track Liner (power) i$43.46; 7A 31 _ .._ .__._ __�.�__._..._._._...._.._..._._.__ _.._____. _. __.__._.,.� __....�._-- _.__...�.�_._.__._,_._..�._�_.___..,_._..._..__..____ �____..._._ � ..�.___. � Kitsap jLaborers ;Traffic Control Laborer ;$38.68; 7A 31 � 8R - --_._. _ __� _w�..�. ;._�..�..�...__�_^__._____�.�._�.�� _...._.......___1�.�__.__ .____.._.�. Kitsap � Laborers ^ ;Traffic Control Supervi ;$38.68` 7A 31 � 8R , , , � --�- --�---...---.....------ ---... -------- -��-�---.... ; .---- � --�- �---- �---.. .. . � _._ _. _...-�-.__ .. ..._T_.' .__--'_�'..-_ . _ _. Kitsap ! Laborers �Truck Spotter �$42 � 7A i 31 ! ---._........_ : _..._..------ --�- ---..........- ---�---��------......-- ----�--._. .._.....__._ �.__..._..... � ---------. �.._.—_.._.—.:._ _..._. Kitsap : Laborers :Tug O perator :$43.46t 7A � 31 i _ �____._____.__.________...�...�..____w.._.___ � T_.__ __..___._.___ __...______�.�....__._._.;�-- -; �....�.._._. Kitsap � Laborers +Tunnel Work-Compressed Air ;$64.99' 7A ! 31 i 8� � �Worker 0-30 psi ! � � , � � ------.-- i�----------...---..._...-�-------..._..---�--�-----------�---�--.._.. _._.�.-----�---!---..._.......T--......__..__.._.....- --�-- Kitsap `Laborers �Tunnel Work-Compressed Air �$70.02: 7A i 31 8�( ; `Worker 30.01-44.00 psi � _._...__ ____�...__._._._____._.._...__�_.._______________.�._.�.._. _�..�_....._�. i__._ ' _. Kitsap� iLaborers ��� ��� ;Tunnel Work-Compressed Air !$73.70� 7A ; 31���� 8�( � ; Worker 44.01-54.00 psi � � � ; , ; � . _ ..—.__.......�---.....--.._... .......---. ....._..--- �---- � - �------ ----. _...- ----...------.. _.. _....-�---- �- ----� ; . : �-----....---�--.._._—;...._...... :-. ,.. Kitsap � Laborers `Tunnel Work-Compressed Air ;$79.40' 7A 31 8�( , � W orke r 54.01-60.00 psi Kitsap �; Laborers� �� ����Tunnel Work-Com ressed Air�� ____.i_.___.._.�..__� � P $81.52; 7A i 31 ; � �� � � � Worker 60.01-64.00 psi �� ' � � � Kitsap � Laborers -- -. .... � ..---........ _ Kitsap ; Laborers Kitsap �Laborers Kitsap ; Laborers Kitsap ; Laborers ;Tunnel Work-Compressed Air �$86.62: � 7A � 31��� 8�( �' : Wo ricer 64.01-68.00 psi ' ? � s._..__ .....--�---------......__ _.._:.------..;..---.. ' _..._� � -�-----�--.......-�----- ,�— �Tunnel Work-Compressed Air �$88.52; 7A ; 31 ; 8� ° ; Worker 68.01-70.00 psi � � � ' ; _.__�___ .______�__�_...�._._._ � .___________.;�.. ....._.._.�_._._ __. -�..-� ;Tunnel Work-Compressed Air ��� $90.52; 7A . 31 � 8�C t � Worker 70.01-72.00 psi � � iTunnel Work-Compressed Air j$92.52i ..7A f ��.__... 31 _.._._ ;_�__.._� � Worker 7 2.01- 74. 00 psi ; � � � s � __. ._.�._ � _ .... ----L- -----..._ _._. �----�---; ;. -- --- �------ -.. --- -��-,---- . �Tunnel Work-Guage and Lock �$44.10; 7A � 31 � 8� ` ;Tender : ' - ` .._..___�. _.�..._____.____.. _ _. _..__....�__�______:__._ ._.._._. . i � Kit i Laborers iT unnel Work- ;$44 7A ? 31 ! 8� ; ...__ __�._...----.... ...----.........------ .._. � _...----.._._.. _.. ------.... :....-�—� �--..... _. _ _.._ �._.....---- - Kitsap � Laborers `Vibrat �$43.46; 7A 31 � _..."'_—�'_..-..'_ _""""__—._... ... ._.......- "'_'—"'... _...'- ' ._'."__—....;......._-_........ -"..._.......—� ' �-.'_-............-- : Kitsap !Laborers �Vinyl Seamer � $42�67i 7A 31 ; _._.______ _ � ____.__.__ ._.___...�� �_.______._._.___.____._ ______..._.�.. � _..._ i______ __ _ Kitsap : Laborers ;W at chm an s $3 2.87� 7A ` 3� ; ---- �-� -- -;- -�-- ..--�--. _. ... ----._...._ . : ; ....... .---- ....---� --- -.... ....- --- • � -..... _......_ _._ ..-�-- ---:. _....---- �- ; _...... . �...__... ---- Kitsap j Laborers I Welder ;$43.46 � 7A ' 31 � ` _ ..._.....—� � . _ _. � ___'__-'____T __.. ..._..___. ... ..___..-__ _.. � .._.....____".'..'____._'._'____ _ "_'______.. _ ..___' __-__ . � �........_.____. Kitsa ; Laborers ': Well P oint Laborer !$43.46; 7A ; 31 � _.�_ � _____..�__�_..�.�...__.�.4 ____�.___� Kitsap `Laborers .__ .�_. �.�.�._...___ ___.�._�..._._..�__ Kitsap 'Laborers - Underground Sewer ! �t Water Kitsap � Laborers - Underground Sewer � £t Water --r --- ----- Kitsap 'Landsca�e Construction __.�___.__w_._____._.�..�.____._..---.�____.._..__ ; �.�—__�._ — ._;___�.._ 31 �._...Y..� ; �.____._ ;Window Washer/cleaner i $32.87' 7A ; ' . .�.__.________..._____._.. �_.._._.__��. ---...._.._ __.—�._.._..�___._..______��_.______._ General Laborer &t Topman ��$42.67' 7A ; 3! . ; ;._.___.___.___..._____.__________._._.._...____.____._.�_.�..._._ ? - - � ...___y___ ____. � Pi pe Layer I$43.46 j 7A ; 31 ; � ' ' ; � ; � i ; 1.._..-- ...............------....-----....--� � --......----L---�-- ---L------..—.—;...---. 3lrrigation Or Lawn Sprinkler $9.47; ; 1 � Instatlers ' + y __._�_____.______-_..�..--____.___------T--__.�..-�;.�...__._�..�_. ..._�.. i ..�.... � # Kitsap i Landsca�e Construction ; Landscape Equipment Operators ;$10.05 i 1 ' F �._.___. � .____...__._�_..�._..�.�._...�. !Or Truck Drivers _�._ �..._ i _ ! . � i � � .____..�_ .._.W..�_n..____.._...__.._..�.�______.�..� ; Kitsap �Landscape Construction °Landscaping Or Planting � $12.92; ; 1 ; ` ' f Labore � �-�--- ' --........---......-- -._...—.....—�-----..__ ..... ` , . : � l .... .: iKitsap ,Painters���� ,Journey Level T � `�_ �Kit �;Plumbers �t Pipefitters �`J ourne y Level � Kitsap _;_Power Equipment Operators SAsphalt Plant Operators _ . _._______._.__..__...____�...____ _.._.__ -- ....._—. .._.._.—_.....__ _.._.._� $37�80 _ 6Z ; 26 $63. 57;� 5A � � 1 G ._.�.��...�.__..�_.._._.._.__ $55.24; 7A 3C � a 1 � ' ' ' ' , ' ' ' � 1 Kitsap ` Power EQUipment Operators : Assista nt Engineer :$51.97; 7A ; 3C 8P � ---... -- -� �---- ---------...._ .----��-�---------�;- -- ...-----.—.._...-�----._ ......_......._; _._. —..—.,.- � ---.... � . $P ... --� Kitsap ,Power Eauipment OQerators �Barrier Machine (zipper) ! $54.75i _ ; ' _..__._.__ __._w� ,__._...._._.___�...__ ..._..._. _...� .�_.... _____�._.��_.______,_..__.�___..�_._ �_�� Kitsap Power Eauipment Operators ;Batch Plant Operator, Concrete ;$54.75; 7A ! 3C M; 8P = __..._ _.__..�...�.._..�_._.._ _�.___ .� .�� ._ Kitsap ;Power Eauipment Operators ;Bobcat �$51.97j_7A � 3C j_8P � ---�-�-� �-----�--�--� : ' - ---._.;.....----�-�------�--�--....._..---- --;----�-� -------...._._.. . : . - Kitsap �Power Eguipment Operators :Brokk - Remote Demotition `$51.97' 7A '. 3C ; 8P � � � Equipment � � � _._1..____..�_..___.__.�._._____ • i ' ' �, ----- �.--- ;__._.�.�..�.....�..._ _..._._____ _� _..___ _.. , .. - _�... _._ f. __ - , - .__ Kitsap IPower EQUipment O�erators ;Brooms ;$51.97� 7A ; 3C � 8P � --"""...._...-��"""_'_'-'...._.. _..."_.-_....._ .�..._"_'....'_.__-._"""'_"" _'...._..._. . ._...,--._... "'__ -'-"-"_'�_-"_' Kitsap iPower Equipment O,perators �Bump Cutter ;$54.75; 7A ; 3C ; 8P � �_ Y __________________..__..___._...______..�.._.. ._ : _..�_._______ �_;___ Kitsap iPower Eauipment Operators jCableways �$55.24� 7A ���3C � 8P� ______ ______.Y.___. ..�.__ ._ _., �.._. _ i - —� _____.�._. _.�_ ....._�_____�..___�_._. �_____,. _ , � :� Kitsap � Power Equipment Operators ;; Chipper �$54.75 � 7A � 3C ? 8P � . — __.... ..—_ . ..---.. _ ...- - ---.._.... _ _.;—...... . _ ; _.......-- +---�-- -- . � .._._.....----- _ ...............__.�__._._...------� - :---�-�---�-�- ----� -- � . , Kitsap ;Power Equipment Operators ;Compressor I$51.97; 7A ' 3C � 8P _ _'_'____�.e_..._..__._—'_'__._—._....._—___. .'_'__.... _._-�—......_' ___._ ......._'__�.._'. '__'_—I ___.._._�..i.._..__'_"_ �".�_...__ Kitsap ;Power Epuipment O�erators :Concrete Pump: Truck Mount �$55.24: 7A ; 3C 8P � :With Boom Attachment Over 42 ; : s � ; :M : ; _ -----."_� .-.-'...--'-"-"'--'-'------....- ---E....._..-_.._...._..-._..._..--'--' "'-'-----.....--'..=.__.._ (__....-'---.... _._........_.... -----..._..._ Kitsap i Power Equipment Operators �Concrete Finish Machine -laser �$51.97' 7A ' 3C � SP � � � , Sc reed ' I j __ --....---�--...__J ....--�--��--- -�-----------...._�-----.._..---.._....--- ...-----......�.-------... ; -�-�--�---� -�----._...._ _._.. �- Kitsap ;Power Equipment Operators iConcrete Pump - Mounted Or �$54.33� 7A 3C 8P , ;Trailer High Pressure Line � ' i � �Pump, Pump High Pressure. � ` � � � � ' ` � � ! ; ; i Kitsap Kitsap j Power EQUipment O�erators Kitsap �Power Equipment Operators --------- � -----.._._-.........------......- . __....-- Concrete Pump: Truck Mount �$54.75� 7A With Boom Attachment Up To ! i 42m � � Conveyors v ��� �i $54.33 i 7A Cranes: 20 Tons Through 44 �$54.75 7A Tons With Attachments � I $56.36� 7A � � -�--- ' -- �--- ' $55.24� 7A 1 ; { ; � ' I $51.97��� 7A� I ; $56.36; 7A � � Kitsap :Power Equi�ment Operators 'Cranes: 100 Tons Through 199 ;$55.79; 7A + 3C i 8P � � �Tons, Or 150' Of Boom s � :(Including Jib With � ' � j ! ; + 'Attachments) ' � ? , ; --- -��- �---�--- ...- ----- ---.. �--�---�----�-----�---------- � � Kitsap jPower Equipment Operators ' ' �--�� --- ---- - -- — - � � - --+ — Kitsap �Power Equipment Operators , ' �Kitsap � Power Equipment Operators � ' ' ' -�--- --------� Kitsap ! Power Equiament O�erators Kitsap '•: Power Equipment_Operators Kitsap iPower Equipment Oaerators I —... -�---�- - ---� -�-----�----- Kitsap ;Power Eauipment Operators Cranes: 200 Tons To 300 Tons, Or 250' Of Boom (including Jib With Attachments) —.._... .-----� -----...-- ---.. ....... Cranes: 45 Tons Through 99 Tons, Under 150' Of Boom (including Jib With Attachments) Cranes: A-frame - 10 Tons And Under --�---�--- -...---- Cranes: Friction 100 Tons Through 199 Tons Cranes: Fr iction Over 2 00 T ons Cranes: Over 300 Tons Or 300' Of Boom (including Jib With Attachments) -�-----------.. ..-- ---.....----- Cranes: Through 19 Tons With Attachments A-frame Over 10 Tons ' �Kitsap 'Power Eaui�ment Operators �;Crusher 3C ! 8P � i � � . � _� , 3C T ± 8P � 3C � 8P 3C � 8P � -----.._. �--- 3C ; 8P � i 3C i 8P 3C ± 8P $56.92� 7A � � _ - -...._.�..---_-..__._.�—._.._ $56.92; 7A 3C ; 8P � ; : i j j i ' � ��-�-----�-----�------ ; - — $54.33i 7A � 3C � 8P i i ! i i s � � ---� � - ----s-- ------r- ----.. $54.75? 7A � 3C i 8P �Kitsap iPower Equipment Operators IDeck Engineer/deck Winches �$54.75� 7A � 3C � 8P � � i � (Power) ; ; j � .... .. _.�---... ....----._.._ .. -- .......... .. ..._;-- - - -------...--- ----- --------=--�-�--�-�--��-�--��--�---.;.... _ . ----...... —�---- �----- ;Kitsap ;Power Equipment Operators ;Derricks, On Building Work :$55.24` 7A - 3C : 8P s ,........ -- -- - -- ... -- --- .. _--�- - �- =- - - -- --� � --- - --� ---- �- - � --- : ° --.. _b_..------ --�-�- . ......_ : __.....--- .. .. .. _.....-�-----;..-- � -��------� # Kitsa � Power E ui ment 0 erators � Dozers D-9 �t Under �$54.33; 7A ; 3C � 8P ; � P � q P P �; � ���.�. _�.�...... ..�._........-- '..«..�..--.Y�. �__........�.....—...� +Kitsap�:Power Equipment Operators� ;Drill Oilers: AugerType, Truck `$54.33i 7A ; 3C 8P ; � i �Or Cra Mount � � � �...---.....-----�-; --._. ._.....---_...---�-�- .............- �---�----.._..._._.. _._..--�-,--�-----..__+ � i...------� i �-.._. .' _ i �_.'__"_.'_"��_-___'_ __'_ ___; � ;Kitsap :Power Equipment Operators ;Drilling Machine ; $54.75i 7A 3C ; 8P ; �____T_..r._..P._._._....�..._�.__..__._._ .�.m._.... __._. _.�..�_.._ __.._._.. __._,____ W.�....�._.T....�.__..�__.__�_�____._____.__.._.____� 'Kitsap :Power Equipment Operators W �Elevator And Man-lift: ;$51.97± 7A ' 3C � 8P ; F ! � i � Per manent And Sh Ty pe ; � �.._.......-- ; r_._..- -- ` --.........----- ---....-�----�.-: - � - -----... _.. . ..--- - -; --...- -------......_._ _ ._.. _ � . _.......� �Kitsap ; Power Eauipment Operators !Finishing Machine, Bidwell And i$54.75j 7A i 3C I 8P � � , �.....--------�._.....—._...--------....- --�--�-- {Gamaco �t Similar Equipment � _i_............__...--- �------�-----���----.._..._! ----� - - � ; ? Kitsap � Power Equipment Operators : Forklift: 3000 Lbs And Over �$54.33 ; 7A � 3C ' 8P � � ' .'•With Attachments ` ' ' t ? 1 � ! w�.�_.-«"'..—.���.�___�_ _.�......._ ...._���.._. _....�, � .�.L........-.._. ? �_.__.�. a �_____.� ._-____P"____�.._�W...._�.�.-�.._..._..�.,_,-....-.. � ..��_..._'____..�_ �Kitsap � Power Equipment Operators iForklifts: Under 3000 Lbs. With ;$51.97! 7A j 3C '� 8P � i � I : + # � ; �Attachments ; ; � I a-- ... ..—.._...... _. ._ .._............ ._._..... _ ...--�-�-'- -...... --��--' -- ....... —. . ...._..--'— �--......--'----..__...... ..-' --- ................—. ......._. a _.l f Kitsap �Power Equipment Operators ;Grade Engineer: Using Blue '$54.75; 7A � 3C 8P � _ :Prin Cut Sheets, Etc � � ; ; , , , , . �----._..._ ;-._. _. _._...-- - ---.._.___ .. .__... ----�---.._....___-; ._.._.. ... . .--=-... _._..---=------ . , , , Kitsa ;Power E ui ment 0 erators �Gradechecker/stakeman ` �._..-- P -..�_._..----._._. q _..P..--- p f$51.97: 7A j 3C ; 8P , a.__._...- -�----....-- ----..__....---.-�----' ----_�-��-----�----�-�------�-�,....--�---; --._.. ..... _.—._ . , , � �Kitsap ;Power Equipment Operators ;Guardrail Punch : $54.75� 7A : 3C ; 8P ; � .........................� __��_.______..._......_ -___.—�-.._._._.. .._____ .�...__.. ___._..;.�.._.______; , , � _� _.__ �._�__.._ �Kitsap �Power Equipment Operators �Hard Tail End Dump Articulatingi $55.24i 7A � 3C i 8P ; ; � �Off- Road Equipment 45 Yards. ; ; � ; � � � i �t Over i ! 3 _.�..��_. _ ._.__.._._____W..._____...__._______ _.___._;__. �.._._______ _�..._..____ _�_______...__Y_____� ..��...�.._._. _._; _____________� ;Kitsap :Power Equipment Operators ;Hard Tail End Dump Articulating` $54.75; 7A 3C ' 8P b :Off-road Equipment Under 45 ! Yards ' __..__ ' .._.___.__; ____._�._____._�.__ _._____�_ .�...;_._ Kitsap �Power Equipment Operators �Horizontal/directional Drill ! $54.33i _._.__. � ._.�._ __�_ _ _ � Locator ..____�_..�..._ i�.._�.�..._l___ Kitsap :Power Equipment Operators �;Horizontal/directional Drill 3$54.75; ':• :Operator ' , : .._ _ �-....._.. ......- - -- -... ..-- ----,---- --... _._. ; , _....._._ __.... _...--- -,._.. ... . ...- ---.._ . .. ....- -- Kitsap iPower Equipment Operators ;Hydralifts/boom Trucks Over 10; $54.33� ' �Tons � •' _._____..__ � __..r�.__...___..^_,________.�___..___._._.... �.._._.�. ... . � Kitsap T �Power Equipment Operators :Hydralifts/boom Trucks, 10 �E� $51.97; :Tons And Under .�._..._�_._._...._.i....._..__..... �.-..�..........._._....�_..�.�______�...___._ 1 . . .. y,_..._..�.�..-.._._..�_._..._ ' f ��.�__.___..__..__....�.._.�._____. __.�.._._..w_�___._.' Kitsap �Power Equipment Operators �Loader, Overhead 8 Yards. �t �$55.79; � Over � � � -- -�--�:..._..._..._.._ ....--- -�--�-�---_.._.;-�-------��----.._........--- -...--�-- r.-- ---��----. Kitsap ! Power Equipment Operators � Loader, Overhead, 6 Yards. But '$55.24� ' ' Not Including 8 Y ards ; ---_---......�. _.�.._.. _._ _. _____.._..__..�__...___�......_. _ - - - _ - - - ; Kitsap � Power Equipment Operators Kitsap �Loaders, Overhead Under 6 iYards �___...�.__.___.__._. ...�______�.._._, i Loaders, Ptant Feed Kitsap : Power Equipment Operators ____�.� � _.......___._....._...�._ .._.._.�... Kitsap� Power Equipment Operators ____.__� ____.._._..�_ __.._ Kitsap �Power Equipment Operators ------------. -. _ ...........------�-- Kitsap ; Power Equipment Operators i Kitsap w �Power Equipment Operators ':Loaders: Elevating Type Belt 7A � 3C __.___� !._._____._____. 7A 3C ..-----;--.....---- 7A ; 3C 7A 3C i .���.._.; ... 7A � 3C ; ---�.._...._..---- 7A , 3C $54.75� 7A �.�? _.__. $54.75' 7A -------- ;--------- - -- $54.33� 7A 3C 3C 3C i 8P _i..___._____ � 8P . ..- 8P � 8P ,..t�... _..... : 8P ; , ..-....._..... ' 8P �8P i �� W 8P � �8P ; Loc � T �� $54 .75�� 7A 3C �� 8P ____ _____...v... _._._ __ �_ ...� _._._. _._.._�._._.�._;....� _.. T_ .� � Material Transfer Device ;$54.75! 7A ; 3C ; 8P -�- ----------- ---....,-------�---_--...-� � -----��---,--.....---�- Mechanics, All (leadmen -$0.50' $55.79i 7A 3C ` 8P Per Hour Over Mechanic) ` , . Motor Patrol Grader - Non- finishinQ $54.33; 7A � 3C � 8P � a � a , + ; � __......._.� i --.__...__..r� .�..._ _._ F $55.24 7A ;� 3C ; 8P � �._____._____.�-.� ----.._.______�_.._ _� Kitsap ; Power EQUipment Operators iMotor Pat rol Graders, F .._.__. _._...___�-------.____�_�� _ ....__ . Il ' ' 1 , ' ' ' ' , ' ' ' , �Kitsap !Power Eauipment Operators !Muckin� Machine, Mole, Tunnel �$55.24� 7A i 3C � ; iDrill, Boring, Road Header ; ; � I ;And/or Shield ' ' � � � i ° M_ _ �..._._..W.____...___.�.. .._____� ___�__.._. _._ �_._.____.__._._ __�..__ ! �_ I _.....___.�_ � .� �Kitsap �Power Equipment Oeerators �Oil Distributors, Blower ;$51.97; 7A ; 3C 8P = IDistribution �t Mulch Seeding � ' 'Op � � ` � f � _.,..�_.....�..__�..._.._..�_.._._ k �Kitsap � � Power Eauipment Operators '•Outside Hoists (elevators An�� $54.33� 7A ! 3C � 8P s ' Manlifts), Air Tu�gers,strato ; � ; I .._._...�------- ----------.._._.. .. -----...---- ---�---.. ._._........ --�------; -...... �--._._......-� ----.._.... �Kitsap ;Power Eauipment Operators !Overhead, Bridge Type Crane: ;$54.75; 7A 3C ; 8P Kitsap i Power Eaui�ment Operators �Overhead, Bridge Type: 100 ;$55.79; 7A � j �Tons And Over i ` � __.________ . ____.__.._...�._._____....._.�_ ---- _._...� _.__________��.___.�._..�._ � ; Kitsap 'Power Equipment Operators �Overhead, Bridge Type: 45 Tons� $55.24; 7A ; � ;T hrou� h 99 Tons . f , , ---_._..._ r�..._.'_-____....._ .".:__ _.._.._._-._.._....._ __'_._"_'_____.- .. _ ....... T...._'_'_-�__' � _ ..._.__ _ i - � - 51. 97' 7A ; Kitsap ;Power Equipment Oaerators jPavement Breaker ;$ _ �.W... _ _._.__.._ ...___._..�__...W._�......._;_ Kitsap �~ Power Equipment Operators ;Pite Driver (other Than Crane �� $54.75? 7A : ;Mount) : ; � ....-----� ---' -------- ---- --...----�-•--.....- --... .----� ------�—�-��----�--�---...----�---(- Kits iPower Equipment Operators Oiler - Asphalt, Crush ;$ 54.33i 7A � i ____.__;.�___ � = s Kitsap� ;Power Eguipment Operators ;Posthole Digger, Mechanical � i$51�97� 7A ; _____._._. __ � ______.._ ..�.�;._ -.�... __.____ � Kitsap �Power Equipment Operators ;Power Plant ;$51.97� 7A ; ------._. --- --�---- ---..,-----�--- -- -�---. .._..._..----�...------�--�-.. Kitsap � Power Eguipment Operators IPumps - Wa ter �$ 7A { ---�--.....--�--- ��-- -------.._.__�_....---- -�-�--- ---- ---i-�-� -- '--- ------�. Kitsap ;Power Eauipment Ooerators �Quad 9, Hd 41, D10 And Over I$55.24 7A � Kitsap ;Power Equipment Operators �Quick Tower - No Cab, Under s$51.97� 7A i !100 Feet In Height Based To ; ; ; ; � ! i 20 To Through 44 Tons � $55.241 7A I � I .�._._�_._._�_ ; $51. 97; 7A r - I" ---- �' � $55. 24�.__ �A _ ; $51.97� 7A ; $54.33I 7A I i �$54.75' 7A � $54.33j� 7A $ s .75; 7A 3C I 8P � 3C . �`� v � 8P 3C 3C Kitsap � Power Equipment Operators Kitsa ; Power Equipment Operators '_�_""___""...'. _--"""__.. Kitsap_ �.�Power Eguipment Operators Kitsap ;Power Equiement Operators Kitsap��Power Equipment Operators -- �----�----------------------- ----�-- Kitsap � Power Equipment Operators Kitsap �Power Ec�uipment�Operators Kitsap 'Power Equipment Operators ' �Kit p Power Equipment Operators ..r..G.�......._�� �Kitsap !Power Equipment Operators ' ' , ' Kitsap jPower Equi�ment Operators Kitsap �Power Equipment Operators Kitsap iPower Equipment Operators Kitsap ±Power Equipment Operators Kitsap j Power Equipment Operators ; Boom _ � � Remote Control Operator On RubberTired Earth Moving { Equi pment � � �_ ; Rigger And Bellm r -'-'-" '__'_- -'-'-" -' � Rollagon _. ._ ; Roller, Other Than Plant Mix ; Roller, Plant Mix Or Multi-lift � Materials ; Roto-mill, � Roto-grinder �.__._________.._.. _..________ ;Saws - Concrete� � � ;Scraper, Self Propelled Under 45 <':,Yards �____�_... __._..�.._ _ ..__.__ '�Scrapers - Concrete ft Carry All ; �SCrapers, Self-propelled: 45 ;Yards And Over ,Service Engineers - Equipment ;Shotcrete/gunite Equipment i ---�� - ;Shovel , Excavator, Backhoe, ITractors Under 15 Metric Tons. ,.____._.____.�.___.__. ._._._. �Shovel, Excavator, Backhoe: �Over 30 Metric Tons To 50 �Metric Tons .�_�__._....____.�.��__..._.__ iShovel, Excavator, Backhoes, �3C � 3C _..._.__ 3C � 3C 3C 3C :� : � . :� :� .. . :� :� 3C � 8P ----� ---� ----- 3 C -----�- 8P 3C ; 8P 3C�� P _..._...._......_. __.. 3C � 8P T 3C � 3C i 8P � $54.33� 7A � 3C j $55.24':. 7A i 3C i , _�...._. ' , � ----...__..._._.;�.__�_____ i $54.33! 7A i 3C -- - -�-__._...___._ � __ i $51.97: 7A �j 3C i $54.33 7A ! 3C $55.24� 7A i i ; $54.75 � �7A Y4. 3C 3C ! 8P �8P s — ; ; � 8P ;------_ � 8P ! 8P I � ; 8P � ; 8P I iTractors: 15 To 30 Metric Tons .._____. �____._..__.._.__.......____.�.___..�..._.__._____:._.�.....__...__....__._.__.._�,___.�.._._.____.__ Kitsap ;Power Equipment Operators �Shovel, Excavator, Backhoes: <Over 50 Metric Tons To 90 �Metric Tons ; Truck Crane Oiler/driver Under i$54.33� 7A 100 Tons ; i .__._........... _.._......__....'_'__ __...__'. .... "_..__..__.A- �._ ............. .. " Truck Mo Por table Conveyor � � 7A - - -.... _..._. _...__..- ----.. .... _...-- --� --- ---..---- � Welder i $55.24; .-.-.. _. Whee Tract Farmall Type '$51.97; 7A ~ _._..____....� __.��.._.______..__._ __._.._____._.,__.._ Yo Yo Pay Dozer �� $54.75 i 7A -. -- -,-;-.-_..___..___ Kitsap� ;Power Equipment Operators ;Shovel, Excavator, Backhoes:� j$56.36; 7A i ,Over 90 Metric Tons ' i 1, � -----..-.._...__.._.;..._......-----��--�---- ------�- --._..........--�- --�--._._.....__.....- ---...-----.�...------ Kitsap !Power Equipment Operators :Slipform Pavers ;$55.24� 7A Kitsap jPower Equipment Operators ;Spreader, Topsider �t Screedman; $55.24��� 7A Kitsap ��Power Equipment Operators �;Subgrader Trimmer ;$54.75± 7A � —... � . . . ... -- ------. , . ._..__.._. .--"---�----�----._...-'--.5.. .. ....._ .._. _ Kitsa Power E ui ment 0 erators jTower Bucket Elevators � 54.33! 7A .__� P � ,�_q P __..___ p_.�____�. ! _ �__.__...�___.__i_.. � - ----�_.� Kitsap ;Power Equipment Operators ;Tower Crane Over 175'in i$56.36° 7A ; ;Height, Base To B oom ` - - .. . _._.__...__.....--� -----.....---...--- - � -- � --. _ ... _ . _ .. r ...------ 1-- -----�.__.....-- --- - Kitsap �Power Equipment Operators !Tower Crane Up To 175' In i$55.79; 7A ; � He Base To Boo ; ; �_.........��..........j.�.. ��t.-.�.. �....J � � �..��-....�.�..�..��-�.�.�. �..��.���.�_�..�..�.........i.�..--.���...-.«�.-.�...'�.�..... � Kitsap 'Power Equipment Operators �Transporters, All Track Or �$55.24; 7A 3C ; 8P j � �Tr uck Type � ; : � i j ^ � : � i i �.--._.�_.._. .._�_ i__W_ .___. _..,_.. ..__..��.__.,.�._._..�_._._:_.... _. a Kitsap !Power Equi�ment Operators �Trenching Machines $54.33; 7A � � �3C � 8P � � � _�..�.�..Y..__� —__�� � -.w �-��..���..r��.�._.�... ....�..._�..� ..�..- �u....�.�.. Kitsap � Power Equipment Operators �Truck Crane Oiler/driver - 100 ;$54.75;� 7A ; 3C � 8P - ' ;Tons And Over i � ' � _ .. .... - _ -- ------ -- . _ .____� —:_--___._._..�_._ ` � i _. _.�.�.�____._.. _..�....._ _..__---__.��.. ---___.__..__.� Kitsap ; Power Epuipment Operators Kitsap Kitsap Kitsap Kitsap Power Equipment Operators -�-�-�--------,-�-----��-----------..__...__.._._.._._._-. _.._..----...........------- ��----�--�-�--•--�-�- Kitsap iPower Equipment Onerators- �Asphalt Plant Operators "$55.24; 7A ' Undereround Sewer �t Water : ; ' ____� _.__- --- _. Kitsap + Equipment Operators- ,Assistant Engineer jUnderQround Sewer �t Water ` ______---_ .- __�.______�..._._____..__ �__.�_.____�.�...�.._.. _- -----______. _ Kitsap �'Power Equipment Operators- ; Barrier Machine (zipper) � UnderQr ound Sewer �t Water ; — ; --._..._....------- -�..---�--�--....---------- --.._.._ ............... Kitsap jPower Equiament Operators- ;Batch Plant Operator, Concrete �Under�round Sewer �t Water � ----._...-----�._... .__._...----- �-- . .. . . ... -- --.. ._.__ ._..._ �_ , _.._._. _.__.. ...._.. ... _._.._.... Kitsap : Power Equipment Operators- =Bobcat 'Underground Sewer Et Water ; .__.�;.�._..__�__ _._._.__.____._.__�.._.._____�_..___Y____�._.___ _____.� Kitsap ; Power Equipment O�erators- I Brokk - Remote Demolition 'Under�round Sewer &t Water ;Equipment --._._.._......---�-�---�------------------ ---..�--------._._.._..----------- Kitsap 'Power Equipment O�erators- �Brooms ; UnderQround Sewer &t Water � _ _..___._. ___, _ _. _ ...____ _ ___ _ __.._ ... . _:_..._....___ _... .....__. _ __ __. _ Kitsap �Power Equipment O�erators- 'Bump Cutter � � _ �UnderQround Sewer &t Water ! ._.v. _..7 _�._ _ . __ . ___ ... f� .......... ___ - �� . _ , � .-.-. r .. Kitsap �Power Equipment O�,erators- ;Cableways �Under�round Sewer &t Water ' $55.24; 7A , , — ..----... --------��--� ;---- .........................._..---................----.....__...._...-- ; --------�._._..........--�--- Kitsap ;Power Equipment OQerators- jChipper '$54.75i 7A � �Underground Sewer �t Water ; , -------.. i _....----- --�-��--, �-----...--- -- --!----�--- -.._._�-_...-�---i--_ Kitsap 'Power Equipment O�erators- ;Compressor ; $51.97� 7A � : Under�round Sewer � Water � ; t _..._._; ________.__._._.�_.._ Kitsap Y lPower Equipment O�erators-�jConcrete Pump: Truck Mount I$55.24j 7A � � $55.79' 7A ; $ 15 97; 7A ._. _ , � � _ + .�.___.._.__�� ; $54.75! 7A � 3C 3C 3C 3C 3C 3C � . I $ � .�'_ "'__"__ M ; 8P � ;...._._� � 8P � ; �8P ^� � � 8P _ � ; 8P � t ' ' ' 3C ! 8P - � --�.�..__ 3C � 8P ._ _....�..-- 3C �----� i--�- 8P $54.75j 7A ; � ... _�.----;-...----...-�---� , -..__._... , � $51.97; 7A ; 3C ' 8P $51.974 7A i 3C -�---- ----- �-�------- $51.97' 7A ' 3C � _ _.......-� + - �---....._.._ $54.75� 7A ; 3C ; i � ' ._____�..�I_.. ._..i 3C � 8P � — — � ' . � 3C i 8P 3C 3C 3C 3C 3C ; 8P , -_ _..__. i 8P L..T.._-..__ ; 8P ►---- ��8P � 8P 3C 3C � R ....__ ! 3C i -... _.. ... ; 3C � __._.. � 3C ~ j 8P � � ' _ $P _.... � - ---� i _� 8P � ' ...� .8P � 8P ? � — � d 8P � e � �Under�round Sewer �t Water ;With Boom Attachment Over 42 � I ____._ ___._..�_ , _�m.__._ ' Kitsap �!Power Equi�ment Operators- ;Concrete Finish Machine -laser �$51.97 ': Under�round Sewer �t Water � Scree d � Kitsap� Power Equi�ment Operators�jConcrete Pump - Mounted Or $54.33 ' I UnderQround Sewer �t Water jTrailer High Pressure Line �Pump, Pu mp High Pressure. Kitsap ;Power Equipment Operators- �Concrete Pump: Truck Mount �$54.75 ' lUnder�round Sewer �t Water ;With Boom Attachment Up To ' {42m � ; � ._.._ W� - _` � ._ �_ --�. � ' Kitsap � Power Equipment Operators- !Conveyors $54.33 +Underground Sewer �t Water � � Kitsap �Power Equi�ment Operators- ;Cranes: 20 Tons Through 44 E$54.75 ' _ ;Under�round Sewer �t Water iTons With Attachments ; _ Kitsap �Power Epuipment Operators- jCranes: 100 Tons Through 199 $55.79 ,Under�round Sewer �t Water ;Tons, Or 150' Of Boom I ' I(Including Jib With I �Attachments) � Kitsap !Power Equipment Operators- jCranes: 200 Tons To 300 Tons, I$56.36 ' IUnder�round Sewer �t Water ;Or 250' Of Boom (including Jib � f I � � With Attachments) I Kitsap iPower Equipment Operators- ��Cranes: 45 Tons Through 99 �$55.24 ' iUndereround Sewer �t Water ;Tons, Under 150' Of Boom � ' (includin� Jib With ' Attachments) __ Kitsap �Power Equipment Operators- Cranes: A-frame - 10 Tons And �$51.97 � UnderQround Sewer tt Water Under � Kitsap °Power Equipment Operators- �Cranes: Friction 100 Tons $56.36 Under�round Sewer �t Water Thro 199 Ton ; Kitsap ;Power Equipment Operators- �Cranes: Friction Over 200 Tons $56.92 , �UnderQround Sewer �t Water ' Kitsap Power Equipment Operators- ;Cranes: Over 300 Tons Or 300' $56.92 Under�round Sewer £t Water IOf Boom (including Jib With , �Attachments) � � Kitsap IPower Equipment Operators- �Cranes: Through 19 Tons With $54.33 �Under�round Sewer �t Water �Attachments A-frame Over 10 ' j i Tons � Kitsap � Power Equipment Operators- + Crusher $54.75 ' � Under�round Sewer �t Water � __ Kitsap ' Power Equipment Operators- ; Deck Engineer/deck Winches �$54.75 Underground Sewer �t Water j (power) i ' Kitsap Power Equipment Operators- !Derricks, On Building Work $55.24 Underground Sewer Et Water�� Kitsap Power Equipment Operators- ;Dozers D-9 &t Under $54.33 ' Underground Sewer �t Water_ ; _ Kitsap Power Equipment Operators- Drill Oilers: Auger Type, Truck $54.33 Underground Sewer �t Water ;Or Crane Mount ' Kitsap �Power Equipment Operators- ,Drilling Machine $54.75 U nderQround Sewer �t Water ; ! ' Kitsap Power Equipment Operators- Elevator And Man-lift: $51.97 7A i 3C 7A 3C l 7A � 3C 7A�� 3C 7A + 3C 7A �— 3C 7A ! 3C � 7A 3C 7A 3C 7A 3C 7A i 3C 7A 3C 7A j 3C 7A 7A 3C 3C 7A 7A 7A 7A 7A 3C 3C 3C 3C 3C :� :� :� � . :� :� :� :� :� :� :� :� :� � . � . � . :� :• :• :� ! Under�round Sewer tt Water ; Perma A nd Sh aft Type � Kitsap ;Power Equipment Operators- FFinishing Machine, Bidwell An �d $54.75 ;Under�round Sewer �t Water �Gamaco �t Similar Equipment � Kitsap Equipment Operators- �Forktift: 3000 Lbs And Over I$54.33 � Under�round Sewer �t Water ; With Attachments --.-- Kitsap ;Power Equipment Operators- 'Forklifts: Under 3000 Lbs. With i$51.97 � Under�round Sewer �t Water ? Attachments j Kitsap �Power Equipment Operators- iGrade En�ineer: Using Blue i $54.75 jUnder�round Sewer �t Water iPrints, Cut Sheets, Etc ; ---� � �--- Kitsap :Power Equipment Operators- iGradechecker/stakeman ! $51.97 ; Under�round Sewer �t Water ' � Kitsap ; Power Equipment O�erators- ,Guardrail Punch � � $54.75 �Under�round Sewer £t Water � �� Kitsap ;Power Equipment Operators- �Hard Tail End Dump Articutating� $55.24 ;Under�round Sewer � Water i0ff- Road Equipment 45 Yards. ; � E tt Over ; ��� .--------- ` --; Kitsap ;Power Equipment Operators- +Hard Tail End Dump Articulating� $54.75 �Undereround Sewer �t Water �Off-road Equipment Under 45 i ' t Yards ; Kitsap �Power Equipment Operators- ;Horizontal/directional Drill �$54.33 � UnderQround Sewer �t Water f L ocato r ; —..._�— — �----�--� ----��- — � Kitsap !Power Equipment Operators- iHorizontal/directional Drill �$54.75 ;Under�round Sewer �t Water ;Operator j Kitsap ;Power EcLuipment Operators- ;Hydralifts/boom Trucks Over 10; $54.33 ; UnderQround Sewer Et Water !Tons � Kitsap �Power Equipment Operators- Hydralifts/boom Trucks, 10 $51.97 j UnderQround Sewer �t Water i Tons A Un ; --- — — ---� -- - -- - Kitsap iPower Equipment Operators- 1Loader, Overhead 8 Yards. �t :$55.79 �Under�round Sewer �t Water ;Over � Kitsap i Power Equipment Operators- Loader, Overhead, 6 Yards. But j$55.24 �Under�round Sewer �t Water �Not Including 8 Yards �` � Kitsap tPower Equipment Operators- ;Loaders, Overhead Under 6 ;$54.75 � Under�round Sewer �t Water :Yards ; Kitsap ' Power Equipment Operators- � Loaders, Plant Feed �� r$54.75 Under�round Sewer �t Water ; j --� --------- ----- -�. _. _...--�---- �-- --, . _ ..-- Kitsap � Power Equipment Operators- ; Loaders: Elevating Type Belt �$54.33 �� � Under�round Sewer �t Water I _ ���� � � � Kitsap �Power Equipment Operators- 'Locomotives, All ��; $54.75 ��UnderQround Sewer �t Water ��_ �� � i Kitsap ;Power Equipment Operators- iMaterial Transfer Device �$54.75 ; UnderQround Sewer �t Water i ; Kitsap Power Equipment Operators- Mechanics, All (leadmen -$0.50 �$55.79 UnderQround Sewer £t Water IPer Hour Over Mechanic) Kitsap �Power Equipment Operators- 'Motor Patrol Grader - Non- i$54.33 ; Under�round Sewer &t Water �finishing � Kitsap woP er Equipment Operators- , Motor Patrol Graders, Finishing �$55.24 _ �Under�round Sewer &t Water _ _ _ � _ Kitsap �Power Equipment Operators- �Mucking Machine, Mole, Tunnel ;$55.24 �Undereround Sewer �t Water �Drill, Boring, Road Header � � tiAnd/or Shield ` 7A 7A 7A 7A 7A 7A 7A 7A 7A ; � 7A � i 7A � 7A � I 7A I i I 7A i 7A 7A 7A 7A 3C 3C 3C 3C 3C 3C I 8P I 3C 4 8P 3C 3C 3C 3C 3C 3C 3C 3C 3C 3C 3C 3C 3C 3C 3C 3C 8P � 8P 1 - I gp i__. ; 8P ;-- I 8P �— " 8P I �--- 8P I � ' 8P 8 I � � 8P � � �! 8P 1� ' 8P i j 8P � i.�_ � 8P ; i 8P � --- 8P � ..---�--�-------...,.---�---.....-�-----�� ---�-- ----��-- ---._...-----�- ------..._,—._._..._.. �_.__.—�....------ ------ � - � i �Kitsap �Power Ec�uipment Operators- !Oil Distributors, Blower ;$51.97� 7A ; 3C � 8P ? Underground Sewer Ft Water ;Distribution �t Mulch Seeding ; ± � ; � � I �Operator ---------- �----i ..-----I--....-�-- �---._......---- —._.._. .. ... _..---......_. _ .. � .. F------�------....---------��---.._—._...... , ,. @Kitsap ;Power Equiement Operators- �Outside Hoists (elevators And �$54.33; 7A ; 3C 8P ¢ ; Under�round Sewer Et Water �Manlifts), Air T ' ' ; ; s . _ � ..--�--� ----- ---.....----�---T--- --- -� � ` ---- -- ' �--....._..- - ---......--- ..� ---�—�---�--r-------� �Kitsap � Power Equipment Operators- �Overhead, Bridge Type Crane: ;$54.75� 7A � 3C � 8P � ;Under�round Sewer �t Water ;20 Tons Through 44 Tons � ; ��� 1 � _.______ ._____._.._._._._._._.�___________.._._ ._�____._._ _..______ . _ ; � �Kitsap � Power Equi�ment Operators- �Overhead, Bridge Type: 100 ;$55.79: 7A � 3C 8P � ;Under�round Sewer �t Water 'Tons And Over ; � � � ;.______�.____....; _. _._.. ._�..._._.� �;�._____ ______;____..___.�. ' , � Kitsap ' Power Equipment Operators- ;Overhead, Bridge Type: 45 Tons �$55.24; s Underground Sewer &t Water ;Through 99 Tons + � --...- —� --� -..------.._._._...—.....__—....---; ---�--.....---._...... _.._....-------.._..;. Kitsap : Power Equipment Operators- ; Pavement Breaker ;$51.97; iUnder�round Sewer Et Water : � ' ._�._.s_._... Kitsap �Power Equipment Operators- ;Pile Driver (other Than Crane �$54.75� ;UnderQround Sewer &t Water 'Mount) ` i ; .._.____._. �.._______.__�.. _._._.. w_.�._W___.._..��._W....___.....__..�._T�.._ _._......._.. ; Kitsap ;Power Equi�ment Operators- �Plant Oiler - Asphalt, Crusher �$54.33; ; Under,�round Sewer &t Water ' � 7A � 3C ._._�_...----- 7A i 3C 7A� 7A ; 3C ----��----; --�--��-------�----.....--�-��-----�---� - -- --......-----...... .....-,-- ----... ......_...-- Kitsap �Power Equi�ment Operators- ;Posthole Di�ger, Mechanical �$51.97 7A f Underground Sewer �t Water � , � , �__. _.__..__-_______.____-_____.__......�� -- --- .._____..__._.________.__.____._._._..._-,__--___�__...1 � Kitsap i Power Equipment Operators- ; Power Plant �$51.97; � � Under�round Sewer �t Water j ` ; �_�. ; ; : __._� __.___�_... - - __.r___�_____..�.___�____--_---- � ' �Kitsap �Power Equipment Operators- !Pumps - Water �$51.97� r iUnder�round Sewer �t Water ! 1 ' M .___...______._� __ w..___._.._....._____._____. ____f��__Y__ _ .�____. _ _._... � _____.� ' �Kitsap ;Power Equipment Operators- ;Quad 9, Hd 41, D10 And Over �$55.24� ; Under�round Sewer �t Water � _ __ _ ; __ __; � � ' ' ' ' 7A 7A 7A Kitsap IPower Equipment Operators- Quick Tower - No Cab, Under �$51.971 7A � Under�round Sewer �t Water �100 Feet In Height Based To i � i i Boom ! � ---'---'--�-----'-"-'-". -'--'-"-'---- --. ' --- ' Kitsap ;Power Eguipment Operators- IRemote Control Operator On ;$55.24; 7A ;Under�round Sewer �t Water �Rubber Tired Earth Moving ' ; Equi pment � , . ...--- ; -- -------------�---< -----�--�-�----- ---�---.. .._..-=--- ' --�- _ Kitsap � Power Equipment Operators- i Rigger And Bellman ;$51.9 7A _�Under�round Sewer �t Water � i ' ---. __. __...-----------._.. ._�—..-�------�.....---�----�---�_.... —! _. Kitsap ; Power Equipment Operators- � Rollagon �$55.24; 7A ; Underground Sewer �t Water i ; r __.___..___.�._...__.�._._....._.�__�.�.-- Kitsap ;Power Equipment Operators- ;Roller, Other Than Plant Mix �$51.97� 7A j Under�round Sewer F� Water ; i ------- ---- — -- ------+-----...- �------------�---�--�--�--- —i^.— Kitsap 'Power EQUipment Operators- ;Roller, Plant Mix Or Multi-lift j$54.33; 7A 3C 3C ; 8P �--- ; 8P f y. �8P , ' 8P ;-.--- SP i ; 8P � 3C "i 8P � i �__ .._..___.t.�._�.. i 3C i 8P. � i � "�. i !_._.__ � 3C _�__ 8P ; =i � _.� �-_.._. _.L _..--- ' 3C � 8P � � � ; 3C I 8P --..-- " --- 3C � 8P �i _ 3C , 8P �Kitsap ` Power Equipment Operators- �Roto-mill, Roto-grinder �$54.75j 7A � � �Under�round Sewer 8 Water � ; � I ' �.__._....._�_______�..�...v._�_._____.�._..._______.__ ; �._..... �.....�.______�.___.._._ ; �--._.. ; � Kitsap ? Power Equipment Operators- iSaws - Concrete i$54.33 � 7A i i ; llnderQround Sewer �t Water ! , � ' ' ' Kitsap jPower Eauipment Operators- ;Scraper, Self Propelled Under 451 $54.75j �UnderQround Sewer �t Water �Yards � i -----... !--��-- --�-��--------���---.� Kitsap �Power Equipment Operators- �Scrapers - Concrete �t Carry Atl �$54.33; : U nderground Sewer �t Water ; ; ; ._._.;�._.�_....._.._.__..�._._._._. _______..�..�. _�.._._..._.____________._.__._.�. ..._� Kitsap IPower Equipment Operators- ;Scrapers, Self-propelled: 45 �$55.241 �� U nderQround Sewer �t Water �Yards And Over �`_� ��i_ J � � f 3C ; 8P � _. _,_ � .__..._.__. 3C I 8p ._.________�..___._� 3C ; 8P 7A � 3C - � -- 7A � 3C i 7A � 3C :� :� � . �Kitsap � Power Equipment Operators- �Service Engineers - Equipment :$54.33' 7A 3C ` 8P i E :Under�round Sewer �t Water � ' ; ' � $-..-.-,-_..,...'_'f_._.._.._—...f.__._..""___V._..—.._.�____�.._..__...._..-_.; �.._-_....�.__.._____.�__.-.._..'__,--_._...�_..� �_._.... '�..____._�..�._....��_� .._..�T_._..._____�.�..-� �Kitsap �Power Eauipment Operators- `:Shotcrete/gunite Equipment �$51.97� 7A � 3C i 8P � e i Underground Sewer �t Water � __ " ! ` ` . _ � � - .. . ----......... ---- -.. _..-------�- --..._.. _...-- -- 4---- -- -.._._ . I_ _.. _-.�' ..--- - --... � �Kitsap : Power Equipment Operators- ;Shovel , Excavator, Backhoe, !$54.33; 7A ; 3C 8P = € ` Under�round Sewer �t Water �Tr actors Under 15 Metric Tons. : � � �_�__.._..._..�.__�....._...___ _ _- -�-� �Kitsap !Power Equipment Operators- �Shovel, Excavator, Backhoe:� I$55.24i 7A �~ 3C� � 8P � � ; Under�ound Sewer �t Water ;Over 30 Metric Tons To 50 ; ; j � , ' a ; ;Metric Tons I � ' i � }.._......... .. -- .__..__...__. _._1_.. --... ----.... �__... __� ,Kitsap : Power Eauipment Operators- �Shovel, Excavator, Backhoes, �$54.75; 7A 3C 8P ; ; , � : , 5 iUnder�round Sewer ft Water ;Tractors: 15 To 30 Metric Tons ': ' , � � �..._.�._- - --- - --_._ .___.____.. ._._ .__�__�._ .._....W._._. _ ____. _�._.__....�..____...�___�._ - Kitsap �Power Equipment Operators- i5hovel, Excavator, Backhoes: ;$55.79; 7A I 3C ' 8P �Under�round Sewer £t Water �Over 50 Metric Tons To 90 i � ; i ' iMetri T ons ' ; . i Kitsap 'Power Equipment Operators- ;Shovel, Excavator,. Backhoes: ��:� $56.36; �Under�round Sewer &t Water 'Over 90 Metric Tons Kitsap �P er Eauipment Operators-�;Slipform Pavers � �^ i$55.24j I Undereround Sewer �t Water ; ; ; _._.. -----�....-- -...---�--��- -----�-�----� _ _...----...__.—__._..._ ... - ---�-- --�-- --...--- Kitsap ;Power Equipment Operators- �Spreader, Topsider � Screedman� $55.24' :Under�round Sewer �t Water ; � 7A 3C � 7A ! � 3C . ' ........�-- 7A : 3C � ; 8P � , 8P i .—...._. ' 8P Kitsap � Power Equipment Operators- !Subgrader Trimmer �$54.75; 7A � 3C i 8P � IUndereround Sewer £t Water ` i ' ! i � _...__. ._._l.�.__ __._.. �____.�_....� �..�._._._____._;_..- -- - - - _�___�__._____.� Kitsap � Power EquiQment Operators- �Tower Bucket Elevators ;$54.33: 7A 3C � 8P ` �Under�round Sewer �t Water � ' � ! ' , ; ,....-----.....-- -......---�-----�--- ,_......_.._ ;._....__�_._..;._ , ------... ' ----... ; _ ... . .; ......—_.. . _. ..—_.._. _. . ..----- - � : Kitsap ; Power Equipment Operators- ;Tower Crane Over 175'in ;$56.36i 7A ! 3C I 8P i ;Underground Sewer �t Water ;Height, Base To Boom � � ; �� � � . _ �. ...._.� Kitsap ; Power Eauipment Operators- �Tower Crane Up To 175' In �$55.79' 7A � 3C 8P - ; Underaround Sewer �t Water ; Height Base To Boom . - ; 3 _ ___ ____�_T..�_._-- Kitsap �{ Power Epuipment Operators- jTransporters, All Track Or �$55.24� 7A� �� 3C � 8P E , ;UnderQround Sewer �. Water ;Truck Type ; ; i � � __.. _..l-�--- �---�--. __ _._....-- ; --��---. ._.....—�--�--... ---�-�--w._..-�-----r--.._.._..-- --.......---...--i---��-- � Kitsap � Power Equipment Operators- '•:Trenching Machines ;$54.33i 7A 3C ; 8P � �Under�round Sewer �t Water ' � ; ; ; � .. ..--- -...-- -�-�-- -�--�--�- -�-- --. .... _... - - ... _.._._—._.... .. -- ----.;_ .. . ......_ i__"".... .._'_"T.. ....__....--""'a ."_". .. Kitsap � Power Equipment Operators- �Truck Crane Oiler/driver - 100 I$54.75s 7A ! 3C � 8P � ; Under�round Sewer �t Water jTons And Over ; ` ! ; � __._.._.._..__-- --- _. __________._..... ___._.�_...._.�______._._t....�_ __._._..._._.,_�. �_i_._..__.._.___._.__s_�T______..__��____.__�.�..t Kitsap �Power Equipment Operators- 'Truck Crane Oiler/driver Under �$54.33; 7A 3C ; 8P � � Under�round Sewer £� Water � 100 Tons � , , : , : --�---��—......---�-��-�------. ...----�-��- -----..._......_..-�--- _...._...------- �---�--�-- � 3 Y ._. {..__.__-�___. i.-..._........._.._.-__ '._.".__.-' Kitsap ; Power Equipment Operators- ITruck Mount Portable Conveyor ;$54.751 7A ; 3C ; 8P R ; � ; , I Under�round Sewer �t Water ; � � _�_ g ----�---- ;•------�------- --------�.....----- -----��- �-�----- ---- Kitsap ; Power Equipment Operators- ;Welder !$55.24; 7A � 3C t 8P � yUnder�round Sewer &t Water � ; � _..__ _,._ _ ..._______ _____.'_ ...._._._._.�� Kitsap � Power Eguipment Operators- �� Wheel�Tractors, Farmall Type $51.97; 7A � 3C � 8P � i11.�J�_�__.._J r�_...__ n�u_�__ � I I _ E Kitsap Kitsap : Power Equiament Operators- ;Under�round Sewer �t Water Street And Parking Lot Sweeper Workers Kitsap ; Surve,Yors �Yo Yo Pay Dozer � _ .'__"___......�.._..�.___ __.... �ourney Level L._.._.._ ......�.�._�_._. _ :Assistant Construction Site i Surveyor ;.._ __._..._.__.._ .__._._..._._ iChainman ! $54.75i 7A j 3C j � ! �...___ I ��6.0�� � ` , 1 �_ �.._�.____._�..____�_.._____._ ' $54.33; 7A � 3C � ' $53.81! 7A I, 3C ; 8P ; � " f _- _.' 3 , { � i � � j 8P $ � ; � $P .._, ' � � i � � ' ' � 1 , ' � , � , ' � ' � 1 1 � Kitsap :Surveyors - Kitsap ;Truck Drivers : � .� Kitsap ;Truck Drivers � . ; Kitsap iTruck Drivers �:` __,____� _ Ki tsap ;Truck Drivers �' Kitsap iTruck Drivers ; ---�- - — Kitsap ;Truck Drivers ',. � � Const r uction Site Surveyo �Asphalt Mix Over 16 Yards (W ;WA-Joint Council 28) ;Asphalt Mix To 16 Yards (W. ':WA-Joint Council 28) ��Dump Truck � Dump Truck And Trailer ;Other Truck r --- –..._ —.. _ ;Transit Mixer . '��$55.24; 7A � $49.85 5D $49.01; 5D $19.60 $19.60 $18.37 $20.79 3_C j 8P 3A 8L 3A ! 8L 1 ---�. 1 _.... 1 This page is intentionally left blank. � , ' 1 ' � ' � , Modification Number 0 2 ' 3 4 5 ASBE0007-002 06/O1/2015 � ASBESTOS WORKER/HEAT & FROST 1 INSULATOR ................ ----------- * BrtwA0001-010 06/O1/2015 ' ' � ' 1 1 Bremerton DM15-952-042 Flow Control and valve projectw,437.txt General oecision Number: w,4150037 07/24/2015 wA37 Superseded General Decision Number: wA20140037 State: washington Construction Type: Building County: Kitsap County in washington. BUILDING CONSTRUCTION PROJECTS (does not include single family homes or apartments up to and including 4 stories). Note: Executive Order (EO) 13658 establishes an hourly minimum wage of $10.10 for 2015 that applies to all contracts subject to the Davis-Bacon ,4ct for which the solicitation is issued on or after �anuary 1, 2015. If this contract is covered by the E0, the contractor must pay all workers in any classification listed on this wage determination at least $10.10 (or the applicable wage rate listed on this wa�e determination, if it is higher) for all hours spent performing on the contract. The Eo minimum wage rate will be adjusted annually. ,4dditional information on contractor requirements and worker protections under the Eo is available at www.dol.gov/whd/govcontracts. Publication �ate O1/02/2015 02/06/2015 05/29/2015 06/26/2015 07/03/2015 07/24/2015 Rates Fringes Rates Fringes BRICKLAYER .................. 37.54 14.77 ---------------------------------------------------------------- " CARP0770-021 06/O1/2015 Rates CARPENTER (Includin Cabinet Installation, Drywall Hanging, Form work and Metal Stud rnstallation) ...............$ 40.36 PILEDRIVERMAN ....................$ 40.61 Fri nges 13.66 13.66 (HOURLY ZONE PAY: WESTERN AND CENTRAL WASHINGTON - ALL CLASSIFICATIONS EXCEPT MILLWRIGHTS AND PILEDRIVERS Hourly zone Pay shall be paid on jobs located outside of the free zone computed from the city center of the following listed cities: Page 1 � '� Bremerton �M15-952-042 Flow Control and valve projectwA37.txt Seattle Olympia Auburn Bremerton Renton Shelton Aberdeen Tacoma Ellensburg Everett Centralia Mount Vernon Chelan Pt. Townsend Zone Pay: 0 -25 radius miles Free 26-35 radius miles $1.00/hour 36-45 radius miles $1.15/hour 46-55 radius miles $1.35/hour Over 55 radius miles 51.55/hour Bellingham Anacortes Yakima wenatchee Port Angeles Sunnyside (HOURLY ZONE PAY: WESTERN AND CENTRAL WASHINGTON - MILLWRIGHT AND PILEDRIVER ONLY) Hourly zone Pay shall be computed from Seattle union Hall, Tacoma City center, and Everett City center Zone Pay: 0 -25 radius miles Free 26-45 radius miles $ .70/hour Over 45 radius miles $1.50/hour ---------------------------------------------------------------- E�EC0046 02/04/2013 Rates Fringes ELECTRICIAN ......................$ 42.61 3%+15.96 ---------------------------------------------------------------- ENG20302-021 06/Ol/2013 Rates Power equipment operators: Group lA ...................$ 37.39 Group lAA ..................$ 37.96 Group lAAA .... .............$ 38.52 Group 1 .....................$ 36.84 Group 2 .....................$ 36.35 Group 3 .....................$ 35.93 Group 4 .....................$ 33.57 POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATORS CLASSIFICATIONS Fringes 16.65 16.65 16.65 16.65 16.65 16.65 16.65 GROUP lAAA - Cranes-over 300 tons, or 300 ft of boom (including jib with attachments) GROUP lAA - Cranes 200 to 300 tons, or 250 ft of boom (including jib with attachments); Excavator/Trackhoe: over 90 metric tons GROUP lA - Cranes, 100 tons thru 199 tons, or 150 ft of boom (including jib with attachments); Excavator/Trackhoe: over 50 metric tons to 90 metric tons GROUP 1- Cranes 45 tons thru 99 tons, under 150 ft of boom (including jib with attachments); Excavator/Trackhoe: over 30 metric tons to 50 metric tons; �ozer �-10; Screedman; Page 2 � ' C � � L� ' ' Bremerton �M15-952-042 Flow Control and valve projectw,437.txt Scrapers: 45 yards and over; Grader/Blade GROUP 2- Cranes, 20 tons thru 44 tons with attachments; Drilling machine; Excavator/Trackhoe: 15 to 30 metric tons; Horizontal/directional drill operator; Crane oiler-100 Tons and Over; Compactor; Scraper: under 45 tons GROUP 3- Cranes-thru 19 tons with attachments; �ozers-�-9 and under; Motor patrol grader-nonfinishing; Roller-Plant Mix; Crane oiler under 100 tons; Excavator/Trackhoe: under 15 metric tons; Forklift: 3000 lbs and over with attachments; Service Oiler; Concrete Pump; GROUP 4- rtoller-other than plant mix; Forklift: under 3000 lbs with attachments; Bobcat ---------------------------------------------------------------- IRON0086-010 07/O1/2015 Rates Fringes IRONWORKER (ReinfOrCing, ' structural and Ornamental).......$ 40.04 23.19 �AB00001-017 06/O1/2014 ' ZONE 1: � 1 ' 1 � 1 u Rates �aborers: GROUP 2 .....................$ 25.79 GROUP 3 .....................5 32.29 GROUP 4 .....................$ 33.08 GROUP 5 .....................$ 33.62 ZONE DIFFERENTIAL (ADD TO ZONE 1 RATES): ZONE 2 - $1.00 ZONE 3 - 51.30 Fringes 10.30 10.30 10.30 10.30 BASE POINTS: BELLINGHAM, MT. VERNON, EVERETT, SEATTLE, KENT, TACOMA, OLYMPIA, CENTRALIA, ABERDEEN, SHELTON, PT. TOWNSEND, PT. ANGELES, AND BREMERTON ZONE 1- Projects within 25 radius miles of the respective city hall ZONE 2- More than 25 but less than 45 radius miles from the respective city hall ZONE 3- More than 45 radius miles from the respective city hall LABORERS CLASSIFICATIONS GROUP 2: Flagman; Fence Erector GROUP 3: General Laborer; Mason Tender-Cement/Concrete; Chipping Gun (under 30 lbs.); Form Stripping; GROUP 4: Chipping Gun ' Grade Checker; Gunite; Raker ' (over 30 lbs.); Concrete Saw Operator; Pipe �ayer; vibrating Plate; Asphalt GROUP 5: Mason Tender Page 3 �l Bremerton DM15-952-042 Flow Control and valve projectwA37.txt ---------------------------------------------------------------- °° PAIN0005-029 07/Ol/2015 Rates Fringes DRYWALL FINISHER/TAPER...........$ 37.65 16.12 ---------------------------------------------------------------- � PAIN0005 07/Ol/2015 Rates Fringes PAINTER (Brush Only) .............$ 29.15 10.78 ---------------------------------------------------------------- � PAIN0188-005 07/O1/2015 Rates Fringes GLAZIER ..........................$ 40.00 16.00 ---------------------------------------------------------------- * PAIN1238-002 07/O1/2015 Rates Fringes SOFT FLOOR LAYER (Including vinyl and Carpet) ................$ 27.52 15.08 ---------------------------------------------------------------- PLUM0026-016 O1/Ol/2015 Rates Fringes Plumbers and Pipefitters.........$ 42.87 20.40 ----------=----------------------------------------------------- RooF0054-009 06/Ol/2014 Rates Fringes ROOFER (Includes Roof Tear off, waterproofing, and lnstallation of Metal Roofs).....$ 32.07 12.62 ---------------------------------------------------------------- SFwA0699-006 O1/O1/2014 Rates Fringes SPRINKLER FITTER (Fire Sprinklers) ......................$ 45.62 22.92 ---------------------------------------------------------------- SHEE0066-024 06/O1/2012 Rates Fringes Sheet Metal worker (Including HVAC Duct Installation)..........$ 44.44 22.49 ---------------------------------------------------------------- SuwA2009-025 05/22/2009 Rates Fringes CEMENT MASON/CONCRETE FINISHER...$ 19.54 3.17 LABORER: Handheld Drill.........$ 17.17 5.36 Page 4 ' ' � ' 1 ' ' ' � ' � � lJ e ' � � � Bremerton oM15-952-042 Flow Control and valve projectwA37.txt LABORER: Irrigation .............$ 11.58 0.00 LABORER: Landscape ..............$ 9.90 0.00 OPERATOR: Backhoe ...............$ 26.45 7.47 OPERATOR: Loader ................$ 26.62 OPERATOR: Mechanic ..............$ 24.33 PAINTER: Roller .................$ 25.40 PAINTER: Spray ................. 25.40 TILE SETTER ......................$ 18.38 TRUCK DRIVER: Dump Truck........$ 26.70 7.88 4.33 0.00 0.00 2.90 9.85 TRUCK DRIVER: Semi-Trailer Truck----------------------------5 19.80 ------------1_27 ------- ------- WELDERS - Receive rate prescribed for craft performing operation to which welding is incidental. ---------------------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------------- unlisted classifications needed for work not included within the scope of the classifications listed may be added after award only as provided in the labor standards contract clauses (29CFR 5.5 (a) (1) (ii)). The body of each wage determination lists the classification and wage rates that have been found to be prevailing for the cited type(s) of construction in the area covered by the wage determinat�on. The classifications are listed in alphabetical order of "identifiers" that indicate whether the particular rate is a union rate (current union negotiated rate for local), a survey rate (weighted average rate) or a union average rate (weighted union average rate). uni on rtate zdenti fi ers ,4 four letter classification abbreviation identifier enclosed in dotted lines beginning with characters other than "SU" or " UAVG " denotes that the union classifica�tion and rate were prevailing for that classification in the survey. Example: P�uM0198-005 07/Ol/2014. P�UM is an abbreviation identifier of the union which prevailed in the survey for this classification, which in this example would be Plumbers. 0198 indicates the local union number or district council number where applicable, i.e., Plumbers �ocal 0198. The next number, 005 in the example, is an internal number used in processing the wage determination. 07/O1/2014 is the effective date of the most current negotiated rate, which in this example is 7uly 1, 2014. union prevailing wage rates are updated to reflect all rate Page 5 � Bremerton �M15-952-042 Flow Control and valve projectwA37.txt changes in the collective bargaining agreement (CBA) governing this classification and rate. Survey Rate Identifiers Classifications listed under the "SU" identifier indicate that no one rate prevailed for this classification in the survey and the published rate is derived by computing a weighted average rate based on all the rates reported in the survey for that classification. As this weighted average rate includes all rates reported in the survey, it may include both union and non-union rates. Example: SU�A2012-007 5/13/2014. SU indicates the rates are survey rates based on a weighted avera�e calculation of rates and are not majority rates. �A indicates the State of �ouisiana. 2012 is the year of survey on which these classifications and rates are based. The next number, 007 in the example, is an internal number used in producing the wage determination. 5/13/2014 indicates the survey completion date for the classifications and rates under that identifier. Survey wage rates are not updated and remain in effect until a new survey is conducted. union Average Rate Identifiers Classification(s) listed under the UAVG identifier indicate that no sin�le ma]'ority rate prevailed for those classifications; however, 100% of the data reported for the classifications was union data. EXAMPLE: UAVG-OH-0010 08/29/2014. uAVG indicates that the rate is a weighted union average rate. OH indicates the state. The next number, 0010 in the example, is an internal number used in producing the wage determination. 08/29/2014 indicates the survey completion date for the classifications and rates under that identifier. A UAVG rate will be updated once a year, usually in 7anuary of each year, to reflect a weighted average of the current negotiated/CBA rate of the union locals from which the rate is based. ---------------------------------------------------------------- WAGE DETERMINATION APPEALS PROCE55 1.) Has there been an initial decision in the matter? This can be: ;° an existing published wage determination •• a survey underlying a wage determination •• a Wage and Hour �ivision letter setting forth a position on a wage determination matter � a conformance (additional classification and rate) ruling On survey related matters, initial contact, including requests for summaries of surveys, should be with the wage and Hour Regional office for the area in which the survey was conducted because those Regional offices have responsibility for the Davis-Bacon survey program. If the response from this initial contact is not satisfactory, then the process described in 2.) and 3.) should be followed. Page 6 t t 1 � Bremerton �M15-952-042 Flow Control and valve projectw,437.txt with regard to any other matter not yet ripe for the formal process described here, initial contact should be with the Branch of Construction wage �eterminations. write to: Branch of Construction wage �eterminations Wage and Hour Division u.5. �epartment of �abor 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. washington, �C 20210 ' 2.) zf the answer to the question in 1.) is yes, then an interested party (those affected by the action) can request review and reconsideration from the wage and Hour ,4dministrator (See 29 CFR Part 1.8 and 29 CFR Part 7). Write to: � ' ' � wage and Hour Administrator u.5. oepartment of �abor 200 Cons�titution Avenue, N.W. washington, �C 20210 The request should be accompanied by a full statement of the interested party's position and by any information (wa�e payment data, project description, area practice material, etc.) that the requestor considers relevant to the issue. 3.) If the decision of the Administrator is not favorable, an interested party may appeal directly to the Administrative Review Board (formerly the wage Appeals Board). Write to: Administrative Review Board u.5. �epartment of �abor ' 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 20210 � ' ' e t t , r1 4.) All decisions by the ,4dministrative Review Board are final. END OF GENERAL DECISION Page 7 � This page is intentionally left blank. � � ' , , ' ' i Benefit Code Key — Effective 3-4-2015 thru 9-1-2015 ***�*********�����*���*******�**********�**�*:�****�:*******���:*��*************:�***********�**:x*************** Overtime Codes Overtime calculations are based on the hourly rate actually paid to the worker. On public works projects, the hourly rate must be not less than the prevailing rate of wage minus the hourly rate of the cost of fringe benetits actualfy provided for the worker. ALL HOURS WORKED IN EXCESS OF EIGHT (8) HOURS PER DAY OR FORTY (40) HOURS PER WEEK SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE-HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. �:3 � All hours worked on Saturdays shail be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. The first two (3) hours after eight (8) regular hours Monday through Friday and the first ten (10) hours on Saturday shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All other overtime hours and all hours worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of �vage. D. The first two (2) hours before or after a tive-eight (8) hour workweek day or a four-ten (10) hour workweek day and the tirst eight (8) hours worked the ne!ct day after either workweek shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All additional hours worked and all worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. E. The first two (2) hours after eight (8) regular hours Monday through Friday and the first eight (R) hours on Saturday ' shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All other hours worked Monday through Saturday, and all hours worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. ' F. The first two (2) hours after eight (81 reeular hours Monday through Friday and the tirst ten (10) hours on Saturday shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of �vage. All other overtime hours worked, except Labor Day, shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on Labor Day shall be paid at three times the hourly rate of wage. ' , G. The first ten (10) hours worked on Saturdays and the first ten (10) hours worked on a fifth calendar weekday in a four-ten hour schedule, shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked in excess of ten (10) hours per day Monday through Saturday and all hours worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of �vage. H. All hours worked on Saturdays (except makeup days if work is lost due to inclement weather conditions or ' equipment breakdown) shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked Monday through Saturday over twelve (12) hours and all hours �vorked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. ' ' ' � ' I. All hours �vorked on Sundays and holidays shall also be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. J. The first t�vo (2) hours after eight (8) regular hours Monday through Friday and the first ten (10) hours on Saturday shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked over ten (10) hours Monday through Saturday, Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. K. All hours worked on Saturdays and Sundays shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. M. ,411 hours worked on Saturdays (except makeup days if work is lost due to inclement weather conditions) shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. ' Benefit Code Key — Effective 3-4-2015 thru 9-1-2015 N C�a All hours worked on Saturdays (except makeup days) shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. The first ten (] 0) hours worked on Saturday shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on Sundays, holidays and after twelve (12) hours, Monday through Friday and after ten (10) hours on Saturday shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on Saturdays (except makeup days if circumstances warrant) and Sundays shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worhed on holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. Q. The first two (2) hours after eight (8) regular hours Monday through Friday and up to ten (10) hours worked on Saturdays shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked in excess of ten (10) hours per day Monday through Saturday and all hours worked on Sundays and holidays (except Christmas day) shall be paid at double the hourly rate of waDe. All hours worked on Christmas day shall be paid at two and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. R. All hours worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at two times the hourly rate of wage. S. "f'he tirst two (2) hours after eight (8) regular hours Monday through Friday and the first eight (8) hours on Saturday shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on holidays and all other overtime hours worked, except Labor Day, shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on Labor Day shall be paid at three times the hourly rate of wage. U. All hours worked on Saturdays shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on Sundays and holidays (except Labor Da��) shall be paid at two times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on Labor Day shall be paid at three times the hourly rate of wage. V. All hours worked on Sundays and holidays (except Thanksgiving Day and Christmas day) shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on Thanksgiving Day and Christmas day shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. W. All hours worked on Saturdays and Sundays (ercept make-up days due to conditions beyond the control of the employer)) shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. X. The first four (4) hours after eight (8) regular hours Monday through Friday and the first twelve (12) hours on Saturday shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of �vage. All hours worked over twelve (12) hours Monday through Saturday, Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. When holiday falls on Saturday or Sunday, the day before Saturday, Friday, and the day after Sunday, Monday, shall be considered the holiday and all work performed shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. Y. All hours worked outside the hours of 5:00 am and 5:00 pm (or such other hours as may be a�reed upon by any employer and the employee) and all hours worked in excess of eight (8) hours per day (10 hours per day for a 4 x 10 workweek) and on Saturdays and holidays (except labor day) shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. (e�cept for employees who are absent from work without prior approval on a scheduled workday during the workweek shall be paid at the straight-time rate until they have worked 8 hours in a day (10 in a 4 x 10 workweek) or 40 hours during that workweek.) All hours �vorked Monday through Saturday over t�velve (12) hours and all hours worked on Sundays and Labor Day shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. Z. All hours worked on Saturdays and Sundays shall be paid at one and one-halfi times the hourly rate of wage. All , hours worked on holidays shall be paid the straight time rate of pay in addition to holiday pay. ' 2 ' � ' ' 2. ' ' t , ' ' � ' ' , 3. ' ' ' ' , ' , Benefit Code Key — Effective 3-4-2015 thru 9-1-2015 ALL HOURS WORKED IN EXCESS OF EIGHT (8) HOURS PER DAY OR FORTY (40) HOURS PER WEEK SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE-HALF "fIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. B. All hours worked on holidays shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. C. All hours worked on Sundays shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of �vage. All hours worked on liolidays shall be paid at two times the hourly rate of wage. F. The first eight (8) hours worked on holidays shall be paid at the straight hourly rate of wage in addition to the holiday pay. All hours worked in excess of eight (8) hours on holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. G. All hours worked on Sunday shall be paid at two times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on paid holidays shall be paid at two and one-half times the hourly rate of wage including holiday pay. H. All hours worked on Sunday shall be paid at two times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on holidays shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. O. AJ1 hours worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. R. T All hours worked on Sundays and holidays and all hours worked over sixty (60) in one week shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. All hours �vorked on Saturdays shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked over I 2 hours in a day or on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. W. The tirst two (2) hours after eight (8) regular hours Monday through Friday and the first ei�ht (8) hours on Saturday shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All other hours worked Monday through Saturday, and all hours worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. On a four-day, ten-hour weekly schedule, either Monday thru Thursday or Tuesday thru Friday schedule, all hours �a•orked after ten shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. The first eight (4) hours t��orked on the fifth day shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All other hours worked on the fifth, sixth, and seventh days and on holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. ALL HOURS WORKED IN EXCESS OF EIGHT (8) HOURS PER DAY OR FORTY (40) HOURS PCR WEEK SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE-HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. A. Work performed in excess of eight (8) hours of straight time per day, or ten (10) hours of straight time per day when four ten (10) hour shifts are established, or forty (40) hours of straight time per week, Monday through Friday, or outside the normal shift, and all work on Saturdays shall be paid at time and one-half the straight time rate. Hours worked over twelve hours (12) in a single shift and all work performed after C:00 pm Saturday to 6:00 am Monday and holidays shall be paid at double the straight time rate of pay. Any shift starting between the hours of 6:00 pm and midnight shall receive an additional one dollar ($1.00) per hour for all hours worked that shift. The employer shall have the sole discretion to assign overtime �ti�ork to employees. Primary consideration for overtime work shall be given to employees regularly assigned to the work to be performed on overtime situations. After an employee has worhed eight (8) hours at an applicable overtime rate, all additionaf hours shall be at the applicable overtime rate until such time as the employee has had a breah of eight (8) hours or more. Benefit Code Key — Effective 3-4-2015 thru 9-1-2015 3. C. Work performed in excess of eight ($) hours of straight time per day, or ten (10) hours of straight time per day when four ten (10) hour shifts are established, or forty (40) hours of straight time per week, Monday through Friday, or outside the normal shift, and all work on Saturdays shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All work performed after 6:00 pm Saturday to 5:00 am Monday and Holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. After an employee has worked eight (8) hours at an applicable overtime rate, all additional hours shall be at the applicable o��ertime rate until such time as the employee has had a break of eight (8) hours or more. D. All hours worked between the hours of 6:00 pm and 6:00 am, Monday through Saturday, shall be paid at a premium rate of 15% over the hourly rate of �vage. All other hours worked after 6:00 am on Saturdays, shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. E. All hours worked Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. Each week, once 40 hours of straight time work is achieved, then any hours worked over I 0 hours per day Monday through Saturday shall be paid at double the hourly wage rate. F. All hours worked on Saturday shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on Sunday shall be paid at two times the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on paid holidays shall be paid at two and one-half times the hourly rate of wage including holiday pay. H. All work performed on Sundays between March 16th and October 14th and all Holidays shall be compensated for at two (21 times the reeular rate of pay. Work performed on Sundays between October 15th and March 15th shall be compensated at one and one half (1- I/?) times the regular rate of pay. l. All hours worked on Saturdays shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. In the event the job is down due to weather conditions during a five day work week (Monday through Friday,) or a four day-ten hour �vork week (Tuesday through Friday,) then Saturday may be w�orked as a voluntary make-up day at the straight time rate. However, Saturday shall not be utilized as a make-up day when a holiday falls on Friday. All hours worked Monday through Saturday over twelve (12) hours and all hours worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. ALL HOURS WORKED IN EXCESS OF EIGHT (8) HOURS PER DAY OR FORTY (40) HOURS PER WEEK SHALL BE PAID AT ONE AND ONE-HALF TIMES THE HOURLY RATE OF WAGE. G! f:� All hours worked in excess of eight (8) hours per day or forty (40) hours per week shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on Saturdays, Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked over twelve (12) hours per day and all hours worked on holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. C. On Monday through Friday, the first four (4) hours of overtime after eight (8) hours of straight time work shall be paid at one and one half (1-1 /2 j times the straight time rate of pay, unless a four (4) day ten (10) hour workweek has been established. On a four (4) day ten (10) hour workweek scheduled Monday through Thursday, or Tuesday through Friday, the first two (2) hours of overtime after ten (l0) hours of straight time work shall be pasd at one and one half ( I-I/2) times the straight time rate of pay. On Saturday, the tirst twelve (12) hours of work shall be paid at one and one half(1-I/2) times the straight time rate of pay, ercept that ifthe job is down on Monday through Friday due to ���eather conditions or other conditions outside the control of the employer, the first ten (10) hours on Saturday may be worked at the straight time rate of pay. All hours worked over twelve ( I 2) hours in a day and all hours worked on Sunday and Holidays shall be paid at two (2) times the straight time rate of pay. 4 1 ' 4. D ' � , � ' E. a ' F. ' ' i ' t ' 1 ' ' Benefit Code Key — Effective 3-4-2015 thru 9-1-2015 All hours worked in excess of eight (8) hours per day or forty (40) hours per week shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on Saturday, Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of pay. Rates include all members of the assigned crew. EXCEPTION: On all multipole structures and steel transmission lines, switching stations, regulating, capacitor stations, generating plants, industrial plants, associated installations and substations, except those substations whose primary function is to feed a distribution system, will be paid overtime under the following rates: The first two (2) hours after eight (8) regular hours Monday through Friday of overtime on a regular workday, shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All hours in excess of ten (10) hours will be at two (2) times the hourly rate of wage. The first eight (8) hours worked on Saturday will be paid at one and one-half (1-1/2) times the hourly rate of wage. A(I hours worked in excess of eight (8) hours on Saturday, and all hours worked on Sundays and holidays will be at the double the hourly rate of wage. All overtime eligible hours performed on the above described �ti�ork that is energized, shall be paid at the double the hourly rate of wage. The first two (2) hours after eight (8) regular hours Monday through Friday and the first eight (8) hours on Saturday shall be paid at one and one-half times the hourly rate of wage. All other hours worked Monday through Saturday, and all hours worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. On a four-day, ten-hour �veekly schedule, either Monday thru Thursday or Tuesday thru Friday schedule, all hours worked after ten shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. The Monday or Friday not utilized in the normal four-day, ten hour work week, and Saturday shall be paid at one and one half ( I%) times the regular shift rate for the first eight (8) hours. All other hours worked Monday through Saturday, and all hours worked on Sundays and holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. � All hours worked between the hours of6:00 pm and 6:00 am, Monday through Saturday, shall be paid at a premium rate of 20% over the hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on Sundays shall be paid at one and one-half times the � hourly rate of wage. All hours worked on holidays shall be paid at double the hourly rate of wage. � Holidav Codes A. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, lndependence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, Friday after 7'hanksgiving Day, and Christmas Day (7). B. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, Friday after Thanksgiving Day, the day before Christmas, and Christmas Day (8). C. Holidays: New Year's Day, Presidents' Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday after Thanksgiving Day, And Christmas Day (8). D. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday and Saturday after Thanksgiving Day, And Christmas Day (8). H. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Day after Thanksgiving Day, And Christmas (6). Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, and Christmas Day (6). Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Thanksgiving Day, Friday after Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Eve Day, And Christmas Day (7). 5 � Benefit Code Key — Effective 3-4-2015 thru 9-1-2015 5. K. L. N. P. Q• R. S. T. Z. Holidays: New Year's Day, Presidents' Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, Friday After T'hanksgiving Day, The Day Before Christmas, And Christmas Day (9). Holidays: New Year's Day, Martin Luther King Jr. Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, Friday After Thanksgiving Day, And Christmas Day (8). Holidays: New Year's Day, Presidents' Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Veterans' Day, Thanksgiving Day, The Friday After Thanksgiving Day, And Christmas Day (9). Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, Friday And Saturday After Thanksgiving Day, The Day Before Christmas, And Christmas Day (9). If A Holiday Falls On Sunday, The Following Monday Shall Be Considered As A Holiday. Paid Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, and Christmas Day (6). Paid Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, Day After Thanksgiving Day, One-Half Day Before Christmas Day, And Christmas Day. (7 1/2). Paid Holidays: New Year's Day, Presidents' Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, And Christmas Day (7). Paid Holidays: New Year's Day, Washington's Birthday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, The Friday After Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Day, And The Day Before Or Atter Christmas (9). Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Veterans Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday after Thanksgiving Day, And Christmas Day (8). Holidav Codes Continued 6. A. E. G. Paid Holidays: New Year's Day, Presidents' Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, The Friday After Thanksgiving Day, And Christmas Day (8). Paid Holidays: New Year's Day, Day Before Or After New Year's Day, Presidents Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, Day After Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Day, And A Half-Day On Christmas Eve Day. (9 I/2). Paid Holidays: New Year's Day, Martin Luther King Jr. Day, Presidents' Day, Memorial Day, [ndependence Day, Labor Day, Veterans' Day, Thanksgiving Day, The Friday After Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Day, And Christmas Eve Day (1 1). H. Paid Holidays: New Year's Day, New Year's Eve Day, Memorial Day, lndependence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, Friday After Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Day, The Day After Christmas, And A Floating Holiday (10). I. Paid Holidays: Ne�v Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, Friday After Thanksgiving Day, And Christmas Day (7). T. Paid Holidays: New Year's Day, Presidents' Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, The Friday After Thanksgiving Day, The Last Working Day Before Christmas Day, , And Christmas Day (9). 6 � e ' ' ' � 1 ' ' 1 ' � Benefit Code Key — Effective 3-4-2015 thru 9-1-2015 Z. Holidays::New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, Friday after Thanksgiving Day, And Christmas Day (7). If a holiday falls on Saturday, the preceding Friday shall be considered as the holiday. If a holiday falls on Sunday, the following Monday shall be considered as the holiday..,. Holidav Codes Continued A. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, The Friday And Saturday After Thanksgiving Day, And Christmas Day (8). Any Holiday Which Falls On A Sunday Shall Be Observed As A Holiday On The Following Monday. lf any of the listed holidays falls on a Saturday, the preceding Friday shall be a regular work day. B. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday and Saturday after Thanksgir•ing Day, And Christmas Day (S). Any holiday which falls on a Sunday shall be observed as a holiday on the following Monday. Any holiday which falls on a Saturday shall be observed as a holiday on the preceding Friday. C. Holidays: New Year's Day, Martin Lutller King Jr. Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, The Friday After Thanksgiving Day, And Christmas Day (8). Any holiday which falls on a Sunday shall be observed as a holiday on the following Monday. Any holiday which falls on a Saturday shall be observed as a holiday on the preceding Friday. D. Paid Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Veteran's Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday after Thanksgiving Day, And Christmas Day (8). Unpaid Holidays: President's Day. Any paid holiday which falls on a Sunday shall be observed as a holiday on the following Monday. Any paid holiday which falls on a Saturday shall be observed as a holiday on the preceding Friday. E. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanhsgiving Day, the Friday after � Thanksgiving Day, And Christmas Day (7). Any holiday which falls on a Sunday shall be observed as a holiday on the following Monday. Any holiday which falls on a Saturday shall be observed as a holiday on the preceding Friday. ' � ' � F. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday after Thanksgiving Day, the last working day before Christmas day and Christmas day (8). Any holiday which falls on a Sunday shall be observed as a holiday on the following Monday. Any holiday which falls on a Saturday shall be observed as a holiday on the preceding Friday. G. Holidays: Ne�v Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, and Christmas Day (6). Any holiday which falls on a Sunday shall be observed as a holiday on the following Monday. H. Holidays: New Year's Day, Martin Luther King Jr. Day, Independence Day, Memorial Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday after Thanhsgiving Day, the Last Working Day before Christmas Day and Christmas Day (9). Any holiday which falls on a Sunday shall be observed as a holiday on the follo��in� Monday. Any holiday �vhich falls on a Saturday shall be observed as a holiday on the preceding Friday. I. Holidays: New Year's Day, President's Day, lndependence Day, Memorial Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, The ' Friday After Thanksgiving Day, The Day Before Christmas Day And Christmas Day (9). Any holiday which fails on a Sunday shall be observed as a holiday on the following Monday. Any holiday which falls on a Saturday shall be observed as a holiday on the preceding Friday. ' ' J. Holidays: New Year's Day, Independence Day, Memorial Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day (6). Any holiday which falls on a Sunday shall be observed as a holiday on the following Monday. Any holiday which falls on a Saturday shall be observed as a holiday on the preceding Friday. 7 � Benefit Code Key — Effective 3-4-2015 thru 9-1-2015 K. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday and Saturday after Thanksgiving Day, And Christmas Day (8j. Any holiday which falls on a Sunday shall be observed as a holiday on the following Monday. Any holiday which falls on a Saturday shal( be observed as a holiday on the preceding Friday. L. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Labor Day, Independence Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Last Work Day before Christmas Day, And Christmas Day (7). Any holiday which falls on a Sunday shall be observed as a holiday on the following Monday. Any holiday which falls on a Saturday shall be observed as a holiday on the preceding Friday. M. Paid Holidays: New Year's Day, The Day after or before New Year's Day, President's Day, Memorial Day�, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday after Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Day, And the Day after or before Christmas Day 10). Any holiday which falls on a Sunday shall be observed as a holiday on the following Monday. Any holiday which falls on a Saturday shall be observed as a holiday on the preceding Friday. N. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, lndependence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday after Thanksgiving Day, And Christmas Day (7). Any holiday which falls on a Sunday shall be observed as a holiday on the following Monday. When Christmas falls on a Saturday, the preceding Friday shall be observed as a holiday. P. Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, Friday after Thanksgiving Day, And Christmas Day (7). Any holiday which falls on a Sunday shall be observed as a holiday on the following Monday. Q. Holidays: Ne�v Year's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday after Thanksgiving Day, the Last Working Day before Christmas Day and Christmas Day (8). Any holiday which falls on a Sunday shall be observed as a holiday on the following Monday. If any of the listed holidays falls on a Saturday, the preceding Friday shall be a regular work day. R. Paid Holidays: New Year's Day, the day after or before New Year's Day, President's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, the Friday after Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Day, and the day after or before Christmas Day (10). If any of the listed holidays fall on Saturday, the preceding Friday shall be observed as the holiday. [f any of the listed holidays falls on a Sunday, the day observed by the Nation shall be considered a holiday and compensated accordingly. S. Paid Holidays: New Year's Day, Memorial Day, lndependence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, Friday After Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Day, The Day After Christmas, And A Floating Holiday (9). If any of the listed holidays falls on a Sunday, the day observed by the Nation shall be considered a holiday and compensated accordingly. T. Paid Holidays: New Year's Day, The Day After Or Before New Year's Day, President's Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, The Friday After Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Day, and The Day After Or Before Christmas Day. (10). If any of the listed holidays falls on a Sunday, the day observed by the Nation shall be considered a holiday and compensated accordinbly. Any holiday which falls on a Saturday shall be observed as a holiday on the preceding Friday. Note Codes 8. A. In addition to the hourly wage and fringe benefits, the following depth premiums apply to depths of tifty feet or more: Over 50' To 100' -$2.00 per Foot for Each Foot Over 50 Feet Over 100' To 150' -$3.00 per Foot for Each Foot Over 100 Feet Over 150' To 220' -$4.00 per Foot for Each Foot Over I 50 Feet Over 220' -$5.00 per Foot for Each Foot Over 220 Feet 1' 1 I S. C Benefit Code Key — Effective 3-4-2015 thru 9-1-2015 ln addition to the hourly wage and fringe benefits, the following depth premiums apply to depths of fifty feet or more: ' Over 50' To 100' -S I.00 per Foot for Each Foot Over 50 Feet Over 100' To 150' -$1.50 per Foot for Each Foot Over 100 Feet Over 150' To 200' -�3.00 per Foot for Each Foot Over I 5(.) Feet Over 200' -Divers May �Vame Their Own Price I D. , L. ' M � N. I P. Q• ' ' � ' ' ' ' ' ' ' Workers working with supplied air on hazmat projects receive an additional � 1.00 per hour. Workers on hazmat projects receive additional hourly premiums as follows -Level A: $0.75, Level B: $0.50, And Level C: �0.25. Workers on hazmat projects receive additional hourl,y premiums as follows: Levels A 8c B: S 1.00, Levels C& D: $0.50. Workers on hazmat projects receive additional hourly premiums as follows -Level A: S I.00, Level B: $0.75, Level C: $0.50, And Level D: S0.?5. VVorkers on hazmat projects receive additional hourly premiums as follows -Class A Suit: $2.00, Class B Suit: � 1.50, Class C Suit: $ I.00, And Class D Suit 50.50. The highest pressure registered on the gauge for an accumulated time of more than tifteen (15) minutes during the shift shall be used in determining the scale paid. R. Effective August 3 I, 2012 — A Traffic Control Supervisor shall be present on the project whenever flagging or spotting or other traffic control labor is being utilized. A Traffic Control Laborer performs the setup, maintenance and removal of all temporary traffic control devices and construction signs necessary to control vehicular, bicycle, and pedestrian traffic durin� construction operations. Flaggers and Spotters shall be posted �vhere shown on approved Traffic Control Plans or where directed by the Engineer. All flaggers and spotters shall possess a current flagging card issued by the State of Washington, Oregon. Montana, or ldaho. These classifications are only effective on or after August 31, 2013. Effective August 31, 2012 — A Traftic Control Supervisor shall be present on the project whenever flagging or spotting or other traffic control labor is being utilized. Flaggers and Spotters shall be posted where shown on approved Traftic Control Plans or where directed by the Engineer. All flaggers and spotters shall possess a current flagging card issued by the State of Washington, Oregon, Montana, or ldaho. This classification is only effective on or after August 31, 2012. T. Gffective Aueust 31, 2012 — A Traffic Control Laborer performs the setup, maintenance and removal of all temporary traffic control devices and construction signs necessary to control vehicular, bicycle, and pedestrian traffic during construction operations. Flaggers and Spotters shall be posted where shown on approved Traffic Control Plans or where directed by the Engineer. All flaggers and spotters shalf possess a current flageing card issued by the State of Washington, Oregon, Montana, or ldaho. This classification is only effective on or atter August 31, 3012. � This page is intentionally left blank. LJ ' ' 1 ' � SUMMARY OF WORK SECTION 011000 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 THE REQUIREMENT A. The WORK to be performed under this Contract shall consist of furnishing tools, equipment, materials, supplies, and manufactured articles, and furnishing all labor, transportation, and services, including fuel, power, water, and essential communications, and performing all work or other operations required for the fulfillment of the Contract in strict accordance with the Contract Documents. The WORK shall be complete, and all work, materials, and services not expressly indicated or called for in the Contract Documents which may be necessary for the complete and proper construction of the WORK in good faith shall be provided by the CONTRACTOR as though originally so indicated, at no increase in cost to the OWNER. ' 1.2 WORK COVERED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS ' ' ' ' ' � ' ' ' � ' ' A. DESCRIPTION OF WORK: The WORK to be completed under this contract consists of demolition of existing DI piping, excavation; installation of precast concrete vaults, isolation and flow control/seismic valves and RTU equipment enclosure, electrical components, traffic control and other items as indicated in the contract documents. The CONTRACTOR shall carefully coordinate all WORK and shall be responsible for all associated labor, material, and equipment costs required to complete this work. B. The WORK is located at three separate sites: 1.) Immediately south of Warren Avenue Bridge, 2.) near Snyder Ave./25 St intersection and 3.) Washington Ave./Manette Bridge intersection, all located in the City of Bremerton. 1.3 A. 1.4 CONTRACT METHOD The work will be considered and paid for by lump sum pricing. WORK BY OTHERS A. Interference with Work on Utilities: The CONTRACTOR shall cooperate fully with all utility forces of the OWNER or forces of other public or private agencies engaged in the relocation, altering, or otherwise rearranging of any facilities which interfere with the progress of the WORK, and shall schedule the WORK so as to minimize interference with said relocation, altering, or other rearranging of facilities. 1.5 CONTRACTOR USE OF SITE A. The CONTRACTOR's use of the Site shall be limited to its construction operations, including on-site storage of materials, on-site fabrication facilities, and field offices. Construction activities shall be contained within the limits shown in the Contract Drawings. The Contractor may not use private property unless permission is received in writing from the property owner. FLOW CONTROL & SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT JUNE 2015 SUMMARY OF WORK PAGE 01 10 00-1 1.6 OWNER USE OF THE SITE A. The OWNER may utilize all or part of the existing Site facilities during the entire period of construction for the conduct of the OWNER's normal operations. The CONTRACTOR shall cooperate and coordinate with the OWNER to facilitate the OWNER's operations and to minimize interference with the CONTRACTOR's operations at the same time. In any event, the OWNER shall be allowed access to the Site during the period of construction. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION FLOW CONTROL & SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT SUMMARY OF WORK JUNE 2015 PAGE 01 10 00-2 , , CONSTRUCTION AND SCHEDULE CONSTRAINTS PART 1 -- GENERAL ' 1.1 THE REQUIREMENT SECTION 011400 ' A. WORK shall be scheduled, sequenced, and perFormed in a manner which minimizes disruption to the public and to the operation and maintenance of existing facilities along the pipeline alignment. � � ' L� , ' � � ' ' ' ' � �� � B. The CONTRACTOR shall incorporate the construction and schedule constraints of this Section in preparing the construction schedules required under Section 01 32 16 — CPM Construction Schedule. The schedules shall include the CONTRACTOR's activities necessary to satisfy all constraints of the Contract Documents. 1.2 PERMITS A. The CONTRACTOR shall abide by the conditions of all permits and shall obtain proof of satisfaction of conditions from issuers of permits prior to acceptance of the WORK by the OWNER. This section highlights key permit requirements, not necessarily all permit requirements. Some permits place restrictions on construction timing, work hours and type of construction activity allowed. B. City will provide permit documentation upon request. 1.3 SCHEDULE CONSTRAINTS A. General: It is the CONTRACTOR'S responsibility to coordinate and plan the construction activities to integrate each schedule constraint into performance of the overall work. B. Contract Time: All work shall be completed within contract time specified in the Contract Documents. C. The listing of schedule constraints below does not mean that all constraints or special conditions have been identified. The list does not substitute for the CONTRACTOR's coordination and planning for completion of the work within the Contract Times. D. Contract Times: All work shall be completed within the contract times specified in Article 2 of the Contract Agreement. No on-site construction activities shall occur before the start date indicated in the Notice to Proceed. E. Work Hours and Work Days. See Standard General Conditions, Section 6.02. F. Construction Limits. The CONTRACTOR's work limits (construction limits) shown on the drawings shall be surveyed and marked before the start of any on-site construction activities. G. Erosion and Sedimentation Control (ESC) Implementation Plan. The CONTRACTOR shall obtain an approved ESC Implementation Plan in accordance with Drawing GEC- 1 and construct all ESC controls and barrier fencing prior to beginning any land- disturbing construction work. H. Property Owner Access and Coordination Meetings. The CONTRACTOR shall attend coordination meetings with the OWNER, and affected property owners to coordinate work activities. When vehicle access to private driveways or other legal ingress or ' FLOW CONTROL & SEISMIC VALVE CONSTRUCTION AND SCHEDULE CONSTRAINTS JUNE2015 011400-1 egress will be blocked by the CONTRACTOR's work activity, the CONTRACTOR shall construct and maintain a suitable temporary bypass access for others to use until the original access is restored. The CONTRACTOR shall notify the affected property owners or users of the ingress or egress at least three (3) working days prior to blocking it. Potholing. The CONTRACTOR shall verify the exact locations and depths of all buried utilities shown and the CONTRACTOR shall make exploratory excavations of all utilities that may interfere with the WORK or that directly affect the pipe manufacturing needs. All such exploratory excavations shall be performed as soon as practical after award of the contract and during the mobilization work, and, in any event, a sufficient time in advance of construction to avoid possible delays to the CONTRACTOR's work in the event the information on the drawings is not accurate. When such exploratory excavations show the utility location as shown to be in error, the CONTRACTOR shall so notify the ENGINEER immediately. The CONTRACTOR shall call the Utility Notification Center at (800) 424-5555 a minimum of three working days (72 hours) before commencing exploratory excavations. Pothole to verify the depths of all water mains prior to ordering vaults. Notify the Owner of any discrepancies in water main depth that will affect vault depth as shown in the plans. J. The sequencing of work is critical to maintain service to customers throughout the system. The CONTRACTOR shall submit a detailed schedule for installation, disinfection, and connections for review by OWNER and ENGINEER. 1.4 WATER SYSTEM CONNECTIONS A. General: The water system connections that take place within the project area will require careful coordination, isolation, and shutting down at each connection. The City is solely responsible for operating all existing isolation valves. B. Water System Outage Constraints: The CONTRACTOR is permitted a single outage at each site for up to 7 consecutive calendar days to make connections. Only one location may be out of service at a time. Additional outages must be requested in writing by the CONTRACTOR and approved in writing by the City. Schedule all outages with the City at least 7 calendar days prior to the actual work. C. Control of Internal Leakage: The CONTRACTOR shall be aware that the valves, which will be used to isolate the tie-in points, may leak. Provisions shall be made by the CONTRACTOR to control internal leakage and direct such leakage away from the area of the WORK. Such provisions may include, but sha�l not be limited to: sandbagging and/or otherwise damming the inside of the pipe, pumping out any leakage, etc. 1.5 PROPERTY CONSTRAINTS A. The watermain located at the Warren Ave. Bridge project site crosses a City owned property located at 17 Street and Warren Avenue containing a City Building (formerly known as CENCOM). The CENCOM building is currently vacant however the city is actively marketing the building to potential tenants. Access to this building must be maintained at all times The CONTRACTOR shall be subject to the requirements below. FLOW CONTROL & SEISMIC VALVE CONSTRUCTION AND SCHEDULE CONSTRAINTS 8 JUNE2015 011400-2 B. The CONTRACTOR shall give a minimum of 2 weeks (14 calendar days) advance notice to any given property owner before mobilizing onto the property. The CONTRACTOR shall meet with the ENGINEER and landowners, to coordinate construction schedule and activities as he enters a new area to insure the following: Minimal impact and interruptions to daily business activities. 2. Proper Ingress and egress of construction equipment through the area. 3. Traffic control for vehicles owned by others travelling near the project site. 4 5 6 7 Protection of structures and utilities requiring protection. Proper coordination of dewatering activities and discharge locations. Protection of utilities and/or providing a temporary service during construction. Safety of employees and general public in the vicinity of the construction. C. The CONTRACTOR shall maintain access to four (4) parking spaces adjacent to the CENCOM building as shown on the Plans for public use during the project. D. Structures damaged as a result of the valve vault and watermain construction activities shall be repaired to their original condition as directed by the OWNER and at the CONTRACTOR's expense. Careful excavation and dewatering for the watermain installation in the vicinity of buildings, fences and property boundaries is strongly advised. Utilities must remain in service, unless otherwise allowed by the ENGINEER. 1.6 CONSTRUCTION CONSTRAINTS A. Excavation Support Control Plan: At least 20 working days prior to installation of (1) a dewatering system and/or (2) an excavation support system, the CONTRACTOR shall prepare and submit an Excavation Support Control Plan to the ENGINEER for review in accordance with Section 31 12 00 — Excavation Support Systems. B. Work adjacent to High-pressure gas line. The valve vault at the Warren Ave. project site is located near a buried high-pressure, 4-inch gas line. This high pressure gas lines is owned and operated by Cascade Gas This hiqh pressure qas line shall remain in service at all times. The CONTRACTOR shall notify Cascade Natural Gas Co. and the ENGINEER a minimum of two weeks (14 calendar days) prior to commencing work near the gas line. The CONTRACTOR shall arrange a site visit by a Cascade representative for the purpose of identifying Cascade's facilities and procedures prior to beginning any construction activities. C. Preconstruction/Post Construction Video Documentation. The CONTRACTOR shall document preconstruction conditions of all surface improvements, utilities and structures in the vicinity of the work area using digital video equipment prior to start of work. A final construction video shall be prepared following installation and acceptance of all site work. Pre and post construction video documentation is required at all three (3) project sites. D. Traffic Control. Traffic impacts on Warren Avenue, Washington Ave. (Manette Bridge) and to a lesser degree Snyder Ave. are a significant public issue as these two roads are a primary arterial to the north/east side of downtown Bremerton. The following traffic lane restrictions for Warren Avenue and Washington Ave. (Manette Bridge) shall be implemented on this project: ' FLOW CONTROL & SEISMIC VALVE CONSTRUCTION AND SCHEDULE CONSTRAINTS JUNE2015 011400-3 Short-term, single lane traffic closure allowed during the day (between 9 AM and 2 PM) for up to two (2) separate times. Short—term traffic closure shall be limited to the duration of the necessary scheduled work activity requiring the closure. As soon as the scheduled activity is complete the short-term term traffic closure shall be removed and full traffic access restored. 1.7 Coordinating Electrical Utility Service A. The City has applied for electrical service at all three sites with Puget Sound Energy (PSE). Installation by the Contractor shall be done in accordance with the PSE Electric Service Handbook for Commercial/Industrial and Multifamily Projects (June 2014). Coordinate directly with PSE for making connections at the service pole and at the meter base in the enclosure and for any other work required to provide power in accordance with PSE standards and the contract documents. The Contractor is responsible for ensuring that power is provided to the system. B. Invoices from PSE for performing work associated with the project may be submitted to the City for reimbursement. C. All required inspections and permits shall be coordinated by the Contractor. D. Conduit from the utility service pole to the electrical conduit shall be 3" plus a 3" spare. E. When pulling wire through the power conduit from the utility service pole to the enclosure, provide sufficient wire length to make connections at either end. F. Where trenching for conduit installation is required, restore the surface to match existing conditions in accordance with City standards for asphalt or concrete surface restoration or the contract documents. Surface and landscape restoration is considered incidental. G. Warren Avenue Site: There is an existing 2" PVC conduit (approximately 430 feet length) for pulling wire that runs from the power pole at the SW entrance of the CENCOM building parking lot to the proposed enclosure location. Approximately 40' to 50' of additional 2" conduit may be required from the end of the existing 2" conduit to the enclosure in the grassed area. H. Snyder Avenue Site: Trench and install conduit from the utility service pole at the corner of 2440 Snyder Avenue to the enclosure location on the project site (approximately 120 feet). The conduit trench crosses over a residential driveway; coordinate with the property owner to ensure driveway access at all times. Manette Bridge Site: Trench and install conduit from the existing utility service pole on Washington Avenue (SE corner of intersection), approximately 100 feet to the new vault, behind the sidewalk in the existing landscaping. PART 2 -- PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 -- EXECUTION (NOT USED) - END OF SECTION - FLOW CONTROL & SEISMIC VALVE CONSTRUCTION AND SCHEDULE CONSTRAINTS � JUNE 2015 01 14 00 - 4 � , PART 1 - GENERAL MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT SECTION 012900 ' 1.1 SCOPE ' ' ' ' 1 ' lJ � 1 ' , ' ' , A. Payment for the various items of the Bid Schedule, as further specified herein, shall include all compensation to be received by the CONTRACTOR for furnishing all tools, equipment, supplies, and manufactured articles, and for all labor, operations, and incidentals appurtenant to the items of work being described, as necessary to complete the various items of the WORK all in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents, including all appurtenances thereto, and including all costs of permits and cost of compliance with the regulations of public agencies having jurisdiction, including Safety and Health Requirements of the Washington Division of Industrial Safety and Health Act (WISHA), and the Occupational Safety and Health Administration of the U.S. Department of Labor (OSHA). No separate payment will be made for any item that is not specifically set forth in the Bid Schedule, and all costs therefore shall be included in the prices named in the Bid Schedule for the various appurtenant items of work. B. Washington State Department of Revenue Rule 170 applies to this project. For work performed in such cases, the Contractor shall include the retail sales tax on the full contract price. The City will automatically add this sales tax to each payment to the Contractor. For this reason, the Contractor shaA not include the retails sales tax in the bid item prices, or in any other contract amount subject to Rule 170. Contact Washington State Department of Revenue Public Works Section by e-mail at pwc(a�dor.wa.gov or by phone at 360.725.7588 1.2 MOBILIZATION/DEMOBILIZATION (Bid Item 1) A. Measurement for Mobilization/Demobilization shall be lump sum based on the requirements of Section 015000 — Mobilization. Measurement for demobilization shall be based on the requirements of Section 01 77 00 - Project Closeout. B. Payment for Mobilization/Demobilization will be made from two-thirds of the lump sum amount named in the Bid Schedule(s), which price shall be complete compensation for all mobilization of employees, equipment and materials, and preparation of all necessary submittals as well as the bonds, insurance, site improvements etc. all in conformance with the Contract Documents. In calculating the partial payment due for mobilization/demobilization, percent completion will be based on the sum of completed work. No mobilization payment shall be provided to the Contractor until the field office is installed and operational. Payment for Demobilization will be made from one-third of the lump sum amount based on completion of all work which payment will be considered complete compensation for removal of all equipment, materials, labor hauling, cleanup, restoration work etc. required to remove all of the CONTRACTOR'S operation and cleanup the site in accordance with the Contract Documents. In calculating the partial payment due for demobilization, percent completion will be based on the sum of completed work. ' FLOW CONTROL & SEISMIC VALVE JUNE 2015 MEAUREMENT AND PAYMENT 01 29 00 -1 �J ' 1.3 FORCE ACCOUNT (Bid Item 2) A. The Force Account bid item has been included for any additional work directed by the City that is not required by the original contract. The amount indicated in the proposal for this bid item is to provide a common bid amount. The actual amount paid under this bid item may vary from no payment to the full amount of the bid item. Work performed under this bid item will be initiated with a work directive issued by the City in accordance with General Conditions, Article 12. B. In lieu of the preceding prescribed method of determining payment for force account work, payment may be made at unit prices or lump sum prices agreed to by the City and the Contractor prior to beginning the Force Account work. � � ' � C. Measurement for Force Account will be based on a percentage basis or other method , as agreed, based on the General Conditions, Article 12. D. Payment for Force Account will be made at the lump sum or unit price which shall constitute full compensation for any additional work directed by the City that is not , required by the original contract. See General Conditions, Article 12. 1.4 TRENCH EXCAVATION SAFETY SYSTEMS (Bid Item 3) A. Measurement for Trench Excavation Safety Support System or equivalent method to meet the Requirements of Chapter 49.17 RCW will be lump sum based on the amount of buried pipeline (including vault) installed and backfilled, in accordance with the Contract Documents as a percentage of the total length of pipe (including vault) shown to be installed on the shop drawings. B. Payment for Trench Excavation Safety Support System or equivalent method to meet the Requirements of Chapter 49.17 RCW will be made at the lump sum price named in the Bid Schedule(s), which price shall be complete compensation for all labor, equipment, materials, planning, design, engineering calculations, submittals, furnishing, constructing and removing of all trench boxes, temporary sheeting, shoring, bracing and concrete or aggregate work bases complete as required under the provisions of any permits and in the requirements of OSHA and RCW Chapter 49.17, etc. required to complete this item of work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 1.5 A. TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN AND LABOR (Bid Item 4) Measurement for Traffic Control Plan and Labor will be lump sum with progress payments based on the percentage of working days estimated for the Contract within the first approved progress schedule. B. Payment for Traffic Control Plan and Labor will be made at the lump sum price, which shall constitute full compensation for all labor, materials and equipment necessary for preparation, submittal and approval of Traffic Control Plans from the City, permitting, furnishing, installing, maintaining, patrolling and protecting traffic control devices, personnel labor associated with traffic control (flagger, traffic control supervisor or uniformed police officer) labor; repairing, removing and cleanup of the Traffic Control Work, construction signs, warning signs, detour signs, barricades, flashers and other FLOW CONTROL & SEISMIC VALVE JUNE 2015 MEAUREMENT AND PAYMENT , 01 29 00 -2 8 � � 1 ' ' ' ' � ' , � ' � ' 1 ' � ' ' traffic control and channelization devices, vehicles for set-up and removal, complete in conformance with the Contract Documents. 1.6 WARREN AVE. FLOW CONTROUSEISMIC VALVE (Bid Item 5) A. Measurement for Flow Control/Seismic Valve will be lump sum, of the installed pipe in accordance with the Contract Documents. B. Payment for Flow Control/ Seismic Valve will be made at the lump sum price, which price shall constitute full compensation for all labor, materials and equipment necessary for completion of the work including, but not limited to, construction access, staging, excavation, dewatering, removal and disposal of existing DI water main; compacted base course material, installation of precast concrete vault, access hatch, vault ventilation, pipe support, sleeve pipe openings, pressure gauge, vault sump and sump pump system, isolation valve, flow control/seismic valve, ball valve, concrete pad, enclosure; RTU equipment enclosure; electrical; radio antenna, mounting and support bracket; DI pipe of the size and type shown, couplings, fittings and connections, specials, pipe restraint, installation, thrust blocks, field lining and coating repair, trench backfill, hydrostatic pressure test, disinfection, flushing, dechlorination of water, tie-in connections, restoration, clean up, etc. required to complete the work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 1.7 SNYDER AVE. FLOW CONTROL/SEISMIC VALVE (Bid Item 6) A. Measurement for Flow Control/ Seismic Valve will be lump sum, of the installed pipe in accordance with the Contract Documents. B. Payment for Flow Control/Seismic Valve will be made at the lump sum price, which price shall constitute full compensation for all labor, materials and equipment necessary for completion of the work including, but not limited to, construction access, staging, excavation, dewatering; compacted base course material, installation of precast concrete vault, access hatch, vault ventilation, pipe support, sleeve pipe openings, pressure gauge and air-vacuum release valve, vault sump and sump pump system, isolation valve, flow control/seismic valve, ball valve, concrete pad, enclosure; RTU equipment enclosure; electrical; radio antenna, mounting and support bracket; DI pipe of the size and type shown, couplings, fittings and connections, specials, pipe restraint, installation, thrust blocks, field lining and coating repair, trench backfill, hydrostatic pressure test, disinfection, flushing, dechlorination of water, tie-in connections, restoration, clean up, etc. required to complete the work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 1.8 n MANETTE BRIDGE FLOW CONTROUSEISMIC VALVE (Bid Item 7) Measurement for Flow Control/Seismic Valve will be lump sum, of the installed pipe in accordance with the Contract Documents. B. Payment for Flow Control/Seismic Valve will be made at the lump sum price, which price shall constitute full compensation for all labor, materials and equipment necessary for completion of the work including, but not limited to, construction access, staging, excavation, removal and salvage of existing ClaVal and flow meter, removal and disposal of existing concrete vaults, dewatering; compacted base course material, FLOW CONTROL & SEISMIC VALVE JUNE 2015 MEAUREMENT AND PAYMENT 01 29 00 -3 installation of precast concrete vault, access hatch, vault ventilation, pipe support, sleeve pipe openings, pressure gauge, vault sump and sump pump system, isolation valve, flow control/seismic valves, ball valve, concrete pad, enclosure; RTU equipment enclosure; electrical; radio antenna, mounting and support bracket; DI pipe of the size and type shown, couplings, fittings and connections, specials, pipe restraint, installation, thrust blocks, field lining and coating repair, trench backfill, hydrostatic pressure test, disinfection, flushing, dechlorination of water, tie-in connections, concrete sidewalk demolition and replacement, restoration, clean up, etc. required to complete the work in accordance with the Contract Documents. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION FLOW CONTROL & SEISMIC VALVE JUNE 2015 MEAUREMENT AND PAYMENT ' 01 29 00 -4 � ' � ' PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 GENERAL � ' ' ' � � ' ' � � 1 ' 1 ' � SECTION 012973 A. This Section defines the process whereby the Schedule of Values (lump sum price breakdown) shall be developed and incorporated into the cost loading function of the CPM Schedule as specified in Section 01 32 16 — CPM Construction Schedule. Monthly progress payment amounts shall be determined from the monthly progress updates of the CPM Schedule activities. : 1.2 The Schedule of Values shall be developed independent but simultaneous with the development of the CPM Schedule activities and logic. PRELIMINARY SCHEDULE OF VALUES A. The CONTRACTOR shall submit a preliminary Schedule of Values for the major components of the WORK at the Preconstruction Conference in accordance with Section 01 31 19 — Project Meetings. The listing shall include, at a minimum, the proposed value for the following major WORK components: 1. Mobilization: 5 percent of Contract Price. 2. Traffic control 3. Surveying 4. Demolition 5. Excavation support system 6. Vault, piping and flow contro!/seismic valve 7. Concrete pad/enclosure 8. Electrical 9. Vegetative restoration (hydroseed) 10. Erosion control 11. Technical Manuals per Section 01 33 00 12. Record Drawings B. The CONTRACTOR and OWNER shall meet and jointly review the preliminary Schedule of Values and make any adjustments in value allocations if, in the opinion of the OWNER, these are necessary to establish fair and reasonable allocation of values for the major WORK components. Front end loading will not be permitted. The OWNER may require reallocation of major WORK components from items in the above listing if in the opinion of the OWNER such reallocation is necessary. This review and any necessary revisions shall be completed within 15 days from the date of Notice to Proceed. 1.3 DETAILED SCHEDULE OF VALUES A. The CONTRACTOR shall prepare and submit a detailed Schedule of Values to the OWNER at the second weekly construction meeting. The detailed Schedule of Values shall be based on the accepted preliminary Schedule of Values for major WORK components. Because the ultimate requirement is to develop a detailed Schedule of Values sufficient to determine appropriate monthly progress payment amounts through cost loading of the CPM Schedule activities, sufficient detailed breakdown shall be provided to meet this requirement. The OWNER shall be the sole judge of acceptable SCHEDULE OF VALUES FLOW CONTROL & SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT SCHEDULE OF VALUES ' JUNE 2015 01 29 73-1 numbers, details and description of values established. If, in the opinion of the OWNER, a greater number of Schedule of Values items than proposed by the CONTRACTOR is necessary, the CONTRACTOR shall add the additional items so identified by the OWNER. The typical minimum detail of breakdown of the major WORK components is indicated below. Greater detail shall be provided as directed by the OWNER. Not all of this breakdown applies to this particular project. a. Mobilization - no breakdown required. b. Section 01 32 16, "CPM Construction Schedule," broken down by submittal. c. Piping WORK shall be broken down into individual pipelines running from and to Contract termination points. Each pipeline sha�l be an individual pay item unless otherwise allowed by the OWNER. d. Mechanical WORK shall be broken down within each site location to identify individual piping systems, equipment installation by equipment name and number, and equipment testing and checkout. e. All other WORK not specifically included in the above items shall be broken down as necessary for establishment of pay and Schedule activity items. 2. The CONTRACTOR and OWNER shall meet and jointly review the detailed Schedule of Values within 35 days from the date of Notice to Proceed. The value allocations and extent of detail shall be reviewed to determine any necessary adjustments to the values and to determine if sufficient detail has been proposed to allow acceptable cost loading of the CPM Schedule activities. Any adjustments deemed necessary to the value allocation or level of detail shall be made by the CONTRACTOR and a revised detailed Schedule of Values shall be submitted within 40 days from the date of Notice to Proceed. 3. Following acceptance of the detailed Schedule of Values, the CONTRACTOR shall incorporate the values into the cost loading portion of the CPM Schedule. The CPM activities and logic shall have been developed concurrent with development of the detailed Schedule of Values; however, it shall be necessary to adjust the detailed Schedule of Values to correlate to individual Schedule activities. It is anticipated that instances will occur, due to the independent but simultaneous development of the Schedule of Values and the CPM Schedule activities, where interfacing these two documents will require changes to each document. Schedule activities may need to be added to accommodate the detail of the Schedule of Values. Schedule of Value items may need to be added to accommodate the detail of the CPM Schedule activities. Where such instances arise, the CONTRACTOR shall propose changes to the Schedule of Values and to the CPM Schedule activities to satisfy the CPM Schedule cost loading requirements. 1.4 CHANGES TO SCHEDULE OF VALUES A. Changes to the CPM Schedule which add activities not included in the original schedule but included in the original WORK (schedule omissions) shall have values assigned as approved by the OWNER. Other activity values shall be reduced to provide equal value adjustment increases for added activities as approved by the OWNER. B. In the event that the CONTRACTOR and OWNER agree to make adjustments to the original Schedule of Values because of inequities discovered in the original accepted detailed Schedule of Values, increases and equal decreases to values for activities may be made. FLOW CONTROL & SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT SCHEDULE OF VALUES JUNE 2015 01 29 73-2 � � ' 1 1 ' ' � ' , � ' � ' ' ' � , � 1 PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED) FLOW CONTROL & SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT JUNE 2015 END OF SECTION SCHEDULE OF VALUES 01 29 73-3 � � This page intentionally left blank ' � � , � � e t � �= e � ' � � � ' t FLOW CONTROL 8� SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT SCHEDULE OF VALUES JUNE 2015 01 29 73-4 8 1 � ' PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION PROJECT MEETINGS SECTION 013119 A. This section covers the requirements for project meetings. Meetinq Records. The OWNER will record minutes of each meeting and will furnish copies to the CONTRACTOR within five working days thereafter. If the CONTRACTOR does not submit written objection to the contents of such minutes within seven days after presentation, it shall be understood and agreed that the CONTRACTOR accepts the minutes as a true and complete record of the meeting. 2. Meetinq Schedule. The dates, times, and locations for the various meetings shall be agreed upon and recorded at the pre-construction conference. Thereafter, changes to the schedule shall be by agreement between the OWNER and CONTRACTOR, with appropriate written notice to all parties involved. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PRE-CONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE A. Within 14 days after the date of Notice of Award and before the CONTRACTOR starts any Work, he shall attend a pre-construction conference held at the location, date, and time designated by the OWNER. The meeting may be attended by the representatives of the regulatory agencies having jurisdiction over the project, if required, and such other persons the OWNER may designate; including the CONTRACTOR's Project Manager, its superintendent, and its subcontractors as the CONTRACTOR deems appropriate. Other attendees may be: a. ENGINEER b. Representatives of OWNER c. Others as requested by CONTRACTOR, OWNER, or ENGINEER Execution and Submittal of Documents. At the pre-construction conference, unless otherwise specified or agreed by the OWNER, the CONTRACTOR shall present to the OWNER the pre-construction submittals as indicated in 01300. Agenda. In general, the matters to be discussed or resolved and the instructions and information to be furnished to or given by the CONTRACTOR at the pre- construction conference include but are not fimited to: a. Project meeting schedule b. Preliminary CPM Construction Schedule (per Section 01 32 16) and preliminary Schedule of Values (per Section 01 29 73) submitted by CONTRACTOR c. Critical work sequencing d. Communication procedures between the parties E 3. FLOW CONTROL & SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT PROJECT MEETINGS ' JUNE 2015 01 31 19-1 e. m. n. o. P• q r. 3.2 The names and titles of all persons authorized by the CONTRACTOR to represent and execute documents for him, with samples of all authorized signatures The names, addresses, and telephone numbers of all those authorized by the CONTRACTOR to act for him in emergencies Construction permit requirements, procedures, and posting Spill Prevention/Emergency Response Plan Public notice of starting work Access and rights-of-way furnished by the OWNER Forms and procedures for CONTRACTOR's submittals Change order forms and procedures. Partial payment application forms and procedures Inspection staff and their duties Initiation of surveying services Construction equipment and methods proposed by the CONTRACTOR Procedures for payroll and labor cost reporting by the CONTRACTOR and CONTRACTOR's Schedule of Values Placement of temporary erosion, sedimentation and drainage control facilities Traffic control Other administrative and general matters as needed PROGRESS MEETINGS A. The CONTRACTOR shall attend regular, weekly (or as frequent as determined in Pre-construction Conference), on-site progress meetings and at other times as requested by OWNER or as required by progress of the WORK. The CONTRACTOR, OWNER, and Subcontractors active on the site (as appropriate) must attend each meeting. CONTRACTOR may at its discretion request attendance by representatives of its Suppliers, manufacturers, and other Subcontractors. B. The OWNER shall preside at the meetings and will arrange for recording and distributing the minutes. The CONTRACTOR shall produce an agenda for each site meeting and deliver it to the OWNER by telefax or e-mail the day before the meeting. All matters bearing on the progress and performance of the work since the preceding progress meeting shall be discussed and resolved, including, without limitation, any previously unresolved matters, deficiencies in the work or the methods being employed for the work, and problems, difficulties, or delays which may be encountered. C. The CONTRACTOR shall provide a three (3) week "look ahead" schedule at each progress meeting. 3.3 SPECIAL MEETINGS A. Upon appropriate notice to the other parties, special meetings may be called by the OWNER, ENGINEER, or CONTRACTOR. Special meetings will be held where and when designated by the OWNER. 3.4 REGULATORY AGENCIES A. When requested, the CONTRACTOR shall attend meetings held or required by the governmental regulatory agencies having jurisdiction over the project. END OF SECTION FLOW CONTROL 8� SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT PROJECT MEETINGS JUNE 2015 01 31 19-2 8 1 ' ' PART 1 - GENERAL ' 1.1 GENERAL ' ' i CPM CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE SECTION 013216 A. Scheduling of the WORK shall be performed by the CONTRACTOR in accordance with the requirements of this Section. B. Development of the schedule, the cost loading of the schedule, monthly payment requisitions and project status reporting requirements of the Contract shall employ computerized Critical Path Method (CPM) scheduling. The CPM schedule and all reports should be prepared with Microsoft Project. Where submittals are required hereunder, the CONTRACTOR shall submit four copies of each submittal item. 1.2 QUALIFICATIONS ' A. The CONTRACTOR shall, within ten (10) days after award, provide a written statement to the City describing his scheduling capabilities for review. This statement shall include the following as a minimum: , 1 ' 1. Identification, qualifications, and experience of the members of the Contractor's scheduling staff or the staff of any scheduling consultant retained by the Contractor. 2. References of not less than two (2) previous projects on which the Contractor, or the Contractor's scheduling consultant, has utilized computerized Critical Path Method (CPM) scheduling, which were of not less than one-half of the value of this Contract. Contact references shall be included. ' B. The Contractor shall, within ten (10) days after award, provide a written statement to the City stating its choice of scheduling software and that such software is compatible with Microsoft Project 2003. I 1.3 PRELIMINARY PROGRESS SCHEDULE � � �J A. The Contractor shall submit a preliminary Progress Schedule no later than ten (10) calendar days after the Notice to Proceed date. The preliminary Progress Schedule shall comply with the following requirements, except that it may be limited to only those activities occurring within the first 60-working days of the project. B. The Owner will review this schedule and return it to the Contractor within 5-days. The Contractor shall resubmit the revised schedule within 20 days of the Notice to Proceed date. 1.4 FULL PROGRESS SCHEDULE � A. The Contractor shall submit five copies of the Progress Schedule depicting the entire project no later than 30-calendar days after the Notice to Proceed date. ' FLOW CONTROL & SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT CPM CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE ' JUNE 2015 01 32 16-1 1 B. The Engineer will evaluate the Progress Schedule and approve or return the schedule for corrections within 15-calendar days of receiving the submittal. � C. The Contractor shall resubmit the schedule within 10-calendary days of receiving the returned submittal, incorporating comments from the City. 1.5 CPM SCHEDULE REQUIREMENTS A. Both the preliminary and full CPM schedule shall be a critical path method (CPM) schedule developed by the Precedence Diagramming Method (PDM). Restraints may be utilized, but may not serve to change the Iogic of the network or the critical path. The schedule shall display at least the following information. - Contract Number and Title - Construction Start Date - Activity Number and Responsibility Codes - Critical Path - Activity Description - Milestone Description - Activity Duration - Predecessor Activities - Successor Activities - Early Start (ES) and Early Finish (EF) for each activity - Late Start (LS) and Late Finish (LF) for each activity - Total Float (TF) and Free Float (FF) for each activity - Physical Completion Date - Data Date B. Project Information: Each Schedule Report shall be prefaced with the following summary data: - Project name. - Contractor. - Type of tabulation. - Project duration. - Contract Times (revised to reflect time extensions by Change Order). - The commencement date stated in the Notice to Proceed. - The data date and plot date of the CPM Schedule. - If an update, cite the new schedule completion date. 1.6 SCHEDULE ACCEPTANCE A. Acceptance of the CONTRACTOR'S schedule by the ENGINEER and OWNER will be based solely upon compliance with the requirements. By way of the CONTRACTOR assigning activity durations and proposing the sequence of the WORK, the CONTRACTOR agrees to utilize sufficient and necessary management and other resources to perform the work in accordance with the schedule. Upon submittal of a schedule update, the updated schedule shall be considered the "current" project schedule. B. Submission and acceptance of the CONTRACTOR'S progress schedule to the OWNER or ENGINEER shall not relieve the CONTRACTOR of total responsibility for scheduling, FLOW CONTROL & SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT CPM CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE JUNE 2015 01 32 16-2 8 ' ' � 1 � � ' � � � � ' sequencing, and pursuing the WORK to comply with the requirements of the Contract Documents, including adverse effects such as delays resulting from ill-timed WORK. 1.7 MONTHLY UPDATES AND PERIODIC SCHEDULE SUBMITTALS A. Following the acceptance of the CONTRACTOR'S original CPM Schedule, the CONTRACTOR shall monitor the progress of the WORK and adjust the schedule each month to reflect actual progress and any changes in planned future activities, including executed change orders. Each schedule update submitted shall be complete including all information requested in the original schedule submittal and be in the schedule report format indicated below. Each update shall continue to show all work activities including those already completed. Completed activities shall accurately reflect "as built" information by indicating when the work was actually started and completed. B. The monthly schedule update submittal will be reviewed with the CONTRACTOR during a weekly construction meeting. The goal of these meetings is to enable the CONTRACTOR and the ENGINEER to initiate appropriate remedial action to minimize any known or foreseen delay in completion of the WORK and to determine the amount of WORK completed since the last month's schedule update. The status of the WORK will be determined by the percent complete of each activity in the updated CPM Schedule. These meetings are considered a critical component of the overall monthly schedule update submittal, and the CONTRACTOR shall have appropriate personnel attend. At a minimum, these meetings shall be attended by the CONTRACTOR'S Project Manager and General Superintendent. C. The City will not process the Contractor's payment application until the Progress Schedule Monthly Update has been submitted to and reviewed/accepted by the City. D. Neither the submission nor the updating of the CONTRACTOR'S original schedule submittal nor the submission, updating, change, or revision of any other report, curve, schedule, or narrative submitted to the ENGINEER by the CONTRACTOR under this Contract, nor the ENGINEER'S review or acceptance of any such report, curve, schedule, or narrative shall have the effect of amending or modifying, in any way, the Contract Times or milestone dates or of modifying or limiting, in any way, the CONTRACTOR'S obligations under this Contract. Only a signed, fully executed Change Order can modify contractual obligations. � 1.8 CPM STANDARDS ' ' A. Definitions: CPM, as required by this Section, shall be interpreted to be generally as outlined in the Association of General Contractors (AGC) publication, "The Use of CPM in Construction." except that either "i-j" arrow diagrams or precedence diagramming format may be utilized. In the case of conflicts between this specification and the AGC document, this specification shall govern. B. Construction Schedules: Construction schedules shall include a graphic network ' diagram and computerized construction schedule reports as required below for status reporting. � � � C. Networks: The CPM network shall be in a form of a time scaled "i-j" activity-on-arrow or precedence type diagram and may be divided into a number of separate sheets with suitable match lines relating the interface points among the sheets. Individual sheets shall not exceed 24 inches by 36 inches. FLOW CONTROL 8 SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT CPM CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE ' JUNE 2015 01 32 16-3 D. Construction and procurement activities shall be presented in a time-scaled format with a calendar time line along the entire sheet length. Each activity arrow or node shall be plotted so that the beginning and completion dates of each activity are accurately represented along the calendar time line. All activities shall use symbols that clearly distinguish between critical path activities, non-critical activities, and free float for each non-critical activity. All activity items shall be identified by their respective activity number, responsibility code, work duration, and their dollar value. All non-critical path activities shall show total float time in scale form by utilizing a dotted line or some other graphical means. E. Duration Estimates: The duration estimate for each activity shall be computed in working days and shall represent the single best estimate considering the scope of the work and resources planned for the activity. Except for certain non-labor activities, such as curing of concrete or delivery of materials, activity duration shall not exceed 10 working days nor be less than one working day unless otherwise accepted by the ENGINEER. F. Float Time: Unless otherwise provided herein, float is synonymous with total float. Total float is the period of time measured by the number of working days each non- critical path activity may be delayed before it and its succeeding activities become part of the critical path. If a non-critical path activity is delayed beyond its float period, then that activity becomes part of the critical path and controls the end date of the work. Thus, delay of a non-critical path activity beyond its float period will cause delay to the project itself. Float Ownership: Neither the OWNER nor the CONTRACTOR owns the float time. The project owns the float time. As such, liability for delay of the project completion date rests with the party actually causing delay to the project completion date. For example, if Party A uses some, but not all of the float time and Party B later uses the remainder of the float time as well as additional time beyond the float time, Party B shall be liable for the costs associated with the time that represents a delay to the project's completion date. Party A would not be responsible for any costs since it did not consume all of the float time and additional float time remained, therefore, the projecYs completion date was unaffected. 1.8 PROJECT STATUS REPORTING (THREE-WEEK LOOK AHEAD SCHEDULE) A. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish a three (3) week look ahead schedule at each weekly construction meeting that indicates the work accomplished during the previous week, and work to be accomplished in the next two weeks. Data day/date for the 3-week schedule shall be the meeting date. 1.9 INCLEMENT WEATHER PROVISIONS OF THE SCHEDULE A. The CONTRACTOR'S construction schedule shall include at least the number of days of delay due to unusually severe weather as listed in the Supplementary General Conditions. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION FLOW CONTROL � SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT CPM CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE JUNE 2015 01 32 16� 8 � � ' PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 GENERAL � � ' � ' 1 � � , ' ' � � ' SECTION 013300 A. Prepare submittal schedule in chronological sequence of "first submittals" with Microsoft Excel software utilizing forms to be provided by the City. Complete the City provided form to indicate a generic description of work covered, related specification section numbers, category of submittal, name of subcontractor, activity or event number on progress schedule, scheduled date for first submission, and anticipated date materials are required on site. The Contractor shall submit the Submittal Control Document in two forms: 1. One copy of the Submittal Control Document in electronic format (CD-ROM disc) 2. Three copies printed on 8-1/2 by 11 inch paper or larger 1.2 PRE-CONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE SUBMITTALS A. At the Pre-construction Conference referred to in Section 01 31 19 — Project Meetings, the CONTRACTOR shall submit the following items to the OWNER for review in addition to the items to be submitted as noted in Paragraph 1.1 above. After the Pre-construction Conference, the OWNER shall review the items submitted at the conference and may request further information for any of those items which are determined to be incomplete or insufficient. If such a request is made, the CONTRACTOR shall be required to submit additional information as requested within three (3) calendar days after receipt of such request. B. Submit three (3) printed copies of each item in this section. Submit one (1) electronic copy on a CD-ROM disk in MS Word, MS Excel, or MS Project format where appropriate for items 1 — 5. 1. Contractor's and Subcontractor's Contact Information Names and 24-hour contact telephone numbers of contractor's and each subcontractor's key personnel. 2. Contractor's Labor Classifications and Rates Classification of all workers to be employed by the Contractor and its subcontractors in the work, excluding the Contractor's Superintendent and General Foremen (if any), and; straight-time and overtime Weighted Wage Rates for each submitted labor classification. Update and resubmit the entire labor classification file whenever worker classifications are changed, added or deleted: 3. Contractor's EQUipment Classifications and Rates: Make and model of each item of equipment and small tools to be employed by the Contractor and its subcontractors in the work, and; working and standby (idle) hourly rates for each submitted item of equipment. Equipment Rental Rate Agreement referenced therein. Update and resubmit this entire equipment classification file whenever equipment or small tools classifications are changed, added or deleted. ' FLOW CONTROL & SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT JUNE 2015 CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS 01 33 00-1 ' 4. Contractor's 60-dav Plan of Operation and Proaress Bar Chart: Per Section 01 32 16; Par.1.3A — CPM Construction Schedule. 5. Preliminarv schedule of values: Per Section 01 29 73; Par. 1.2 — Schedule of Values. 6. Contractor's Scheduling Capabilities: Construction Schedule. 7. List of all Subcontractors, including: a. Percentage value of work assigned. b. Principal contact(s). c. Address. d. Telephone and fax numbers. 8. List of all requested exceptions to the Contract Documents. 9. Retainage account information (if applicable) 10. Intent to Pay Prevailing Wage Rates for prime contractor and subcontractors. 11. Temporary Erosion and Sedimentation Control (TESC) Plan and ESC lead certification per Section 01 35 43 — Environmental Protection. 12. All required permits, as applicable. 13. Manufacturer's certification for trench boxes to be utilized. 14. Spill Prevention Control Plan per 01 35 43 — Environmental Protection. 15. Traffic Control Plan per Section 01 55 00 — Contractor Submittals. 1.3 SHOP DRAWINGS A. When the Contract Documents require a submittal, the CONTRACTOR shall submit the specified information to the designated OWNER representative via e-mail in Adobe PDF format. B. Unless otherwise specified, submittals shall be accompanied by transmittal forms to be provided by OWNER. A separate form shall be used for each specific item, class of material, equipment, and items specified in separate, discrete sections, for which the submittal is required. The form shall be signed by the CONTRACTOR's review or authorized representative. Submittal documents common to more than one piece of equipment shall be identified with all the appropriate equipment numbers. Submittals for various items shall be made with a single form when the items taken together constitute a manufacturer's package or are so functionally related that expediency indicates checking or review of the group or package as a whole. C. A unique number, sequentially assigned, shall be noted on the transmittal form accompanying each item submitted. Original submittal numbers shall have the following format: "XXX"; where "XXX" is the sequential number assigned by the CONTRACTOR. Resubmittals shall have the following format: "XXX-Y"; where "XXX" is the originally � � Per Section 01 32 16; Par.1.2A — CPM ' �� l � FLOW CONTROL 8 SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS JUNE 2015 01 33 00-2 ' � ' ' ' ' � � , assigned submittal number and "Y" is a sequential letter assigned for resubmittals, i.e., A, B, or C being the 1 st, 2nd, and 3rd resubmittals, respectively. Submittal 025—B, for example, is the second resubmittal of Submittal 025. D. Submittals which are incomplete and/or do not have all the information required to be submitted, including but not limited to a signed and dated submittal transmittal form, and copy of marked-up specifications and/or drawings when specified , are not acceptable and will be returned without review. All �submittal information provided by subcontractors shall be transmitted through the CONTRACTOR and shall bear the CONTRACTOR's signature. E. For most submittals, the OWNER will return electronic responses of each submittal to the CONTRACTOR with its comments noted thereon, within 21 calendar days following receipt by the OWNER. It is considered reasonable that the CONTRACTOR shall make a complete and acceptable submittal to the OWNER by the second submission of a submittal item. The OWNER reserves the right to withhold monies due to the CONTRACTOR to cover additional costs of the OWNER's review beyond the second submittal. F. If a submittal is returned to the CONTRACTOR marked "NO EXCEPTIONS TAKEN," formal revision and resubmission of said submittal will not be required. G. If a submittal is returned marked "MAKE CORRECTIONS NOTED," CONTRACTOR shall make the corrections on the submittal, but formal revision anii resubmission of said submittal will not be required. H. If a submittal is returned marked "AMEND-RESUBMIT," the CONTRACTOR shall revise ' said submittal and shall resubmit the required number of copies of said revised submittal to the OWNER for review. � I . ' J ' ' , , � � If a submittal is returned marked "REJECTED-RESUBMIT," it shall mean that the submitted material or product does not satisfy the specification. The CONTRACTOR shall prepare a new submittal and shall resubmit the required number of copies of said revised submittal to the OWNER for review. Fabrication of an item shall be commenced only after the OWNER has reviewed the pertinent submittals and returned copies to the CONTRACTOR marked either "NO EXCEPTIONS TAKEN" or MAKE CORRECTIONS NOTED." Corrections indicated on submittals shall be considered as changes necessary to meet the requirements of the Contract Documents and shall not be taken as changes to the contract requirements. K. All submittals shall be carefully reviewed by an authorized representative of the CONTRACTOR, prior to submission to the OWNER. Each submittal shall be dated, signed, and certified by the CONTRACTOR, as being correct and in strict conformance with the Contract Documents. In the case of Shop Drawings, each sheet shall be so dated, signed, and certified. The OWNER will only review submittals which have been so certified by the CONTRACTOR. All non-certified submittals will be returned to the CONTRACTOR without action taken by the OWNER, and any delays caused thereby shall be the total responsibility of the CONTRACTOR. L. The OWNER's review of submittals shall not relieve the CONTRACTOR of the entire responsibility for the correctness of details and dimensions. The CONTRACTOR shall FLOW CONTROL & SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS JUNE 2015 01 33 00-3 , assume all responsibility and risk for� any misfits due to any errors in submittals. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for the dimensions and the design of adequate connections and details. 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE SUBMITTALS A. Submittals that are not Shop Drawings or Samples, or that do not reflect quality of product or method of construction may include, but not be limited to: 1. Applications for payment. 2. Construction photographs. 3. Progress reports. 4. Progress schedules. 5. Schedule of values. 6. Schedule of estimated progress payments. 7. Training materials. 8. Training schedules. 9. Submittals required by laws, regulations, and governing agencies. 1.5 QUALITY CONTROL SUBMITTALS A. Quality Control submittals may include, but not be limited to: 1. Manufacturer's instructions. 2. Certificates/Certifications: a. Manufacturer's. b. Inspection. c. Governing Agency's. 3. Manufacturer's field service reports. 4. Manufacturer's test reports. 5. Operation and maintenance data. 6. Operation and maintenance manuals. 7. Quality control plan. 8. Reports (inspection and test). 9. Statements of qualifications. FLOW CONTROL & SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS JUNE 2015 01 33 00� IJ 10. Test specimens. 1 1.6 REQUEST FOR SUBSTITUTION — SPECIAL EQUIPMENT A. Reference Section 01 60 00. , 1.7 CONTRACTOR'S SCHEDULE � A. ' 1.8 A. , B. ' � ' ' ' The CONTRACTOR's construction schedule and reports shall be prepared and submitted to the OWNER in accordance with Section 01 32 16. SAMPLES Whenever in the Specifications samples are required, the CONTRACTOR shall submit not less than 3 samples of each item or material to the OWNER for acceptance. Unless otherwise indicated, samples, shall be submitted a minimum of 21 days prior to ordering such material. C. Samples shall be individually and indelibly labeled or tagged, indicating thereon all specified physical characteristics and Manufacturer's name. Upon receiving acceptance of the OWNER, one set of the samples will be stamped and dated by the OWNER and returned to the CONTRACTOR, and one set of samples will be retained by the OWNER, and one set of samples shall remain at the Site until completion of the WORK. D. Unless indicated otherwise, all colors and textures of items presented in sample submittals shall be from the manufacturer's standard colors and standard materials, products, or equipment lines. If the samples represent non-standard colors, materia�s, products, or equipment lines and their selection will require an increase in Contract Times or Price, the CONTRACTOR shall clearly indicate same on the transmittal page of the submittal. 1.9 TECHNICAL MANUAL ' A. The CONTRACTOR shall submit technical operation and maintenance information for each item of inechanical, electrical and instrumentation equipment in an organized manner in the Technical Manual (TM). It shall be written so that it can be used and ' understood by the OWNER'S operation and maintenance staff. Reference Section 01 77 00 for additional information on the TM. 1 , 1 B. The TM shall consist of one or more volumes. Each volume of the TM shall consist of a standard size binder,"D"-ring, loose-leaf, vinyl plastic hard cover binder suitable for bookshelf storage. Binder ring size shall not exceed 2.5 inches. A global table of contents shall be provided for each volume. Each volume shall have appropriate labeling on the front and side, indicating City of Bremerton, project name, volume number, and year of contract. The TM content shall include information about piping, valves, fittings, pressure transmitters, and any other electrical and mechanical equipment installed for the project based on the following outline. Use additional volumes as necessary. ' The manual shall be broken down by division, with tabs divided each division and each piece of equipment. For example, Division 15 will include piping and valve information, each in its own separate section. Provide a master table of contents. Provide a master , FLOW CONTROL 8 SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT JUNE 2015 CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS 01 33 00-5 ' contact list, including supplier and manufacturer contact information for each equipment item. The Technical Manual shall include the following information, at a minimum: - Technical data sheets - Bill of materials and spare parts list. - Warranty and contact information - Manufacturer installation instructions - Acceptance testing results (as applicable) - Wiring diagrams - Preventive Maintenance - O&M information o Installation o Adjustment o Startup o Location of controls, special tools, equipment required, or related instrumentation needed for operation o Operation procedures o Load changes o Calibration o Shutdo�n o Troubleshooting o Disassembly o Reassembly o Realignment o Testing to determine performance efficiency o Tabulation of proper settings for all pressure relief valves, low and high pressure switches, and other protection devices o List of all electrical relay settings including alarm and contact settings C. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish to the OWNER three (3) draft identical TMs. The draft TMs shall be submitted to the OWNER not later than the 75 percent of construction completion date. The CONTRACTOR shall correct discrepancies noted by the OWNER and resubmit the final version (3 copies) within 30 days from the date of return of marked- up draft to the CONTRACTOR. � D. Incomplete or unacceptable manuals at the end of the 30 day period shall constitute sufficient justification to retain the amount in paragraph "Technical Manual Submittals" of Section 01 77 00 - Project Closeout, from any monies due the CONTRACTOR. 1.10 RECORD DRAWINGS A. The CONTRACTOR shall maintain one record set of full size Drawings (paper prints) at the Site. On these, it shall mark all project conditions, locations, configurations, and any other changes or deviations which may vary from the information represented on the original Contract Drawings, including buried or concealed construction and utility features which are revealed during the course of construction. Speciat attention shall be given to recording the horizontal and vertical location of all buried utilities that differ from the locations indicated, or which were not indicated on the Contract Drawings. Said record drawings shall be supplemented by any detailed sketches as necessary or directed to fully FLOW CONTROL 8 SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS JUNE 2015 01 33 00-6 L C � indicate the WORK as actually constructed. These master record drawings of the CONTRACTOR's representation of as-built conditions, including all revisions made necessary by addenda and change orders shall be maintained up-to-date during the progress of the WORK. Red ink shall be used for alterations and notes. Record drawings shall be accessible to the OWNER at all times during the construction period. Final payment will not be acted upon until the record drawings have been prepared and delivered to the OWNER. Said up-to-date record drawings shall be in the form of a set of prints with carefully plotted information overlaid. Upon Substantial Completion of the WORK and prior to final acceptance, the CONTRACTOR shall finalize and deliver a complete set of record drawings to the OWNER in accordance with Section 01 78 39. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION FLOW CONTROL 8 SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS JUNE 2015 01 33 00-7 ' � INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK � ' �� ' � � 1 � e ' � ' t � ' FLOW CONTROL & SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT JUNE 2015 CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS , 01 33 00-8 8 ' � � � � � ' ' � ' � SAFETY, HEALTH AND HAZARDOUS MATERIALS HANDLING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION SECTION 013529 A. This section specifies safety, health and hazardous materials handling requirements. The Contractor shall comply with this Specification and provide all necessary tools, equipment and personnel to ensure compliance with applicable laws, regulations and ordinances. Safety and health responsibilities for all work at the project site are to be borne by the CONTRACTOR. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. References standards: Reference 29 USC 651 et seq. 29 CFR 107 29 CFR 1910 29 CFR 1926 RCW 49.17 RCW 70.105 RCW 70.105D Chapter 296-24 WAC Chapter 296-36 WAC Chapter 296-62 WAC Chapter 296-155 WAC Chapter 173-303 WAC Chapter 173-340 WAC Title Federal Occupational Safety and Health Act Federal Contract Works Hours and Standards OSHA General Health and Safety Standards OSHA Construction Safety and Health Standards Industrial Safety and Health Act Hazardous Waste Disposal Act Hazardous Waste Cleanup: Model Toxic Control Act General Safety and Health Standards Safety Standards - Compressed Air Work General Occupational Health Standards Safety Standards for Construction Work Dangerous Waste Regulations Model Toxic Control Act ' 1.3 DEFINITIONS �� � � ' Ll ' A. Hazardous materials: 1. Any material classified as dangerous waste in accordance with WAC 173-303 or that in sufficient quantities is classified as dangerous waste. Lead content is analyzed for the existing elevated steel water main coating and test results are included in Appendix B. 2. Asbestos material, as defined in PSAPCA, Removal and Encapsulation of Asbestos Materials. 3. Polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs), polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons (PAHs), explosives, radioactive materials, and others deemed as such by regulatory agencies having jurisdiction over such matters. B. Contaminated materials: 1. Materials containing contaminants—such as hydrocarbons, PCBs, diesel fuels, gasoline, heavy metals, solvents, and other types of fuel oils—in sufficient quantities to necessitate special handling and disposal under applicable regulations. FLOW CONTROL 8� SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT SAFETY, HEALTH AND HAZARDOUS MATERIALS HANDLING ' JUNE 2015 01 35 29-1 1.4 SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS A. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for implementing comprehensive safety, health and hazardous materials handling programs. In addition to the CONTRACTOR's regulatory responsibilities for its employees, it shall assume full responsibility for all matters related to health, safety and hazardous materials (including worker and community Right-to-Know) of all people on or near the site. B. Confined Space. The nature of work will expose workers to confined spacing having possible conditions which are explosive, toxic and oxygen fluctuating. A Confined Space Program that meets the requirements 29 CFR 1910.146 and Part M of Chapter 296-62-145 through 296-62-14529 WAC regulations must be in place C. Underground Construction. The CONTRACTOR shall submit and maintain a written plan detailing how workers will be provided the maximum protection from the dangers of underground construction. D. Gases. Contaminant gases that may be encountered at this site include but are not limited to hydrogen sulfide, methane, carbon monoxide, carbon dioxide, nitrogen, and gases from hydrocarbon products. Provide a written Hazard Communication Program and Emergency Management Plan addressing these and other potential hazardous substances on site. E. Infectious Diseases. Sewers have been determined to carry a wide spectrum of disease- producing organisms. At a minimum, provide a written Hazard Communication Program and Biological/Bloodborne Pathogen Program detailing the preventive measures to be taken to provide an appropriate work environmental for all workers. F. Other Construction Site Considerations. Provide a comprehensive written Accident Prevention Program covering the CONTRACTOR's activities on site. Address issues dealing with precautionary measures to be taken when working near or with dangerous facilities and installations including but not limited to: 1. Conductors of: a. Petroleum products b. Toxic or flammable gas c. Electrical power G. Hazardous Waste and Contaminated Materials 1. CONTRACTOR may encounter contaminated soil during excavation that may be designated as hazardous waste as defined in the Washington State Dangerous Waste Regulations 173-303 WAC. 2. Should contamination be found, the Contractor shall provide a plan for handling hazardous waste generated or found on site (outlined in paragraphs 3 and 4 below). He shall meet and be solely responsible for the requirements of 173-340 WAC (Washington State Model Toxic Control regulations) and 29 CFR 1910.120 and WAC 296-62-300 through 296-62-3190 (Hazardous Waste Operations and Emergency Response). Reference the project geotechnical report for detailed information on potential for subsurface contamination. Should contamination be found in the work, the cost for remediation will be at a negotiated change order. 3. If contamination is found, the Contractor shall develop a method of monitoring and detecting contaminated soils and/or groundwater or other potentially dangerous materials/waste that may be encountered during the excavation and groundwater dewatering processes. The plan shall include but not limited to the following: FLOW CONTROL � SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT SAFETY, HEALTH AND HAZARDOUS MATERIALS HANDLING JUNE 2015 01 35 29-2 8 ' ' � ' ' ' � ' a. instruction to workers in observing and reporting questionable materials and odors, such as refuse, oily sheen or color on soils or water, and oily or � chemical odors b. � Development of emergency medical care and treatment plan. c. ='`Method of handling monitoring records related to contaminated soils and - •groundwater. Submit the copies of these records on a weekly basis. d. �� Methods to comply fully with the provisions of all applicable ordinances, regulations and permits related to the potential presence of contaminated soil and/or groundwater. e. � Method of disposal traceability for a permanent record on the number of truck • loads of waste soil unloaded at each and every disposal site, regardless of soil classification. Submit three copies of the record each week. f. Protocol for submitting the test reports of waste characterization. g. Provide on site a qualified Safety Officer full time with responsibility and authority to implement programs. 4. Notification and suspension: a. In the event that the monitoring program detects the presence of a suspicious material or waste, stop work in the affected vicinity, and immediately notify the OWNER. The potentially exposed workers must follow CONTRACTOR's established procedures for decontamination prior to leaving worksite. b. Follow-up with a written notification to the OWNER. c. Work shall not be resumed in the affected area until cleanup procedures are approved. � 1.5 SAFETY PROGRAM �� �I � � r 1 � � � � A. General 1. Develop, implement and maintain a Safety Program that includes as a minimum the' following: a.• � Safety and health risk and/or hazard analysis for each site task and operation. b. " Safety organizational structure and responsibilities. c. Hazard Communication Program. d. Accident Prevention Program. e. Confined Space Program. f. Emergency Management Plan. g. Respiratory Program. h. Medical Surveillance Program. i. Biological Bloodborne Pathogen Program. j. Safety watch (Ground support besides the Safety Officer). k. Lighting/Illumination Plan. I. Ventilation Plan. m. Access and Egress Plan. n. Air contaminants including fugitive dusts handling measures. o. Accident reporting and recordkeeping. p. Carcinogens and other hazardous materials. q. Site control measures. r. Hearing Conservation Program. s. Personal protective equipment. t. Employee Informational and Communication Program. u. Required trainings and certifications. v. Integration of subcontractor's activities. w. Excavation support x. Equipment and machinery. FLOW CONTROL & SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT SAFETY, HEALTH AND HAZARDOUS MATERIALS HANDLING JUNE 2015 01 35 29-3 2. Locate copies of the Safety Program on the CONTRACTOR's worksite and at each of the subcontractor's worksites. 3. Update each copy of the Safety Program within seven days if any changes are made at the worksite or to the Safety Program. 1.6 SUBMITTALS A. Record of waste soil disposal location, quantities and classification, if applicable. B. Test reports of all waste characterizations, if applicable. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 RESPONSIBILITY FOR EXECUTION A. The CONTRACTOR shall have full responsibility for execution of safety, health and hazardous materials handling programs. B. Maintain on-site Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDSs) per WAC 296-62-05413 for all hazardous chemicals used or stored on-site. END OF SECTION FLOW CONTROL & SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT SAFETY, HEALTH AND HAZARDOUS MATERIALS HANDLING JUNE 2015 01 35 29-4 , � ' PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION SECTION 013543 ' A. The CONTRACTOR shall undertake environmental protection measures to ensure that spills, construction debris and sediment do not contaminate or damage the environment. ' ' , � � ' � � ' � � ' B. The WORK shall also comply with all other applicable environmental regulations, including federal, state, and local requirements related to air quality, water quality, and hazardous material management. 1.2 � 0 SUBMITTALS Temporary Erosion and Sedimentation Control (TESC) Plan. Spill Prevention Control Plan. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL � 0 3.2 The CONTRACTOR shall meet all applicable requirements of the Contract Documents, as well as any permit requirements related to protection of the environment. CONTRACTOR work methods shall be such as to minimize disturbances to the environment. Erosion control shall comply with the details as presented in the drawings. TEMPORARY EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL A. The CONTRACTOR shall submit a TESC plan for review by the OWNER. The plan shall indicate best management practices for ensuring that silt-laden stormwater runoff does not enter the stormwater drainage system. Items implemented for the TESC shall conform with City of Bremerton Erosion Control Standards (reference Bremerton Municipal Code Chapter 15.04.), WSDOT Standard Specifications (2012) 8-01, and WSDOE Stormwater Management Manual for Western Washington (2012). B. All erosion and sediment facilities shall be maintained in a satisfactory condition until such time that clearing and/or construction is completed and potential for on-site erosion has passed. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for the design implementation, maintenance, replacement and additions to erosion/sedimentation control systems. , C. Review of the erosion/sedimentation control plan by the OWNER does not remove any responsibility of the CONTRACTOR to protect all surface waters from silt and sediment from construction operations. ' D. Wasting of concrete trucks or on-site dumping of unused concrete is prohibited. FLOW CONTROL & SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION JUNE 2015 01 35 43-1 ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION ' 3.3 SPILL PREVENTION PLAN A. The CONTRACTOR shall prepare and submit for a review a spill prevention/emergency response plan specific to the project needs. The plan shall as a minimum meet the requirements defined herein. All requirements of the State of Washington, Department of Ecology, Department of Fisheries, OWNER, and any other agency having jurisdiction over the environment shall be met by the plan. B. Spill Prevention Plan - Minimum Requirements: 1. Train all employees working on the project in spill prevention and emergency response techniques. 2. Post the spill prevention plan and emergency response team at the project site. 3. All fuel storage shall be off site. Define fuel location and fueling method. 4. Storage of hazardous materials shall be off site. Define the location and security methods. 5. Provide for absorbent material stations to be Iocated along the work at a minimum 500 foot interval. 6. If refueling is proposed at any location on the project site, provide a total containment system for the fueling area: a. The containment system as a minimum shall include an impervious PVC type liner (with suitable earth cover and earthen containment berm surrounding the 7. 8. 9. 10 site. b. The containment berm shall have a reinforced raised entrance ramp. c. Fencing of the containment area is recommended to reduce vandalism. d. Provide absorbent material at the refueling site in quantities suitable for spill cleanup. Implement all erosion/sedimentation features and maintain throughout the duration of the project. Use equipment which does not leak, repair or remove from the work any equipment which begins to leak. Notify the emergency response team leader immediately in the event of a spill and contact all members of the response team. Begin clean-up of spill immediately. C. Emergency Response Team: The CONTRACTOR shall include in the Spill Prevention Plan an Emergency Response Team List with the following minimum information: 1. Fire Department 911 2. Police Department - Kitsap County 911 3. Spill Reporting - 24 Hour Number 1-800-258-5990 Department of Ecology 4. Spill Prevention Coordinator - OWNER (City of Bremerton) Ned Lever 360-473-2398. 5. Spill Prevention Representative - CONTRACTOR To Be Named 6. Department of Fisheries - CONTRACTOR to determine Contact END OF SECTION FLOW CONTROL 8� SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT JUNE 2015 ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION , 01 35 43-2 � � , ' PART 1 - GENERAL ' ��� �,� � Ir� � ' � ' 1 1.1 GENERAL SECTION 014219 A. Titles of Sections and Paragraphs: Titles and subtitles accompanying specification sections and paragraphs are for convenience and reference only, and do not form a part of the Specifications. B. Applicable Publications: Whenever in these Specifications references are made to published specifications, codes, standards, or other requirements, it shall be understood that wherever no date is specified, only the latest specifications, standards, or requirements of the respective issuing agencies which have been published as of the date that the Contract is advertised for bids shall apply; except to the extent that said standards or requirements may be in conflict with applicable laws, ordinances, or governing codes. No requirements set forth in the Specifications or shown on the Drawings will be waived because of any provision of, or omission from, said standards or requirements. C. Specialists, Assignments: In certain instances, specification text requires (or implies) that specific work is to be assigned to specialists or expert entities, who must be engaged for the performance of that work. Such assignments shall be recognized as special requirements over which the CONTRACTOR has no choice or option. These requirements shall not be interpreted so as to conflict with the enforcement of building codes and similar regulations governing the WORK; also they are not intended to interfere with local union jurisdiction settlements and similar conventions. Such assignments are intended to establish which party or entity involved in a specific unit of work is recognized as "expert" for the indicated construction processes or operations. Nevertheless, the final responsibility for fulfillment of the entire set of contract requirements remains with the CONTRACTOR. 1.2 REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS, CODES, AND STANDARDS REFERENCE STANDARDS ' A. The CONTRACTOR Documents and the specifications. 1 , ' ' � shall construct the WORK in accordance with the Contract referenced portions of those referenced codes, standards, and B. References herein to "Building Code" or "Uniform Building Code" shall mean Uniform Building Code of the International Conference of Building Officials (ICBO). Similarly, references to "Mechanical Code" or "Uniform Mechanical Code," "Plumbing Code" or "Uniform Plumbing Code," "Fire Code" or "Uniform Fire Code," shall mean Uniform Mechanical Code, Uniform Plumbing Code and Uniform Fire Code of the International Conference of the Building Officials (ICBO). "Electric Code" or "National Electric Code (NEC)" shall mean the National Electric Code of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA). The latest edition of the codes as approved by the Municipal Code and used by the local agency as of the date that the WORK is advertised for bids, as adopted by the agency having jurisdiction, shall apply to the WORK herein, including all addenda, modifications, amendments, or other lawful changes thereto. FLOW CONTROL & SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT REFERENCE STANDARDS ' JUNE 2015 01 42 19-1 C. In case of conflict between codes, reference standards, drawings, and the other Contract Documents, the most stringent requirements shall govern. All conflicts shall be brought to the attention of the ENGINEER for clarification and directions prior to ordering or providing any materials or furnishing labor. The CONTRACTOR shall bid for the most stringent requirements. D. References herein to "OSHA Regulations for Construction" shall mean Title 29, Part 1926, Construction Safety and Health Regulations, Code of Federal Regulations (OSHA), including all changes and amendments thereto. E. References herein to "OSHA Standards" shaN mean Title 29, Part 1910, Occupational Safety and Health Standards, Code of Federal Regulations (OSHA), including all changes and amendments thereto. F. References to "WSDOT/APWA Standards", "WSDOTIAPWA", or "WSDOT SS", shall mean 2012 Edition, Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge and Municipal Construction and the most current revisions to the Standard Plans for Road, Bridge, and Municipal Construction. These standards are also respectively referred to as the "Standard Specifications" and "Standard Plans." 1.3 REGULATIONS RELATED TO HAZARDOUS MATERIALS A. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible that all work included in the Contract Documents, regardless if shown or not, shall comply with all EPA, OSHA, RCRA, NFPA, and any other Federal, State, and Local Regulations governing the storage and conveyance of hazardous materials, including petroleum products. B. Where no specific regulations exist, chemical, hazardous, and petroleum product piping and storage in underground locations shall be installed with double containment piping and tanks, or in separate concrete trenches and vaults, or with an approved lining which cannot be penetrated by the chemicals, unless waived in writing by the OWNER. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION FLOW CONTROL & SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT REFERENCE STANDARDS JUNE 2015 01 42 19-2 8 ' , � PART 1 - GENERAL , ' ' � ' 1.1 DEFINITION QUALITY CONTROL SECTION 014500 A. Specific quality control requirements for the WORK are indicated throughout the Contract Documents. The requirements of this Section are primarily related to performance of the WORK beyond furnishing of manufactured products. The term "Quality Control" includes inspection, sampling and testing, and associated requirements. 1.2 A INSPECTION AT PLACE OF MANUFACTURE Unless otherwise indicated, all products, materials, and equipment shall be subject to inspection by the OWNER at the place of manufacture. B. The presence of the OWNER at the place of manufacturer, however, shall not relieve the CONTRACTOR of the responsibility for providing products, materials, and equipment which comply with all requirements of the Contract Documents. Compliance is a duty of the CONTRACTOR, and said duty shall not be avoided by any act or omission on the part of the OWNER. ' 1.3 SAMPLING AND TESTING ' , � ' ' , ' � ' A. Unless otherwise indicated, all sampling and testing will be in accordance with the methods prescribed in the current standards of the ASTM, as applicable to the class and nature of the article or materials considered; however, the OWNER reserves the right to use any generally-accepted system of sampling and testing which, in the opinion of the OWNER will assure the OWNER that the quality of the workmanship is in full accord with the Contract Documents. B. Any waiver by the OWNER of any specific testing or other quality assurance measures, whether or not such waiver is accompanied by a guarantee of substantial performance as a relief from the testing or other quality assurance requirements originally indicated, and whether or not such guarantee is accompanied by a performance bond to assure execution of any necessary corrective or remedial WORK, shall not be construed as a waiver of any requirements of the Contract Documents. C. Nofinrithstanding the existence of such waiver, the OWNER reserves the right to make independent investigations and tests, and failure of any portion of the WORK to meet any of the requirements of the Contract Documents, shall be reasonable cause for the OWNER to require the removal or correction and reconstruction of any such WORK in accordance with the General Conditions. FLOW CONTROL 8� SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT QUALITY CONTROL , JUNE 2015 01 45 00-1 1.4 /� INSPECTION AND TESTING SERVICE Inspection and testing laboratory service shall comply with the following: Unless indicated otherwise by the Technical Specifications, the OWNER will appoint, employ, and pay for services of an independent firm to perform inspection and testing or will perform inspection and testing itself. The OWNER or independent firm will perform inspections, testings, and other services as required by the OWNER under Paragraph 1.3C above. Reports will be submitted to the OWNER in duplicate indicating observations and results of tests and indicating compliance or non-compliance with Contract Documents. The CONTRACTOR shall cooperate with the OWNER or independent firm and furnish samples of materials, design mix, equipment, tools, storage, and assistance as requested. The CONTRACTOR shall notify OWNER 24 hours prior to the expected time for operations requiring inspection and laboratory testing services. Retesting required because of non-conformance to requirements shall be performed by the same independent firm on instructions by the OWNER. The CONTRACTOR shall bear all costs from such retesting at no additional cost to the OWNER. For samples and tests required for CONTRACTOR'S use, the CONTRACTOR shall make arrangements with an independent firm for payment and scheduling of testing. The cost of sampling and testing for the CONTRACTOR'S use shall be included in the Contract Price. 2 3 4 5 6 7 PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Inspection: The CONTRACTOR shall inspect materials or equipment upon the arrival on � the job site and immediately prior to installation, and reject damaged and defective items. B. Measurements: The CONTRACTOR shall verify measurements and dimensions of the WORK, as an integral step of starting each installation. C. Manufacturer's Instructions: Where installations include manufactured products, the CONTRACTOR shall comply with manufacturer's applicable instructions and recommendations for installation, to whatever extent these are more explicit or more stringent than applicable requirements indicated in Contract Documents. � � ' END OF SECTION , , � FLOW CONTROL & SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT QUALITY CONTROL JUNE 2015 01 45 00-2 8 ' ' ' PART 1 - GENERAL ' ' ' � � � ' � � , 1.1 GENERAL SECTION 015010 A. The CONTRACTOR shall protect all existing utilities and improvements not designated for removal and shall restore damaged or temporarily relocated utilities and improvements to a condition equal to or better than prior to such damage or temporary relocation, all in accordance with the Contract Documents. 1.2 RIGHTS-OF-WAY A. The CONTRACTOR shall not do any WORK that would affect any oil, gas, sewer, or water pipeline; any telephone, telegraph, or electric transmission line; any fence; or any other structure, nor shall the CONTRACTOR enter upon the rights-of-way involved until notified that the OWNER has secured authority from the proper party. B. After authority has been obtained, the CONTRACTOR shall give said party due notice of its intention to begin work, if required by said party, and shall remove, shore, support, or otherwise protect such pipeline, transmission line, ditch, fence, or structure, or replace the same. 1.3 PROTECTION OF SURVEY MARKERS A. The CONTRACTOR shall not destroy, remove, or otherwise disturb any existing survey markers without proper authorization. No pavement breaking or excavation shall be started until all survey or other permanent marker points that will be disturbed by the construction operations have been properly referenced. Survey markers or points disturbed by the CONTRACTOR shall be accurately restored after street or roadway resurfacing has been completed. 1.4 /� RESTORATION OF EXISTING PAVEMENT General: All paved areas cut or damaged during construction shall be replaced with similar materials of equal thickness to match the existing adjacent undisturbed areas, ' except where specific resurfacing requirements have been called for in the Contract Documents or in the requirements of the agency issuing the permit. Pavements which are subject to partial removal shall be neatly saw cut in straight lines. � B 1 1.5 � � Temporary Resurfacing: The CONTRACTOR shall place temporary surfacing promptly after backfilling and shall maintain such surfacing until final surfacing has been installed. EXISTING UTILITIES AND IMPROVEMENTS A. General: The CONTRACTOR shall protect underground Utilities and other improvements which may be impaired during construction operations, regardless of whether or not the Utilities are indicated on the Drawings. The CONTRACTOR shall take all possible precautions for the protection of unforeseen Utility lines to provide for uninterrupted service and to provide such special protection as may be necessary. PROTECTION OF EXISTING FACILITIES FLOW CONTROL & SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT PROTECTION OF EXISTING FACILITIES ' JUNE 2015 01 50 10-1 ' B. Utilities where shown in the Contract Drawings have been field located during design and are for reference only. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for exploratory excavations as it deems necessary to determine the exact locations and depths of Utilities which may interFere with its work. All such exploratory excavations shall be performed as soon as practicable after Notice to Proceed and, in any event, a sufficient time in advance of construction to avoid possible delays to the CONTRACTOR's progress. When such exploratory excavations show the Utility location as shown on the Drawings to be in error, the CONTRACTOR shall so notify the OWNER. � , �� C. The number of exploratory excavations required shall be that number which is sufficient to determine the alignment and grade of the Utility. , D. Utilities to be Moved: In case it shall be necessary to move the property of any public utility or franchise holder, such utility company or franchise holder will, upon request of the CONTRACTOR, be notified by the OWNER to move such property within a specified reasonable time. When utility lines that are to be removed are encountered within the area of operations, the CONTRACTOR shall notify the OWNER a sufficient time in advance for the necessary measures to be taken to prevent interruption of service. E. Utilities to be Removed: Where the proper completion of the WORK requires the temporary or permanent removal and/or relocation of an existing Utility or other improvement which is indicated, the CONTRACTOR shall remove and, without unnecessary delay, temporarily replace or relocate such Utility or improvement in a manner satisfactory to the OWNER and the owner of the facility. In all cases of such temporary removal or relocation, restoration to the former location shall be accomplished by the CONTRACTOR in a manner that will restore or replace the Utility or improvement as nearly as possible to its former locations and to as good or better condition than found prior to removal. F. OWNER's Right of Access: The right is reserved to the OWNER and to the owners of public utilities and franchises to enter at any time upon any public street, alley, right-of- way, or easement for the purpose of making changes in their property made necessary by the WORK of this Contract. G. Underground Utilities Indicated: Existing Utility lines that are indicated or the locations of which are made known to the CONTRACTOR prior to excavation and that are to be retained, and all Utility fines that are constructed during excavation operations shall be protected from damage during excavation and backfilling and, if damaged, shall be immediately repaired or replaced by the CONTRACTOR, unless otherwise repaired by the owner of the damaged Utility. If the owner of the damaged facility performs its own repairs, the CONTRACTOR shall reimburse said owner for the costs of repair. H. Underground Utilities Not Indicated: In the event that the CONTRACTOR damages existing Utility lines that are not indicated or the locations of which are not made known to the CONTRACTOR prior to excavation, a verbal report of such damage shall be made immediately to the OWNER and a written report thereof shall be made promptly thereafter. The OWNER will immediately notify the owner of the damaged Utility. If the OWNER is not immediately available, the CONTRACTOR shall notify the Utility owner of the damage. If directed by the OWNER, repairs shall be made by the CONTRACTOR under the provisions for changes and extra work contained in Articles 10, 11, and 12 of the General Conditions. FLOW CONTROL & SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT PROTECTION OF EXISTING FACILITIES JUNE 2015 01 50 10-2 8 � ' � r improvement are subject to of the Utility or improvement , J. Approval of Repairs: All repairs to a damaged Utility o inspection and approval by an authorized representative owner before being concealed by backfill or other work. ' ' ' ' , ' , ' ' ' , ' ' ' ' K. Maintaining in Service: Unless indicated otherwise, oil and gasoline pipelines, power, and telephone or the communication cable ducts, gas and water mains, irrigation lines, sewer lines, storm drain lines, poles, and overhead power and communication wires and cables encountered along the line of the WORK shall remain continuously in service during all the operations under the Contract, unless other arrangements satisfactory to the OWNER are made with the owner of said pipelines, duct, main, irrigation line, sewer, storm drain, pole, or wire or cable. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for and shall repair all damage due to its operations, and the provisions of this Section shall not be abated even in the event such damage occurs after backfilling or is not discovered until after completion of the backfilling. 1.6 TREES OR SHRUBS WITHIN PROJECT LIMITS A. General: Except where trees or shrubs are indicated to be removed, the CONTRACTOR shall exercise all necessary precautions so as not to damage or destroy any trees or shrubs, including those lying within project limits, and shall not trim or remove any trees unless such trees have been approved for trimming or removal by the jurisdictional agency or OWNER. Existing trees and shrubs which are damaged during construction shall be trimmed or replaced by the CONTRACTOR or a certified tree company under permit from the jurisdictional agency and/or the OWNER. B. Replacement: The CONTRACTOR shall immediately notify the jurisdictional agency and/or the OWNER if any tree or shrub is damaged by the CONTRACTOR's operations. If, in the opinion of said agency or the OWNER, the damage is such that replacement is necessary, the CONTRACTOR shall replace the tree or shrub at its own expense. The tree or shrub shall be of a like size and variety as the one damaged, or, if of a smaller size, the CONTRACTOR shall pay to the owner of said tree a compensatory payment acceptable to the tree or shrub owner, subject to the approval of the jurisdictional agency or OWNER. The size of the tree or shrub shall be not less than 1-inch diameter nor less than 6 feet in height. 1.7 � 1.8 Costs of locating and repairing damage not due to failure of the CONTRACTOR to exercise reasonable care, and removing or relocating such Utility facilities not indicated in the Contract Documents with reasonable accuracy, and for equipment on the project which was actually working on that portion of the WORK which was interrupted or idled by removal or relocation of such Utility facilities, and which was necessarily idled during such work will be paid for as extra work in accordance with the provisions of Articles 10, 11, and 12 of the General Conditions. LAWN AREAS Lawn or landscaped areas damaged during construction shall be repaired to match the pre-construction condition to the satisfaction of the land owner and the OWNER. NOTIFICATION BY THE CONTRACTOR A. Prior to any excavation in the vicinity of any existing underground facilities, including all water, sewer, storm drain, gas, petroleum products, or other pipelines; all buried electric power, communications, or television cables; all traffic signal and street lighting facilities; FLOW CONTROL & SEISMtC VALVE PROJECT PROTECTION OF EXISTING FACILITIES JUNE 2015 01 50 10-3 and all roadway and state highway rights-of-way, the CONTRACTOR shall notify the respective authorities representing the owners or agencies responsible for such facilities not less than 3 days nor more than 7 days prior to excavation so that a representative of said owners or agencies can be present during such work if they so desire. The CONTRACTOR shall also notify the regional one-call notification center at 1-800-422-5555 at least 2 days, but no more than 14 days, prior to such excavation. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION FLOW CONTROL 8� SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT PROTECTION OF EXISTING FACILITIES JUNE 2015 01 50 10� SITE ACCESS, STORAGE, AND NOTIFICATION SECTION 015500 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SITE ACCESS A. General: Continuous, unobstructed, safe, and adequate pedestrian and vehicular access shall be provided around the construction area. Vehicular access to residential driveways shall be maintained to the property line except when necessary construction precludes such access for reasonable periods of time. B. Street Use: The CONTRACTOR shall not be entitled to the exclusive use of any public street, alleyway, or parking area during the performance of the WORK hereunder except as provided herein, and it shall so conduct its operations as not to interfere unnecessarily with the authorized work of utility companies or other agencies in such streets, alleyways, or parking areas. No street shall be closed to the public without first obtaining permission of the OWNER and proper governmental authority. Fire hydrants on or adjacent to the WORK shall be kept accessible to fire-fighting equipment at all times. Temporary provisions shall be made by the CONTRACTOR to assure the use of the proper functioning of all gutters, storm drain inlets, and other drainage facilities. Coordinate with traffic control constraints with this section and Section 01 14 00. C. The CONTRACTOR shall make its own investigation of the condition of available public and private roads and of clearances, restrictions, bridge load limits, and other limitations affecting transportation and ingress and egress to the site of the WORK. It shall be the CONTRACTOR's responsibility to construct and maintain any haul roads required for its construction operations. D. Traffic Control Plan and Maintenance: For the protection of traffic in public or private streets and ways, the CONTRACTOR shall provide, place, and maintain necessary barricades, traffic cones, warning signs, lights, and other safety devices in accordance with the requirements of the "Manual of Uniform Traffic Control Devices, Part VI - Traffic Controls for Street and Highway Construction and Maintenance Operations," published by U.S. Department of Transportation, Federal Highway Administration (ANSI D6.1). No work shall be done on or adjacent to the roadway until all necessary signs and traffic control devices are in place. The CONTRACTOR shall take necessary precautions for the protection of the WORK and the safety of the public. Barricades and obstructions shall be illuminated at night, and lights shall be kept burning from sunset until sunrise. The CONTRACTOR shall station such guards or flaggers and shall conform to such special safety regulations relating to traffic control as may be required by the public authorities within their respective jurisdictions. Signs, signals, and barricades shall conform to the requirements of Subpart G, Part 1926, of the OSHA Safety and Health Standards for Construction. 2. The CONTRACTOR shall submit three (3) copies of a Traffic Control Plan to the City of Bremerton, as necessary, for approval a minimum of 20 working days prior to construction. The Traffic Control Plan shall be prepared and sealed by a professional engineer that is licensed in the State of Washington. The traffic control plan shall FLOW CONTROL & SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT SITE ACCESS AND STORAGE ' JUNE 2015 01 55 00-1 incorporate permit requirements and the requirements of Section 01 14 00 — Construction and Schedule Constraints. The City of Bremerton shall be allowed access to observe these traffic control plans in use and to make any changes as field conditions warrant. Any changes required by these agencies shall supersede these plans and be done solely at the CONTRACTOR 's expense. a. Prepare, submit, and obtain approval of traffic control plans as required in this Section. b. Furnish and maintain barricades, flashers, and other channelization devices, as required per the approved Traffic Control Plans; c. Provide supervisory personnel for all labor for traffic control; d. Provide labor and any necessary vehicle(s) for set-up and removal of construction signs and the traffic control devices, which are placed daily; e. Provide labor and vehicles for patrolling and maintaining in position all of the construction signs and the traffic control devices; f. Provide labor, material, and equipment necessary for cleaning up, removing, and replacing all construction signs and traffic control devices that are destroyed, damaged, or lost during the life of the project; g. Flagging or use of police officers for the convenience of the Contractor, such as facilitating movement of equipment on the site, laying out, or relocating construction signs and traffic control devices. 3. Upon failure of the CONTRACTOR to immediately provide flaggers, erect, maintain, and remove construction signs; or provide, erect, maintain, and remove other traffic control devices when ordered to do so by the ENGINEER, the OWNER may, without further notice to the CONTRACTOR or the surety, perform any of the above and deduct all of the costs for this work from the CONTRACTOR's payments. 4. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for providing adequate construction signs and other traffic control devices for the protection of the worker and the public at all times regardless of whether, construction signs, and other traffic control devices are ordered by the ENGINEER or paid for by the OWNER. The CONTRACTOR shall be liable for injuries and damages to persons and property suffered by reason of the CONTRACTOR's operations or any negligence in connection therewith. 5. The CONTRACTOR shall remove traffic control devices when no longer needed, repair damage caused by installation of the devices, and shall remove post settings and backfill the resulting holes to match grade. E. Traffic Control Labor: The CONTRACTOR shall furnish all personnel for flagging to control traffic during construction operations. Flaggers shall have a current certification (Flagging Card) per Washington Administrative Code Chapter 296-155-305. Employees of the CONTRACTOR engaged in flagging or traffic control shall wear reflective vests and hard hats. During hours of darkness, white coveralls or white or yellow rain gear shall also be worn. The vests and other apparel shall be furnished by the CONTRACTOR and maintained in a clean condition. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish standard STOP/SLOW paddles (18 inches wide, six-inch high letters, and reflectorized) per Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices for the flagging operation. F. Temporary Street Closure: If closure of any street is required during construction, the CONTRACTOR shall apply in writing to City of Bremerton and any other jurisdictional agency at least 20 working days in advance of the required closure. A Detour and Traffic Control Plan shall accompany the application. See Section 01 14 00 for specific roadway FLOW CONTROL & SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT SITE ACCESS AND STORAGE JUNE 2015 01 55 00-2 � r ' ' � ' � � ' � � ' � ' � � � � � closure and/or traffic lane restrictions, coordination with other segments of the project, and accommodation of pedestrians during road and sidewalk closures. G. Temporary Driveway Closure: The CONTRACTOR shall notify the owner or occupant (if not owner-occupied) of the closure of the driveways to be closed more than one 8 hour work day at least three (3) working days prior to the closure. The CONTRACTOR shall minimize the inconvenience and minimize the time period that the driveways will be closed. The CONTRACTOR shall fully explain to the owner/occupant how long the closure will take and when closure will start. 1.2 CONTRACTOR'S STAGING AND PERSONNEL PARKING AREA A. The construction limits shown on the drawings for each project site is provided to the Contractor for the duration of the project. The construction site area encompasses the entire area provided by the City for construction, staging and personnel parking. Any additional area required for staging, personnel parking and other purposes shall be provided by the contractor. C. The area shall be swept on a daily basis. Upon the completion of the project, the area shall be returned to its condition prior to the project, including restoration of asphalt, parking curbs, etc. 0 1.3 The project area shall be fenced with a 6' high fence (provided by the Contractor) which is secured each evening prior to the Contractor leaving the site. HAZARDOUS MATERIALS STORAGE AREA A. The CONTRACTOR shall construct and implement a separate storage area for hazardous materials used in constructing the WORK. 1. For the purpose of this paragraph, hazardous materials to be stored in the separate area are all products labeled with any of the following terms: Warning, Caution, Poisonous, Toxic, Flammable, Corrosive, Reactive, or Explosive. In addition, whether or not so labeled, the following materials shall be stored in the separate area: diesel fuel, gasoline, new and used motor oil, hydraulic fluid, cement, paints and paint thinners, finro- part epoxy coatings, sealants, asphaltic products, glues, solvents, wood preservatives, sand blast materials, and spifl absorbent. 2. 3. 4. 5. Hazardous materials shall be stored in groupings according to the MSDS. The CONTRACTOR shall develop and submit to the OWNER a plan for storing and disposing of the materials above. The CONTRACTOR shall obtain and submit to the OWNER a single EPA number for wastes generated at the Site. The separate storage area shall meet all the requirements of all authorities having jurisdiction over the storage of hazardous materials. 6. The separate storage area shall be inspected by the appropriate regulatory authority prior to construction of the area, upon completion of construction of the area, and upon cleanup and removal of the area. 7. All hazardous materials which are delivered in containers shall be stored in the original containers until use. Hazardous materials which are delivered in bulk shall be stored in containers which meet the requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. FLOW CONTROL & SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT SITE ACCESS AND STORAGE , JUNE 2015 01 55 00-3 I� 1.4 NOTIFICATION A. GENERAL: The CONTRACTOR shall notify the Engineer in writing using the form at the end of this section for street closures and reopening and traffic revisions as indicated in this section, unless noted otherwise. Notifications shall be submitted to the Engineer by the end of business on the Wednesday before the week of the closure. Coordinate notification with the City of Bremerton per Paragraph 1.1.F. � � , B. Emergency Closures: In an emergency situation which requires a road closure, notify the ' following agencies and individuals: AGENCY Fax #(all #'s are 360 area code) CENCOM 308-5400, Dis atch Su ervisor Kitsap Transit 478-6224, Attn: Doug Johnson or Operations Supervisor. If unable to reach a person at this number or after hours or on weekends, call 479-6966. City of Bremerton Paul �JVandling at 473-2351 or Ned Lever at 473- 2398 B. The CONTRACTOR'S primary mode of communication with the above agencies shall be via fax or e-mail. Short term non-emergency notifications via voice communications will be accomplished by the City inspector. C. Emergency traffic such as police, fire and disaster units shall be provided access at all times. In addition, the CONTRACTOR shall coordinate activities with all waste disposal firms and transit or school bus services which are operating in the project area. Safe and convenient access to bus zones shall be provided and maintained at all times by the CONTRACTOR. The CONTRACTOR shall be liable for any damages which may result from failure to provide reasonable access or coordination. D. NOTIFICATION OF BUSINESS AND RESIDENTS: The CONTRACTOR shall notify all affected businesses and resident by door hangar of other similar method approved by the ENGINEER at least one calendar week in advance of construction activities adjacent to their business or home. Additionally, the CONTRACTOR shall notify all affected businesses and residents at least 48-hours and not more than 72 hours in advance of construction activities that would block or restrict access to their businesses or homes. Blockage shall occur only during working hours and shall be removed during non-working hours. E. EXISTING SIGNS, DEVICES, AND PAVEMENT MARKINGS: Existing traffic control and street name signs which interFere with construction shall be relocated, removed, or covered by the CONTRACTOR. Removed signs shall be temporarily stored in a safe place. "STOP", "YIELD", and "ONE-WAY" signs shall be removed or relocated only upon approval of the ENGINEER. Existing signs shall not be removed until CONTRACTOR has provided temporary measures sufficient to safeguard and direct traffic after the existing signs have been removed. Preservation, maintenance and replacement of traffic control and street name signs shall be the sole responsibility of the CONTRACTOR. ' ' 8 FLOW CONTROL & SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT SITE ACCESS AND STORAGE JUNE 2015 01 55 00� 8 � PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) 1 PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) � , END OF SECTION ' (Street Closure Report Form follows) i 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 � FLOW CONTROL 8� SEISMIC VAIVE PROJECT SITE ACCESS AND STORAGE ' JUNE 2015 01 55 00-5 CITY OF BREMERTON STREET CLOSURE REPORT FORM TO: Citv of Bremerton Public Works & Utilities FAX: (360) 473-5360 PHONE: (360) 473-2398 � � FROM: COMPANY: t FAX: PHONE: DATE: WORK SCHEDULED FOR THE WEEK OF: FROM: TO: STARTING DATE ENDING DATE What street is closed/restricted: INCLUDE WHAT TYPE (St., Ave., PI., Ct. etc. 8� directionals NE, SW) etc. From what cross street: INCLUDE WHAT TYPE (St., Ave., PI., Ct. etc. & directionals NE, SW) etc. To what cross street: INCLUDE WHAT TYPE (St., Ave., PI., Ct. etc. 8� directionals NE, SW) etc. On what days of the week: (e.g. Monday — Friday / Tuesday — Thursday / etc.) Work Hours: FROM: TO: (7:30 a.m. to 4:00 p.m. etc.) V1lhat type of restriction: (e.g. 1 lane closed intermittently/ road closed / no public access / alternating traffic, etc.) Type of work: (e.g. asphalt overlay / water main installation / culvert repair / paving, etc.) Other remarks or information: RETURN COMPLETED FORM TO ENGINEER BY WEDNESDAY AFTERNOON PRIOR TO THE WEEK THAT THE WORK IS TO BE DONE. FLOW CONTROL � SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT SITE ACCESS AND STORAGE JUNE 2015 01 55 00-6 � � 1 ' ' ' , ' ' ' � � TEMPORARY ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROLS SECTION 015719 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 EXPLOSIVES AND BLASTING � 1.2 The use'of explosives on the WORK will not be permitted. DUST ABATEMENT A. The CONTRACTOR shall prevent its operation from producing dust in amounts damaging to property, cu�tivated vegetation, or domestic animals, or causing a nuisance to persons living in or occupying buildings in the vicinity. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for any damage resulting from dust originating from its operations. The dust abatement measures shall be continued until the CONTRACTOR is relieved of further responsibility by the ENGINEER. 1.3 RUBBISH CONTROL A. During the progress of the WORK, the CONTRACTOR shall keep the Site and other areas used by it in a neat and clean condition, and free from any accumulation of rubbish. The CONTRACTOR shall dispose of all rubbish and waste materials of any nature occurring at the Site, and shall establish regular intervals of collection and disposal of such materials and waste. The CONTRACTOR shall also keep its haul roads free from dirt, rubbish, and unnecessary obstructions resulting from its operations. Disposal of all rubbish and surplus materials shall be off the Site in accordance with local codes and ordinances governing locations and methods of disposal, and in conformance with �all applicable safety laws, and to the particular requirements of Part 1926 of the OSHA Safety and Health Standards for Construction. ' 1.4 SANITATION � ' ' � , , A. Toilet Facilities: Fixed or portable chemical toilets shall be provided wherever needed for the use of employees. Toilets at construction job sites shall conform to the requirements of Part 1926 of the OSHA Standards for Construction. B. Sanitary and Other Organic�Wastes: The CONTRACTOR shall establish a regular daily collection of all sanitary and organic wastes. All wastes and refuse from sanitary facilities provided by the CONTRACTOR or organic material wastes from any other source related to the CONTRACTOR's operations shall be disposed of away from the Site in a manner satisfactory to the ENGINEER and in accordance with all laws and regulations pertaining thereto. 1.5 CHEMICALS A. All chemicals used during project construction or furnished for project operation, whether defoliant, soil sterilant, herbicide, pesticide, disinfectant, polymer, reactant or of other classification, shall show approval of either the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency or the U.S. Department of Agriculture. Use of all such chemicals and disposal of residues FLOW CONTROL & SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT TEMPORARY ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROLS ' JUNE 2015 01 57 19-1 shall be in strict accordance with the printed instructions of the manufacturer. In addition, see the requirements set forth in paragraph 6.11 of the General Conditions. 1.6 STREET MAINTENANCE AND CLEANUP A. Dirt, gravel, and other construction debris shall not be allowed to be carried onto public streets. The CONTRACTOR shall clean all dirt, gravel, construction debris and other foreign material resulting from construction operations from all streets and roads. Cleanup shall be performed to the satisfaction of the OWNER, at least once per working day. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION FLOW CONTROL & SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT TEMPORARY ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROLS JUNE 2015 01 57 19-2 � ' , ' ' ' � ' , ' ' ' � � , � ' PRODUCTS, MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT AND SUBSTITUTIONS SECTION 016000 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DEFINITIONS A. The word "Products," as used in the Contract Documents, is defined to include purchased items for incorporation into the WORK, regardless of whether specifically purchased for the project or taken from CONTRACTOR's stock of previously purchased products. The word "Materials," is defined as products which must be substantially cut, shaped, worked, mixed, finished, refined, or otherwise fabricated, processed, installed, or applied to form WORK. The word "Equipment" is defined as products with operational parts, regardless of whether motorized or manually operated, and particularly including products with service connections (wiring, piping, and other like items). Definitions in this paragraph are not intended to negate the meaning of other terms used in the Contract Documents, including "specialties," "systems," "structure," "finishes," "accessories," "furnishings," special construction," and simifar terms, which are self-explanatory and have recognized meanings in the construction industry. 0 1.2 Neither "Products" nor "Materials" nor "Equipment" includes machinery and equipment used for preparation, fabrication, conveying, and erection of the WORK. QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Source Limitations: To the greatest extent possible for each unit of WORK, the CONTRACTOR shall provide products, materials, and equipment of a singular generic kind from a single source. B. Compatibility of Options: Where more than one choice is available as options for CONTRACTOR's selection of a product, material, or equipment, the CONTRACTOR shall select an option which is compatible with other products, materials, or equipment. Compatibility is a basic general requirement of product, material and equipment selections. C. All equipment and products supplied for this project shall be new and not previously used. Refurbished equipment and products will be rejected. As requested by the City, the Contractor shall provide acceptable documentation from the supplier or manufacturer indicating that equipment or products are new, not previously used, and not refurbished. 1.3 PRODUCT DELIVERY AND STORAGE A. The CONTRACTOR shall deliver and store the WORK in accordance with manufacturer's written recommendations and by methods and means which will prevent damage, deterioration, and loss including theft. Delivery schedules shall be controlled to minimize long-term storage of products at the Site and overcrowding of construction spaces. In particular, the CONTRACTOR shall ensure coordination to ensure minimum holding or storage times for flammable, hazardous, easily damaged, or sensitive materials to deterioration, theft, and other sources of loss. ' 1.4 TRANSPORTATION AND HANDLING FLOW CONTROL & SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT PRODUCTS, MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT AND SUBSTITUTIONS ' JUNE 2015 01 60 00-1 ' A. Products shall be transported by methods to avoid damage and shall be delivered in undamaged condition in manufacturer's unopened containers and packaging. , B. The CONTRACTOR shall provide equipment and personnel to handle products, materials, and equipment including those furnished by OWNER, by methods to prevent soiling and ' damage. C 1.5 The CONTRACTOR shall provide additional protection during handling to prevent marring and otherwise damaging products, packaging, and surrounding surfaces. STORAGE AND PROTECTION A. Products shall be stored in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions and with seals and labels intact and legible. Sensitive products shall be stored in weather-tight climate controlled enclosures and temperature and humidity ranges shall be maintained within tolerances required by manufacturer's recommendations. B. For exterior storage of fabricated products, products shall be placed on sloped supports above ground. Products subject to deterioration shall be covered with impervious sheet covering and ventilation shall be provided to avoid condensation. C. Loose granular materials shall be stored on solid flat surfaces in a well-drained area and shall be prevented from mixing with foreign matter. D. Storage shall be arranged to provide access for inspection. The CONTRACTOR shall periodically inspect to assure products are undamaged and are maintained under required conditions. E. 1.6 A. B. C. D. Storage shall be arranged in a manner to provide access for maintenance of stored items and for inspection. MAINTENANCE OF PRODUCTS IN STORAGE Stored products shall be periodically inspected on a scheduled basis. The CONTRACTOR shall maintain a log of inspections and shall make the log available on request. The CONTRACTOR shall comply with manufacturer's product storage requirements and recommendations. The CONTRACTOR shall maintain manufacturer-required environmental conditions continuously. The CONTRACTOR shall ensure that surfaces of products exposed to the elements are not adversely affected and that weathering of finishes does not occur. E. For mechanical and electrical equipment, the CONTRACTOR shall provide a copy of the manufacturer's service instructions with each item and the exterior of the package shall contain notice that instructions are included. F. Products shall be serviced on a regularly scheduled basis, and a log of services shall be maintained and submitted as a record document prior to final acceptance by the OWNER in accordance with the Contract Documents. FLOW CONTROL & SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT PRODUCTS, MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT AND SUBSTITUTIONS JUNE 2015 01 60 00-2 � ' � , C 1 � � ' ' , ' 1.7 PROPOSED SUBSTITUTIONS OR "OR-EQUAL" ITEM A. Whenever materials or equipment are indicated in the Contract Documents by using the name of a proprietary item or the name of a particular manufacturer, the naming of the item is intended to establish the type, function, and quality required. If the name is followed by the words "or equal" indicating that a substitution is permitted, materials or equipment of other manufacturers may be accepted if sufficient information is submitted by the CONTRACTOR to allow the OWNER/ENGINEER to determine that the material or equipment proposed is equivalent or equal to that named, subject to the following requirements: 1. 2. 3. 4. The burden of proof as to the type, function, and quality of any such substitution product, material or equipment shall be upon the CONTRACTOR. The OWNER/ENGINEER will be the sole judge as to the type, function, and quality of any such substitution and the OWNER's/ENGINEER's decision shatl be final. The OWNER/ENGINEER may require the CONTRACTOR to furnish additional data about the proposed substitution. The OWNER may require the CONTRACTOR to furnish a special performance guarantee or other surety with respect to any substitution. 5. Acceptance by the OWNER/ENGINEER of a substitution item proposed by the CONTRACTOR shall not relieve the CONTRACTOR of the responsibility for full compliance with the Contract Documents and for adequacy of the substitution. � 6. The CONTRACTOR shall pay all costs of implementing accepted substitutions, including redesign and changes to WORK necessary to accommodate the substitution. The procedure for review by the OWNER/ENGINEER will include the following: ` B , , 1. If the CONTRACTOR wishes to provide a substitution item, the CONTRACTOR shall indicate on the Submittal Transmittal cover sheet that the item is a substitution by writing, "PROPOSED OR-EQUAL ITEM" or "SUBSTITUTION ITEM" in the provided blanks. 2. The CONTRACTOR shall include a copy of the relevant specification section with the ' submittal. The section shall be marked up to explain where the substituted product differs from the named product. , C. The CONTRACTOR's submittal shall address the following factors which will be considered by the OWNER/ENGINEER in evaluating the proposed substitution: �� 1 ' � I� ' 1 2 3 Whether the evaluation and acceptance of the proposed substitution will prejudice the CONTRACTOR's achievement of Substantial Completion on time. Whether acceptance of the substitution for use in the WORK will require a change in any of the Contract Documents to adapt the design to the proposed substitution. Whether incorporation or use of the substitution in connection with the WORK is subject to payment of any license fee or royalty. 4. Whether all variations of the proposed substitution from the items originally specified are identified. FLOW CONTROL & SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT PRODUCTS, MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT AND SUBSTITUTIONS JUNE 2015 01 60 00-3 5. Whether available maintenance, repair, and replacement service are indicated. The manufacturer shall have a local service agency (within 50 miles of the site) which maintains properly trained personnel and adequate spare parts and is able to respond and complete repairs within 24 hours. 6. Whether an itemized estimate is included of all costs that will result directly or indirectly from acceptance of such substitution, including cost of redesign and claims of other contractors affected by the resulting change. , � � 7. Whether the proposed substitute item meets or exceeds the experience and/or ' equivalency requirements listed in the appropriate technical specifications. D. Without any increase in cost to the OWNER, the CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for and pay all costs in connection with proposed substitutions and of inspections and testing of equipment or materials submitted for review prior to the CONTRACTOR's purchase thereof for incorporation in the WORK, whether or not the OWNER/ENGINEER accepts the proposed substitution or proposed equipment or material. The CONTRACTOR shall reimburse the OWNER for the charges of the OWNER/ENGINEER for evaluating each proposed substitution. PART 2 - PRODIiCTS (Flot ilsed) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION FLOW CONTROL & SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT PRODUCTS, MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT AND SUBSTITUTIONS JUNE 2015 01 60 00-4 � FIELD ENGINEERING SECTION 017123 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 A. 1.2 DESCRIPTION This Section describes responsibilities and procedures for surveys, lines, and grades. SUBMITTALS A. The CONTRACTOR will be responsible for all surveys required to set line and grade for vaults, watermain piping and appurtenances. The CONTRACTOR shall submit all survey notes and worksheets prepared for pipe placement to the ENGINEER within 48 hours of the start of construction on the respective sections of the pipeline. 1.3 PRODUCTS A. All survey notes and fieldbooks used and prepared by the CONTRACTOR in the preparation of the project construction surveys will become the property of the OWNER at the completion of the project. Copies of the survey notes, fieldbooks, etc., will be provided to the ENGINEER as noted in Part 1.2 above. PART 2 - EXECUTION 2.1 LINES AND GRADES A. � The OWNER will identify two (2) horizontal and vertical control points the site for the CONTRACTOR to base the construction surveying. The CONTRACTOR will lay out all work. In all questions arising as to proper location of lines and grades, the OWNER's decision wilt be final. C. The CONTRACTOR shall preserve all survey stakes, reference points, bench marks, monuments, lot corners or corners of tracts, section corners or permanent markers of subdivisions. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer of any existing federal, state, county, city, and private land monuments encountered prior to construction. The Contractor shall preserve such monuments or they shall be referenced by a land surveyor licensed to practice in the State of Washington prior to any disturbance. Any such pin, pipe, stone, plaque, or monument that is removed or disturbed by the Contractor shall be accurately located and replaced by a licensed surveyor at the expense of the Contractor. Replacement of survey monuments and lot corners shall conform in all respects to the requirements of RCW 58.09 and Chapter 332-120 WAC. Any expense incurred in replacing permanent monuments including property corners which the CONTRACTOR may have failed to preserve shall be borne by the CONTRACTOR. FLOW CONTROL & SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT FIELD ENGINEERING 1 JUNE 2015 01 71 23-1 D. The CONTRACTOR shall supply such labor as required, at no extra charge, to aid and assist the OWNER in checking location and grades of the work as set by the CONTRACTOR if the OWNER desires to perForm this checking. This shall include moving materials and equipment located between reference points and the construction work. END OF SECTION FLOW CONTROL & SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT FIELD ENGINEERING JUNE 2015 01 71 23-2 e PRESSURE PIPE TESTING AND DISINFECTION SECTION 017430 PART 1 -- GENERAL 1.1 THE REQUIREMENT A. The CONTRACTOR shall test and disinfect potable water pipelines and appurtenant piping in accordance with the Contract Documents. B. The CONTRACTOR shall obtain permits for discharging excess testing and disinfection water and dechlorination of such water if required to satisfy permit limits. 1.2 CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS A. Furnish submittals in accordance with Section 01 33 00 — Contractor Submittals. B. Furnish: 1. A testing plan and schedule that includes methods for water conveyance, control, ' disposal, and disinfection shall be submitted to the ENGINEER for review and approval a minimum of ten (10) working days before testing begins. ' 2. Name of certified bacteriological testing laboratory. 3. Resume of experienced technician if liquid chlorine is proposed. PART 2 -- PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS A. All test equipment, chemicals for chlorination, temporary valves, bulkheads, and other water control equipment, and choice of disinfectant shall be as determined by the CONTRACTOR. No materials shall be used which would be injurious to the WORK for future conveyance of potable water. B. Chlorine for disinfection may be in the form of liquid chlorine, sodium hypochlorite solution, or calcium hypochlorite granules or tablets. 1. Liquid chlorine shall be in accordance with the requirements of ANSI/AWWA B301 - Liquid Chlorine, and shall be used only when each of the following conditions are satisfied: a. Appropriate gas flow chlorinators and ejectors are used. b. An experienced technician directly supervises. c. Appropriate safety practices are observed. 2. Sodium and calcium hypochlorite shall be in accordance with ANSI/AWWA B300 - Hypochlorites. C. Dechlorination agents may be sodium bisulfate, sodium sulfite, or sodium thiosulfate. FLOW CONTROL 8� SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT PRESSURE PIPE TESTING AND DISINFECTION , JUNE 2015 01 74 30-1 PART 3 -- EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. Water for testing and disinfecting water pipelines will be furnished by the OWNER; however, the CONTRACTOR shall convey the water from the OWNER-designated source to the points of use. ' � ' B. The CONTRACTOR shall provide a proper backflow prevention device and a meter at ' any connection made to the existing potable water distribution system. C. All pressure pipelines shall be tested; those for potable water shall be disinfected. All chlorinating and testing operations shall be performed in the presence of the , ENGINEER. D. Disposal of flushing water and water containing chlorine shall be by methods acceptable ' to the ENGINEER. E. Disinfection operations shall be scheduled as late as possible during the Contract Time to maximize the degree of sterility of the facilities at the time the WORK is accepted by the OWNER. Bacteriological testing shall be performed by a certified testing laboratory accepted by the OWNER. Results of the bacteriological testing shall be satisfactory with the State Department of Health or other appropriate regulatory agency. 3.2 HYDROSTATIC TESTING OF PIPELINES A. Prior to hydrostatic testing, pipelines shall be flushed or blown out as appropriate. The CONTRACTOR shall install temporary bulkheads or ptugs for the purpose of testing. Sections that have a zero leakage allowance may be tested as a unit. No section of the pipeline shall be tested until field-placed concrete or mortar has attained an age of 14 calendar days. The test shall be made by placing bulkheads and filling the line slowly with water. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for ascertaining that test bulkheads are suitably restrained to resist the thrust of the test pressure without damage to or movement of the adjacent pipe. Unharnessed sleeve-type couplings, expansion joints, or other sliding joints shall be restrained or suitably anchored prior to the test to avoid movement and damage to piping and equipment. Remove or protect any pipeline- mounted devices that may be damaged by the test pressure. The CONTRACTOR shall provide sufficient temporary tappings in the pipelines to allow for trapped air to exit. After completion of the tests, such taps shall be permanently plugged. Care shall be taken that air relief valves are open during filling. B. The CONTRACTOR shall not operate any valves on the OWNER's existing system. However, the Contractor shall coordinate all operation of valves with the owner of the facilities. FLOW CONTROL & SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT PRESSURE PIPE TESTING AND DISINFECTION JUNE 2015 01 74 30-2 e L__J � � � ' � C. The pipeline shall be filled at a rate which will not cause any surges or exceed the rate at which the air can be released through the air release valves at a reasonable velocity. The air within the pipeline shall be allowed to escape completely. The differential pressure across the orifices in the air release valves shall not be allowed to exceed two (2) psi at any time during filling. After the pipeline or section thereof has been filled, it shall be allowed to stand under a slight pressure for at least 24 hours to allow the concrete or mortar lining, as applicable, to absorb water and to allow the escape of air from air pockets. During this period, bulkheads, valves, and connections shall be examined for leaks. If leaks are found, corrective measures satisfactory to the ENGINEER shall be taken. D. The hydrostatic test shall consist of holding the indicated test pressure on the pipeline segment for a period of four (4) hours. The test pressure for distribution and transmission pipelines shall be at 170 psi measured at the lowest elevation. Visible leaks that appear during testing shall be repaired in a manner acceptable to the ENGINEER. Add water to restore the test pressure if the pressure decreases five (5) psi below test pressure during the test period. , E. Exposed piping shall show no visible leaks and no pressure loss during the test. F. In the case of pipelines that fail to pass the leakage test, the CONTRACTOR shall ' determine the cause of the leakage, shall take corrective measures necessary to repair the leaks, and shall again test the pipeline, repeating as necessary until the pipeline passes. ' 3.3 DISINFECTING PIPELINES LJ , ' 1 ' ' A. General: Potable water pipelines except those appurtenant to hydraulic structures shall �� be disinfected in accordance with the requirements of ANSI/AWWA C651 - Disinfecting - -� • Water Mains, using the Continuous-Feed Method as modified herein. The "tablet � method" and "slug method" shall not be used. No chlorine in solid form shall be -� introduced into the pipeline. -� � B. Chlorination: A chlorine-water mixture shall be uniformly introduced into the pipeline by means of a solution-feed chlorinating device. The chlorine solution shall be introduced at one end of the pipeline through a tap in such a manner that as the pipeline is filled with water, the dosage applied to the water entering the pipe shall be approximately 50 mg/L. A backflow prevention device shall be used to prevent the strong chlorine solution in the line being disinfected from flowing back into the line supplying the water. C. Retention Period: Chlorinated water shall be retained in the pipeline for at least 24 hours. After the chlorine-treated water has been retained for the required time, the free chlorine residual at the pipeline extremities and at other representative points shall be at least 25 mg/L. If testing does not demonstrate a residual of 25 mg/L or greater, the disinfection procedure above shall be repeated. D. Chlorinating Valves: During the process of chlorinating the pipelines, valves and other ' appurtenances shall be operated from closed to full open to closed while the pipeline is filled with the heavily-chlorinated water. ' E. Sampling Ports: The CONTRACTOR shall provide sampling ports along the pipeline as defined on AWWA C651. Taps may be made at manways and air valves to help facilitate the spacing requirement. ' FLOW CONTROL & SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT PRESSURE PIPE TESTING AND DISINFECTION ' JUNE 2015 01 74 30-3 F. Final Flushing: After the applicable retention period, the heavily chlorinated water shall be flushed from the pipeline until chlorine measurements show that the concentration in the water leaving the pipeline is no higher than that generally prevailing in the system or is acceptable for domestic use. Any release of chlorinated water shall comply with federal, state, and local regulation and the permits for the project. Chlorine in excessive amounts shall be treated before discharge. If the water is to be discharged to any water body or vegetated area, a reducing agent shall be applied to the water to thoroughly neutralize the chlorine residual remaining in the water. The reducing agent may be any of the chemicals defined in AWWA C651, Appendix B, or may be Ascorbic acid (Vitamin C), USP grade. The CONTRACTOR shall not discharge any flushing water until the measured residual chlorine concentration and residual dissolved oxygen (DO) are at proper levels. Any release of chlorinated water shall comply with federal, state, and local regulation and the permits for the project. See Section 015719 — Temporary Environmental Controls for additional information. . G. Bacteriological Testing: After final flushing and before the pipeline is placed in service, a sample, or samples shall be collected from the end of the line, and shall be tested for bacteriological quality in accordance with the requirements of the State Department of Health or other appropriate regulatory agency. For this purpose the pipe shall be re-filled with fresh potable water and left for a period of 24 hours before any sample is collected. If testing does not demonstrate a free chlorine residual after the 24-hour period, the disinfection procedure above shall be repeated. If the initial disinfection treatment fails to produce satisfactory bacteriological test results, the disinfection procedure shall be repeated until acceptable results are obtained. 3.4 CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING SYSTEM A. Where connections are to be made to an existing potable water system, the interior surFaces of all pipe and fittings used in making the connections shall be swabbed or sprayed with a one percent hypochlorite solution before installation. Thorough flushing shall be started as soon as the connection is completed and shall be continued until discolored water is eliminated. B. Where connections are to be made to an existing disinfected potable water system, and connection pieces cannot be disinfected together with the remainder of the new pipeline, the interior surFaces of all pipe and fittings used in making the connections shall be swabbed or sprayed with a one percent hypochlorite solution before they are installed. - END OF SECTION - FLOW CONTROL & SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT PRESSURE PIPE TESTING AND DISINFECTION JUNE 2015 01 74 30-4 � 1 � , PART 1 - GENERAL ' � ' ' i ' 1 ' ' 1.1 GENERAL SECTION 017500 A. Equipment testing and startup are prerequisite to satisfactory completion of the contract and, therefore, shail be completed within the Contract Time. The WORK described in this section consists of equipment testing that shall be performed by the CONTRACTOR and the "startup tesY' that shall be conducted by the OWNER and supported by the CONTRACTOR as requested by the OWNER. 1.2 A EQUIPMENT TESTING The CONTRACTOR shall provide the services of an experienced and authorized representative of the manufacturer of the following equipment system items: • Rate of Flow Control Valves The representative shall visit the site of the WORK and inspect, check, operate, adjust if necessary, and approve the equipment installation. Equipment shall be operated and tested under full-load conditions. In each case, the CONTRACTOR shall arrange to have the manufacturer's representative revisit the job site as often as necessary until any and all problems are corrected and operating to the satisfaction of the OWNER. B. The CONTRACTOR shall submit a test plan for each equipment system. Test plans shall include start-up testing indicated in Part 3 of equipment specification sections. The equipment testing plan shall be approved by the OWNER prior to testing. The CONTRACTOR shall require that each manufacturer's representative furnish to the OWNER a written report addressed to the OWNER, certifying that the equipment has been tested, inspected and approved in accordance with paragraph 1.2 A and the test plan. C. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for scheduling all initial equipment system ' testing. The OWNER's operating personnel shall witness initial equipment testing and shall notify the OWNER at least 3 days in advance of each equipment test. ' � ' D. The manufacturer's representative shall be required to instruct the OWNER's operating personnel in correct operation and maintenance procedures. Such instruction shall be scheduled at a time arranged with the OWNER at least 1 week in advance and shall be provided while the respective manufacturer's equipment is fully operational. On-site instruction shall be given by qualified persons who have been made familiar in advance with the equipment and systems in the plant. Prior to scheduling any initial equipment testing, the CONTRACTOR shall have previously furnished the Technical Manual required under Section 01 33 00 - Contractor Submittals. E. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish all personnel, power, water, fuel, oil, grease, and all � other necessary equipment, facilities, and services required for conducting the initial equipment tests. ' FLOW CONTROL & SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT JUNE 2015 EQUIPMENT TESTING AND STARTUP EQUIPMENT TESTING AND STARTUP 01 75 00-1 ' F. Equipment testing shall not be considered complete until all training of OWNER's personnel, leakage tests, and equipment field tests with associated written reports have been completed in accordance with the specifications. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION FLOW CONTROL 8� SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT EQUIPMENT TESTING AND STARTUP JUNE 2015 01 75 00-2 ' ' � � � PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 FINAL CLEANUP PROJECT CLOSEOUT SECTION 017700 A. The CONTRACTOR shall promptly remove from the vicinity of the completed WORK, all rubbish, debris, unused materials, construction equipment, and temporary structures and facilities used during construction. Final acceptance of the WORK by the OWNER will be withheld until the CONTRACTOR has satisfactorily performed the final cleanup of the Site. ' 1.2 CLOSEOUT TIMETABLE ' � ' ' � ' ' � 1 ' A. The CONTRACTOR shall establish dates for testing, acceptance periods, and on-site instructional periods (as required under the Contract). Such dates shall be established not less than one week prior to beginning any of the foregoing items, to allow the OWNER and their authorized representatives sufficient time to schedule attendance at such activities. 1.3 TECHNICAL MANUAL SUBMITTAL A. The CONTRACTOR's attention is directed to the condition that 1.5% of the Contract Price will be retained from any monies due the CONTRACTOR as progress payments, if the Technical Manual has not been submitted and corrected in accordance with 01 33 00. The aforementioned amount will be retained by the OWNER as the agreed, estimated value of the approved Technical Manual. Any such retention of money for failure to submit the approved Technical Manual shall be in addition to the retention of any payments due to the CONTRACTOR under Article 14 of the General Conditions. At a minimum, items to be included in the technical manual include: 1.4 � Piping, valves and fittings Rate of flow valve RTU FINAL SUBMITTALS The CONTRACTOR prior to requesting final payment shall obtain and submit the 7. Certificates of inspection and acceptance by local governing agencies having following applicable items to the OWNER: 1. Written guarantees, where required. 2. Technical Manuals and instructions. 3. New permanent cylinders and key blanks for all locks. 4. Maintenance stock items; spare parts; special tools. 5. Completed Record Drawings. 6. Bonds for roofing, maintenance, etc., as required. ' jurisdiction. 8. Releases from all parties who are entitled to claims against the subject project, property, or improvement pursuant to the provisions of law. ' FLOW CONTROL 8� SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT PROJECT CLOSEOUT ' JUNE 2015 01 77 00-1 1.5 MAINTENANCE AND GUARANTEE A. The CONTRACTOR shall comply with the maintenance and guarantee requirements contained in Article 13 of the General Conditions. B. Replacement of earth fill or backfill, where it has settled below the required finish elevations, shall be considered as a part of such required repair work, and any repair or resurfacing constructed by the CONTRACTOR which becomes necessary by reason of such settlement shall likewise be considered as a part of such required repair work unless the CONTRACTOR shall have obtained a statement in writing from the affected private owner or public agency releasing the OWNER from further responsibility in connection with such repair or resurfacing. C. The CONTRACTOR shall make all repairs and replacements promptly upon receipt of written order from the OWNER. If the CONTRACTOR fails to make such repairs or replacements promptly, the OWNER reserves the right to do the WORK and the CONTRACTOR and its surety shall be liable to the OWNER for the cost thereof. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTIOR! (Mot Used) END OF SECTION FLOW CONTROL & SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT PROJECT CLOSEOUT JUNE 2015 01 77 00-2 � PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS SECTION 017839 PART 1 — GENERAL 1.1 MAINTENANCE OF DOCUMENTS A. The CONTRACTOR shall maintain at job site, one copy each of: 1. Contract Plans and Specifications 2. Addenda 3. Reviewed Shop Drawings 4. Work Change Directives/Change Orders 5. Field Memoranda 6. Other Modifications to Contract 7. Field Test Records B. Store documents in field office, apart from documents used for construction. C. Provide files and racks for storage of documents. D. Maintain documents in clean, dry, legible condition. ' 1.2 � � t E. Make documents available at all times for inspection by OWNER. PRODUCTS A. Mark record changes in red PENCIL on the Contract Drawings. B. Progress Payments shall not be made if the record drawings are not current. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 FIELD CONSTRUCTION RECORDS A. The CONTRACTOR shall maintain accurate, up-to-date, records of all field construction. ' These records shall include all construction information and any changes to the contract documents and shall be provided to OWNER as required by OWNER and in no event later than at the time of OWNER's final acceptance of the project work. ' ' 1 � ' B. Field Record Drawings (On the Work Site): Between the date that Notice To Proceed becomes effective and the date that the City accepts the entire work, the CONTRACTOR shall maintain one legible, neatly marked set of full-size Field Record Drawings showing: Any and all changes from the original Contract Drawings in location, elevation, or configuration of all facilities, pipelines, valves, fittings, manholes, vaults, catch basins, inlets, roads, site work and other pertinent items, whether existing or new. C. The Field Record Drawings shall be kept in the CONTRACTOR's site office and shall be available for review at all times. The Field Record Drawings shall be maintained by the CONTRACTOR to reflect the current state of the work at all times. The Field Record Drawings shall be updated daily, and any changes occurring on one day shall be entered on the Field Record Drawings by noon on the next working day. The CONTRACTOR and OWNER shall review the record drawings together at least weekly, FLOW CONTROL & SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS � JUNE 2015 01 78 39-1 during regular site meetings. The CONTRACTOR's pay estimates or other pay requests shall not be considered complete or payable unless the Field Record Drawings are current as required by this Section. D. The Field Record Drawings shall be turned over to the City upon completion of the project. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 RECORD DRAWINGS A. The CONTRACTOR shall maintain, on the jobsite, a paper copy of project field plans marked to indicate owner-approved plan revisions made in the field and other details of construction. B. Construction Details: The record drawings shall show details of construction, including, but not be limited to: 1. Bends: Location of bends in watermain piping used (giving northing, easting coordinates and pipe invert) or deletion of bends shown on the plans and not used. 2. Valves: Measurements to valves not located at intersections or with fire hydrants from at least two permanent items such as catch basins, hydrants or manholes. 3. Fittings: Any changes to the fitting callouts on the design plans shall be noted. 4. Other Utilities: Crossings of other utilities giving location and invert of the utility and detailed locations of other utilities where they run parallel to the sewer main and are closer than 3 feet horizontally. 5. Pipe Routing Revisions: Show any deviations from alignment, routings, and grades of piping systems. 6. Adjustments of structural dimensions. 7. Electrical 8. ALL APPROVED CHANGES TO THE PLANS SHALL BE NOTED. END OF SECTION FLOW CONTROL & SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS JUNE 2015 01 78 39-2 B 1 � u ' 1 ' � SECTION 033150 - CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE PART 1 -- GENERAL 1.1 THE REQUIREMENT A. The CONTRACTOR shall provide cast-in-place thrust block and site work concrete, joints in concrete, reinforcement steel and appurtenant work, formwork, bracing, shoring, supports, and shall design and construct falsework, complete and in place, in accordance with the Contract Documents. 1.2 CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS A. Furnish submittals in accordance with Section 01 33 00 - Contractor Submittals. B. Shop Drawings 1. Detailed drawings of the falsework proposed to be used. Such drawings shall be in ' sufficient detail to indicate the general layout, sizes of inembers, anticipated stresses, grade of materials to be used in the falsework, and typical soil conditions. ' 2. Shop bending diagrams, placing lists, and drawings of reinforcing steel prior . to fabrication. 3. Details of the concrete reinforcing steel and concrete inserts shall be submitted at ' the earliest possible date after receipt by the CONTRACTOR of the Notice to Proceed. Details of reinforcing steel for fabrication and erection shall conform to ACI 315V and the requirements herein. The shop bending diagrams shall show the ' actual lengths of bars, to the nearest inch measured to the intersection of the extensions (tangents for bars of circular cross section) of the outside surface. Include bar placement diagrams which clearly indicate the dimensions of each bar , splice. 4. Manufacturer's information demonstrating compliance with requirements of the , following: a. Preformed joint filler 1 , i b. Form ties and related accessories c. Form release agent d. List of form materials and locations of use e. Mill tests for cement f. Admixture certification. Chloride ion content shall be included. � � � g. Aggregate gradation test results and certification h. Materials and methods for curing MWH - 06262015 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 10501278 — FLOW CONTROL AND SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT PAGE 03 31 50 - 1 5. Placement drawings showing the location and type of joints for each structure. C. Mix Designs: Prior to beginning the WORK, submit preliminary concrete mix designs which shall show the proportions and gradations of materials proposed for each class and type of concrete. The mix designs shall be checked by an independent testing laboratory acceptable to the ENGINEER. Costs related to such checking shall be the CONTRACTOR's responsibility. When a water reducing admixture is to be used, the CONTRACTOR shall furnish mix designs for concrete both with and without the admixture. D. Delivery Tickets: Where ready-mix concrete is used, the CONTRACTOR shall furnish certified delivery tickets at the time of delivery of each load of concrete. Each ticket shall show the state certified equipment used for measuring, and the total quantities, by weight, of cement, sand, each class of aggregate, admixtures, the amounts of water in the aggregate, added at the batching plant, and the amount allowed to be added at the Site for the specific design mix. In addition, each certificate shall state the mix number, total yield in cubic yards, and the time of day to the nearest minute, corresponding to the time when the batch was dispatched, when it left the plant, when it arrived at the Site, when unloading began, and when unloading was finished. 1.3 A. QUALITY ASSURANCE Testing of Reinforcing Steel If requested by the ENGINEER, the CONTRACTOR shall furnish samples from each heat of reinforcing steel in a quantity adequate for testing. Costs of initial tests will be paid by the OWNER. Costs of additional tests, if material fails initial tests, shall be the CONTRACTOR's responsibility. � 2. If requested by the ENGINEER, the CONTRACTOR shall furnish samples of each type of welded splice used in the WORK in a quantity and of dimensions adequate for testing. At the discretion of the ENGINEER, radiographic testing of direct butt welded splices will be performed. The CONTRACTOR shall provide assistance necessary to facilitate testing. The CONTRACTOR shall repair any weld that fails to meet the requirements of AWS D1.4. The costs of testing will be paid by the OWNER; but the costs of tests that fail to meet requirements shall be the CONTRACTOR's responsibility. Testing of Materials Tests on component materials and for compressive strength of concrete will be performed as indicated herein. Tests for determining slump will be in accordance with the requirements of ASTM C 143 - Standard Test Method for Slump of Hydraulic Cement Concrete. 2. Testing for aggregate shall include sand equivalence, reactivity, organic impurities, abrasion resistance, and soundness in accordance with ASTM C 33 - Concrete Aggregates. 3. The cost of laboratory tests on cement, aggregates, and concrete, will be paid by the OWNER. However, the CONTRACTOR shall pay the cost of any additional MWH - 06262015 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 10501278 — FLOW CONTROL AND SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT PAGE 03 31 50 - 2 � ' ' , tests and investigations on WORK that does not meet the Specifications. The laboratory will meet or exceed the requirements of ASTM C 1077 - Standard Practice for Laboratories Testing Concrete and Concrete Aggregates for Use in Construction and Criteria for Laboratory Evaluation. 1 4. Concrete for testing shall be furnished by the CONTRACTOR at no cost to the OWNER, and the CONTRACTOR shall assist the ENGINEER in obtaining samples and disposal and cleanup of excess material. 1 C. Field Compression Tests 1. Compression test specimens shall be taken during construction from the first ' placement of each class of concrete herein for compressive strengths equat to or greater than 3,000 psi and at intervals thereafter as selected by the ENGINEER to insure continued compliance with these Specifications. Each set of test specimens ' will be a minimum of 4 cylinders. 2. Compression test specimens for concrete will be made in accordance with Section � 9.2 of ASTM C 31 - Standard Practice for Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens in the Field. Specimens will be 6-inches diameter by 12-inches high cylinders. 1 ' � ' ' ' ' � , ' �J 3. Compression tests will be performed in accordance with ASTM C 39 - Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Cylindrical Concrete Specimens. One test cylinder will be tested at 7 Days and 2 at 28 Days. The remaining cylinder will be held to verify test results, if needed. D. Evaluation and Acceptance of Concrete Evaluation and acceptance of the compressive strength of concrete will :be according to the requirements of ACI 318 - Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete, Chapter 5"Concrete Quality", and as indicated herein. 2. If any concrete fails to meet these requirements, immediate corrective action shall be taken to increase the compressive strength for subsequent batches of the type of concrete affected. 3. Concrete that fails to meet the ACI requirements and these Specifications is subject to removal and replacement as part of the WORK. E. Construction Tolerances: The CONTRACTOR shall set and maintain concrete forms and perform finishing operations so that the concrete is within the tolerances herein. Surface defects and irregularities are defined as finishes and are to be distinguished from tolerances. Tolerance is the permissible variation from lines, grades, or dimensions indicated. Where tolerances are not indicated, permissible deviations will be in accordance with ACI 117 - Standard Tolerance for Concrete Construction and Materials. The variation from required lines or grades shall not exceed 1/4-inch in 10-feet and there shall be no offsets or visible waviness in the finished surface. MWH - 06262015 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 10501278 — FLOW CONTROL AND SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT PAGE 03 31 50 - 3 PART 2 -- PRODUCTS 2.1 FORM AND FALSEWORK MATERIALS A. Except as otherwise expressly accepted by the ENGINEER, lumber for use as forms, shoring, or bracing shall be new material. B. Materials for concrete forms, formwork, and falsework shall conform to the following requirements: Lumber shall be Douglas Fir or Southern Yellow Pine, construction grade or better, in conformance with U.S. Product Standard PS 20 - American Softwood Lumber Standard. 2. Plywood for concrete formwork shall be new, waterproof, synthetic resin bonded, exterior type Douglas Fir or Southern Yelfow Pine plywood manufactured especially for concrete formwork and shall conform to the requirements of PS 1- Construction and Industriat Plywood for Concrete Forms, Class I, and shall be edge sealed. 3. Forrr� materials shall be metal, wood, plywood, or other material that will not adversely affect the concrete and will facilitate placement of concrete to the shape, form, line, and grade required. Metal forms shall be an approved type that will accomplish such results. Wood forms for surfaces to be painted shall be Medium Density Overlaid plywood, MDO Ext. Grade. C. Unless otherwise indicated, exterior corners in concrete members shall be provided with � 3/4-inch chamfers or be tooled to a 1/2-inch radius. Re-entrant corners in concrete members shall not have fillets unless otherwise indicated. 2.2 A REINFORCEMENT STEEL General: Reinforcement steel for cast-in-place reinforced concrete construction shall conform to the following requirements: Bar reinforcement shall conform to the requirements of ASTM A 615 - Deformed and Plain Billet-Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement, for Grade 60 Billet Steel Reinforcement, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Welded wire fabric reinforcement shall conform to the requirements of ASTM A 185 - Steel Welded Wire Fabric, Plain, for Concrete Reinforcement, and the details indicated. Welded wire fabric with longitudinal wire of W4 size wire and smaller shall be either furnished in flat sheets or in rolls with a core diameter of not less than 10-inches. Welded wire fabric with longitudinal wires larger than W4 size shall be furnished in flat sheets only. . B. Accessories Accessories shall include necessary chairs, slab bolsters, concrete blocks, tie wires, dips, supports, spacers, and other devices to position reinforcement during concrete placement. Bar supports shatl meet the requirements of the CRSI Manual of Standard Practice including special requirements for supporting epoxy coated MWH - 06262015 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 10501278 — FLOW CONTROL AND SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT PAGE 03 31 50 - 4 � u ' ' � ' , ' reinforcing bars. Wire bar supports shall be CRSI Class 1 for maximum protection with a 1/8-inch minimum thickness of plastic coating which extends at least 1/2-inch from the concrete surface. Plastic shall be gray in color. 2. Concrete blocks (dobies) used to support and position reinforcement steel shall have the same or higher compressive strength than required for the concrete in which they are located. Where concrete blocks are used on concrete surfaces exposed to view, the color and texture of the concrete blocks shall match that required for the finished surface. Wire ties shall be embedded in concrete block bar supports. C. Epoxy coating for reinforcing and accessories, where indicated, shall conform to ASTM A 775 - Epoxy Coated Reinforcing Steel Bars. 2.3 CONCRETE MATERIALS A. Materials shall be delivered, stored, and handled so as to prevent damage by water or breakage. Only one brand of cement shall be used. Cement reclaimed from cleaning bags or leaking containers shall not be used. Cement shall be used in the sequence of receipt of shipments. B. Materials for the WORK shall comply with the requirements of Sections 201, 203, and ' 204 of ACI 301- Structural Concrete for Buildings, as applicable. � C. Storage of materials shall conform to the requirements of Section 205 of ACI 301. ' D. Materials for concrete shall conform to the following requirements: ' L� , Cement shall be standard brand portland cement conforming to ASTM C 150 - Portland Cement for Type II or Type V. . 2. Water shall be potable, clean, and free from objectionable quantities of silty organic matter, alkali, salts, and other impurities. The water shall be considered potable, for the purposes of this Section only, if it meets the requirements of the local governmental agencies. Agricultural water with high total dissolved solids (over 1000 mg/I TDS) shall not be used. 3. Aggregates shall be obtained from pits acceptable to the ENGINEER, shall be non- ' reactive, and shall conform to ASTM C 33. Maximum size of coarse aggregate shall be as indicated. Lightweight sand for fine aggregate will not be permitted. � ' ' 1 , 4. Ready-mix concrete shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C 94 - Ready-Mixed Concrete. 5. Air-entraining agent meeting the requirements of ASTM C 260 — Air Entraining Admixtures for Concrete shall be used. The OWNER reserves the right, at any time, to sample and test the air-entraining agent. The air-entraining agent shall be added to the batch in a portion of the mixing water. The solution shall be batched by means of a mechanica! batcher capable of accurate measurement. Air content shall be tested at the point of placement. Air entraining agent shall be Micro-Air by MWH - 06262015 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 10501278 — FLOW CONTROL AND SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT PAGE 03 31 50 - 5 Master Builders, Daravair by W.R. Grace, Sika AEA-15 by Sika Corporation, or equal. 6. Admixtures: Admixtures may be added at the CONTRACTOR's option to control the set, affect water reduction, and increase workability. In either case, the addition of an admixture shall be at the CONTRACTOR's expense. The use of an admixture shall be subject to acceptance by the ENGINEER. Concrete containing an admixture shall be first placed at a location determined by the ENGINEER. If the use of an admixture is producing an inferior end result, the CONTRACTOR shall discontinue use of the admixture. Admixtures shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C 494 - Chemical Admixtures for Concrete. The required quantity of cement shall be used in the mix regardless of whether or not an admixture is used. Admixtures shall contain no free chloride ions, shall be non-toxic after 30 Days, and shall be compatible with and made by the same manufacturer as the air entraining admixture. a. Concrete shall not contain more than one water-reducing admixture. Concrete containing an admixture shall be first placed at a location determined by the ENGINEER. b. Set controlling admixture may be either with or without water-reducing properties. Where the air temperature at the time of placement is expected to be consistently over 80 degrees F, a set retarding admixture such as Sika Corporation Plastocrete 161 MR, Master Builder Pozzolith 300R Dartard by Grace Construction Products, or equal shall be used. Where the air temperature at the time of placement is expected to be consistently under 40 degrees, a set accelerating admixture such as Sika Corporation Plastocrete 161 FL, Master Builder Pozzutec 20, Polarset by Grace Construction Products, or equal shall be used. c. Normal range water reducer shall conform to ASTM C 494, Type A. It shall be WRDA 79 by Grace Construction Products, Pozzolith 322-N by Master Builders, Plastocrete 161 by Sika Corporation, or equal. The quantity of admixture used and the method of mixing shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and recommendations. 7. Calcium Chloride: Calcium chloride will not be permitted in concrete. 2.4 CURING MATERIALS A. Materials for curing concrete shall conform to the following requirements and ASTM C 309 - Liquid Membrane-Forming Compounds for Curing Concrete: Curing compounds shall be white-pigmented and resin-based. Sodium silicate compounds shall not be allowed. Concrete curing compound shall be Kurez VOX White Pigmented by Euclid Chemical Company, Cure R-2 by L8M Construction Chemicals, 1200-White by W.R. Meadows, or equal. When curing compound must be removed for finishes or grouting, curing compounds shall be Kurez DR VOX by Euclid Chemical Company, Masterkure-100W by ChemRex MBT, L8�M Cure R by L8�M Construction Chemicals, 1100-Clear by WR Meadows, or equal. Curing compounds shall meet local VOC requirements. MWH - 06262015 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 10501278 — FLOW CONTROL AND SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT PAGE 03 31 50 - 6 ' ' ' ' , 2.5 ' A. 2.6 CONCRETE DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A. General 1. Joint filler material shall be of the preformed non-extruding type joint filler � constructed of cellular neoprene sponge rubber or polyurethane of firm texture. Bituminous fiber type will not be permitted. Non-extruding and resilient-type preformed expansion joint fillers shall conform to the requirements and tests set ' forth in ASTM D 1752 - Preformed Sponge Rubber and Cork Expansion Joint Fillers for Concrete Paving and Structural Construction; for Type I, except as otherwise indicated. ' ' � ' ' ' ' ' ' ' 2. Polyethylene sheet for use as concrete curing blanket shall be white and shall have a nominal thickness of 6-mils. The loss of moisture when determined in accordance with the requirements of ASTM C 156 - Standard Test Method for Water Retention by Concrete Curing Materials, shall not exceed 0.055 grams per square centimeter of surface. 3. Evaporation retardant shall be a material such as Confilm by ChemRex MBT, Eucobar by Euclid Chemical Company, E-CON by L8�M Construction Chemicals, Inc., or equal. JOINT MATERIALS Materials for joints in concrete shall conform to the following requirements: Concrete shall be composed of cement, admixtures, aggregates, and water of the qualities indicated. In general, the mix shall be designed to produce a concrete capable of being deposited so as to obtain maximum density and minimum shrinkage, and where deposited in forms, to have good consolidation properties and maximum smoothness of surface. The proportions shall be changed whenever necessary or desirable to meet the required results at no additionaf cost to the OWNER. Mix changes shall be subject to review by the ENGINEER. 2. The CONTRACTOR is cautioned that the limiting parameters below are NOT a mix design. Admixtures may be required to achieve workability required by the CONTRACTOR's construction methods and aggregates. The CONTRACTOR is responsible for providing concrete with the required workability. B. Water-Cement Ratio and Compressive Strength; The minimum compressive strength and cement content of concrete shall be not less than the following tabulation. Type of Work Class of Max Size Cement Max W/C Concrete Min Aggregate Content Ratio (by 28-Day in Per cu yd, weight) Compressive Ibs Strength, psi Sitework 3,000 1 470 (min) 0.50 concrete MWH - 06262015 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE ' 10501278 — FLOW CONTROL AND SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT PAGE 03 31 50 - 7 � Enclosure slab 2,500 1 420 (min) 0.50 concrete Lean concrete 2,000 1 376 (min) 0.60 2.7 CONSISTENCY � ' ' A. Consistency of the concrete in successive batches shall be determined by slump tests in ' accordance with ASTM C 143. The slumps shall be as follows: � Part of Work Slump (in All concrete unless indicated otherwise 3-inches plus or minus 1-inch Ductbank and pipe encasement 5-inches plus or minus 1-inch 2.8 MEASUREMENT OF CEMENT AND AGGREGATE A. The amount of cement and of each separate size of aggregate entering into each batch of concrete shall be determined by direct weighing equipment furnished by the CONTRACTOR and acceptable to the ENGINEER; provided that, where batches are so proportioned as to contain an integral number of conventional sacks of cement and the cement is delivered at the mixer in the original unbroken sacks, the weight of the cement contained in each sack may be taken without weighing as 94 pounds. 2.9 MEASUREMENT OF WATER A. The quantity of water entering the mixer shall be measured by a suitable water meter or other measuring device of a type acceptable to the ENGINEER and capable of measuring the water in variable amounts within a tolerance of one percent. 2.10 READY-MIXED CONCRETE A. At the CONTRACTOR'S option, ready-mixed concrete may be used if it meets the requirements as to materials, batching, mixing, transporting, placing, the supplementary requirements as required herein, and is in accordance with ASTM C 94. B. Ready-mixed concrete shall be delivered to the WORK, and discharge shall be completed within one hour after the addition of the cement to the aggregates or before the drum has been revolved 250 revolutions, whichever comes first. In hot weather, under conditions contributing to quick stiffening of the concrete, or when the temperature of the concrete is 85 degrees F or above, the time between the introduction of the cement to the aggregates and discharge shall not exceed 45 minutes. C. Truck mixers shall be equipped with electrically-actuated counters by which the number of revolutions of the drum or blades may be readily verified. The counter shall be of the resettable, recording type, and shall be mounted in the driver's cab. The counter shall be actuated at the time of starting the mixer at mixing speed. 1 C MWH - 06262015 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 10501278 — FLOW CONTROL AND SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT PAGE 03 31 50 - 8 � ' � ' � ' ' ' ' ' ' D. Each batch of concrete shall be mixed in a truck mixer for not less than 70 revolutions of the drum or blades at the rate of rotation designated by the manufacturer of equipment. Additional mixing, if any, shall be at the speed designated by the manufacturer of the equipment as agitating speed. Materials including mixing water shall be in the mixer drum before actuating the revolution counter for determining the number of revolutions of mixing. E. Each batch of ready-mixed concrete delivered to the WORK shall be accompanied by a delivery ticket furnished to the ENGINEER in accordance with the requirements above. F. The use of non-agitating equipment for transporting ready-mixed concrete will not be permitted. Combination truck and trailer equipment for transporting ready-mixed concrete will not be permitted. The quality and quantity of materials used in ready-mixed concrete and in batch aggregates shall be subject to continuous inspection at the batching plant by the ENGINEER. PART 3 -- EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL FORMWORK REQUIREMENTS A. Forms to confine the concrete and shape it to the required lines shaN be used wherever necessary. The CONTRACTOR shall assume full responsibility for the adequate design of forms, and any forms that are unsafe or inadequate in any respect shall promptly be removed from the WORK and replaced. A sufficient number of forms of each kind shall be available to permit the required rate of progress to� be maintained. The design and inspection of concrete forms, falsework, and shoring shall comply with applicable local, state and federal regulations. Design, construction, maintenance, preparation, and removal of forms shall be in accordance with ACI 347 - Guide to Formwork for Concrete and the requirements herein. B. Forms shall be true in every respect to the required shape and size, shall conform to the ' established alignment and grade, and shall be of sufficient strength and rigidity to maintain their position and shape under the loads and operations incident to placing and vibrating the concrete. ' 3.2 CONSTRUCTION � ' � � ' A. Vertical Surfaces: Vertical surfaces of concrete members shall be formed, except where placement of the concrete against the ground is indicated. Not less than 1-inch of concrete shall be added to the indicated thickness of a concrete member where concrete is permitted to be placed against trimmed ground in lieu of forms. Permission to do this on other concrete members will be granted only for members of comparatively limited height and where the character of the ground is such that it can be trimmed to the required lines and will stand securely without caving or sloughing until the concrete has been placed. MWH - 06262015 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE , 10501278 — FLOW CONTROL AND SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT PAGE 03 31 50 - 9 B. Construction Joints: Concrete construction joints will not be permitted at locations other than those indicated, except as may be acceptable to the ENGINEER. When a second lift is placed on hardened concrete, special precautions shall be taken in the way of the number, location, and tightening of ties at the top of the old lift and bottom of the new to prevent any unsatisfactory affect whatsoever on the concrete. Pipe stubs and anchor bolts shall be set in the forms where required. C. Form Ties Embedded Ties: Wire ties for holding forms will not be permitted. No form-tying device or part thereof, other than metal, shall be left embedded in the concrete. Ties shall not be removed in such manner as to leave a hole extending through the interior of the concrete members. The use of snap-ties which cause spalling of the concrete upon form stripping or tie removal will not be permitted. If steel panel forms are used, rubber grommets shall be provided where the ties pass through the form in order to prevent loss of cement paste. Where metal rods extending through the concrete are used to support or to strengthen forms, the rods shall remain embedded and shall terminate not less than 1-inch back from the formed face or faces of the concrete. 2. Removable Ties: Where taper ties are approved for use, after the taper tie is removed, the hole shall be thoroughly cleaned and roughened for bond. A precast neoprene or polyurethane tapered plug shall be located at the wall centerline. The hole shall be completely filled with non-shrink or regular cement grout. Exposed faces of walls shall have at least the outer 2-inches of the exposed face filled with a cement grout which shall match the color and texture of the surrounding wall surface. 3.3 REUSE OF FORMS A. Forms may be reused only if in good condition and only if acceptable to the ENGINEER. Light sanding between uses will be required wherever necessary to obtain uniform , surface texture on exposed concrete surfaces. Exposed concrete surfaces are defined as surFaces which are permanently exposed to view. 3.4 REMOVAL OF FORMS A. Careful procedures for the removal of forms shall be strictly followed, and this WORK shall be done with care so as to avoid injury to the concrete. No heavy loading on green concrete will be permitted. Members which must support their own weight shall not have their forms removed until they have attained at least 75 percent of the 28-Day strength of the concrete. Forms for vertical walls and columns shall remain in place at least 48 hours after the concrete has been placed. Forms for parts of the WORK not specifically mentioned herein shall remain in place for periods of time as recommended in ACI 347. 3.5 GENERAL REINFORCEMENT REQUIREMENTS A. Reinforcement steel, welded wire fabric, couplers, and other appurtenances shall be fabricated, and placed in accordance with the requirements of the Building Code and the supplementary requirements indicated herein. MWH - 06262015 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 10501278 — FLOW CONTROL AND SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT PAGE 03 31 50�- 10 � ' ' � ' � � 1 1 � ' 3.6 FABRICATION A. General Reinforcement steel shall be accurately formed to the dimensions and shapes indicated, and the fabricating details shall be prepared in accordance with ACI 315 and ACI 318, except as modified by the Drawings. 2. The CONTRACTOR shall fabricate reinforcement bars for structures in accordance , with bending diagrams, placing lists, and placing drawings. Said drawings, diagrams, and lists shall be prepared by the CONTRACTOR. ' � ' � ' ' ' 3. Unless otherwise indicated, dowels shall match the size and spacing of the spliced bar. B. Bending or Straightening: Reinforcement shall not be straightened or rebent in a manner that will injure the material. Bars shall be bent or straight as indicated. Do not use bends different from the bends indicated. Bars shall be bent cold unless otherwise permitted by the ENGINEER. No bars partially embedded in concrete shall be field-bent except as indicated or specifically permitted by the ENGINEER. 3.7 PLACING A. Reinforcement steel shail be accurately positioned as indicated and shall be supported and wired together to prevent displacement, using annealed iron wire ties or suitable clips at intersections. Reinforcement steel shall be supported by concrete, plastic or metal supports, spacers or metal hangers that are strong and rigid enough to prevent any displacement of the reinforcement steel. Where concrete is to be placed on the ground, supporting concrete blocks (or dobies) shall be used in sufficient numbers to support the bars without settlement, but in no case shall such support be continuous. Concrete blocks used to support reinforcement steel shall be tied to the steel with wire ties which are embedded in the blocks. For concrete over formwork, the CONTRACTOR shall provide concrete, metal, plastic, or other acceptable bar chairs and spacers. ' B. The portions of accessories in contact with the formwork shall be made of concrete, plastic, or steel coated with a 1/8-inch minimum thickness of plastic which extends at least 1/2-inch from the concrete surface. Plastic shall be gray in color. ' � � ' 1 C. Tie wires shall be bent away from the forms in order to provide the required concrete coverage. D. Bars additional to those indicated which may be found necessary or desirable by the CONTRACTOR for the purpose of securing reinforcement in position shall be provided by the CONTRACTOR as part of the WORK. E. Unless otherwise indicated, reinforcement placing tolerances shall be within the limits specified in Section 7.5 of ACI 318 except where in conflict with the requirements of the Building Code. F. The minimum spacing requirements of ACI 318 shall be followed for reinforcing steel. MWH - 06262015 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE ' 10501278 — FLOW CONTROL AND SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT PAGE 03 31 50 - 11 ' G. Welded wire fabric reinforcement placed over horizontal forms shal{ be supported on slab bolsters having gray, plastic-coated standard type legs. Slab bolsters shall be spaced not more than 30-inches on centers, shall extend continuously across the entire width of the reinforcing mat, and shall support the reinforcing mat in the plane indicated. H. Welded wire fabric placed over the ground shall be supported on wired concrete blocks (dobies) spaced not more than 3-feet on centers in any direction. The construction practice of placing welded wire fabric on the ground and hooking into place in the freshly placed concrete shall not be used. 3.8 SPLICING � , � L� A. General: Reinforcement bar splices shall only be used at locations indicated. When it , is necessary to splice reinforcement at points other than where indicated, the character of the splice shall be reviewed and accepted by the ENGINEER. B. Sptices of Reinforcement 3.9 , 1. The length of lap for reinforcement bars, unless otherwise indicated, shall be in � accordance wi#h ACI 318, Section 12.15.1 for a Class B splice. 2. Laps of welded wire fabric shall be in accordance with the ACI 318. Adjoining sheets shall be securely tied together with No. 14 tie wire, one tie for each 2 running feet. Wires shall be staggered and tied in such a manner that they cannot slip. CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Reinforcement steel shall always be protected from conditions conductive to corrosion until concrete is placed around it. B. The surFaces of reinforcement steel and other metalwork to be in contact with concrete shall be thoroughly cleaned of dirt, grease, loose scale and rust, grout, mortar, and other foreign substances immediately before the concrete is placed. Where there is delay in depositing concrete, reinforcing shall be reinspected and, if necessary recleaned. 3.10 PROPORTIONING AND MIXING A. Proportioning: Proportioning of the concrete mix shall conform to the requirements of Chapter 3"Proportioning" of ACI 301. � C U Mixing: Mixing of concrete shall conform to the requirements of Chapter 7 ACI 301. Slump: Slumps shall be as indicated herein. Retempering: Retempering of concrete or mortar which has partially hardened shall not be permitted. 3.11 PREPARATION OF SURFACES FOR CONCRETING A. General: Earth surfaces shall be thoroughly wetted by sprinkling prior to the placing of any concrete, and these surfaces shall be kept moist by frequent sprinkling up to the MWH - 06262015 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 10501278 — FLOW CONTROL AND SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT PAGE 03 31 50 - 12 ' ' �J , � � � time of placing concrete thereon. The surface shall be free from standing water, mud, and debris at the time of placing concrete. B. Joints in Concrete: Concrete surfaces upon or against which concrete is to be placed, where the placement of the concrete has been stopped or interrupted so that, as determined by the ENGINEER, the new concrete cannot be incorporated integrally with that previously placed, are defined as construction joints. The surfaces of horizontal joints shall be given a compacted, roughened surface for good bonding. Except where the Drawings call for joint surtaces to be coated, the joint surfaces shall be cleaned of laitance, loose or defective concrete, and foreign material, and be roughened to a minimum 1/4-inch amplitude. Such cleaning and roughening shall be accomplished by hydroblasting. Pools of water shall be removed from the surface of construction joints before the new concrete is placed. C. Placing Interruptions: When placing of concrete is to be interrupted long enough for , the concrete to take a set, the working face shall be given a shape by the use of forms or other means, that will secure proper union with subsequent WORK; provided that construction joints shall be made only where acceptable to the ENGINEER. � D. Embedded Items 1. No concrete shall be placed until formwork, installation of parts to be embedded, � reinforcement steel, and preparation of surfaces involved in the placing have been completed-and accepted by the ENGINEER at least 4 hours before placement:of concrete. SurFaces of forms and embedded items that have become encrusted with � dried grout from previous usage shall be cleaned before the surrounding or adjacent concrete is placed. � , � � ' ' ' , ' 2. Reinforcement, anchor bolts, sleeves, inserts, and similar items shall be set and secured in the forms at locations indicated or by Shop Drawings and shall be acceptable to the ENGINEER before any concrete is placed. Accuracy of placement is the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR. E. Casting New Concrete Against Old: Where concrete is to be cast against old concrete (defined as any concrete which is greater than 60 Days of age), the surface of the old concrete shall be thoroughly cleaned and roughened by hydroblasting (exposing aggregate) prior to the application of an epoxy bonding agent. Application shall be according to the bonding agent manufacturer's instructions and recommendations. F. No concrete shall be placed in any structure until water entering the space to be filled with concrete has been properly cut off or has been diverted by pipes, or other means, and carried out of the forms, clear of the WORK. No concrete shall be deposited underwater nor shall the CONTRACTOR allow still water to rise on any concrete until the concrete has attained its initial set. Water shall not be permitted to flow over the surface of any concrete in such manner and at such velocity as will injure the surface finish of the concrete. Pumping or other necessary dewatering operations for removing ground water, if required, shall be subject to the review of the ENGINEER. G. Corrosion Protection: Pipe, conduit, dowels, and other ferrous items required to be embedded in concrete construction shall be so positioned and supported prior to placement of concrete that there will be a minimum of 2-inches clearance between said MWH - 06262015 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 10501278 — FLOW CONTROL AND SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT PAGE 03 31 50 - 13 � 3.12 items and any part of the concrete reinforcement. Securing such items in position by wiring or welding them to the reinforcement will not be permitted. Openings for pipes, inserts for pipe hangers and brackets, and anchors shall, where practicable, be provided for during the placing of concrete. Anchor bolts shall be accurately set and shall be maintained in position by templates while being embedded in concrete. HANDLING, TRANSPORTING, AND PLACING A. General: Placing of concrete shall conform to the applicable requirements of Chapter 8 of ACI 301 and the requirements of this Section. No aluminum materials shall be used in conveying any concrete. B. Non-Conforming WORK or Materials: Concrete which during or before placing is found not to conform to the requirements indicated herein shall be rejected and immediately removed from the WORK. Concrete which is not placed in accordance with these Specifications or which is of inferior quality shall be removed and replaced. C. Unauthorized Placement: No concrete shall be placed except in the presence of a duly authorized representative of the ENGINEER. The CONTRACTOR shall notify the ENGINEER in writing at least 24 hours in advance of placement of any concrete.. D. Conveyor Belts and Chutes: Ends of chutes, hopper gates, and other points of concrete discharge throughout the CONTRACTOR'S conveying, hoisting, and placing system shall be so designed and arranged that concrete passing from them will not fall separated into whatever receptacle immediately receives it. Conveyor belts, if used, shall be of a type acceptable to the ENGINEER. Chutes longer than 50-feet will not be permitted. Minimum slopes of chutes shall be such that concrete of the required consistency will readily flow in them. If a conveyor belt is used, it shall be wiped clean by a device operated in such a manner that none of the mortar adhering to the belt will be wasted. Conveyor belts and chutes shall be covered. E. Temperature of Concrete: The temperature of concrete when it is being placed shall be not more than 90 degrees F nor less than 40 degrees F in moderate weather, and not less than 50 degrees F in weather during which the mean daily temperature drops below 40 degrees F. Concrete ingredients shall not be heated to a temperature higher than that necessary to keep the temperature of the mixed concrete, as placed, from falling below the required minimum temperature. If concrete is placed when the weather is such that the temperature of the concrete would exceed 90 degrees F, the CONTRACTOR shall employ effective means, such as precooling of aggregates and mixing water, using ice, or placing at night, as necessary to maintain the temperature of the concrete, as it is placed, below 90 degrees F. The CONTRACTOR shall be entitled to no additional compensation on account of the foregoing requirements. F. Cold Weather Placement Placement of concrete shall conform to ACI - 306.1 - Cold Weather Concreting, and the following. MWH - 06262015 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 10501278 — FLOW CONTROL AND SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT PAGE 03 31 50 - 14 ' ' 1 ' � � lJ 1. ' '� � 2. Earth foundations shall be free from frost or ice when concrete is placed upon or against them. 3. Maintain the concrete temperature above 50 degrees F for at least 72-hours after placement. 3.13 TAMPING AND VIBRATING A. As concrete is placed in the forms or in excavations, it shall be thoroughly settled and compacted, throughout the entire depth of the layer which is being consolidated, into a dense, homogeneous mass, filling all corners and angles, thoroughly embedding the reinforcement, eliminating rock pockets, and bringing only a slight excess of water to the exposed surface of concrete. Vibrators shall be high speed power vibrators (8000 to 12,000 rpm) of an immersion type in sufficient number and with at least one standby unit as required. B. Concrete in walls shall be internally vibrated and at the same time rammed, stirred, or worked with suitable appliances, tamping bars, shovets, or forked tools until it completely fills the forms or excavations and closes snugly against all surFaces. Subsequent layers of concrete shall not be placed until the layers previously placed have been worked thoroughly. Vibrators shall be provided in sufficient numbers, with standby units as required, to accomplish the required results within 15 minutes after concrete of the prescribed consistency is placed in the forms. The vibrating head shall not contact the surfaces of the forms. Care shall be taken not to vibrate concrete excessively or to work it in any manner that causes segregation of its constituents. 3.14 FINISHING CONCRETE SURFACES A. General: Surfaces shall be free from fins, bulges, ridges, offsets, honeycombing, , or roughness of any kind, and shall present a finished, smooth, continuous hard surface. Allowable deviations from plumb or level and from the alignment, profiles, and ' dimensions indicated are defined as tolerances and are indicated above. These tolerances are to be distinguished from irregularities in finish as described herein. Aluminum finishing tools shall not be used. ' B. Formed Surfaces: No treatment is required after form removal except for curing, repair of defective concrete, and treatment of surface defects. 1 ' ' ' � � C. Unformed Surfaces: After proper and adequate vibration and tamping, unformed top surFaces of slabs, floors, walls, and curbs shall be brought to a uniform surface with suitable tools. Whenever the air temperature exceeds 85 degrees F or the wind speed exceeds 25 mph at the time of placement, the concrete shall be treated as follows. Immediately after the concrete has been screeded, it shail be treated with a liquid evaporation retardant. The retardant shall be used again after each WORK operation as necessary to prevent drying shrinkage cracks. The classes of finish for unformed concrete surfaces are designated and defined as follows: Finish U1 - Sufficient leveling and screeding to produce an even, uniform surFace with surface irregularities not to exceed 3/8-inch. No further special finish is required. MWH - 06262015 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 10501278 — FLOW CONTROL AND SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT PAGE 03 31 50 - 15 2. Finish U2 - After sufficient stiffening of the screeded concrete, surfaces shall be float finished with wood or metal floats or with a finishing machine using float blades. Excessive floating of surfaces while the concrete is plastic and dusting of dry cement and sand on the concrete surface to absorb excess moisture will not be permitted. Floating shali be the minimum necessary to produce a surface that is free from screed marks and is uniform in texture. SurFace irregularities shall not exceed 1/4-inch. Joints and edges shall be tooled where indicated or as determined by the ENGINEER. � 3. Finish U3 - After the Finish U2 surface has hardened sufficiently to prevent excess of fine material from being drawn to the surface, steel troweling shall be performed with firm pressure such as will flatten the sandy texture of the floated surface and produce a dense, uniform surface free from blemishes, ripples, and trowel marks. The finish shall be smooth and free of irregularities. 4. Finish U4 - Trowel the Finish U3 surface to remove local depressions or high points. In addition, the surface shall be given a light broom finish with brooming perpendicular to drainage unless otherwise indicated. The resulting surface shall be rough enough to provide a nonskid finish. Unformed surfaces shall be finished according to the following schedule: UNFORMED SURFACE FINISH SCHEDULE Area Finish Grade slabs and foundations to be covered with concrete or filf U1 material Floors to be covered with grouted tile or topping grout U2 Slabs to be covered with built-up roofing U2 Interior slabs and floors to receive architectural finish U3 Slabs U4 Top surface of walls U3 3.15 CURING AND DAMPPROOFING A. General: Concrete shall be cured for not less than 7 Days after placing, in accordance � with the methods indicated below for the different parts of the WORK. Surface to be Cured or Dampproofed Method Unstripped forms 1 Construction joints between footings and walls, and between 2 floor slab and columns ' � � MWH - 06262015 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 10501278 — FLOW CONTROL AND SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT PAGE 03 31 50 - 16 � 1 1 � i� ��, �� � ' ' Encasement and ductbank concrete and thrust blocks 3 Concrete surFaces not specifically provided for elsewhere in this 4 Paragraph Buried slabs and backfilled walls 5 B. Method 1: Wooden forms shall be wetted immediately after concrete has been placed and shall be kept wet with water until removal. If steel forms are used, the exposed concrete surfaces shall be kept continuously wet until the forms are removed. If forms are removed within 7 Days of placing the concrete, curing shall be continued in accordance with Method 4 below. C. Method 2: The surface shall be covered with burlap mats which shall be kept wet with , water for the duration of the curing period, until the concrete in the walls has been placed. No curing compound shall be applied to surfaces cured under Method 2. , D. Method 3: The surface shall be covered with moist earth not less than 4 hours nor more than 24 hours after the concrete is placed. Earthwork operations that may damage the concrete shall not begin until at least 7 Days after placement of concrete. � E. Method 4: The surFace shall be sprayed with a liquid curing compound. 1. It shall be applied in accordance with the manufacturer's printed instructions at a ' maximum coverage rate of 200 square feet per gallon and in such a manner as to cover the surface with a uniform film that will seal thoroughly. � ' ' 1 ' ' 2. Where the curing compound method is used, care shall be exercised to avoid damage to the seal during the 7 Day curing period. If the seal is damaged or broken before the expiration of the curing period, the break shall be repaired immediately by the application of additional curing compound over the damaged portion. 3. Wherever curing compound has been applied by mistake to surFaces against which concrete subsequently is to be placed and to which it is to adhere, compound shall be entirely removed by wet sandblasting just prior to the placing of new concrete. 4. Curing compound shall be applied as soon as the concrete has hardened enough to prevent marring on unformed surFaces, and within 2 hours after removal of forms. Repairs required to be made to formed surfaces shall be made within the said 2 hour period; provided, however, that any such repairs which cannot be made within the said 2 hour period shall be delayed until after the curing compound has been applied. When repairs are to be made to an area on which curing compound has been applied, the area involved shall first be wet-sandblasted to remove the curing compound. 5. During the curing period, no traffic of any nature and no depositing of any materials, , temporary or otherwise, shall be permitted on surFaces coated with curing compound. Foot traffic and the depositing of materials may be allowed after 3 Days if the surface is covered with 5/8-inch plywood placed over polyethylene sheets. ' ' MWH - 06262015 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 10501278 — FLOW CONTROL AND SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT PAGE 03 31 50 - 17 ' F. Method 5: This method applies to both buried slabs and walls to be backfilled. The concrete shall be kept continuously wet by the application of water for a minimum period of at least 7 Days beginning immediately after the concrete has reached final set or forms have been removed. 2. Until the concrete surface is covered with the curing medium, the entire surface shall be kept damp by applying water through nozzles that atomize the flow so that the surface is not marred or washed. 3. Heavy curing mats shall be used as a curing medium to retain the moisture during the curing period. The curing medium shall be weighted or otherwise held substantially in contact with the concrete surface to prevent being dislodged by wind or any other causes. Edges shall be continuously held in place. � ' ' ' , 4. The curing blankets and concrete shall be kept continuously wet by the use of ' sprinklers or other means both during and after normal working hours. 5. Immediately after the application of water has terminated at the end of the curing period, the curing rr�edium shall be removed, any dry spots shall be rewetted, and curing compound shall be immediately applied in accordance with Method 4 above. 6. The CONTRACTOR shall dispose of excess water from the curing operation to avoid damage to the WORK. � � 7. Dampproofing: The exterior surfaces of buried roof slabs and backfilled walls shall � be dampproofed as follows. a. Immediately after completion of curing, the surface shall be sprayed with a dampproofing agent consisting of an asphalt emulsion. Application shall be in 2 coats. The first coat shall be diluted to one-half strength by the addition of water and shall be sprayed on so as to provide a maximum coverage rate of 100 square feet per gallon of dilute solution. The second coat shall consist of an application of the undiluted material, and shall be sprayed on so as to provide a maximum coverage rate of 100 square feet per gallon. Dampproofing material shall be as indicated above. b. As soon as the material has taken an initial set, the entire area thus coated shall be coated with whitewash. Any formula for mixing the whitewash may be used if it produces a uniformly coated white surface and remains until placing of the backfill. If the whitewash fails to remain on the surFace until the backfill is placed, the CONTRACTOR shall apply additional whitewash G. The CONTRACTOR may submit alternate methods of curing which maintain the concrete in a continuously wet condition for acceptance by the ENGINEER. 3.16 PROTECTION A. The CONTRACTOR shall protect concrete against injury until final acceptance. MWH - 06262015 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 10501278 — FLOW CONTROL AND SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT PAGE 03 31 50 - 18 B. Fresh concrete shall be protected from damage due to rain, hail, sleet, or snow. The CONTRACTOR shall provide such protection while the concrete is still plastic and whenever precipitation is imminent or occurring. 3.17 CURING IN COLD WEATHER A. Water curing of concrete may be reduced to 6 Days during periods when the mean daily temperature in the vicinity of the Site is less than 40 degrees F; provided that, during the prescribed period of water curing, when temperatures are such that concrete surfaces may freeze, water curing shall be temporarily discontinued. B. Concrete cured by an application of curing compound will require no additional protection from freezing if the protection at 50 degrees F for 72 hours is obtained by means of approved insulation in contact with the forms or concrete surfaces; otherwise, the concrete shall be protected against freezing temperatures for 72 hours immediately following 72 hours protection at 50 degrees F. Concrete cured by water shall be protected against freezing temperatures for 72 hours immediately following the 72 hours of protection at 50 degrees F. C. Discontinuance of protection against freezing temperatures shall be such that the drop in temperature of any portion of the concrete will be gradual and will not exceed 40 degrees F in 24 hours. In the spring, when the mean daily temperature rises above 40 degrees F for more than 3 Days, 72 hour protection at a temperature not lower than 50 degrees F inay be discontinued for as long as the mean daily temperature remains above 40 degrees F; provided, that the concrete shall be protected against freezing temperatures for not less than 48 hours after placement. D. Where artificial heat is employed, special care shall be taken to prevent the concrete from drying. Use of unvented heaters will be permitted only when unformed surfaces of concrete adjacent to the heaters are protected for the first 24 hours from an excessive carbon dioxide atmosphere by application of curing compound; provided, that the use of curing compound for such surfaces is otherwise permitted by these Specifications. 3.18 TREATMENT OF SURFACE DEFECTS A. As soon as forms are removed, exposed concrete surfaces shall be carefully examined and any irregularities shall be immediately rubbed or ground in a satisfactory manner in order to secure a smooth, uniform, and continuous surface. Plastering or coating of surFaces to be smoothed will not be permitted. No repairs shall be made until after inspection by the ENGINEER. In no case will extensive patching of honeycombed concrete be permitted. Concrete containing minor voids, holes, honeycombing, or similar depression defects shall be repaired as indicated below. Concrete containing extensive voids, holes, honeycombing, or similar depression defects, shall be completely removed and replaced. Repairs and replacements shall be performed promptly. B. Defective surfaces to be repaired shall be cut back from trueline a minimum depth of 1/2-inch over the entire area. Feathered edges will not be permitted. Where chipping or cutting tools are not required in order to deepen the area properly, the surFace shall be prepared for bonding by the removal of laitance or soft material, plus not less than 1/32- inch depth of the surface film from hard portions by means of an efficient sandblast. After cutting and sandblasting, the surface shall be wetted sufficiently in advance of MWH - 06262015 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 10501278 — FLOW CONTROL AND SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT PAGE 03 31 50 - 19 shooting with shotcrete or with cement mortar so that while the repair material is being applied, the surfaces underneath will remain moist but not so wet as to overcome the suction upon which a good bond depends. The material used for repair shall consist of a mixture of one sack of cement to 3 cubic feet of sand. For exposed walls, the cement shall contain such a proportion of Atlas white portland cement as is required to make the color of the patch match the color of the surrounding concrete. C. Holes left by tie-rod cones shall be reamed with suitable toothed reamers so as to leave the surfaces of the holes clean and rough. These holes then shall be repaired in an approved manner with dry-packed cement grout. Holes left by form-tying devices having a rectangular cross-section, and other imperfections having a depth greater than their least surface dimension, shall not be reamed but shall be repaired in an approved manner with dry-packed cement grout. D. Repairs shall be built up and shaped in such a manner that the completed WORK will conform to the requirements of this Section as applicable, using approved methods which will not disturb the bond, cause sagging, or cause horizontal fractures. Surfaces of repairs shall receive the same kind and amount of curing treatment as required for the concrete in the repaired section. 3.19 CARE AND REPAIR OF CONCRETE A. The CONTRACTOR shall protect concrete against injury or damage from excessive heat, lack of moisture, overstress, or any other cause until final acceptance. Particular care shall be taken to prevent the drying of concrete and to avoid roughening or otherwise damaging the surface. Any concrete found to be damaged, or which may have been originally defective, which becomes defective at any time prior to the final acceptance of the completed WORK, which departs from the established line or grade, or which, for any other reason, does not conform to the requirements of the Contract Documents, shall be satisfactorily repaired or removed and replaced with acceptable concrete. - END OF SECTION — MWH - 06262015 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 10501278 — FLOW CONTROL AND SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT PAGE 03 31 50 - 20 � ' PART 1 -- GENERAL 1.1 THE REQUIREMENT SECTION 03 60 00 — GROUTING , A. The CONTRACTOR shall provide grout, complete and in place, in accordance with the Contract Documents � B. The following types of grout are covered in this Section: i 1. Epoxy Anchor Grout for Post Installed Adhesive Anchors 1.2 CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS ' A. Furnish submittals in accordance with Section 01300 - Contractor Submittals. 1. Certified testing lab reports for tests indicated herein. 2. Test results and service report from the field tests and the demonstration and training session verifying the requirements indicated herein. 3. Certifications that grouts used on the project contain no chlorides or other chemicals that cause corrosion. 4. Manufacturer's literature containing instructions and recommendations on the mixing, handling, placement, curing, and appropriate uses for each type of grout used in the WORK, and location of use. The current ICC-ES or IAPMO-UES report shall be submitted for all epoxy anchor grouts for adhesive anchors. , 5. Submit manufacturer's written warranty as indicated herein. 6. Name and telephone number of grout manufacturer's representative who will give on-Site service. The representative shall have at least one year of experience with the indicated grouts. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Field Tests 1. Compression tests and fabrication of specimens for epoxy grouts will be performed in accordance with ASTM C 579 — Standard Test Methods for Compressive Strength of Chemical-Resistant Mortars, Grouts, Monolithic SurFacings, and Polymer Concretes, Method B, at intervals during construction selected by the ENGINEER. A set of 3 specimens will be made for testing at 7 Days and each earlier time period as appropriate. 2. The cost of laboratory tests on grout will be paid by the OWNER except where test results show the grout to be defective. In such case, the CONTRACTOR shall pay for the tests, removal and replacement of Defective Work, and re-testing, all as part of the WORK. 3. The CONTRACTOR shall assist the ENGINEER in obtaining specimens for testing and shall furnish materials necessary for fabricating the test specimens. MWH - 06262015 GROUT 10501278 — FLOW CONTROL AND SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT PAGE 03 60 00 - 1 B. Pre-Installation Demonstration and Training Cement and Epoxy-Based Non-Shrink Grouts a. The grout manufacturer shall give a demonstration and training session for the cement based non-shrink and epoxy grouts to be used on the project, before any installation of grout is allowed. b. If the project includes patching, throughbolt holes, epoxy anchors, and/or blockouts, the manufacturer shall also train the CONTRACTOR'S employees in the mixing and curing of the epoxy grouts for each of these applications. 2. Epoxy Anchor Grout for Adhesive Anchors a. Special inspection for all adhesive anchor installations shall be provided: 1) 2) 3) As recommended or required by the ICC-ES or IAPMO-UES report. As required by the enforceable building code. As otherwise indicated in the Contract Documents. The most stringent of the abo��e requirements shall be used. The cost of special inspection of adhesive anchors shall be paid for by the OWNER. b. Before installing adhesive anchors in the WORK, adhesive anchor installers shall be trained and qualified at the Site by the manufacturer's representative. Training and qualification for each installer shall include at least: 1) Hole drilling procedure, hole preparation and cleaning techniques, adhesive injection technique and dispenser training/maintenance, rebar dowel preparation and installation, and proof loading/torquing. 2) Anchors installed in both the vertical and horizontal positions in a mock- up concrete panel of adequate size and thickness. Anchors shall be tested in tension. A minimum of 3 anchors shall be tested for each installation position. 3) Anchors shall be tested at 2 times the published allowable tension load or 1-1/4 times the maximum design strength of the anchors in tension as indicated in the ICC-ES or IAPMO-UES report. The test load need not exceed 80 percent of the nominal yield strength of the anchor, based on steel strength, as determined by ACI 318 Appendix D. 4) If any of the 3 test bolts in any installation position fail to reach the test loads, the installer shall be re-tested with the same procedure. Re-testing is required only for the failed installation position. 5) An installer who has 3 consecutive successful bolt tests in the first or second trial is considered qualified for adhesive anchor installation for this project. The manufacturer's representative shall issue a certificate to the qualified installer, and a copy of the certificate shall be filed with the CONTRACTOR and be submitted to the ENGINEER. MWH - 06262015 GROUT 10501278 — FLOW CONTROL AND SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT PAGE 03 60 00 - 2 8 ' � ' ' 6) The test anchor size shall be the largest size adhesive anchor used on the project. The anchor embedment length and edge distances shall be adequate to resist the test loads listed above. 7) Each installer shall be re-qualified every 6 months for the duration of the project by the same qualifying procedure. 8) The certification of each qualified installer shall be available for verification at the Special Inspector's request. 9) Defective anchors noted by the Special Inspector shall be replaced and ' re-installed by the CONTRACTOR without any additional compensation. 1.4 SPECIAL CORRECTION OF DEFECTS PROVISIONS A. Manufacturer's Warranty 1. Furnish one year warranty for WORK provided under this section. 2. Manufacturer's warranty shall not contain a disclaimer limiting responsibility to the purchase price of products or materials. PART 2 -- PRODUCTS 2.1 APPLICATION A. Unless indicated otherwise, grouts shall be provided as listed below whether indicated on the Drawings or not. Application Type of Grout Anchor bolts, anchor rods and reinforcing steel Epoxy Anchor Grout � required to be set in grout that is not in high temperature or high fire risk areas. 2.2 EPDXY ANCHOR GROUT A. Epoxy anchor grout for use in concrete shall be certified for use in accordance with ICC- ES AC 308. B. Epoxy anchor grout shall conform to ASTM C 881 — Standard Specification for Epoxy- Resin-Base Bonding Systems for Concrete, Type IV, Class A, B and C, Grade 3 with the exception of gel time. C. Heat deflection temperature per ASTM D 648 — Standard Test Method for Deflection ' Temperature of Plastics Under Flexural Load in the Edgewise Position shall be a minimum 120 degrees F. ' D. Manufacturer shall certify that the epoxy anchor grout will maintain 100 percent of its capacity up to a short term temperature of 110 degrees F and 50 percent of its capacity up to a short term temperature of 150 degrees F. 1 MWH - 06262015 GROUT � 10501278 — FLOW CONTROL AND SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT PAGE 03 60 00 - 3 E. Grout shall come in a 2 chambered cartridge with a metering system that provides the proper ratio of hardener and resin. The grout shall also come with a static mixer nozzle to thorough�y mix the hardener and resin together. ' � F. Epoxy anchor grout shall be capable of being used in submerged applications once cured. ' G. Compressive strength per ASTM D 695 — Standard Test Method for Compressive Properties of Rigid Plastics shall be 10,000 psi minimum. H. Whenever possible, overhead anchors subject to vibration, anchors in fire-resistive construction or high fire risk areas, and anchors subject to working or operating temperatures above 100 degrees F shall be cast-in-place anchors. Whenever cast-in- place anchors cannot be used in these applications, use cement based non-shrink grout and oversized holes. Embedment of adhesive anchors/rebar shall be deep enough to develop the anchor/rebar unless otherwise noted on the Contract Documents.. Embedment shall not exceed 67 percent of the member depth. J 2.3 Epoxy anchor grout shall be PE1000+ by Powers Fasteners; HIT-RE 500-SD by Hilti, SET-XP by Simpson Strong-Tie, or equal. MEASUREMENT OF INGREDIENTS A. Prepackaged grouts shall have ingredients measured by means recommended by the manufacturer. PART 3 -- EXECUTIOM 3.1 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Grout shall be stored in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. 3.2 GENERAL A. CONTRACTOR shall arrange for the manufacturer of prepackaged grouts to provide on- Site technical assistance within 72 hours of request, as part of the WORK. B C D 3.3 SurFaces that will be in contact with grout shall be free of dirt, loose rust, oil, wax, grease, curing compounds, laitance, loose concrete, and other deleterious materials. Shade the WORK from sunlight for at least 24 hours before and 48 hours after grouting. Contact the grout manufacturer's representative for assistance on hot and cold weather grouting techniques and precautions if applicable. GROUTING PROCEDURES A. General: Mixing, surface preparation, handling, placing, consolidation, curing, and other means of execution for prepackaged grouts shall be done according to the instructions and recommendations of the manufacturer. 1. Epoxy Adhesive Anchors MWH - 06262015 GROUT 10501278 — FLOW CONTROL AND SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT PAGE 03 60 00 - 4 a. Grout shall be proportioned and mixed per the manufacturer's instructions. b. Unless otherwise indicated, embedment shall be sufficient to develop the ultimate tensile strength of the anchor or reinforcing bar per the manufacturer's ICC-ES or IAPMO-UES report, but shall not be less than 8 diameters for threaded rod or 12 diameters for reinforcing or smooth bars. c. Holes shall be dry. 3.4 CONSOLIDATION A. Grout shall be placed in such a manner, for the consistency necessary for each application, to assure that the space to be grouted is completely filled. - END OF SECTION - MWH - 06262015 GROUT 10501278 — FLOW CONTROL AND SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT PAGE 03 60 00 - 5 , � ' INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK , 1 ' ' � ' � ;� �� � ' t , � ' MWH - 06262015 GROUT 10501278 - FLOW CONTROL AND SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT PAGE 03 60 00 - 6 8 1 � ' � ' ' , ' ' � , , ' ' ' � ' ' , SECTION 055000 - MISCELLANEOUS METALWORK PART 1 -- GENERAL 1.1 THE REQUIREMENT A. Provide miscellaneous metalwork and appurtenances, complete and in place, as indicated in accordance with the Contract Documents. 1.2 REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS, CODES, AND STANDARDS A. Federal Specifications MIL-G-18015 A (3) (Ships) Aluminum Planks. (6063-T6) MIL-PRF-907F Antiseize Thread Compound, High Temperature B. Codes OSHA 1927.10 Fixed Ladders C. Commercial Standards AA-M32C22A41 Aluminum Assn. AASHTO HS-20 Truck Loading AISC Manual of Steel Construction AISI Design of Light Gauge, Cold-Formed Steel Structural Members ASTM A 36 Carbon Structural Steel � ASTM A 48 Gray Iron Castings ASTM A 53 Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped, Zinc-Coated, Welded and Seamless ASTM A 123 Zinc (Hot-Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products ASTM A 153 Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware ASTM A 193 Alloy Steel and Stainless Steel Bolting Materials for High Temperature Service ASTM A 194 Carbon and Alloy Steel Nuts for Bolts for High Pressure and High Temperature Service ASTM A 307 Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs, 60,000 psi Tensile Strength ASTM A 325 Structural Bolts, Steel, Heat Treated, 120/105 ksi Minimum Tensile Strength MW H-06262015 MISCELLANEOUS METALWORK 10501278-FLOW CONTROL/SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT PAGE 05 50 00 - 1 ASTM A 500 ASTM A 992 ASTM F 1554 ANSI/AWS D1.1 Cold-Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steef Structural Tubing in Rounds and Shapes Steel for Structural Shapes for Use in Building Framing Standard Specification for Anchor Bolts, Steel, 36, 55 and 105-ksi Yield Strength Structural Welding Code - Steel ANSI/AWS D1.2 Structural Welding Code - Aluminum ANSI/AWS QC1 Qualification and Certification of Welding Inspectors 1.3 CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS A. Furnish submittals in accordance with the requirements of Section 013300 — Contractor Submittals. B. Shop Drawings 1. Shop Drawings shall conform to AISC recommendations and specifications, and shall show holes, and the like, as may be required for other parts of the WORK. 2. Shop Drawings shall include complete details of inembers and connections, anchor bolt layouts, schedules for fabrication procedures, and diagrams for the sequence of erection. C. Grating 1. Submit layout drawings for grating, showing the direction of span, type and depth of grating, size and shape of grating panels, seat angle details, and details of grating hold down fasteners. 2. Submit load and deflection tables for each style and depth of grating used. D. Anchor Submittals 1. Submit an ICC-ES or IAPMO-UES report listing the ultimate load capacity in tension and shear for each size and type of concrete anchor. 2. Submit manufacturer's recommended installation instructions and procedures for anchors. 3. Upon review by the ENGINEER, these instructions shall be followed specifically. 4. No substitution for the indicated anchors will be considered unless accompanied with an ICC-ES or IAPMO-UES report verifying strength and material equivalency. MWH-06262015 MISCELLANEOUS METALWORK � 10501278-FLOW CONTROL/SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT PAGE 05 50 00 - 2 O � � ' ' 5. Complete structural calculations and anchorage details shall be prepared and submitted by the Contractor for all anchors and anchor groups that are shown but not completely detailed (type, size, location, spacing and embedment) on the Contract Documents. Calculations and anchorage details shall be signed and stamped by a Professional Engineer registered in the state in which the project is located. PART 2 -- PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Steel ' ' � Wide Flange Shapes ASTM A 992 Shapes, Plates, Bars ASTM A 36 Pipe, Bollards ASTM A 53, Type E or S, Grade B standard weight unless indicated otherwise HSS ASTM A 500 Grade B ' B. Corrosion Protection 1. Unless otherwise indicated, fabricated steel metalwork which will be used in a � corrosive environment and/or will be submerged in water or wastewater shall be coated in accordance with the requirements of Section 099600 — Protective Coating, and shall not be galvanized prior to coating. � ' ' ' 2. Other miscellaneous steel metalwork shall be hot-dip galvanized after fabrication. , C. Stainless Steel 1. Unless otherwise indicated, stainless steel metalwork and bolts shall be fabricated from Type 316 stainless steel. D. Aluminum 1. Unless otherwise indicated, aluminum metalwork shall be fabricated from Alloy 6061-T6. ' 2. Aluminum in contact with concrete, masonry, wood, porous materials, or dissimilar metals shall have contact surfaces coated in accordance with the requirements of Section 099600 — Protective Coating. ' ' ' ' MWH-06262015 MISCELLANEOUS METALWORK 10501278-FLOW CONTROL/SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT PAGE 05 50 00 - 3 E. Cast Iron 1. Unless otherwise indicated, iron castings shall conform to the requirements of ASTM A 48, Class 50B, or better. 2.2 LADDERS A. Materials 1. Ladders shall be fabricated from materials as indicated. 2.3 METAL GRATING A. General 1. Metal grating shall be of the indicated design, size, and type. 2. Grating shall be supported around an opening by support members. 3. Where grating is supported on concrete, unless otherwise indicated provide embedded support angles that match the grating material and are mitered and welded at their corners. 4. Banding a. The grating shall be completely banded at edges and cutouts. b. The banding material and cross-section shall be.equivalent�to the bearing bars. c. The banding shall be welded to each cut bearing bar. 5. The grating pieces shall be fastened to each support in 2 locations. 6. Where grating forms the landing at the top of a stairway, the edge of the grating that forms the top riser shall have an integral non-slip nosing with a width equal to that of the stairway. 7. Where the grating depth is not indicated, provide grating within allowable stress levels and which shall not exceed a deflection of 1/4 inch or the span divided by 180, whichever is less. 8. Design Loading a. For standard duty plank and safety grating, the loading to be used for determining stresses and deflections shall be the uniform live load of the adjacent floor or 100 psf, whichever is greater, or a concentrated load of 1000 pounds. B. Material 1. Except where indicated otherwise, bar grating shall be fabricated entirely of: a. galvanized steel 2. Plank grating shall be fabricated from galvanized steel. MWH-06262015 MISCELLANEOUS METALWORK B 10501278-FLOW CONTROL/SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT PAGE 05 50 00 - 4 ' �� , ' ' � ' , , � C. Standard-Duty Grating 1. No single piece of grating shall weigh more than 80 pounds, unless indicated otherwise. 2. Standard duty grating shall be composed of serrated bar grating. 3. Cross bars shall be welded or mechanically locked tightly into position such that there is no movement between the bearing and cross bars. D. Plank Grating 1. Plank grating shall be extruded in 6-inch widths with a minimum of 6 integral one- bar type bearing bars per plank. 2. The top surface shall be solid with raised ribs, unless indicated otherwise. 3. Where punched grating is required, the top surface shall be provided with a pattern of 3-inch by 19/32-inch rectangular openings spaced at 4 inches on-center. 4. The planks shall have a continuous tongue-and-groove type interlock at each side, except that interlocking planks shall be arranged such that any 4-foot wide section may be removed independently from the other grating sections. 2.4 HATCHES A. Where access hatches are mounted on a floor slab (including top slabs that are not covered with a roofing membrane) or on a concrete curb, the hatch shall be flush-type as .. • indicated. B. Hatches shall be fabricated from aluminum 5086 H34, 6063-T5 or 6061-T6, unless � otherwise indicated. C. Hatch hardware shall be fabricated from Type 316 stainless steel, and shall be of the ' g utter-type. D. The design live load shall be 300 psf, unless indicated otherwise. ' ' E. Configuration 1. Hatch opening sizes, number and swing direction of door leaves, and locations shall be as indicated. 2. Indicated sizes are for the clear opening. � 1 ' � , 3. Where .the number of leaves is not indicated, openings larger than 42 inches in either direction shall be provided with double-leaf doors. 4. Unless indicated otherwise, hinges shall be located on the longer dimension side. 5. Unless indicated otherwise, ladder hatches shall be a minimum of 30 inches wide by 36 inches long, with the ladder centered on the shorter dimension and the door hinge opposite the ladder. MWH-06262015 MISCELLANEOUS METALWORK 10501278-FLOW CONTROL/SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT PAGE 05 50 00 - 5 F. Door leaves shall be fabricated from a minimum of 1/4-inch thick checkered-pattern plate. G. Channel frames shall be fabricated from a minimum 1/4-inch material with an anchor flange around the perimeter. H. Hatches shall be provided with an automatic hold-open arm with release handle. Hatches shall be designed for easy opening from both inside and outside. J. Hatches shall be designed to be water-tight and shall be equipped with a joint gutter, a moat-type edge drain, and drain piping of the length and size necessary to remove the drain water from all dry spaces accessed by the hatch. K. A minimum 1-1/2 inch diameter drain connection shall be provided, located by the manufacturer. , � � � t ' L. Hatches shall be provided with a recessed hasp for a padlock covered by a hinged lid that is flush with the surFace. ' M. Hatches shall be Bilco Type J or JD, Babcock-Davis Type B-FGA, or equal. 2.5 IRON CASTINGS A. General 1 2 Iron castings shall be of uniform quality, free from blowholes, porosity, hard spots, shrinkage, distortion, or other defects. The castings shall be smooth and well cleaned by shot blasting. 3. Covers and grates shall fit together evenly, such that the cover fits flush with the surrounding finished surface and such that the cover does not rock or rattle when a loading is applied. 4. Round covers and frames shall be provided with machined bearing surfaces. � ' � e ' B. Covers and grates with matching frames shall be designed to support the following loadings: ' 1. Where located within a structure, the design loading shall match that required for the adjacent floor area, or, if no floor loading is indicated, a minimum of 300 pounds per square foot. 2. Exterior covers and grates shall be designed for AASHTO HS-20 loading unless indicated otherwise. 2.6 MANHOLE RUNGS A. Rungs shall meet ASTM C 478 - Precast Reinforced Concrete Manhole Sections and the following requirements: 1. Rungs shall be spaced not less than 10 inches apart nor more than 14 inches apart, as measured between centerlines of the rungs. ' �� � � MWH-06262015 MISCELLANEOUS METALWORK 10501278-FLOW CONTROL/SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT PAGE 05 50 00 - 6 8 r , ' 1 ' ' � � � ' , ' � LJ ' ' �� 1 , 2. Rungs shall be parallel, level, and uniformly spaced. 3. The rungs shall be shaped such that a person's foot cannot slide off the end of the rung. 4. Rungs shall be surfaced to prevent injury from punctures or lacerations, and to prevent snagging of clothing. 5. The minimum perpendicular clearance between rungs and any obstruction behind the ladder shall be 6 inches. 6. The minimum width of rungs shall be 14 inches. B. Submit certified test results in accordance with ASTM C 497 - Standard Test Methods for Concrete Pipe, Manhole Sections, or Tile, Section 10, for the following loads: 1. The horizontal pull-out load shall be 400 pounds. 2. The vertical load shall be 800 pounds. C. Material 1. Rungs shall be fabricated from co-polymer polypropylene that encapsulates a minimum 1/2-inch grade 60 steel reinforcing rod. 2. The co-polymer polypropylene shall meet ASTM D 4101, Type PP200B33430. 2.7 BOLTS AND ANCHORS A. Standard Service (Non-Corrosive Application) 1. Bolts, anchor rods, anchor bolts, washers, and nuts shall be fabricated from steel as indicated. : 2. Threads on galvanized bolts, rods and nuts shall be formed with suitable taps and dies such that they retain their normal clearance after hot-dip galvanizing. 3. Except as otherwise indicated, steel for bolt material, anchor rods, anchor bolts, and cap screws shall be in accordance with the following requirements: a. Structural Connections: ASTM A 307, Grade A or B, hot-dip galvanized b. Headed Anchor Rods and Anchor Bolts: ASTM F1554, Grade 36, hot-dip or mechanically galvanized with Grade A matching nuts c. High-Strength Bolts, where indicated: ASTM A 325 d. Pipe and Equipment Flange Bolts: ASTM A 193, Grade B-7 B. Corrosive Service 1. Bolts, anchor rods, anchor bolts, nuts, and washers in the locations listed below shall be fabricated from stainless steel as indicated. a. buried locations MWH-06262015 MISCELLANEOUS METALWORK 10501278-FLOW CONTROL/SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT PAGE 05 50 00 - 7 b. submerged locations c. locations subject to seasonal or occasional flooding d. inside hydraulic structures below the top of the structure e. inside buried vaults, manholes, and structures that do not drain through a gravity sewer or to a sump with a pump f. chemical handling areas g. inside trenches, containment walls, and curbed areas h. locations indicated or designated by the ENGINEER to be provided with stainless steel bolts C. Stainless steel bolts, nuts, anchor bolts, and washers shall be of Type 316 stainless steel, with bronze nuts, or cap screws (where screwed into stainless steel), of copper- silicon alloy, conforming to ASTM B 98, alloy C 65100, designation H04, or alloy C 65500, designation H04. Wherever stainless steel bolts and nuts are indicated, it shall refer to the above material combination, unless specifically excluded. D. Buried pipe flange bolts and nuts on pipe of Class 275 and greater shall be in accordance with ASTM A193/A194, Grade B7. E. Coating 1. Threads on stainless steel bolts and rods shall be protected with an antiseize lubricant suitable for submerged stainless steel bolts, meeting government specification MIL-A-907E. 2. Buried bolts in poorly drained soil shall be coated the same as the buried pipe. 3. Antiseize lubricant shall be classified as acceptable for potable water use by the NSF. 4. Antiseize lubricant shall be "PURE WHITE" by Anti-Seize Technology, Franklin Park, IL, 60131, AS-470 by Dixon Ticonderoga Company, Lakehurst, NJ, 08733, or equal. F. Bolt Requirements 1. The bolt and nut material shall be free-cutting steel. 2. The nuts shall be capable of developing the full strength of the bolts. 3. Threads shall be Coarse Thread Series conforming to the requirements of the American Standard for Screw Threads. 4. Bolts and cap screws shall have hexagon heads and nuts shall be Heavy Hexagon Series. MWH-06262015 MISCELLANEOUS METALWORK 10501278-FLOW CONTROUSEISMIC VALVE PROJECT PAGE 05 50 00 - 8 ' � 1 � , ' , � ' � � , C� ' C� � � u � �� 5. Bolts and nuts shall be installed with washers fabricated from material matching the base material of bolts, except that hardened washers for high-strength bolts shall conform to the requirements of the AISC Specification. 6. Lock washers fabricated from material matching the bolts shall be installed where indicated. 7. The length of each bolt shall be such that the bolt extends at least 1/8 inch beyond the outside face of the nut before tightening, except for anchor bolts which shall be flush with the face of the nut before tightening. G. Adhesive Anchors 1. General a. Unless otherwise indicated, drilled concrete or masonry anchors shall be adhesive anchors. b. No substitutions will be considered unless accompanied with a current ICC-ES or IAPMO-UES report verifying strength and material equivalency. 2. Epoxy Anchors a. Epoxy adhesive anchors are required for drilled anchors for outdoor installations, in submerged, wet, splash, overhead, and corrosive conditions, and for anchoring handrails and reinforcing bars. b. Epoxy shall be in accordance with the requirements of Section 03 60 00 — Grout. c. Threaded rod shall be galvanized for general purpose applications and fabricated from Type 316 stainless steel for use in corrosive applications. d. Epoxy anchors shall not be permitted in areas where the concrete temperature is in excess of 100 degrees F or higher than the limiting temperature recommended by the manufacturer, whichever is lower. e. Epoxy anchors shall not be used where anchors are subject to vibration or fire. f. Minimum substrate temperatures shall be maintained during the full curing period as required by the manufacturer. 3. Unless otherwise noted, threaded rod shall be galvanized steel. H. Non-Shrink Grouted Anchors 1. Grouted anchors, if indicated or permitted, shall be grouted with a non-shrink cementitious grout in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. 2. Non-shrink grout material shall be Class B or C in accordance with Section 03 60 00 - Grouting. PART 3 -- EXECUTION 3.1 FABRICATION AND INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS MWH-06262015 MISCELLANEOUS METALWORK 10501278-FLOW CONTROL/SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT PAGE 05 50 00 - 9 A. Fabrication and Erection: Except as otherwise indicated, the fabrication and erection of structural steel shall conform to the requirements of the American Institute of Steel Construction "Manual of Steel Construction." 3.2 WELDING A. Method 1. Welding shall be performed by the metal-arc method or gas-shielded arc method as described in the American Welding Society "Welding Handbook" as supplemented by other pertinent standards of the AWS. 2. The qualification of the welders shall be in accordance with the AWS Standards. B. Quality 2 3 4 5 1. In assembly and during welding, the component parts shall be adequately clamped, supported, and restrained in order to minimize distortion and for control of dimensions. Weld reinforcement shall be as indicated by the AWS Code. Upon completion of welding, remove weld splatter, flux, slag, and burrs left by attachments. Welds shall be repaired in order to produce a workmanlike appearance, with uniform weld contours and dimensions. Sharp corners of material that is to be painted or coated shall be ground to a minimum of 1/32 inch on the flat. 3.3 GALVANIZING A. Structural steel plates, shapes, bars, and fabricated assemblies required to be galvanized shall, after the steel has been thoroughly cleaned of rust and scale, be galvanized in accordance with the requirements of ASTM A 123. B. Any galvanized part that becomes warped during the galvanizing operation shall be straightened. C. Bolts, anchor rods, anchor bolts, nuts, and similar threaded fasteners, after being properly cleaned, shall be galvanized in accordance with the requirements of ASTM A 153. D. Field Repairs 1. Field repairs to damaged galvanizing shall be performed by preparing the surFace and applying a coating. 2. Surface preparation shall consist of removing oil, grease, soil, and soluble material by cleaning with water and detergent (SSPC SP1) followed by brush-off blast cleaning (SSPC SP7) over an area extending at least 4 inches into the undamaged area. MWH-06262015 MISCELLANEOUS METALWORK 10501278-FLOW CONTROL/SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT PAGE 05 50 00 - 10 � ' � ' ' 3. The coating shall be applied to at least 3 mils dry film thickness, and shall be Zinc- Clad XI by Sherwin-Williams, Galvax by Alvin Products, Galvite by ZRC Worldwide, or equal. 3.4 DRILLED ANCHORS A. Drilled anchors and reinforcing bars shall be installed in strict accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. B. Holes shall be roughened with a brush on a power drill, and then cleaned and dried. C. Drilled anchors shall not be installed until the concrete has reached the required 28-day compressive strength. D. Adhesive anchors shall not be loaded until the adhesive has reached its indicated , strength in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. E. Existing reinforcing steel in the vicinity of proposed holes shall be located prior to drilling. , The location of holes shall be adjusted to avoid drilling through or cutting any existing reinforcing bars. ' F. All abandoned drilled holes shall be filled with Epoxy Anchor Grout. - END OF SECTION — ' � � , , � ' �I ' ' MWH-06262015 MISCELLANEOUS METALWORK � 10501278-FLOW CONTROL/SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT PAGE 05 50 00 - 11 1 � � , � INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK ' , � , � � ' �� � ' 1 ' ' , MWH-06262015 MISCELLANEOUS METALWORK 10501278-FLOW CONTROL/SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT PAGE 05 50 00 - 12 8 � � , � � � ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' , 1 SECTION 099600 - PROTECTIVE COATING PART 1 -- GENERAL 1.1 THE REQUIREMENT A. The CONTRACTOR shall provide protective coatings, complete and in place, in accordance with the Contract Documents. L' C Definitions 1. The term "paint," "coatings," or "finishes" as used herein, shall include surface treatments, emulsions, enamels, paints, epoxy resins, and other protective coatings, excepting galvanizing or anodizing, whether used as a pretreatment, primer, intermediate coat, or finish coat. 2. The term "DFT" means minimum dry film thickness, without any negative tolerance. The following surfaces shall not be coated: 1. Concrete, unless required by items on the concrete coating schedule below or the Drawings. 2. Stainless steel 3. Machined surfaces 4. Grease fittings 5. Glass 6. Equipment nameplates 7. Platform gratings, stair treads, door thresholds, and other walk surfaces, unless specifically indicated to be coated. 8. Platform gratings, stair treads, door thresholds, and other walk surfaces, unless specifically indicated to be coated. D. The coating system schedules summarize the surfaces to be coated, the required surFace preparation, and the coating systems to be applied. Coating notes on the Drawings are used to show or extend the limits of coating schedules, to show exceptions to the schedules, or to clarify or show details for application of the coating systems. 1.2 CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS A. Furnish submittals in accordance with Section 01 33 00 - Contractor Submittals. B. Submittals shall include the following information and be submitted at least 30 Days prior to commencing protective coating WORK: MWH - 06262015 PROTECTIVE COATING 10501278-FLOW CONTROL AND SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT PAGE 09 96 00 - 1 1. Materials List: Eight copies of a coating materials list showing the manufacturer and the product number, keyed to the coating systems herein. The list shall be submitted prior to or at the time of submitting samples. 2. Manufacturer's Information: For each coating system to be used, the following data: a. Manufacturer's data sheet for each product proposed, including statements on the suitability of the material for the intended use. b. Technical and performance information that demonstrates compliance with the system performance and material requirements. c. Paint manufacturer's instructions and recommendations on surface preparation and application. d. Colors available for each product (where applicable). e. Compatibility of shop and field applied coatings (where applicable). f. Material Safety Data Sheet for each product proposed. C. Samples 1. Samples of paint, finishes, and other coating materials shall be submitted on 8-1/2 inch by 11-inch sheet metal. Each sheet shall be completely coated over its entire surface with one protective coating material, type, and color. 2. Two sets of color samples to match each color selected by the ENGINEER from the manufacturer's standard color sheets. If custom mixed colors are indicated, the color samples shall be made using color formulations prepared to match the color samples furnished by the ENGINEER. The color formula shall be shown on the back of each color sample. 3. One 5 pound sample of each abrasive proposed to be used for surface preparation for submerged and severe service coating systems. 1.3 SPECIAL CORRECTION OF DEFECTS REQUIREMENTS A. Inspection: An inspection may be conducted during the eleventh month following completion of coating WORK. The CONTRACTOR and a representative of the coating material manufacturer shall attend this inspection. Defective WORK shall be repaired in accordance with these specifications and to the satisfaction of the OWNER. The OWNER may, by written notice to the CONTRACTOR, reschedule the inspection to another date within the one year correction period or may cancel the inspection altogether. The CONTRACTOR is not relieved of its responsibilities to correct defects, whether or not the inspection is conducted. MW H - 06262015 10501278-FLOW CONTROL AND SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT PROTECTIVE COATING , PAGE 09 96 00 - 2 � � ' , ' ' ' ' � � 1 PART 2 -- PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL A. Suitability: The CONTRACTOR shall use suitable coating materials as recommended by the manufacturer. Materials shall comply with Volatile Organic Compound (VOC) limits applicable at the Site. B. Material Sources: Where manufacturers and product numbers are listed, it is to show the type and quality of coatings that are required. If a named product does not comply with VOC limits in effect at the time of Bid opening, that product will not be accepted, and the CONTRACTOR shall propose a substitution product of equal quality that does comply. Proposed substitute materials will be considered as indicated below. Coating materials shall be materials that have a record of satisfactory performance in industrial plants, manufacturing facilities, and water and wastewater treatment plants. C. Compatibility: In any coating system only compatible materials from a single manufacturer shall be used in the WORK. Particular attention shall be directed to compatibility of primers and finish coats. If necessary, a barrier coat shall be applied between existing prime coat and subsequent field coats to ensure compatibility. D. Containers: Coating materials shall be sealed in containers that plainly show the designated name, formula or specification number, batch number, color, date of manufacture, and name of manufacturer, all of which shall be plainly legible at the time of use. E. Colors: Colors��and shades of colors of coatings shall be as indicated or selected by the ENGINEER. Each coat shall be of a slightly different shade to facilitate inspection of surFace coverage of each coat. Finish colors shall be as selected from the manufacturer's standard color samples by the ENGINEER. � F. Substitute or "Or-Equal" Products � � � � ' � ' To establish equality under Section 016000 - Products, Materials, Equipment and Substitutions, the CONTRACTOR shall furnish satisfactory documentation from the manufacturer of the proposed substitute or "or- equal" product that the material meets the indicated requirements and is equivalent or better in the following properties: a. Quality b. Durability c. Resistance to abrasion and physical damage d. Life expectancy e. Ability to recoat in future f. Solids content by volume g. Dry film thickness per coat h. Compatibility with other coatings MWH - 06262015 PROTECTIVE COATING 10501278-FLOW CONTROL AND SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT PAGE 09 96 00 - 3 � i. Suitability for the intended service j. Resistance to chemical attack k. Temperature limitations during application and in service I. Type and quality of recommended undercoats and topcoats m. Ease of application n. Ease of repairing damaged areas o. Stability of colors 2. Protective coating materials shall be standard products produced by recognized manufacturers who are regularly engaged in production of such materials for essentially identical service conditions. When requested, the CONTRACTOR shall provide the ENGINEER with the names of not less than 10 successful applications of the proposed manufacturer's products that comply with these requirements. 3. If a proposed substitution requires changes in the WORK, the CONTRACTOR shall bear such costs involved as part of the WORK. 2.2 INDUSTRIAL COATING SYSTEMS A. B. C, D, E. System 1 — (Not Used) System 2 - (Not Used) System 3 - (Not Used) System 3 (VOC-Limited) - (Not Used) System 4 - Epoxy/Polyurethane 1. Materials Primer type rust-inhibitive, 2 component epoxy VOC Content, max 285 g/L Finish type 2 component aliphatic polyurethane VOC Content, max 300 g/L Demonstrated suitable for ferrous surfaces, superior color and gloss retention, exceptional resistance to weathering, chemical fumes, and splash MWH - 06262015 PROTECTIVE COATING 10501278-FLOW CONTROL AND SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT PAGE 09 96 00 - 4 � 1 ' ' , ' 1 ' ' 1 � , 1 , ' ' ' ' ' F. G H. I. J. K. 2. Application and manufacturers Surface Preparation Prime Coat Finish Coat Total System (DFT = 3- 5 mils) (DFT = 3- 4 DFT mils) Ameron Ameron SSPC SP6 Amerlock 400/2 Amershield 6- 9 mils System 4 (VOC-Limited) - (Not Used) System 5 - (Not Used) System 5 (VOC-Limited) - (Not Used) System 6 - (Not Used) System 7 — (Not Used) System 8 - Epoxy, Equipment 1. Materials Primer Type 2 component epoxy, recoatable up to one year Demonstrated suitable for Rust inhibitive, outstanding chemical, abrasion, and weathering resistance, resistance to splash, wash- down, and condensation. Immersion capability is not required VOC content, max 330 Finish Type 2 component epoxy, available in many colors Demonstrated suitable for Outstanding chemical, abrasion, and weathering resistance, resistance to splash, wash- down, and condensation. Immersion capability is not required VOC content, max 330 MWH - 06262015 PROTECTIVE COATING 10501278-FLOW CONTROL AND SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT PAGE 09 96 00 - 5 2. Application and manufacturers L M N O P Q Surface Prime Coat Finish Coat Total Preparation (DFT = 4 to 6 mils) (DFT = 3 to 4 mils) System DFT SSPC SP6 Ameron 400 Ameron 400 7 to 10 Tnemec N69 Tnemec N69 mils Devoe Devran 224HS Devran 224HS Carboline Carboguard Carboguard 888 888 System 8 (VOC-Limited) - (Not Used) System 9 - (Not Used) System 9 (VOC-Limited) - (Not Used) System 10 - (Not Used) System 11 - (Not Used) System 12 — Polyurethane, Fiber Glass 1. Materials Primer Type as recommended by manufacturer Finish Type 2 component aliphatic polyurethane Demonstrated suitable for Fiberglass, superior color and gloss retention, resistance to acid and alkali splash, fumes, and severe weathering, no immersion VOC content, g/L max 300 2. Application and manufacturers Surface Prime Coat Finish Coats Total Preparation (3 to 4mils) (4 to 6 mils) System DFT SSPC SP1 Ameron Amerlock Ameron 400 Amershield MWH - 06262015 PROTECTIVE COATING 10501278-FLOW CONTROL AND SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT PAGE 09 96 00 - 6 ' � ' � ' ' ' � � � ' � ' � ' ' ' � ' Tnemec Epoxoline Tnemec 7 to 10 mils Series N69 Endura-Shield Series 1075 (2 coats Carboline Carbothane 134 Carbocrylic 120 (2 HG (2 coats) coats) R. System 12 (VOC-Limited) - (Not Used) 2.3 SUBMERGED AND SEVERE SERVICE COATING SYSTEMS A. System 100 - Amine Cure Epoxy 1. Material Type high build, amine cure epoxy VOC content, g/L max 220 Demonstrated suitable for steel, long term immersion in water and wastewater, resistant to corrosion, chemical fumes, good color retention Certification NSF 61 if in contact with potable water 2. Application and manufacturers SurFace Products Total System DFT Preparation (3 coats or more) Ameron Amercoat 395 FD 15 to 17 mils SSPC SP10 Carboline Carboguard 891 For non-submerged valves and other Devoe Bar-Rust 233H equipment, DFT = 10 to 12 mils B. System 101 - (Not used) C. System 102 - Polyamide Epoxy 1. Materials Type high build polyamide cure epoxy VOC content, max, g/L 366 MWH - 06262015 PROTECTIVE COATING 10501278-FLOW CONTROL AND SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT PAGE 09 96 00 - 7 Demonstrated suitable for long term immersion in water and wastewater, resistant to corrosion and chemical fumes, good color retention Certification NSF 61 if in contact with potable water 2. Application and manufacturers Surface Preparation Products Total System (3 coats or more) DFT Ameron Amercoat 370 SSPC SP10 Tnemec Pota-Pox Series 20 11 - 13 mils Carboline Carboguard 561 D. E. F. G. H. I . System 102 (VOC-Limited) - (Not Used) System 103 - (Not Used) System 104 - (Not Used) System 105 - (Not Used) System 105 (VOC-Limited) - (Not Used) System 106 - Fusion Bond Epoxy 1. Material Type 100 percent solids fusion bond epoxy Demonstrated suitable fluidized bed or electrostatic spray for application, recommended for pumps, valves, pipe appurtenances, tanks, pipe hangers, flow meters, and hydrants Certification requirement NSF 61 2. Application in accordance with AWWA C213 and the following: Surface Preparation Product Surface and DFT SSPC SP10 3M Scotchkote Valves 12-mils 134 or 206N Afl others 16-mils MWH - 06262015 PROTECTIVE COATING 10501278-FLOW CONTROL AND SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT PAGE 09 96 00 - 8 J. System 107 - (Not Used) K. System 108 - (Not Used) L. System.109 - (Not Used) M. System 110 - (Not Used) N. System 111 - (Not Used) 2.4 SPECIAL COATING SYSTEMS A. System 200 - PVC Tape: Prior to wrapping the pipe with PVC tape, the pipe and fittings first shall be primed using a primer recommended by the PVC tape manufacturer. After being primed, the pipe shall be wrapped with a 20-mil adhesive PVC tape, half-lapped, to a total thickness of 40 mils. B. System 201 - (Not Used) C. System 202 - (Not used) D. System 203 - (Not Used) E. System 204 - (Not Used) F. System 205 - Polyethylene Encasement: Application of polyethylene encasement shall be in accordance with ANSI/AWWA C105 using Method C. G. System 206 - (Not Used) H. System 207 - (Not Used) I. System 208 - Aluminum Metal Isolation 1. Material Type high build polyamide epoxy with chemical and abrasion resistance Demonstrated suitable for concrete and aluminum substrates, to isolate aluminum from contact with concrete and the resulting chemical degradation VOC content, max 250 2. Application and manufacturers MWH - 06262015 PROTECTIVE COATING 10501278-FLOW CONTROL AND SElSMIC VALVE PROJECT PAGE 09 96 00 - 9 Surface Preparation Coating (DFT = 16 - 20 mils) Ameron Amercoat 351 SSPC SP1 Sherwin Wiliams Macropoxy 646 Tnemec Epoxoline 80 J � System 209 - (Not Used) System 210 - (Not Used) PART 3 -- EXECUTION 3.1 MANUFACTURER'S SERVICES A. The CONTRACTOR shall require the protective coating manufacturer to furnish a qualified technical representative to visit the Site for technical support as may be necessary to resolve field problems. 3.2 WORKMANSHIP A. Skilied craftsmen and experienced supervision shall be used on coating WORK. B. Coating shall be done in a workmanlike manner so as to produce an even film of uniform thickness. Edges, corners, crevices, and joints shall receive special attention to insure thorough surface preparation. The finished surFaces shall be free from runs, drops, ridges, waves, {aps, brush marks, and variations in color, texture, and finish. The hiding shall be so complete that the addition of another coat would not increase the hiding. Special attention shall be given so that edges, corners, crevices, welds, and similar �areas receive a film thickness equivalent to adjacent areas, and installations shall be protected by the use of drop cloths or other precautionary measures. C. Damage to other surfaces resulting from the WORK shall be cleaned, repaired, and ' refinished to original condition. 3.3 STORAGE, MIXING, AND THINNING OF MATERIALS A. Manufacturer's Recommendations: Unless otherwise indicated, the coating manufacturer's printed recommendations and instructions for thinning, mixing, handling, applying, and protecting its coating materials, for preparation of surfaces for coating, and for other procedures relative to coating shall be strictly observed. B. Coating materials shall be used within the manufacturer's recommended shelf life. C. Storage and Mixing: Coating materials shall be stored under the conditions recommended by the Product Data Sheets, and shall be thoroughly stirred, strained, and kept at a uniform consistency during application. Coatings from different manufacturers shall not be mixed together. MWH - 06262015 10501278-FLOW CONTROL AND SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT ' �� � ' PROTECTIVE COATING � PAG E 09 96 00 - 10 � 1 � 1 3.4 PREPARATION FOR COATING A. General: Surfaces to receive protective coatings shall be prepared as indicated prior to application of coatings. The CONTRACTOR shall examine surfaces to be coated and shall correct surface defects before application of any coating material. Marred or abraded spots on shop-primed and on factory-finished surFaces shall receive touch-up restoration prior to any field coating application. Surfaces to be coated shall be dry and free of visible dust. , B. Protection of Surfaces Not to be Coated: Surfaces that are not to receive protective coatings shall be protected during surface preparation, cleaning, and coating operations. � � I 1 � C. Hardware, lighting fixtures, switchplates, machined surfaces, couplings, shafts, bearings, nameplates on machinery, and other surfaces not to be painted shall be removed, masked, or otherwise protected. Drop cloths shall be provided to prevent coating materials from falling on or marring adjacent surfaces. The working parts of inechanical and electrical equipment shall be protected from damage during surface preparation and coating operations. Openings in motors shall be masked to prevent entry of coating or other materials. D. Care shall be exercised not to damage adjacent WORK during blasting operations. Spraying shall be conducted under carefully controlled conditions. The CONTRACTOR shall be fully responsible for and shall promptly repair any and all damage to adjacent WORK or adjoining property occurring from blasting or coating operations. � E. Protection of Painted Surfaces: Cleaning and coating shall be coordinated so that dust and other contaminants from the preparation process will not fall on wet, newly- coated surFaces. ' 3.5 SURFACE PREPARATION STANDARDS 1 A. The following referenced surface preparation specifications of the Steel Structures Painting Council shall form a part of this specification: , , Solvent Cleaning (SSPC SP1): Removal of oil, grease, soil, salts, and other soluble contaminants by cleaning with solvent, vapor, alkali, emulsion, or steam. 2. Hand Tool Cleaning (SSPC SP2): Removal of loose rust, loose mill scale, loose paint, and other loose detrimental foreign matter, by hand chipping, scraping, sanding, and wire brushing. ' 3. Power Tool Cleaning (SSPC SP3): Removal of loose rust, loose mill scale, loose paint, and other loose detrimental foreign matter, by power tool chipping, descaling, sanding, wire brushing, and grinding. ' ' ' 4. White Metal Blast Cleaning (SSPC SP5): Removal of all visible rust, oil, grease, soil, dust, mill scale, paint, oxides, corrosion products and foreign matter by blast cleaning. 5. Commercial Blast Cleaning (SSPC SP6): Removal of all visible oil, grease, soil, dust, mill scale, rust, paint, oxides, corrosion products, and other foreign matter, except that staining shall be limited to no more than 33 percent of each square inch of surface area. � MW H - 06262015 10501278-FLOW CONTROL AND SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT PROTECTIVE COATING PAG E 09 96 00 - 11 ' 6. Brush-Off Blast Cleaning (SSPC SP7): Removal of all visible oil, grease, soil, dust, loose mill scale, loose rust, and loose paint. 7. Near-White Blast Cleaning (SSPC SP10): Removal of all visible oil, grease, soil, dust, mill scale, rust, paint, oxides, corrosion products, and other foreign matter, except that staining shall be limited to no more than 5 percent of each square inch of surface area. 8. Surface Preparation of Concrete (SSPC-SP13): Removal of protrusions, laitance and efflorescence, existing coatings, form-release agents, and surface contamination by detergent or steam cleaning, abrasive blasting, water jetting, or impact or power tool methods as appropriate for the condition of the surface and the requirements of the coating system. 3.6 FERROUS METAL SURFACE PREPARATION (UNGALVANIZED) A. SurFace salts shall be removed by washing with potable water and Chlor*Rid, followed by rinsing with potable water. Repeat the wash/rinse cycle until surface chloride salts are reduced to less than 7 micrograms per square centimeter. B. The minimum abrasive blasting surface preparation shall be as indicated in the coating system schedules included at the end of this Section. Where there is a conflict between these requirements and the coating manufacturer's printed recommendations for the intended service, the higher degree of cleaning shall apply. C. Workmanship for metal surface preparation shall be in conformance with the current SSPC Standards and this Section. Blast-cleaned surfaces shall match the standard samples available from the National Association of Corrosion Engineers, NACE Standard TM-01-70 - Visual Standard for SurFaces of New Steel Airblast Cleaned with Sand Abrasive and TM-01-75 - Visual Standard for Surfaces of New Steel Centrifugally Blast Cleaned with Steel Grit. C C Oil, grease, welding fluxes, and other surface contaminants shall be removed by solvent cleaning per SSPC SP1 - Solvent Cleaning prior to blast cleaning. Sharp edges shall be rounded or chamfered, and burrs and surface defects and weld splatter shall be ground smooth prior to blast cleaning. F. The type and size of abrasive shall be selected to produce a surFace profile that meets the coating manufacturer's recommendation for the particular product and service conditions. Abrasives for submerged and severe service coating systems shall be clean, hard, sharp cutting crushed slag. Automated blasting systems shall not be used for surFaces that will be in submerged service. Metal shot or grit shall not be used for surfaces that will be in submerged service, even if subsequent abrasive blasting will use hard, sharp cutting crushed slag. G. Abrasive shall not be reused unless an automated blasting system is used for surFaces that will be in non-submerged service. For automated blasting systems, clean oil-free abrasives shall be maintained. The abrasive mix shall include at least 50 percent grit. H. The CONTRACTOR shall comply with the applicable federal, state, and local air pollution control regulations for blast cleaning. MWH - 06262015 PROTECTIVE COATING 10501278-FLOW CONTROL AND SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT PAGE 09 96 00 - 12 � i. � J. � K. � ' ' ' , � � L Compressed air for air blast cleaning shall be supplied at adequate pressure from well- maintained compressors equipped with oil and moisture separators that remove at least 95 percent of the contaminants. Surfaces shalf be cleaned of dust and residual particles of the cleaning operation by dry air blast cleaning, vacuuming, or another approved method prior to painting. Enclosed areas and other areas where dust settling is a problem shall be vacuum- cleaned and wiped with a tack cloth. Damaged or defective coating shall be removed by the blast cleaning to meet the clean surface requirements before recoating. M. If the required abrasive btast cleaning will damage adjacent WORK, the area to be cleaned is less than 100 square feet, and the coated surface will not be submerged in service, then SSPC SP2 or SSPC SP3 may be used. N. Shop-applied coatings of unknown composition shall be completely removed before the indicated coatings are applied. Valves, castings, ductile or cast iron pipe, and fabricated pipe or equipment shall be examined for the presence of shop-applied temporary coatings. Temporary coatings shall be completely removed by solvent cleaning per SSPC SP1 before the abrasive blast cleaning has been started. O. Shop primed equipment shall be solvent-cleaned in the field before finish coats are applied. 3.7 FERROUS METAL SURFACE PREPARATION (GALVANIZED) A. Galvanized ferrous metal shall be alkaline cleaned per SSPC SP1 to remove oil, grease, and other contaminants detrimental to adhesion of the protective coating system, followed by brush off blast cleaning per SSPC SP7. ' B. Pretreatment coatings of surfaces shall be in accordance with the printed recommendations of the coating manufacturer. ' ' � � 1 � � ' 3.8 SURFACE PREPARATION OF FERROUS SURFACES WITH EXISTING COATINGS, EXCLUDING STEEL RESERVOIR INTERIORS A. General: Grease, oil, heavy chalk, dirt, or other contaminants shall be removed by solvent or detergent cleaning prior to abrasive blast cleaning. The generic type of the existing coatings shall be determined by laboratory testing. B. Abrasive Blast Cleaning: The CONTRACTOR shall provide the degree of cteaning indicated in the coating system schedule for the entire surtace to be coated. If the degree of cleaning is not indicated in the schedule, deteriorated coatings shall be removed by abrasive blast cleaning to SSPC SP6. Areas of tightly adhering coatings shall be cleaned to SSPC SP7, with the remaining thickness of existing coating not to exceed 3-mils. C. Incompatible Coatings: If coatings to be applied are not compatible with existing coatings the CONTRACTOR shall apply intermediate coatings per the manufacturer's recommendation for the indicated coating system or shall completely remove the existing coating prior to abrasive blast cleaning. A small trial application shall be conducted for compatibility prior to painting large areas. MWH - 06262015 PROTECTIVE COATING 10501278-FLOW CONTROL AND SEISMlC VALVE PROJECT PAGE 09 96 00 - 13 � D. Unknown Coatings: Coatings of unknown composition shall be completely removed prior to application of new coatings. E. Water Abrasive or Wet Abrasive Blast Cleaning: Where indicated or where Site conditions do not permit dry abrasive blasting for industrial coating systems due to dust or air pollution considerations, water abrasive blasting or wet abrasive blasting may be used. In both methods, paint-compatible corrosion inhibitors shall be used, and coating application shall begin as soon as the surfaces are dry. Water abrasive blasting shall be done using high pressure water with sand injection. In both methods, the equipment used shall be commercially produced equipment with a successful service record. Wet blasting methods shall not be used for submerged or severe service coating systems unless indicated. 3.9 PLASTIC, FIBER GLASS AND NONFERROUS METALS SURFACE PREPARATION � � Plastic and fiber glass surfaces shall be sanded or brush off blast cleaned prior to solvent cleaning with a chemical compatible with the coating system primer. Non-ferrous metal surfaces shall be solvent-cleaned SSPC SP1 followed by sanding or brush-off blast cleaning SSPC SP7. C. Surfaces shall be clean and dry prior to coating application. 3.10 SHOP COATING REQUIREMENTS A. Unless otherwise indicated, items of equipment or parts of equipment which are not submerged in service shall be shop-primed and then finish-coated in the field after installation with the indicated or selected color. The methods, materials, application equipment, and other details of shop painting shall comply with this Section. If the shop primer requires topcoating within a specific period of time, the equipment shall be finish- coated in the shop and then be touched up after installation. B. Items of equipment or parts and surfaces of equipment which are submerged or inside an enclosed hydraulic structure when in service, with the exception of pumps and valves, shall have surface preparation and coating performed in the field. C. For certain pieces of equipment it may be undesirable or impractical to apply finish coatings in the field. Such equipment may include engine generator sets, equipment such as electrical control panels, switchgear or main control boards, submerged parts of pumps, ferrous metal passages in valves, or other items where it is not possible to obtain the indicated quality in the field. Such equipment shall be primed and finish- coated in the shop and touched up in the field with the identical material after installation. The CONTRACTOR shall require the manufacturer of each such piece of equipment to certify as part of its Shop Drawings that the surface preparation is in accordance with these specifications. The coating material data sheet shall be submitted with the Shop Drawings for the equipment. D. For certain small pieces of equipment the manufacturer may have a standard coating system that is suitable for the intended service conditions. In such cases, the final determination of suitabifity will be made during review of the Shop Drawing submittals. Equipment of this type generally includes only indoor equipment such as instruments, small compressors, and chemical metering pumps. MW H - 06262015 10501278-FLOW CONTROL AND SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT PROTECTIVE COATING � PAG E 09 96 00 - 14 � ' ' E. Shop-painted surfaces shall be protected during shipment and handling by suitable provisions including padding, blocking, and the use of canvas or nylon slings. Primed surfaces shall not be exposed to the weather for more than 2 months before being topcoated, or less time if recommended by the coating manufacturer. ' F. Damage to shop-applied coatings shall be repaired in accordance with this Section and the coating manufacturer's printed instructions. � ' , ' G. The CONTRACTOR shall make certain that the shop primers and field topcoats are compatible and meet the requirements of this Section. Copies of applicable coating manufacturer's data sheets shall be submitted with equipment Shop Drawings. 3.11 APPLICATION OF COATINGS A. � ' C. Blast cleaned ferrous metal surfaces shall be painted before any rusting or other deterioration of the surface occurs. Blast cleaning shall be limited to only those surfaces that can be coated in the same day. ' D. Coatings shall be applied in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and recommendations and this Section, whichever has the most stringent requirements. . � E. Special attention shall be given to edges, angles, weld seams, flanges, nuts and bolts, _. and other places where insufficient film thicknesses are likely to occur. Use stripe painting with a brush in these areas. � ' , , , ' , ' � F. Special attention shall be given to materials that will be joined so closely that proper surface preparation and application are not possible. Such contact surFaces shall be coated prior to assembly or installation. G. H. The application of protective coatings to steel substrates shall be in accordance with SSPC PA1 - Paint Application Specification No. 1. Cleaned surfaces and each coat shall be inspected prior to applying each succeeding coat. The CONTRACTOR shall schedule such inspection with the ENGINEER in advance. Finish coats, including touch-up and damage repair coats shall be applied in a manner that will present a uniform texture and color matched appearance. Coatings shall not be applied under the following conditions: 1 2 3 4 Temperatures exceeding the manufacturer's recommended maximum and minimum allowable. Concrete surfaces will be in direct sunlight during application or within 3 hours after application. Dust or smoke laden atmosphere. Damp or humid weather. 5. Substrate or air temperature is less than 5 degrees F above the dewpoint. MWH - 06262015 PROTECTIVE COATING 10501278-FLOW CONTROL AND SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT PAGE 09 96 00 - 15 6. Air temperature is expected to drop below 40 degrees F or less than 5 degrees F above the dewpoint within 8 hours after application of coating. J. K. 7. Wind conditions are not calm. Dewpoint shall be determined by use of a sling psychrometer in conjunction with U.S. Dept. of Commerce, Weather Bureau psychometric tables. Unburied steel piping shall be abrasive blast cleaned and primed before installation. Finish coats shall be applied after concrete, masonry, and equipment installation is complete, and the working areas are clean and dust free. 3.12 CURING OF COATINGS A. The CONTRACTOR shall maintain curing conditions in accordance with the conditions recommended by the coating material manufacturer or by this Section, whichever is the most stringent, prior to placing the completed coating system into service. ' � ' � ' L� B. In the case of enclosed areas, forced air ventilation, using heated air if necessary, may ' be required until the coatings have fully cured. 3.13 SHOP AND FIELD INSPECTION AND TESTING A. General: The CONTRACTOR shall give the ENGINEER a minimum of 3 Days advance notice of the start of any field surface preparation or coating application, and a minimum of 7 Days advance notice of the start of any surface preparation activity in the shop. � �I ,_, B. Such WORK shall be performed only in the presence of the ENGINEER, unless the � ENGINEER has granted prior approval to perform such WORK in its absence. C. lnspection by the ENGINEER, or the waiver of inspection of any particular portion of the WORK, shall not relieve the CONTRACTOR of its responsibility to perform the WORK in accordance with these Specifications. D. Scaffolding shall be erected and moved to locations where requested by the ENGINEER to facilitate inspection. Additional illumination shall be furnished on areas to be inspected. E. Inspection Devices: The CONTRACTOR shall furnish inspection devices in good working condition for the detection of holidays and measurement of dry film thicknesses of coatings. Dry-film thickness gauges shall be made available for the ENGINEER's use while coating is being done, until final acceptance of such coatings. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish the services of a trained operator of the holiday detection devices until the final acceptance of such coatings. Holiday detection devices shall be operated only in the presence of the ENGINEER. F. Holiday Testing: The CONTRACTOR shall test for continuity all coated ferrous surFaces inside a steel reservoir, other surfaces that will be submerged in water or other liquids, surfaces that are enclosed in a vapor space in such structures, and surFaces coated with any of the submerged and severe service coating systems. Areas that contain discontinuities shall be marked and repaired or recoated in accordance with the coating manufacturers printed instructions and then be retested. MWH - 06262015 10501278-FLOW CONTROL AND SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT n �' �I � ' � ��I � PROTECTIVE COATING � PAGE 09 96 00 - 16 � � , ' � 1 ' � , Coatings with thickness exceeding 20-mils total DFT: Pulse-type holiday detector such as Tinker 8� Rasor Model AP-W, D.E. Stearns Co. Model 14/20, or equal shall be used. The unit shall be adjusted to operate at the voltage required to cause a spark jump across an air gap equal to twice the required coating thickness. 2. Coatings with thickness of 20-mils or less total DFT: Tinker & Rasor Model M1 non- destructive type holiday detector, K-D Bird Dog, or equal shall be used. The unit shall operate at less than 75 volts. For thicknesses befinreen 10- and 20-mils, a non-sudsing type wetting agent, such as Kodak Photo-Flo or equal, shall be added to the water prior to wetting the detector sponge. G. Film Thickness Testing: On ferrous metals, the dry film coating thickness shall be measured in accordance with the SSPC Paint Application Specification No. 2 using a magnetic type dry film thickness gauge such as Mikrotest Model FM, Elcometer Model 111/1 EZ, or equal. Each coat shall be tested for the correct thickness. No measurements shall be made until at least 8 hours after application of the coating. On non-ferrous metals and other substrates, the coating thicknesses shall be measured at the time of application using a wet film gauge. H. Surface Preparation: Evaluation of blast cleaned surface preparation will be based upon , comparison of the blasted surfaces with the standard samples available from NACE, using NACE standards TM-01-70 and TM-01-75. , � , � ' 1 , ' ' ' �' MWH - 06262015 PROTECTIVE COATING 10501278-FLOW CONTROL AND SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT PAGE 09 96 00 - 17 I. Coating System Schedule, Ferrous Metal - Not Galvanized Item SurFace Prep. System No. FM-1 All surfaces indoors and outdoors, exposed Commercial blast cleaning �4) epoxy/ polyurethane or covered, except those included below. SSPC SP6 FM-6 Buried small steel pipe. Removal of dirt, grease, oil (200) PVC tape FM-7 Where indicated, ferrous surfaces in water White metal blast cleaning �102) polyamide epoxy passages of all valves 2-inch size and larger, SSPC SP5 exterior surFaces of submerged valves. FM-9 Ferrous surFaces of sleeve couplings. Solvent cleaning SSPC SP1, (106) fusion bond epoxy followed by white metal blast cleaning SSPC-SP10 FM-10 All ferrous surfaces of sluice gates, flap White metal blast cleaning �102) polyamide epoxy gates, and shear gates, including wall SSPC SP5 thimbles. FM-11 Buried surfaces that are not indicated to be Near white metal blast cleaning �100) amine cure epoxy coated elsewhere. SSPC SP10 FM-16 Surfaces of indoor equipment, not Commercial blast cleaning �$) epoxy, equipment submerged SSPC SP6 FM-19 Buried pipe couplings, valves, and flanged As specified by reference �205) polyethylene encasement joints (where piping is ductile or cast iron, not specification tape-coated), including factory-coated surfaces. J. Coating System Schedule, Ferrous Metal - Galvanized: Pretreatment coatings, barrier coatings, or washes shall be applied as recommended by the coating manufacturer. All galvanized surfaces shall be coated except for the following items which shall be coated only if required by other Sections: (1) Floor gratings and frames, (2) Chain link fencing and appurtenances. MWH - 06262015 PROTECTIVE COATING 10501278-FLOW CONTROL AND SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT PAGE 09 96 00 - 18 m � � � _ � � � � �D � �i i� � � � � � � � � � � _ � � � � � � � � _ _ � � � � Item Surface Prep. System No. FMG-1 All exposed surfaces indoors and outdoors, Solvent cleaning SSPC SP1 (4) epoxy/ polyurethane except those included below. FMG-3 Buried small steel pipe. Removal of dirt, grease, oil (200) PVC tape FMG-4 Surfaces buried or submerged in water or Solvent cleaning SSPC SP1 �100) amine cure epoxy wastewater, including all surfaces lower than followed by brush-off grade two feet above high water level and all blast cleaning SSPC SP7 surfaces inside enclosed hydraulic structures and vents. 3.14 COATING SYSTEM SCHEDULE, NON-FERROUS METAL, PLASTIC, FIBER GLASS A. Where isolated non-ferrous parts are associated with equipment or piping, the CONTRACTOR shall use the coating system for the adjacent connected surfaces. Do not coat handrails, gratings, frames or hatches. Only primers recommended by the coating manufacturer shall be used. Item Surface Prep. System No. NFS-1 All exposed surfaces, indoors and outdoors, except Solvent cleaned SSPC SP1 (4) epoxy/polyurethane those included below. NFS-3 Aluminum surfaces in contact with concrete, or with Solvent cleaned SSPC SP1 (208) aluminum metal any other metal except galvanized ferrous metal. isolation NFS-5 Fiber glass surfaces. Per paragraph 3.10 (12) polyurethane, fiber glass NFS-6 Buried non-ferrous metal pipe. Removal of dirt, grease, oil (200) PVC tape - END OF SECTION — MWH - 06262015 10501278-FLOW CONTROL AND SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT -- �=: PROTECTIVE COATING PAGE 09 96 00 - 19 INTENTIONALLY LE�T BLANK MWH - 06262015 10501278-FLOW CONTROL AND SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT PROTECTIVE COATING PAGE 09 96 00 - 20 m I� � � _ B � � � � � � - _ � � � � � � � �J , B. The provisions of this Section shall apply to all Sections in Division 26, except as otherwise indicated. � C. The WORK of this Section is required for operation of electrically-driven equipment provided under Specifications in other Divisions. ' D. The CONTRACTOR'S attention is directed to the requirement for proper coordination of the WORK of this Section with the WORK of equipment Specifications, the WORK of instrumentation Sections, and the WORK of Section 260510 — Electric Motors. ' ' SECTION 260000 — ELECTRICAL WORK, GENERAL PART 1 -- GENERAL 1.1 THE REQUIREMENT A. Provide the electrical WORK, complete and operable, as indicated in accordance with the Contract Documents. E. Concrete, excavation, backfill, and steel reinforcement required for encasement, installation, or construction of the WORK of the various Sections of Division 26 is included as a part of the WORK under the respective Sections, including duct banks, manholes, handholes, equipment housekeeping pads, and light pole bases. F. Equipment supports and foundations shall be in conformance with the requirements of ' Section 460100 — Equipment General Provisions. � 1.2 REFERENCE STANDARDS NEC (NFPA 70) NETA NEMA 250 WAC 296-46B National Electrical Code � 1 International Electrical Testing Association Enclosure for Electrical Equipment (1000 Volts Maximum) Electrical Safety Standards, Administration and Installation , A. Electrical equipment shall be listed by and shall bear the label of Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. (UL) or an Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory (NRTL) acceptable to the local code enforcement agency having jurisdiction. ' B. Installation of electrical equipment and materials shall comply with state building standards, and applicable local codes and regulations. ' � � � L�� �.J C. Where the requirements of the specifications conflict with NRTL, NEMA, NFPA, or other applicable standards, the more stringent requirements shall govern. 1.3 SIGNAGE AND MARKINGS A. Identification 1. Provide danger, caution, and warning signs and equipment identification markings in accordance with applicable federal, state, and NEC requirements. B. Local Disconnect Switches MWH-06262015 ELECTRICAL WORK, GENERAL 10501278-FLOW CONTROL/SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT PAGE 260000 -1 1. Legibly mark each local disconnect switch for motors and equipment in order to indicate its purpose. C. Warning Signs 1. 600 Volts Nominal, or Less a. Mark entrances to rooms and other guarded locations that contain live parts with conspicuous signs prohibiting unqualified persons from entering. 2. Greater than 600 Volts a. Buildings, rooms,� or enclosures containing exposed live parts or exposed conductors operating at greater than 600 volts nominal shall be lockable. b. Provide permanent and conspicuous warning signs reading as follows DANGER — HIGH VOLTAGE — KEEP OUT. 3. Mark indoor electrical installations that are open to unqualified persons and contain metal-enclosed switchgear, unit substations, transformers, and other similar associated equipment over 600 volts nominal, with appropriate caution signs. 4. Outside Branch Circuits and Feeders over 600 Volts a. Post warning signs in plain view where unauthorized persons might come in contact with live parts: WARNING — HIGH VOLTAGE — KEEP OUT. D. Isolating Switches 1. Provide isolating switches not interlocked with an approved circuit-interrupting device with a sign warning against opening them under load. 1.4 PUBLIC UTILITIES REQUIREMENTS A. Contact the serving utility and verify compliance with requirements before construction. B. Coordinate schedules and payments for WORK by utilities. C. Where conduits and conductors in the WORK are indicated to be larger, heavier schedule, or have greater protective coating than utility requirements, provide the larger size, heavier schedule, or greater protection. D. Provide electrical service as indicated and as required by the serving utility. E. Verify and provide service conduits, fittings, transformer pad, grounding devices, and service wires not provided by the serving utility. F. Verify with the utility the exact location of each service point and type of service, and pay charges levied by the serving utilities as part of the WORK. 1.5 PERMITS AND INSPECTION A. Obtain permits and pay inspection fees according to the General Conditions. B. Pay connection and turn-on service charges required by the utility company. MWH-06262015 ELECTRICAL WORK, GENERAL 10501278-FLOW CONTROL/SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT PAGE 260000 -2 � ' � 1.6 CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS A. Generat 1. Furnish submittals in accordance with the requirements of Section 013300 — Contractor Submittals. 2. Custom-prepare Shop Drawings. t 3. Drawings or data indicating "optional" or "as required" equipment will not be accepted. � 4. Cross out options not proposed or delete from the Shop Drawings. B. Shop Drawings: Include the following: � 1. Complete material lists stating manufacturer and brand name of each item or class of material. 1 2. Shop Drawings for grounding WORK not specifically indicated. ' 3. Front, side, rear elevations, and top views with dimensional data. 4. Location of conduit entrances and access plates. �� ' 5. Component data. 6. Connection diagrams, terminal numbers, internal wiring diagrams, conductor size, and cable numbers. 7. Method of anchoring, seismic requirements, weight. � 8. Types of materials and finish. , 9. Nameplates. 10. Temperature limitations, as applicable. ' 11. Voltage requirement, phase, and current, as applicable. 12. Front and rear access requirements. ' � ' ' �J 13. Test reports. 14. Grounding requirements. C. Catalog Cuts 1. Submit catalog cuts or photocopies of applicable pages of bulletins or brochures for mass produced, non-custom manufactured material. 2. Stamp the catalog data sheets in order to indicate the Project name, applicable Specifications Section and Paragraph, model number, and options. D. Materials and Equipment Schedules MWH-06262015 ELECTRICAL WORK, GENERAL ' 10501278-FLOW CONTROL/SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT PAGE 260000 -3 1 2 Within 30 Days of the commencement date in the Notice to Proceed, deliver to the ENGINEER a complete list of materials, equipment, apparatus, and fixtures that are proposed for use. Include in the list the type, size, name of manufacturers, catalog number, and such other information as required to identify the item. E. Technical Manuals 1. Submit complete information in accordance with the requirements of Section 013300 — Contractor Submittals. 2. As-Built Drawings a. Prepare as-built drawings, showing invert and top elevations and routing of duct banks and concealed below-grade electrical installations. b. Furnish the drawings to the ENGINEER in accordance with the requirements of Section 013300 — Contractor Submittals. 1.7 AREA DESIGNATIONS A. General 1. Designations for raceway system enclosures shall comply with the requirements of Section 260533 — Electrical Raceway Systems. 2. Designations for electrical WORK specifically indicated in other Sections shall comply with the requirements of those Sections unless indicated otherwise. 3. Designations for other electrical WORK not included in the above Paragraphs shall be as follows: NEMA ENCLOSURE CLASSIFICATION AREA 1 3R 4 4X 12 Notes Inside Electrical X Enclosure ' Outdoor above grade X Outdoor below grade X 4. Designations for electrical WORK not included in the above Paragraphs shall be NEMA 4X. 5. Installations in hazardous locations shall conform strictly to the requirements of the indicated Class, Group, and Division. B. Material Requirements 1. Construct NEMA 4X enclosures of Type 304 or 316 stainless steel. 2. Do not coat NEMA 4X enclosures. MWH-06262015 ELECTRICAL WORK, GENERAL 10501278-FLOW CONTROL/SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT PAGE 260000 -4 � 1 1 ' ' ' � ' ' , lJ � � , ' ' � ' � � 3. Construct NEMA 1, 3R, and 12 enclosures of steel, and prime and coat with ANSI 61 light grey paint. 1.8 TESTS A. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for factory and field tests indicated in Division 26, as required by the ENGINEER, and as required by other authorities having jurisdiction. B. Furnish necessary testing equipment. C. Pay the costs of the tests, including replacement parts and labor, due to damage resulting from damaged equipment or from testing and correction of a faulty installation. D. Reporting 1. Where test reporting is indicated, submit proof-of-design test reports for mass- produced equipment with the Shop Drawings. 2. Submit factory performance test reports for custom-manufactured equipment for approval prior to shipment. 3. Submit field test reports for review prior to Substantial Completion. E. Remove and replace equipment or material that fails a test, or, if the ENGINEER , approves, repair and retested for compliance. . F. Corrections to equipment or materials with a factory warranty shall be as recommended :,? by the manufacturer and shall be performed in a manner that does not void the warranty. . PART 2 -- PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL A. Provide equipment and materials that are new and are the products of experienced and reputable manufacturers in the industry. �3 � Provide equipment and materials listed by NRTL and bearing the NRTL label, where NRTL requirements apply. Provide similar items in the WORK as products of the same manufacturer. D. Provide equipment and materials of industrial grade standard of construction. E. Where a NEMA enclosure type is indicated in a non-hazardous location, use that type of enclosure despite the fact that certain modifications such as cutouts for control devices may negate the NEMA rating. F. On devices indicated to display dates, display the year as 4 digits. G. Temperature Ratings of Equipment Terminations 1. Provide terminations and lugs rated for use with 75-degree C conductors. MWH-06262015 ELECTRICAL WORK, GENERAL 10501278-FLOW CONTROL/SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT PAGE 260000 -5 2. Wire sizes in the Contract Documents are based on NEC ampacity tables using the 75-degree C ratings. 2.2 MOUNTING HARDWARE A. Miscellaneous Hardware 1. Provide nuts, bolts, and washers constructed of stainless steel. 2. Provide threaded rods for trapeze supports constructed from continuous threaded galvanized steel, 3/8-inch diameter minimum. 3. Struts a. Construct struts for mounting of conduits and equipment of stainless steel. b. Where contact with concrete or dissimilar metals may cause galvanic corrosion, use suitable non-metallic insulators in order to prevent such corrosion. c. Strut Manufacturer, or Equal: Unistrut; B-Line 4. End Caps a. Provide plastic protective end caps for all exposed strut ends. b. End Caps Manufacturer, or Equal: Unistrut, Model P2860 5. Anchors a. Provide stainless steel expansion anchors for attaching equipment to concrete walls, floors, and ceilings. b. Wood plugs will not be accepted. c. Anchor Manufacturer, or Equal: "Power-Bolt" or "Power-Stud" as manufactured by Power Fasteners, Inc.; similar by Star. 2.3 ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION A. Nameplates 1. Fabricate nameplates from white-letter, black-face laminated plastic engraving stock, such as Formica Type ES-1 or equal. 2. Securely fasten each nameplate, using adhesives only. 3. Provide engraved characters of the block style, with no characters smaller than 1/8 inch top to bottom. B. Conductor and Equipment Identification 1. Provide imprinted plastic-coated cloth marking devices, such as manufactured by Brady, Thomas 8 Betts, or equal. MWH-06262015 ELECTRICAL WORK, GENERAL 10501278-FLOW CONTROL/SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT PAGE 260000 -6 � � ' ' � , , � 2. Alternatively, provide heat-shrunk plastic tubing, imprinted split-sleeve markers cemented in place. C. All Danger, Warning, Caution Signs, required by the NEC shall conform to ANSI Z535.4- 1998 Product Safety Signs and Labels. PART 3 -- EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. Incidentals 1. Provide materials and incidentals required for a complete and operabfe system, even if not required explicitly by the Contract Documents. 2. Typical incidentals are terminal lugs not furnished with vendor-supplied equipment, compression connectors for cables, splices, junction and terminal boxes, and control wiring required by vendor-furnished equipment to connect with other equipment indicated in the Contract Documents. B. Field Control of Location and Arrangement � 1. The Drawings diagrammatically indicate the desired location and arrangement of outlets, conduit runs, equipment, and other items. ' � � ' ' ' ' ' 1 ' ' 2. Exact locations shall be determined by the CONTRACTOR in the field, based on the physical size and arrangement of equipment, finished elevations, and other obstructions. 3. Follow the locatioris on the Drawings, however, as closely as possible. 4. Conduits a. Where conduit development drawings or "home runs" are indicated, route the conduits in accordance with those requirements. b. Provide exposed or encased routings as indicated, except conceal conduit in finished areas unless indicated otherwise. c. Size conduits encased in a slab for conduit OD not to exceed 1/3 of the slab thickness, and lay out and space as to not impede concrete flow. 5. Placement a. Install conduit and equipment in such a manner as to avoid obstructions, to preserve headroom, and to keep openings and passageways clear. b. Locate luminaires, switches, convenience outlets, and similar items within finished rooms as indicated. c. Where exact locations are not indicated, such locations will be determined by the ENGINEER. d. If equipment is installed without instruction and must be moved, the cost of moving shall be included as part of the WORK. MWH-06262015 ELECTRICAL WORK, GENERAL 10501278-FLOW CONTROL/SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT PAGE 260000 -7 e. Slightly adjust luminaire locations in order to avoid obstructions and to minimize shadows. 6. Circuits a. Wherever conduits and wiring for lighting and receptacles are not indicated, it shall be the CONTRACTOR'S responsibility to provide lighting and receptacle- related conduits and wiring as required, based on the actual installed fixture layout and the circuit designations as indicated. b. Provide No. 12 AWG minimum wiring, and 3/4-inch minimum conduits (exposed) and one-inch minimum conduits (encased). c. Where circuits are combined in the same raceway, derate conductor ampacities in accordance with NEC requirements. C. Workmanship � � ' � , � 1. Install materials and equipment in strict accordance with the printed � recommendations of the manufacturer, and using workers skilled in the WORK. 2. Coordinate installation in the field with other trades in order to avoid interferences. D. Protection of Equipment and Materials 1. Fully protect materials and equipment against damage from any cause. 2. Cover materials and equipment, both in storage and during construction, in such a manner that no finished surfaces will be damaged, marred, or splattered with water, foam, plaster, or paint. 3. Keep moving parts clean and dry. 4. Replace or refinish damaged materials or equipment, including faceplates of panels and switchboard sections, as part of the WORK. E. Provide incoming utility power equipment in conformance with the utility's requirements. 3.2 CORE DRILLING A. Perform core drilling as required for the installation of raceways through concrete walls and floors. B. Base the locations of floor penetrations, as may be required, on field conditions. C. Verify exact core drilling locations based on equipment actually furnished as well as exact field placement. D. To the extent possible, identify the existence and locations of encased raceways and other piping in existing walls and floors with the OWNER prior to any core drilling activities. E. Repair damage to encased conduits, wiring, and piping as part of the WORK. MWH-06262015 ELECTRICAL WORK, GENERAL 10501278-FLOW CONTROUSEISMIC VALVE PROJECT PAGE 260000 -8 � 3.3 EQUIPMENT ANCHORING , A. Floor-supported, wall, or ceiling-hung equipment and conductors shall be anchored in place by methods that will meet seismic requirements in the area where the Project is located. ' B. Manufacturer's Recommendations ' 1. Anchoring methods and leveling criteria in the printed recommendations of the equipment manufacturers are a part of the WORK of this Contract. � 2. Submit such recommendations as Shop Drawings as indicated. 3.4 EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION ' A. Provide nameplates for panelboards, control and instrumentation panels, starters, switches, and pushbutton stations. ' B. In addition to nameplates, equip control devices with standard collar-type legend plates. C. Identify control devices within enclosures as indicated and similar to the subparagraph � above. D. Provide suitable inscribed finish plates for toggle switches that control loads out of sight of switches and for multi-switch locations of more than 2 switches. ' E. Use equipment names and tag numbers, where indicated, on nameplates. ' F. Provide typewritten circuit directories for panelboards, that accurately reflect the outlets connected to each circuit. � G. Terminal Blocks 1. Label termination points on terminal blocks by identifiers on the blocks. ' 2. Provide identifiers that have been preprinted by the terminal manufacturer or custom-printed. 1 3. Hand-lettered markers will not be accepted. H. Tag distribution equipment, stand-alone disconnects, starters, and VFDs with ' appropriate arc-flash labels. 3.5 CLEANING 1 A. Before final acceptance, thoroughly clean the electrical WORK of cement, plaster, and other materials. � , � B. Remove temporary tags, markers, stickers, and the like. C. Remove oil and grease spots with a non-flammable cleaning solvent, by carefully wiping and scraping cracks and corners. D. Apply touch-up paint to scratches on panels and cabinets. MWH-06262015 ELECTRICAL WORK, GENERAL ' 10501278-FLOW CONTROL/SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT PAGE 260000 -9 E. Vacuum-clean electrical cabinets and enclosures. F. Clean luminaires inside and out. G. Dispose cleaning debris and refuse off-Site. - END OF SECTION - � � � 1 , � ' � � � � ' , � ' ' � , MWH-06262015 ELECTRICAL WORK, GENERAL 10501278-FLOW CONTROL/SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT PAGE 260000 -10 � � ' , SECTION 260126 — ELECTRICAL TESTS PART 1 -- GENERAL 1.1 THE REQUIREMENT A. This Section specifies the WORK necessary to test, commission, and demonstrate that ' the electrical work satisfies the criteria of these Specifications and functions as required by the Contract Documents. ' ' ' ' , ' � 1. The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the extent referenced. � 2. Where a date is given for reference standards, the edition of that date shall be used. Where no date is given for reference standards, the latest edition available on the date of the Notice Inviting Bids shall be used. � , 1 ' , l� B. The WORK of this Section includes furnishing the labor, equipment, and power required to support the testing indicated in other Divisions of these Specifications. Electrical testing indicated herein and functional testing of power and controls not tested under other Divisions shall be completed before commencement of the 7 Day test of Section 017500 - Equipment Testing and Plant Startup. This scope may require the CONTRACTOR to activate circuits, shutdown circuits, run equipment, make electrical measurements, replace blown fuses, and install temporary jumpers, etc. C. The requirements of Section 260000 - Electrical Work, General, apply to the WORK of this Section. D. Carry out tests indicated herein for individual items of materials and equipment in other Sections. Testing shall be done in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions, these Specifications, and applicable NETA Acceptance Testing Specifications, NEMA, ANSI, NFPA, and ASTM Standards. 1.2 REFERENCES A. General B. American National Standards Institute (ANSI) C. Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc. (IEEE) D. IEEE 400-2001, Guide for Field Testing and Evaluation of the Insulation of Shielded Power Cable Systems E F G IEEE 576-2000, Recommended Practice for Installation, Termination, and Testing of Insulated Power Cable as Used in Industrial and Commercial Applications InterNational Electrical Testing Association (NETA) NFPA 70, National Electrical Code (NEC) MWH - 06262015 ELECTRICAL TESTS ' 10501278-FLOW CONTROL/SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT PAGE 260126 - 1 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Submit in accordance with Section 013300, Submittals. B. Submit complete system test procedures for review. Test procedures shall include but not be limited to: 1. Detailed procedures in sufficient detail to verify conformance with these Specifications. 2. Incorporation of the Test Record Sheets included at the end of this Section. 3. Detailed comprehensive testing schedule including: a. Each major piece of electrical distribution equipment. b. Each major electrical subsystem. c. Duration of each test. d. Milestone test completion date. e. Ambient Conditions at time of test. f. Date of test results submittals following completion of the tests. g. Names and qualifications of the individual(s) responsible for performing the testing. C. Following completion of the test submit the completed test results to the Engineer for review. The results shall include a dedicated section with the "as-left" settings of all devices, relays, circuit breakers, etc. D. Test result shall be submitted in one submittal E. Test reports shall be based on NETA's latest Acceptance Testing Specifications having a sign-off, pass/fail data filed for each line item covered by NETA's Acceptance Testing Specifications latest edition. 1.4 COMMISSIONING A. Commissioning during the 7 Day test in Section 017500 shall not be attempted until all subsystems have been found to operate satisfactorily. Commissioning shall only be attempted as a function of normal plant operation in which plant process flows and levels are routine and equipment operates automatically in response to flow and level parameters or computer command, as applicable. Simulation of process parameters shall be considered only upon receipt of a written request by the CONTRACTOR. PART 2-- TESTING 8� REPORTS 2.1 PRE-ENERGIZATION AND OPERATING TESTS A. The complete electrical system shall be performance tested when first installed on-site. Each protective, switching, and control circuit shall be adjusted in accordance with the recommendations of the protective device study and tested by actual operation using MWH - 06262015 ELECTRICAL TESTS 10501278-FLOW CONTROL/SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT PAGE 260126 - 2 8 � ' ' ' ' ' , current injection or equivalent methods as necessary to ensure that each and every such circuit operates correctly to the satisfaction of the authority having jurisdiction. 1. Instrument Transformers. All instrument transformers shall be tested to verify correct polarity and burden. 2. Protective Relays. Each protective relay shall be demonstrated to operate by injecting current or voltage, or both, at the associated instrument transformer output terminal and observing that the associated switching and signaling functions occur correctly and in proper time and sequence to accomplish the protective function intended. 3. Switching Circuits. Each switching circuit shall be observed to operate the associated equipment being switched. 4. Control and Signal Circuits. Each control or signal circuit shall be observed to perform its proper control function or produce a correct signal output. 5. Metering Circuits. All metering circuits shall be verified to operate correctly from voltage and current sources, similarly to protective relay circuits. ' 6. Acceptance Tests. Complete acceptance tests shall be performed, after the station installation is completed, on all assemblies, equipment, conductors, and control and protective systems, as applicable, to verify the integrity of all the systems. ' ' ' , �� 7. Relays and Metering Utilizing Phase Differences. All relays and metering that use phase differences for operation shall be verified by measuring phase angles at tfie relay under actual load conditions after operation commences. B. Test Report. A test report covering the results of the tests required in the Pre- Energization and Operating Tests shall be delivered to the authority having jurisdiction prior to energization. Acceptance Testing shall be in accordance with NETA ATS-2009, Electrical Power Distribufion Equipment and Systems, published by the InterNational Electrical Testing Association. 2.2 TEST REQUIREMENTS A. The following test requirements supplement test and acceptance criteria that may be stated elsewhere. 1. Lighting: Switching, include remote control, if present in system. Circuitry is in ' accordance with panel schedules. All interior and exterior lighting shall be checked for proper operation. � ' , 1 2. Demonstrate mechanical and/or electrical interlocking by attempting to subvert the intended sequence. 3. Activate ground fault tripping by operating test features provided. 4. Low Voltage Cables-600 volts Maximum a. Visual and Mechanical Inspection 1) Compare cable data with drawings and specifications. MWH - 06262015 ELECTRICAL TESTS ' 10501278-FLOW CONTROL/SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT PAGE 260126 - 3 2) Inspect exposed sections of cables for physical damage and correct connection in accordance with single-line diagram. 3) Inspect bolted electrical connections for high resistance using one of the following methods: a) Use of low-resistance ohmmeter b) Verify tightness of accessible bolted electrical connections by calibrated torque-wrench method in accordance with manufacturer's published data or NETA ATS- 2009, Table 100.12. 4) Inspect compression-applied connectors for correct cable match and indentation. 5) Inspect for correct identification and arrangements. 6) Inspect cable jacket insulation and condition. b. Electrical Tests 1) Perform insulation-resistance test on each conductor with respect to ground and adjacent conductors. Applied potential shall be 500 volts dc for 300 volt rated cable and 1000 volts dc for 600 volt rated cable. Test duration shall be one minute. a) Motor feeders tested with motors disconnected and controller open. b) Motor control circuits tested and verified for proper operation with control stations and overcurrent devices connected. c) Panelboard feeders tested with feeder breaker open and panel-board connected. If a lighting transformer is associated with the panelboard, it shall be connected and the test made for both primary and secondary sides. d) Conductors of main lighting feeders, including lighting panel with branch circuits open. e) Prior to performing insulation resistance tests on cables, verify that they are not connected to a solid state device. f) Equipment which may be damaged during this test shall be disconnected. g) The Engineer shall be consulted if minimum insulation values cannot be obtained. 2) Perform resistance measurements through all bolted connections with low- resistance ohmmeter, if applicable. 3) Perform continuity test to insure correct cable connection. c. Test Values — Visual and Mechanical MWH - 06262015 ELECTRICAL TESTS 10501278-FLOW CONTROL/SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT PAGE 260126 - 4 � 1) Compare bolted connection resistance to values of similar connections. Investigate values which deviate from those of similar bolted connections by more than 50 percent of the lowest value. 2) Bolt-torque levels should be in accordance with NETA ATS-2009, Table 100.12 unless otherwise specified by the manufacturer. d. Test Values — Electrical 1) Compare bolted connection resistance values to values of similar connections. Investigate values which deviate from those of similar bolted connections by more than 50 percent of the lowest value. 2) Insulation-resistance values shall be in accordance with manufacturer's published data. In the absence of manufacturer's published data, use NETA ATS-2009 Table 100.1. Values of insulation resistance less than this table or manufacturer's recommendations shall be investigated. 3) Cable shall exhibit continuity. 4) Deviations in resistance between parallel conductors shall be investigated. e. Test Values 1) Compare bolted connection resistance to values of similar connections. � Investigate values which deviate from those of similar bolted connections by more than 50 percent of the lowest value. 2) Bolt-torque levels should be in accordance with NETA ATS-2009, Table 100.12 unless otherwise specified by manufacturer. 3) Microhm or millivolt drop values shall not exceed the high levels of the normal range as indicated in the manufacturer's published data. � If manufacturer's data is not available, investigate any values which deviate from similar connections by more than 50 percent of the lowest value. 4) Shielding shall exhibit continuity. Investigate resistance values in excess of ten ohms per 1000 feet of cable. 5) Graphic plots shall be made of leakage current versus step voltage at each increment and leakage current versus time at final test voltages. a) The step voltage slope should be reasonably linear. b) Capacitive and absorption current should decrease continually until steady state leakage is approached. 6) In order to be acceptable, the cable must withstand the test high voltage without breakdown, have steady or decreasing leakage current during the high potential test, and have satisfactory comparable megger readings in each megger test. Test results shall be submitted to the ENGINEER, stating equipment used and time of test. 5. Test ground interrupter (GFI) receptacles and circuit breakers for proper operation by methods sanctioned by the receptacle manufacturer. MWH - 06262015 ELECTRICAL TESTS 10501278-FLOW CONTROL/SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT PAGE 260126 - 5 6. A functional test and check of electrical components is required prior to performing subsystem testing and commissioning. Compartments and equipment shall be cleaned as required by other provisions of these Specifications before commencement of functional testing. Functional testing shall comprise: a. Visual and physical check of cables, circuit breakers, transformers, and connections associated with each item of new and modified equipment. b. Verification that electrical equipment has been labeled with Arc Flash protection boundary and PPE levels, as required by Section 260573 — Protective Device Studies. ' � � ' 7. Complete ground testing of grounding electrodes per requirements below prior to ' operating the equipment. B. Subsystem testing shall occur after the proper operation of alarm and status contacts has been demonstrated or otherwise accepted by the ENGINEER and after process control devices have been adjusted as accurately as possible. Alarm conditions shall be simulated for each alarm point, and alarm indicators shall be checked for proper operation. It is intended that the CONTRACTOR will adjust limit switches and level switches to their operating points prior to testing and will set pressure switches, flow switches, and timing relays as dictated by operating results. C. Metering and indication lights for motors and other devices shall be tested for proper operation. D. All control circuits such as motor, interlock and remote shall be tested for proper operation. E. After initial settings have been completed, each subsystem shall be operated in the manuaf mode and it shall be demonstrated that operation is in compliance with the Contract Documents. Once the manual mode of operation has been proven, automatic operation shall be demonstrated to verify such items as proper start and stop sequence of pumps, proper operation of valves, proper speed control, etc. F. Motor operated valves shall be tested after having been phased and tested for correct motor rotation and after travel and torque limit switches have been adjusted by a representative of the valve manufacturer. Tests shall verify status indication, proper valve travel, and correct command control from local and remote devices. G. All lighting panels, circuits and fixtures; and power panels, circuits and receptacles shall be tested for proper operation. H. Provide ground resistance tests on the main grounding electrode or system in the presence of the ENGINEER and submit results ' 1. Visual and Mechanical Inspection a. Verify ground system is in compliance with drawings and specifications. 2. Electrical Tests a. Perform fall-of-potential test or alternative in accordance with IEEE Standard 81 on the main grounding electrode or system. ' � ;� MWH - 06262015 ELECTRICAL TESTS 10501278-FLOW CONTROL/SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT PAGE 260126 - 6 8 , �� � � � b. The earth resistance of each ground electrode shall be measured and recorded before electrodes are connected to the grounding loop. c. Perform point-to-point tests to determine the resistance between the main grounding system and all major electrical equipment frames, system neutral, and/or derived neutral points. 3. Test Values a. The resistance between the main grounding electrode and ground shall be no greater than five ohms for commercial or industrial systems and one ohm or less for generating or transmission station grounds unless otherwise specified by the owner. b. Investigate point-to-point resistance values which exceed 0.5 ohm. ' I. Subsystems shall be defined as individual and groups of pumps, conveyor systems, chemical feeders, air conditioning units, ventilation fans, air compressors, etc. , ' 2.3 TEST REPORTS A. The test report shall include the following: 1 ' ' � � ' ' , ' � ' 1. Summary of project. 2. Description of equipment tested. 3. Description of test. 4. Test data. 5. Analysis and recommendations. Test data records shall include the following minimum requirements: 1. Identification of the testing organization. 2. Equipment identification. 3. Humidity, temperature, and other atmospheric conditions that may affect the results of the tests/calibrations. 4. Date of inspections, tests, maintenance, and/or calibrations. 5. Identification of the testing technician. 6. Indication of inspections, tests, maintenance, and/or calibrations to be performed and recorded. 7. Indication of expected results when calibrations are to be performed. 8. Indication of "as-found" and "as-left" results. MWH - 06262015 ELECTRICAL TESTS ' 10501278-FLOW CONTROL/SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT PAGE 260126 - 7 9. Sufficient spaces to allow all results and comments to be indicated. C. The testing firm shall furnish a copy or copies of the complete report to the owner as required in the acceptance contract. MWH - 06262015 ELECTRICAL TESTS 10501278-FLOW CONTROL/SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT PAGE 260126 - 8 � PART 3-- TEST RECORD SHEETS The test record sheets listed below shall be used to record testing of electrical equipment and of the electrical installation as required by these specifications. Sample copies of each sheet are attached. Sheet No. 1 2 4 6 7 Title Insulation Resistance (Power, Control Wire, and Cable) Test Record Insulation Resistance (Instrument Wire and Cable) Test Record Ground Electrode Testing Test Record Bonding Resistance Readings (Nonelectrical Equipment/Structures) Test Record Bonding Resistance Readings (Electrical Equipment) Test Record MWH - 06262015 ELECTRICAL TESTS 10501278-FLOW CONTROL/SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT PAGE 260126 - 9 Sheet 1 ' INSULATION RESISTANCE (POWER, CONTROL WIRE, AND CABLE) TEST RECORD TEST EQUIPMENT: TEST EQUIPMENT: AMBIENT TEMPERATURE NOTES: 1. Perform Insulation Resistance Test (megger) between each conductor and all other conductors and metallic sheath for cables with nonshielded conductors. Test between each conductor and shield for multiconductor cables with shielded conductors. Record lowest reading for each cable. 2. Use 1,000-V test set for cable rated 600 volts and 2,500-V test set for cable rated over 600 volts. 3. Readings will vary inversely with temperature and cable length. When the use of temperature correction factors is specified, attach a second sheet with computed values. Indicate on each sheet "measured" or "temperature corrected." � � �� , ' � Panel No. Cable Wire or Cable Insulation Circuit No. Wire Rated � Resistance Feeder No. Tagging Voltage Quantity Size From To (megohms) Initial * s TEST VOLTAGE: TEST VOLTAGE: °F DATE: °C 'Minimum acceptable values: Cable Rated Vol taqe Test Duration Resistance for Cable Onlv DISTRIBUTION 1 Cable/Wire Size Resistance When Cable or Amperaqe Connected to Eauipment ' (megohms) (ohms) --------------------------� CONTRACTOR/Date ' MW H - 06262015 10501278-FLOW CONTROL/SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT ELECTRICAL TESTS PAGE 260126 - 10 8 1 1 ' ' ' ' ' , 1 ' � ' ' , ' ' ' � � Sheet 2 TEST EQUIPMENT: TEST EQUIPMENT: AMBIENT TEMPERATURE INSULATION RESISTANCE (INSTRUMENT WIRE AND CABLE) TEST RECORD TEST VOLTAGE: TEST VOLTAGE: °C °F DATE: NOTES: 1. Record only the lowest value. 2. MP - Multi-pair cable. SP - Single pair cable. 3. Megger with instruments disconnected. 4. Use 250 volt (or lower voltage, when specified) range on DC test set. 5. Readings will vary with temperature and cable length." Conductor Shield to Overall Shield Lead and Shield to Cable Indicate to Conduit Conductor to Conductor to Shield Armor Condwt Number MP or SP (Single Pair Conductor to Shield (Multipair or Type Non-Shielded Cables Only) (Multipair (Single Pair Instrument Cables) (megohms) (megohms) (megohms) Cables Only Cables Only) Number (2) (me ohms) (1) (1) (1) (me ohms) (megohms) Initials --------------------------------- DISTRIBUTION: MWH - 06262015 10501278-FLOW CONTROL/SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT CONTRACTOR/Date ELECTRICAL TESTS PAGE 260126 - 11 Sheet 4 TEST EQUIPMENT: REFERENCE DRAWING: GROUND ELECTRODE TESTING TEST RECORD (Note 1) (Note 2) NOTES: 1. Record resistance-to-earth for each electrode with all other conductors disconnected. Resistance not to exceed 25 ohms for any single anode. 2. Check continuity from each electrode to any test bar or other electrode such that the complete ground loop is tested. ' � 1 , � Resistance to Ambient ' Rod Number Earth Temperature Weather Taps Initials/Date ohms °C/°F �-_ ' 8 � � � ' ' � ' -------------------------------------------------------- DISTRIBUTION: CONTRACTOR/Date MWH - 06262015 ELECTRICAL TESTS 10501278-FLOW CONTROL/SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT PAGE 260126 - 12 ----� - r , � � � 1 ' , ' ' , � 1 1 ' � ' , ' t ' ' Sheet 6 BONDING RESISTANCE READINGS (NONELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT/STRUCTURES) TEST RECORD TEST EQUIPMENT USED: WEATHER: NOTES: 1. Vessels, tanks, and structural steel bonded to the main grounding system, dedicated ground rod or foundation, as indicated on drawings listed below. 2. Measure resistance from ground wire tap (or anchor bolt) to tagged equipment frame or structural steel. EQUIPMENT TAG NO. MEASURED OR DRAWING • RESISTANCE INITIALS/DATE STRUCTURE ohms -------------------------------------------------------------- DISTRIBUTION: CONTRACTOR/Date MW H - 06262015 10501278-FLOW CONTROL/SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT ELECTRICAL TESTS PAG E 260126 - 13 � Sheet 7 , BONDING RESISTANCE READINGS � (ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT) TEST RECORD TEST EQUIPMENT USED: WEATHER: � NOTES: 1. Electrical equipment bonded to the main grounding system or dedicated ground rod, as ' indicated on drawings listed below. 2. Measure resistance from ground wire tap to tagged equipment bus bars, tagged equipment enclosures, and any other points indicated on the drawings. ' EQUIPMENT TAG NO. MEASURED OR DRAWING . RESISTANCE INITIALS/DATE ' STRUCTURE ohms , 8 � � e � ' , __________________________________ DISTRIBUTION: - END OF SECTION — MW H - 06262015 10501278-FLOW CONTROL/SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT t ________________________.� CONTRACTOR/Date , ' ELECTRICAL TESTS PAGE 260126 - 14 8 ' 1 ' ' lI � � � � � ' � ' ' ' ' ' � SECTION 260526 — GROUNDING PART 1 -- GENERAL 1.1 THE REQUIREMENT A. Provide. the electrical grounding system, complete and operable, as indicated in accordance with the Contract Documents. B. The requirements of Section 260000 — Electrical Work, General apply to this Section. C. Single Manufacturer � 1. Like products shall be the end product of one manufacturer in order to achieve standardization of appearance, operation, maintenance, spare parts, and manufacturer's services. 1.2 CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS A. Furnish submittals in accordance with the requirements of Section 013300 — Contractor Submittals and Section 260000 — Electrical Work, General. B. Shop Drawings 1. Submit manufacturer's product information for connections, clamps, and grounding system components, showing compliance with the requirements of this Section. �. PART 2 -- PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL A. Components of the grounding electrode system shall be manufactured in accordance with UL 467 - Standard for Safety Grounding and Bonding Equipment, and shall conform to the applicable requirements of National Electrical Code Article 250 and local codes. 2.2 GROUNDING SYSTEM A. Grounding loop conductors shall be bare annealed copper conductors. B. Conductors shall be No. 2 AWG unless indicated otherwise. C. Ground Rods 1 2 3 4 Unless indicated otherwise, provide ground rods minimum of 3/4 inch in diameter, 8 feet long, and with a uniform covering of electrolytic copper metallically bonded to a rigid steel core. Provide corrosion-resistant copper-to-steel bond. The rods shall conform to UL 467. The rods shall be of the sectional type, joined by threaded copper alloy couplings. MWH-06262015 GROUNDING ' 10501278-FLOW CONTROL/SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT PAGE 260526 - 1 D. Make buried and concrete-encased cable-to-cable and cable-to-ground rod connections using exothermic welds by Cadweld, Thermoweld, or equal. E. Exposed Connectors 1 2 Exposed grounding connectors shall be of the compression type (connector-to- cable), constructed of high-copper alloy, and manufactured specifically for the particular grounding application. The connectors shall be FCI-Burndy, O.Z. Gedney, or equal. F. Use grounding clamps to bond each separately-derived system to the grounding electrode conductors. G. Equipment Grounding Circuit Conductors 1. The conductors shall be the same type and insulation as the load circuit conductors. 2. The minimum size shall be as outlined in Table 250.122 of the National Electrical Code, unless indicated otherwise. 3. Metallic conduit systems shall have an equipment grounding wires as well as being equipment grounding conductors themselves. H. Grounding Materials Manufacturer, or Equal 1. Copperweld 2. Thermoweld 3. FCI-Burndy PART 3 -- EXECUTION 3.1 GROUNDING A. Provide a separate grounding conductor, securely grounded in each raceway independent of raceway material. B. Provide a separate grounding conductor for each motor and connect at motor box. C. Do not use bolts for securing the motor box to the frame or the cover for grounding connectors. D. Sizes shall be as indicated on the Conduit Schedule and in accordance with NEC Article 250. E. Route the conductors inside the raceway. F. Provide a grounding-type bushing for secondary feeder conduits that originate from the secondary section of each MCC section, switchboard, or panelboard. G. Individually bond the raceway to the ground bus in the secondary section. MWH-06262015 GROUNDING 10501278-FLOW CONTROL/SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT PAGE 260526 - 2 8 ' � � J. Interconnect the panelboard neutral bus to the ground bus to the service entrance in accordance with Code, state and local requirements. ' K. Measure ground impedance in accordance with IEEE STD 81 after installation but before connecting the electrode to the remaining grounding system. t L. Low Voltage Grounded System (600V or less) ' 2. Grounding system connections for a premises-wired system supplied by a grounded ' AC service shall be provided with a grounding electrode connector connected to the grounded service conductor at each service, in accordance with the NEC. ' 3. The grounded circuit conductor shall not be used for grounding non-current-carrying parts of equipment, raceways, and other enclosures except where specifically listed and permitted by the NEC. ' M. Embedded Ground Connections ' 2. The connection shall be made in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. 3. Do not conceal or cover ground connections until the ENGINEER or an authorized representative has established that every grounding connection conforms to the requirements of the Contract Documents and has given the CONTRACTOR written confirmation. H. Provide a green insulated wire as grounding jumper from the ground screw to a box grounding screw, and, for grounding type devices, to the equipment grounding conductor. I. Provide a separate grounding conductor in each individual raceway for parallel feeders. 1. A low-voltage grounded system is defined as a system where the local power supply is a transformer, with the transformer secondary grounded. 1. Underground and grounding connections embedded in concrete shall be UL-listed ground grid connectors. ' N. Ground Ring 1. Furnish trenching and materials as necessary to install the ground ring as indicated. J 2 The bonding conductor shall be in direct contact with the earth and of the indicated size. , �' ��� ' � 3 0 Provide a minimum burial depth of 36 inches or as indicated on the Drawings, whichever is greater. Re-compact disturbed soils to their original density in 6-inch lifts. O. Duct Bank Ground 1. Embed a grounding conductor in every duct bank as indicated. P. Ground Rods MW H-06262015 G RO U N D I NG 1 10501278-FLOW CONTROL/SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT PAGE 260526 - 3 1. Provide ground rods at the indicated locations. 2. A single electrode that does not have resistance-to-ground of 5 ohms or less shall be augmented by additional electrodes to obtain this value. 3. Rods forming an individual ground array shall be equal in length. Q. Shield Grounding 1. Shielded instrumentation cable shall have its shield grounded at one end only unless the Shop Drawings indicate that the shield will be grounded at both ends. 2. The grounding point shall be at the control panel or at the receiving end of the signal carried by the cable. 3. The termination of the shield drain wire shall be on its own terminal screw. 4. Jumper together the terminal screws, using manufactured terminal block jumpers or a No. 14 green insulated conductor. 5. Connect the ground bus via a green No. 12 conductor to the main ground bus for the panel. - END OF SECTION - MWH-06262015 GROUNDING 10501278-FLOW CONTROL/SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT PAGE 260526 - 4 8 SECTION 260533 - ELECTRICAL RACEWAY SYSTEMS PART 1 -- GENERAL 1.1 THE REQUIREMENT A. Provide electrical raceway systems, complete and in place, as indicated in accordance with the Contract Documents. B. In the event that individual equipment loads provided are larger than indicated in the Contract Documents, revise raceways, conductors, starters, overload elements, and branch circuit protectors as necessary in order to control and protect the increased connected load in conformance to NEC requirements as part of the WORK. 1.2 CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS A. Furnish submittals in accordance with Section 013300 — Contractor Submittals, and Section 260000 — Electrical Work, General. B. Shop Drawings � 1. Submit complete catalog cuts of raceways, fittings, boxes, supports, and mounting hardware, marked where applicable to show proposed materials and finishes. ' PART 2 -- PRODUCTS ' 2.1 GENERAL A. Pull and junction boxes, fittings, and other indicated enclosures that are dedicated to the raceway system shall comply with the requirements of this Section. I ' � . CONDUIT 22 ' A. Rigid Aluminum (RAL) Conduits shall not be allowed. B. Rigid Galvanized Steel (RGS) Conduit ' 1. Provide rigid steel conduit manufactured from mild steel, hot-dip galvanized inside and out. � I � I ' I � I' I ' 2. Provide rigid steel conduit manufactured in accordance with NEMA C80.1 — Electrical Rigid Steel Conduit, and UL-6 — Electrical Rigid Metal Conduit - Steel. 3. Manufacturer, or Equal a. Allied Tube 8� Conduit b. Triangle c. Wheatland Tube C. Rigid Non-Metallic Conduit MWH-06262015 ELECTRICAL RACEWAY SYSTEMS 10501278-FLOW CONTROL/SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT PAGE 260533 - 1 1. Provide rigid non-metallic conduit manufactured from Schedule 40 or 80 PVC, as indicated, and sunlight-resistant. 2. Provide rigid non-metallic conduit manufactured in accordance with NEMA TC-2 - Electrical Plastic Tubing and Conduit, and UL-651 - Standard for Rigid Non-metallic Conduit. 3. Manufacturer, or Equal a. Carlon b. Cantex D. Rigid PVC-Coated Galvanized Steel (RPGS) Conduit 1. The conduit shall meet the requirements for RGS conduit as indicated above. 2. Bond a PVC coating to the outer surface of the galvanized conduit. 3. Ensure that the bond between the coating and the conduit surface is greater than the tensile strength of the coating. 4. Provide the inside surfaces and threads of the conduit with a 2-mil urethane coating. 5. Provide a PVC coating thickness not less than 40 mils. 6. The PVC-coated RGS shall be manufactured in accordance with the following standards: a. UL-6 b. ANSI C80.1 c. NEMA RN1 - PVC Externally Coated Galvanized Rigid Steel Conduit and Intermediate Metal Conduit 7. Manufacturer, or Equal a. Robroy Industries, Perma-Cote b. Robroy Industries, Plasti-Bond RedH2OT c. Robroy Industries, Korkap E. Polyolefin Polymer-Coated Rigid Galvanized Steel Conduit: 1. All conduit shall be hot dipped galvanized inside and out with hot dipped galvanized factory-cut threads. The Zinc coating shall be intact, uncoated, and shall not impede electrical ground conductivity. 2. Provide all necessary manufacturer material as may be needed to ensure a fully complete, continuously sealed, undamaged conduit system. 3. Provide additional polymer and repair any abrasions to polymer coating. MWH-06262015 ELECTRICAL RACEWAY SYSTEMS 10501278-FLOW CONTROL/SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT PAGE 260533 - 2 ' � u ' � � � � ' , ' ' ' ' 4. Polymer-coated RGS conduit shall be resistant to UV damage and deterioration when exposed outdoors. 5. All PP-coated conduit, fittings, and accessories shall be supplied by the same manufacturer. 6. All couplings and fittings shall be provided with PP-coated sleeves and seals, unless otherwise approved by the ENGINEER. 7. Material: a. Conduit: Meet requirements of ANSI C80.1 and UL 6. b. Polyolefin Polymer Coating: 1) Minimum 20 mils nominal thickness, exterior coating bonded to metal. 2) Minimum 2 mils nominal thickness, interior coating bonded to metal. 8. Manufacturer, or Equal a. Gafco Green b. Cor-Shield F. Liquid-Tight Flexible Conduit 1. Provide liquid-tight flexible conduit constructed of a flexible galvanized metal core with a sunlight-resistant thermoplastic outer jacket. 2. Provide liquid-tight flexible conduit manufactured in accordance with the requirements of UL-360 - Steel Conduits, Liquid-Tight Flexible. 3. Manufacturer, or Equal a. Anaconda, Sealtite b. Electriflex, Liquatite G. Electrical Metallic Tubing (EMT) or Intermediate conduit (IMC) will not be accepted. 2.3 FITTINGS AND BOXES A. General � 1. For use with metallic conduit, provide cast and malleable iron fittings of the threaded type with 5 full threads. ' 2. Fittings and Boxes a. Provide fittings and boxes with neoprene gaskets and non-magnetic stainless ' steel screws. b. Attach covers by means of holes tapped into the body of the fitting. ' MWH-06262015 ELECTRICAL RACEWAY SYSTEMS , 10501278-FLOW CONTROL/SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT � PAGE 260533 - 3 c. Covers for fittings attached by means of clips or clamps will not be accepted. 3. Provide boxes larger than standard cast or malleable types manufactured of Type 304 or Type 316 stainless steel, NEMA 4X. 4. Terminations a. In outdoor areas, terminate conduit in rain-tight hubs as manufactured by Myers, O.Z. Gedney, Appleton, or equal. b. In other than outdoor areas, provide sealed locknuts and bushings. B. Cast Aluminum Fittings and Boxes 1. Provide cast aluminum boxes and fittings with less than 0.40 percent copper content, and use with aluminum conduit. 2. Manufacturer, or Equal a. O.Z. Gedney b. Appleton c. Crouse-Hinds C. Malleable Iron Fittings and Boxes 1. For use with galvanized steel conduit, provide fittings and boxes constructed of malleable iron or gray-iron alloy with zinc plating. 2. Manufacturer, or Equal a. O.Z. Gedney b. Crouse-Hinds c. Appleton D. PVC Fittings and Boxes 1. For use with rigid non-metallic conduit, provide fittings manufactured of solvent- welded PVC. 2. Provide boxes manufactured of PVC or fiberglass reinforced polyester (FRP). 3. Manufacturer, or Equal a. Carlon b. Crouse-Hinds c. Hoffman 4. Provide welding solvent as required for the installation of non-metallic conduit and fittings. MWH-06262015 ELECTRICAL RACEWAY SYSTEMS 10501278-FLOW CONTROL/SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT PAGE 260533 - 4 E. PVC-Coated Fittings 1. For use with PVC-coated RGS, provide PVC-coated coated that are the products of the same manufacturer as the conduit. 2. Provide male and female threads and internal surfaces with a 2-mil urethane coating. F. Stainless Steel Boxes 1. Provide stainless steel boxes with PVC-coated RGS conduit and where indicated. 2. Provide NEMA 4X stainless steel boxes, constructed of Type 304 or 316 stainless steel. 3 4 5 Provide stainless steel of a minimum of 14-gauge thickness, with a brushed finish. Door Hinges a. Provide doors with full-length stainless steel piano hinges. b. Non-hinged boxes will not be accepted. Manufacturer, or Equal a. Hoffman b. Rohn c. Hammond � G. Sheet Steel Boxes 1. Sheet steel boxes shall be galvanized steel outlet and switch boxes. 1 2. Manufacturer, or Equal a. Raco , ' � � I , I � b. Steel City c. Appleton Electric 2.4 WIREWAY A. General 1. Provide wireway of the lay-in type and NEMA-rated for the area in which it is to be installed in accordance with the requirements of Section 260000 — Electrical Work, General. 2. Separate power, control, signal and communications cables by grounded metallic dividers in wireways or run in separate wireways. B. Fittings and Covers MWH-06262015 ELECTRICAL RACEWAY SYSTEMS 10501278-FLOW CONTROL/SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT PAGE 260533 - 5 � 1. Provide fittings and sections with non-magnetic stainless steel screws. 2. Attach covers by hinges and clamps to the bodies. 3. Covers attached by means of clips or screws will not be accepted. 4. Provide covers and bodies constructed of aluminum or minimum 14-gauge steel. C. Grounding 1. Ground the steel and aluminum wireway bodies. 2. Provide steel dividers with steel wireways or aluminum dividers with aluminum wireways, and ground by means of an individual grounding conductor. 3. Non-metallic dividers will not be accepted. D. Terminations 1. In outdoor areas, terminate conduit in rain-tight hubs as manufactured by Myers, O.Z. Gedney, or equal. 2. In other than outdoor areas, provide sealed locknuts and bushings. PART 3 -- EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. Run wiring in raceway unless indicated otherwise. B. Install raceways between equipment as indicated. - C. Provide raceway systems that are electrically and mechanically complete before conductors are installed. D. Bends and Offsets 1. Provide bends and offsets that are smooth and symmetrical, and accomplished with tools designed for this purpose. 2. Provide factory elbows wherever possible. E. Routing 1. Where raceway routings are indicated, follow those routings to the extent possible. 2. Where raceways are indicated but routing is not indicated, such as home runs or on conduit developments and schedules, raceway routing shall be the CONTRACTOR's choice and provided in strict accordance with the NEC as well as customary installation practice. 3. Provide the raceway encased, exposed, concealed, or under-floor as indicated, except conceal conduit in finished areas unless specifically indicated otherwise. 4. Adjust routings in order to avoid obstructions. MWH-06262015 ELECTRICAL RACEWAY SYSTEMS 10501278-FLOW CONTROL/SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT PAGE 260533 - 6 � F. Coordination ' 1. Coordinate between trades prior to installing the raceways. 2. The lack of such coordination shall not be justification for extra compensation, and ' any costs for removal and re-installation to resolve conflicts shall be part of the Contract Price. ' 1 , G. Support wireways in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations for the seismic requirements indicated in Section 260000 — Electrical Work, General. H. Install exposed raceways parallel or perpendicular to structural beams. I. Expansion Fittings 1. Install expansion fittings with external bonding jumpers wherever exposed raceways cross building expansion joints. ' 2. Instalt expansion/deflection fittings where conduit movement is expected in more than one dimension, and where conduits transition out of structures in locations where differential settlement may occur. � ' C J � ' � I� ' � 1 ' �J 3. Encased Expansion Fittings a. Install encased expansion fittings wherever encased conduits cross building expansion joints. b. Deflection type fittings shall not be required for encased conduits crossing an expansion joint within a single structure. 4. Provide expansion and expansion/deflection fittings constructed of the same material as the raceway to which they are installed. J. Install expansion fittings with bonding jumpers wherever raceways cross building expansion joints. K. Install exposed raceways at least 1/2 inch from walls or ceilings except that at locations above finished grade where damp conditions do not prevail, install exposed raceways at least 1/4 inch from the face of walls or ceilings by the use of clamp backs or struts. L. Wherever contact with concrete or dissimilar metals can produce galvanic corrosion of equipment, provide a means of suitable insulation in order to prevent such corrosion. 3.2 CONDUIT A. Provide exposed conduit manufactured of rigid galvanized steel, except as follows and unless indicated otherwise: 1. For conduit containing only grounding system bonding conductors, provide Schedule 80 PVC conduit. B. Horizontal runs of conduit below grade shall be constructed of Schedule 40 PVC. C. Concrete Encasement MWH-06262015 ELECTRICAL RACEWAY SYSTEMS 10501278-FLOW CONTROL/SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT PAGE 260533 - 7 1. Where PVC or RGS conduit is stubbed up from a concrete encasement, provide a PVC-coated RGS elbow. 2. The conduit shall emerge from the concrete in a direction perpendicular to the surface whenever possible. D. Size 1. Provide exposed conduit of 3/4-inch minimum trade size. 2. Provide encased conduit of one-inch minimum trade size. E. Install supports at distances required by the NEC. F. Concrete cover for conduit and fittings shall not be less than 1-1/2 inches for concrete exposed to earth or weather, or less than 3/4 inch for concrete not exposed to weather or in contact with the ground. G. Penetrations 1. Provide conduit passing through walls or floors with plastic sleeves. 2. Perform core drilling in accordance with the requirements of Section 260000 — Electrical Work, General. 3. Conduits passing through a slab, wall, or beam shall not significantly impair the strength of the construction. H. Conduits embedded within a slab, wall, or beam (other than those merely passing through) shall meet the following requirements: 1. Conduits with their fittings embedded within a column shall not displace greater than 4 percent of the gross area of cross section; 2. Conduits shall not be larger in outside dimension than 1/3 the overall thickness of the slab, wall, or beam in which it is embedded; and, 3. Conduits shall not be spaced closer than 3 outside diameters on centers. I. Place the conduit such that cutting, bending, or displacing reinforcement from its proper location will not be required. J. Coat threads with a conductive lubricant before assembly. K. Joints 1. Provide joints that are tight, thoroughly grounded, secure, and free of obstructions in the pipe. 2. Adequately ream the conduit in order to prevent damage to the wires and cables inside. 3. Use strap-wrenches and vises to install the conduit, in order to prevent wrench marks on the conduit. MWH-06262015 ELECTRICAL RACEWAY SYSTEMS 10501278-FLOW CONTROL/SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT PAGE 260533 - 8 4. Replace conduit with wrench marks. L. Slope 1. Wherever possible, slope the conduit runs to drain at one or both ends of the run. 2. Wherever conduit enters a substructure below grade, slope the conduit in order to drain water away from the structure. 3. Take extreme care in order to avoid pockets or depressions in the conduit. M. Installation of rigid steel conduit though a core-drilled hole in an exterior wall below- grade shall utilize a sealing device as manufactured by Link Seal, or equal. N. Connections 1. Make connections to motors and other equipment subject to vibration by using liquid-tight flexible conduit not exceeding 3 feet in length. 2. Provide equipment subject to vibration that is normally provided with wiring leads with a junction box for the make-up of connections. O. Empty Conduits 1. Tag empty conduits at both ends to indicate the final destination. 2. Where it is not possible to tag the conduit, identify the destination by means of a durable marking on an adjacent surFace. 3. Install a pull-cord in each empty conduit in floors, panels, manholes, equipment, and the like. 4. Install a removable plug on empty conduits that terminate below grade, in vaults, manholes, handholes, and junction or pullboxes. P. Identification of Conduits 1. Identify conduits at ends and at pulling points. 2. Identification shall be the unique conduit number assigned in the Contract Documents. 3. If a conduit has not been assigned a unique number in the Contract Documents, assign a unique number following the numbering scheme used in the Contract Documents. 4. Provide conduit identification by a stamped or engraved non-corroding metal tag attached to the conduit bushing. 5. Provide an engraved phenolic nameplate in accordance with the requirements of Section 260000 — Electrical Work, General, or a computer printed self-adhesive label attached to the equipment or enclosure inside which the conduit terminates. 6. Markings with a pen or paint will not be accepted. MWH-06262015 ELECTRICAL RACEWAY SYSTEMS 10501278-FLOW CONTROL/SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT PAGE 260533 - 9 Q. Identification of Pullboxes and Junction Boxes � 1. Identify pullboxes and junction boxes. � 2. Identification shall be the unique conduit number assigned in the Contract Documents, or if not assigned a unique number the CONTRACTOR shall assign ' one following the numbering scheme used in the Contract Documents. 3. Provide box identification by a stamped or engraved non-corroding metal tag or an ' engraved phenolic nameplate, in accordance with the requirements of Section 260000 — Electrical Work, General, and attached to the box or enclosure. 4. Markings with a pen or paint will not be accepted. , - END OF SECTION - ' � � 1 � � , � � ' � � ' MWH-06262015 ELECTRICAL RACEWAY SYSTEMS 10501278-FLOW CONTROL/SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT PAGE 260533 - 10 � LJ � , � � ' ' � � ' � ' � ' � ' ' r- ��� SECTION 260536 - WIRING DEVICES PART 1 -- GENERAL 1.1 THE REQUIREMENT A. The CONTRACTOR shall provide wiring devices, complete and operable, as indicated in accordance with the Contract Documents. B. The requirements of Section 260000 - Electrical Work, General apply to this Section. C. Single Manufacturer 1. Like products shall be the end product of one manufacturer in order to achieve standardization of appearance, operation, maintenance, spare parts, and manufacturer's services. 1.2 CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS A. Furnish submittals in accordance with the requirements of Section 013300 - Contractor Submittals. B. Shop Drawings 1. Submit complete catalog cuts of switches, receptacles, enclosures, covers and appurtenances, marked to clearly identify the proposed materials. 2. Submit documentation showing that the proposed materials comply with the requirements of NEC and U.L. 3. Submit documentation of the manufacturer's quafifications. PART 2 -- PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL A. Devices shall carry the U.L. label. B. Color 1. General purpose duplex receptacles and toggle switch handles shall be brown everywhere except in finished rooms where they shall be ivory. 2. Special purpose receptacles shall have a body color as indicated. C. Receptacles and switches shall be of specification grade and shall conform to NEMA WD-1, Federal Specifications W-C-596E and W-S-896E, respectively. 2,2 LIGHTING SWITCHES A. Local branch switches shall be of the toggle type, rated at 20 amperes, 120-277 VAC, and shall be General Electric Cat. No. GE-5951-1 for single pole, GE-5953-1 for 3 way and GE-5954-1 for 4 way, similar types as manufactured by Hubbell, Leviton, or equal. MWH-06262015 WIRING DEVICES ' 10501278-FLOW CONTROL/SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT PAGE 260536 -1 2.3 GENERAL PURPOSE RECEPTACLES A. Duplex receptacles that are rated at 125V, 20 amperes, shall be of the polarized 3-wire type for use with a 3-wire cord with grounded lead, and one designated stud shall be permanently grounded to the conduit system in accordance with NEMA 5-20R. B. Dry Areas 1. Duplex 120V receptacles for dry areas shall be G.E. 5362, Hubbell 5362, or equal 2. Single receptacles for dry areas shall be G.E. 4102, Hubbell 6361, or equal. C. Damp/Wet Areas 1. Receptacles for damp/wet locations shall be weather-resistant-listed in accordance with NEC-2008, Article 406.8. 2. Duplex 120V receptacles for damp/wet areas shall be Hubbell HBL53621WR, or equal. D. GFCIs 1. 2. 3. 4. Ground-fault circuit-interrupting receptacles (GFCIs) shall be installed at the indicated locations and as required by the NEC. GFCIs shall be duplex receptacles, of specification grade, and tripping at 5 mA. GFCI ratings shall be 125V, 20 amperes, NEMA WD-1, Configuration 5-20R, and capable of interrupting 5,000 amperes without damage. GFCIs shall be weather resistant-listed in accordance with NEC-2008, Article 406.8. 5. Feed-through-type GFCIs serving standard receptacles shall not be permitted. 6. GFCIs shall be Hubbell GFR5362SG1 or similar as manufactured by Bryant, Leviton, or equal. 2.4 ENCLOSURES AND COVERS A. Surface-mounted switches and receptacles shall be housed in FS- or FD-type weatherproof conduit fittings. B. Switch and receptacle covers on surface-mounted boxes shall be constructed of„die-cast copper-free aluminum. C. In NEMA 1 and 12 areas, switch and receptacle boxes shall be provided with "super stainless steel covers" as manufactured by Harvey Hubbell, Arrow Hart, Bryant, or equal. D. In NEMA 3R, 4 and 4X areas switch and receptacle covers shall be Hubbell TayMac Specification Grade, or equal. 2.5 RECEPTACLE — SPECIAL PURPOSE A. Special purpose receptacles shall be provided with the ratings and number of poles as indicated or required for the proposed purpose. MWH-06262015 WIRING DEVICES 10501278-FLOW CONTROL/SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT PAGE 260536 -2 1 � B. Provide a matching plug with cord-grip features with each special purpose receptacle. 2.6 NAMEPLATES A. Provide nameplates or equivalent markings on the switch enclosures to indicate the ON ' and OFF positions of each switch. B. ON and OFF for 3-way or 4-way switches will not be accepted. C. Provide receptacles for special purposes with nameplates indicating their use. D. Nameplates shall meet the requirements of Section 260000 — Electrical Work, General. PART 3 -- EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. Perform WORK in accordance with the requirements of the NEC. 3.2 CONNECTION A. Rigidly attach wiring devices in accordance with the NEC and as indicated, avoiding interFerence with other equipment. B. Securely fasten nameplates using screws, bolts, or rivets centered under or on the device, unless otherwise indicated. C. Nameplates shall meet the requirements of Section 260000 — Electrical Work, General, and shall consist of a red plate with white letters a minimum of 1/4 inch tall. 3.3 GROUNDING A. Devices, including switches and receptacles, shall be grounded in accordance with NEC, Article 250, and Section 260526 — Grounding. B. Switches and associated metal plates shall be grounded through the switch mounting yoke, outlet box, and raceway system. 3.4 FIELD TESTING A. Provide checkout, field, and functional testing of wiring devices in accordance with Section 260000 — Electrical Work, General. B. Test each receptacle for polarity and ground integrity, using a standard receptacle tester. - END OF SECTION - MWH-06262015 WIRING DEVICES ' 10501278-FLOW CONTROL/SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT PAGE 260536 -3 This page is intentionally left blank. SECTION 260543 - UNDERGROUND RACEWAY SYSTEMS PART 1 -- GENERAL 1.1 THE REQUIREMENT A. Provide underground raceway systems, complete and in place, as indicated in accordance with the Contract Documents. B. Pullboxes, and fittings that are dedicated to the underground raceway system shall comply with the requirements of this Section. 1.2 CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS A. Furnish submittals in accordance with the requirements of Section 013300 — Contractor Submittals, and Section 260000 — Electrical Work, General. B. Shop Drawings 1. Submit complete catalog cuts of all raceways, fittings, and pullboxes, marked where applicable in order to show proposed materials and finishes. C. As-Built Drawings 1. Prepare as-built drawings of encased concealed and exposed raceways, ducts, raceways, junction boxes, pull boxes, and electrical and instrumentation equipment. 2. Show routings, burial depths and handhole locations and sizes, and where applicable, connections to drainage systems. 3. Furnish the drawings to the ENGINEER in accordance with the requirements of Section 013300 — Contractor Submittals. PART 2 -- PRODUCTS 2.1 PULLBOXES A. Frames and Covers 1. Provide traffic-type covers with an H-20 loading, except as otherwise indicated. 2. Identify pullbox covers as "ELECTRIC" by providing raised letters cast into the covers. B. Provide pullboxes with closed bottoms; open-bottom pullboxes will not be accepted. C. Precast Pullboxes Manufacturer, or Equal 1. Utility Vault Co. 2. Jensen Precast 3. Mack MWH-06262015 UNDERGROUND RACEWAY SYSTEMS 10501278-FLOW CONTROL/SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT PAGE 260543 - 1 4. Quikset 5. U.S. Precast 2.2 DUCTBANKS A. Provide underground ducts constructed of Schedule 40 PVC. Concrete encasement is not required. B. Identification Tape 1. Provide continuous lengths of underground warning tapes located 12 inches above and parallel to the ductbanks. 2. Provide tape consisting of 6-inch wide polyethylene film, imprinted with "CAUTION - ELECTRIC UTILITIES BELOW." 3. Provide tape that contains a non-ferrous metal foil conductor sandwiched in the tape for detection purposes. 4. Tape Manufacturer, or Equal: Brady PART 3 -- EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. Install underground raceways between as indicated or required. B. Raceway systems shall be electrically and mechanically complete before conductors are installed. C. Provide bends and offsets that are smooth and symmetrical, and fabricated with tools designed for this purpose. D. Use factory elbows wherever possible. E. To the extent possible, follow the raceway routings as indicated on the Drawings. F. Adjust the indicated routings as necessary in order to avoid obstructions. G. Coordination with Other Trades 1. Coordinate with other trades prior to installation of raceways. 2. The lack of coordination shall not be justification for extra compensation. 3. Perform removal and re-installation to resolve conflicts as part of the WORK. 3.2 DUCTBANKS A. Install ductbanks in accordance with the following criteria: 1. Assemble the duct using high-impact, non-metallic spacers and saddles in order to provide conduits with vertical and horizontal separation. MWH-06262015 UNDERGROUND RACEWAY SYSTEMS 10501278-FLOW CONTROL/SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT PAGE 260543 - 2 , � � L_.� ' � , � ' � � � 1 1 1 ' ' L� 1 2. Set the plastic spacers every 5 feet. 3. Lay the duct on a grade line of at least 3 inches per 100 feet, sloping towards pullboxes. 4. Install the duct and adjust the pullbox depths such that the top of the ductbank is a minimum of 18 inches below grade and a minimum of 24 inches below roadways. 5. Accomplish changes in direction of the duct envelope by more than 10 degrees horizontally or vertically by using bends with a minimum radius 24 times the duct diameter. 6. Stagger duct couplings a minimum of 6 inches. 7. Provide select backfill or sand for the bottom of the trench. 8. Cleaning a. Clean each bore of the completed ductbank by drawing through it a standard flexible mandrel, one foot long and 1/4 inch smaller than the nominal size of the duct. b. After passing the mandrel, draw through a wire brush and swab. 9. For spare raceways that are not indicated to contain conductors, provide a 1/8-inch polypropylene pull cord installed throughout the entire length of the raceway. B. Grout duct entrances smooth. C. Assemble sections of pre-fabricated pullboxes using waterproof mastic, and set on 12- inch bed of gravel as recommended by the manufacturer or as required by field conditions. D. Provide watertight ductbank penetrations through walls of pullboxes. E. When duct enters enclosures on a concrete slab on grade transition to rigid steel PVC- coated conduits on stub-ups. F. Sealing 1. Where an underground conduit enters a structure through a concrete roof or a membrane-waterproofed wall or floor, provide a Lin6c-Seal or equal sealing device. 2. Use the sealing device with rigid steel conduit. 3. Transition from PVC to rigid steel conduit prior to building entry. - END OF SECTION - MWH-06262015 UNDERGROUND RACEWAY SYSTEMS 10501278-FLOW CONTROL/SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT PAGE 260543 - 3 INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK SECTION 261216 — PANELBOARDS PART 1 -- GENERAL 1.1 THE REQUIREMENT A. The CONTRACTOR shall provide panelboards and general purpose dry-type transformers, complete and operable, in accordance with the Contract Documents. B. Single Manufacturer: Like products shall be the end product of one manufacturer in order to achieve standardization of appearance, operation, maintenance, spare parts, and manufacturer's services. 1.2 CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS A. General: Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 013300 - Contractor Submittals and Section 260000 - Electrical Work, General. B. Shop Drawings 1. Panelboards a. Breaker layout drawings with dimensions and nameplate designations b. Component list c. Drawings of conduit entry/exit locations d. Assembly ratings including: 1) Short circuit rating 2) Voltage 3) Continuous current e. Cable terminal sizes f. Descriptive bulletins g. Product sheets h. Installation information i. Seismic certification and equipment anchorage details PART 2 -- PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL A. Panelboards 1. Panelboards shall be dead front factory assembled. Panelboards shall comply with NEMA PB-1-Panelboards, as well as the provisions of UL 50 - Safety Enclosures for Electrical Equipment and UL 67 - Safety Panelboards. Panelboards used for service equipment shall be UL labeled for such use. Lighting panelboards shall be rated for 120/240 volt for single phase.. 2. The manufacturer of the panelboard shall be the manufacturer of the major components within the assembly, including circuit breakers. MWH-06262015 PANELBOARDS ' 10501278-FLOW CONTROL/SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT PAGE 261216 - 1 2.2 PANELBOARDS A. Ratings 1. Panelboards rated 240 VAC or less shall have short circuit ratings not less than 22,000 amperes RMS symmetrical or as required to meet the utility requirements whichever is greater. , �� ' 2. Panelboards shall be labeled with a UL short circuit rating. Series ratings are not , acceptable. B. Construction 1. Lighting and power distribution panels shall have copper busbars. 2. Breakers shall be one, or 2-pole as indicated, with ampere trip ratings as required by the equipment. Breakers shall be quick-make and quick-break, inverse time trip characteristics, to trip free on overload or short circuit, and to indicate trip condition by the handle position. 3. The panels shall have hinged doors with combination catch and latch. The front panels shall be so arranged that when the plates are removed, the gutters, terminals and wiring will be exposed and accessible. The doors shall have inne� doors within the plates to have only the breaker operating mechanism exposed when they are opened. Live conductors and terminals shall be concealed behind the plates. 4. Panelboards shall be rated for the intended voltage. 5. Circuit breakers shall be interchangeable and capable of being operated in any position as well as being removable from the front of the panelboard without disturbing adjacent units. No plug-in circuit breakers will be acceptable. 6. Lighting and power distribution panels shall be NEMA rated enclosures in accordance with Section 260000. Panels shall have the necessary barriers, supports, and liberal wiring gutters. Trim screws shall be stainless steel. Panelboard parts of inetal other than copper, aluminum, or stainless steel shall be cadmium plated. Panelboards shall be as manufactured by Siemens, Square D, Allen-Bradley, or Eaton Electrical. � 7 �'�' Panelboards shall be UL listed except for special enclosures which are not available with UL listing. Panelboards shall be suitable for use as service entrance where indicated or required by Code, state or local requirements. C. Surge Protective Devices 1 2 3 Surge Protective Devices (SPD) shall be designed to provide transient voltage protection for a service entrance panelboard. SPD units shall comply with UL 1449 3rd Edition, and shall be listed for such use.SPD shall be a Leviton 41120-001 to match Owner's existing system. Lighting and power distribution panels shall have SPD units installed close-coupled to the panelboard as close to their circuit breaker to minimize lead length. MW H-06262015 PANELBOARDS 10501278-FLOW CONTROL/SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT PAGE 261216 - 2 � 4. SPD units shall be rated for the voltage and phase service of the panel at 160 kA per phase. D. Multiwire branch circuits are not allowed. PART 3 -- EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. WORK of this Section shall be installed as indicated in Section 260000. - END OF SECTION - MWH-06262015 PANELBOARDS 10501278-FLOW CONTROL/SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT PAGE 261216 - 3 INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK , 1 � PART 1 -- GENERAL � ' ' SECTION 311000 - SITE PREPARATION 1.1 THE REQUIREMENT A. In its initial move onto the Site, the CONTRACTOR shall protect existing fences, houses and associated improvements, streets, and utilities downslope of construction areas from damage due to boulders, trees, or other objects dislodged during the construction process and clear, grub, strip; and regrade certain areas, in accordance with the Contract Documents. 1.2 SITE INSPECTION A. Prior to moving onto the Site, ' conditions and review maps of th property and right-of-way lines. ' PART 2 -- PRODUCTS (NOT USED) � ' ' � ' ' �J ' � ' PART 3 -- EXECUTION 3.1 PRIMARY PLANT SITE ACCESS the CONTRACTOR shall inspect the Site e Site and facilities delineating the OWNER's A. The CONTRACTOR shall develop any necessary access to the Site, including access barriers to prohibit entry of unauthorized persons. B. Utility Interference: Where existing utilities interfere with the WORK, notify the utility owner and the ENGINEER before proceeding in accordance with the General Conditions. 3.2 CLEARING, GRUBBING, AND STRIPPING A. Construction areas shall be cleared of grass and weeds to at least a depth of 6- inches and cleared of structures, pavement, sidewalks, concrete or masonry debris, and any other objectionable material of any kind which would interfere with the performance or completion of the WORK, create a hazard to safety, or impair the subsequent usefulness of the WORK, or obstruct its operation. Trees and other natural vegetation outside the actual lines of construction shall be protected from damage during construction. B. Within the limits of clearing for the appurtenant piping, the areas below the natural ground surface shall be grubbed to a depth necessary to remove stumps, roots, and other objectionable material. Septic tanks, drain fields, and connection lines and any other underground structures, debris or waste shall be removed if found on the Site. Objectionable material from the clearing and grubbing process shall be removed from the Site and wasted in approved safe locations. All areas outside of excavation limits shall not be cleared, grubbed or stripped. MW H-06262015 SITE PREPARATION 10501278-FLOW CONTROL AND SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT PAGE 31 10 00-1 � C. Unless otherwise indicated, native trees larger than 3-inches in diameter at the base shall not be removed without the ENGINEER's approval. The removal of any trees, shrubs, fences, or other improvements outside of rights-of-way, if necessary for the CONTRACTOR's choice of ineans and methods, shall be arranged with the owner of the property, and shall be removed and replaced, as part of the WORK. - END OF SECTION MWH-06262015 SITE PREPARATION ' 10501278-FLOW CONTROL AND SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT PAGE 31 10 00-2 e SECTION 311200 - EXCAVATION SUPPORT SYSTEMS PART 1 — GENERAL 1.1 GENERAL A. This section specifies Support) for excavation depth. 3 U 1.2 requirements for excavation support systems (Excavation of trenches and open excavations greater than four (4) feet in Where sheet piling, shoring, sheeting, bracing, or other supports are necessary, they shall be furnished, placed, maintained, and except as shown or specified otherwise, removed. The term Excavation Support as used herein has the same meaning as the term Shoring in WAC 296-155-650. CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS A. The CONTRACTOR is advised of the provisions for the Washington Industrial Safety and Health Act, Chapter 49.17 RCW and Chapter 296-155 WAC, Part N, Excavation, Trenching and Shoring. The CONTRACTOR's Excavation Support plan shall be prepared by a civil or structural engineer licensed in the State of Washington and submitted to the ENGINEER for review as indicated in the paragraphs below. At least 20 working days prior to installation of any Excavation Support system, the CONTRACTOR shall submit an excavation support control plan and operational schedule (Excavation Support Control Plan). The Excavation Support Control Plan shall be prepared, signed, and stamped by a professional engineer currently registered in the State of Washington. Such engineer shall have a minimum of 5 years' experience in the design of Excavation Support systems. The Excavation Support Control Plan shall show the number, location, type and depth of all Excavation Support means or methods selected by CONTRACTOR. The CONTRACTOR's Excavation Support Control Plan is subject to review by the ENGINEER. Such review is limited to determining general conformance with the intent of this specification, but not for detailed verification of sizes, spacing, depths, construction, or adequacy. ENGINEER review and/or lack of objection to the submitted Excavation Support Control Plan shall not modify the requirements of the Contract or relieve CONTRACTOR of its sole responsibility to design, install and remove Excavation Support as required herein. PART 2 — PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 — EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL ' A. Design, provide, and maintain shoring, sheeting, and bracing as necessary to support the sides of excavations and to prevent detrimental settlement and lateral movement of existing facilities, adjacent property, and completed Work. ' 3.2 REMOVAL OF EXCAVATION SUPPORT ' ' A. Do not begin to remove excavation support until support can be removed without damage to existing facilities, completed work, or adjacent property. MWH-06262015 EXCAVATION SUPPORT SYSTEMS 10501278-FLOW CONTROL AND SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT PAGE 31 12 00-1 3.3 TRENCHES ' A. Where trench excavation is deeper than four (4) feet, the Contractor shall construct and � maintain safety shoring systems that meet the requirements of the Washington Industrial Safety and Health Act, Chapter 49.17 RCW and Chapter 296-155 WAC, Part N. - END OF SECTION - MWH-06262015 EXCAVATION SUPPORT SYSTEMS 10501278-FLOW CONTROL AND SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT PAGE 31 12 00-2 � 1 , PART 1 -- GENERAL ' 1.1 THE REQUIREMENT SECTION 312319 - DEWATERING A. The CONTRACTOR shall dewater trench excavations, in accordance with the Contract ' Documents. The CONTRACTOR shall secure all necessary permits to complete the requirements of this Section of the Specifications. ' 1.2 CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS ' �� � A. Furnish submittals in accordance with Section 01 33 00 — Contractor Submittals. B. Prior to commencement of excavation, the CONTRACTOR shall submit a detailed plan and operation schedule for dewatering of excavations. The detailed plan shall include mitigation measures to prevent settlement of nearby structures and a contingency plan for restoring nearby structures if settlement is observed as a result of the CONTRACTOR's dewatering operations. The CONTRACTOR may be required to demonstrate the system proposed and to verify that adequate equipment, personnel, and materials are provided to dewater the excavations at all locations and times. The CONTRACTOR's dewatering plan is subject to review by the ENGINEER. ' 1.3 QUALITY CONTROL A. It shall be the sole responsibility of the CONTRACTOR to control the rate and effect of ' the dewatering in such a manner as to avoid all objectionable settfement and subsidence. ' B. All dewatering operations shall be adequate to assure the integrity of the finished project and shall be the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR. u � ' � ' ' ' C. All structures or facilities that are located within the radius of influence of the CONTRACTOR's dewatering operation shall have reference points established and observed at frequent intervals to detect any settlement which may develop. The responsibility for conducting the dewatering operation in a manner which will protect adjacent structures and facilities rests solely with the CONTRACTOR. The CONTRACTOR shall survey, record and report the reference points on a daily basis, and submit the written log to the ENGINEER at the completion of construction. The ENGINEER shall be immediately notified should any sign of settlement is observed. The cost of repairing any damage to adjacent structures and restoration of facilities shall be the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR. PART 2 -- PRODUCTS 2.1 EQUIPMENT A. Dewatering, where required, may include the use of well points, sump pumps, temporary pipelines for water disposal, rock or gravel placement, and other means. Standby pumping equipment shall be maintained on the Site. MWH-06262015 DEWATERING ' 10501278-FLOW CONTROL AND SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT PAGE 31 23 19-1 PART 3 -- EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. The CONTRACTOR shall provide all equipment necessary for dewatering. It shall have on hand, at all times, sufficient pumping equipment and machinery in good working condition and shall have available, at all times, competent workmen for the operation of the pumping equipment. Adequate standby equipment shall be kept available at all times to insure efficient dewatering and maintenance of dewatering operation during power failure. B. Dewatering for structures and pipelines shall commence when groundwater is first encountered, and shall be continuous until such times as water can be allowed to rise in accordance with the provisions of this Section or other requirements. C. At all times, site grading shall promote drainage. Surface runoff shall be diverted from excavations. Water entering the excavation from surFace runoff shall be collected in shallow ditches around the perimeter of the excavation, drained to sumps, and be pumped or drained by gravity from the excavation to maintain a bottom free from standing water. 1 � � � � � ' D. Dewatering shall at all times be conducted in such a manner as to preserve the 8 undisturbed bearing capacity of #he subgrade soils at proposed bottom of excavation. E. If foundation soils are disturbed or loosened by the upward seepage of water or an uncontrolled flow of water, the affected areas shall be excavated and replaced with drain rock. F. The CONTRACTOR shall maintain the water level below the bottom of excavation in all work areas where groundwater occurs during excavation construction, backfilling, and up to acceptance. G. Flotation shall be prevented by the CONTRACTOR by maintaining a positive and continuous removal of water. The CONTRACTOR shall be fully responsible and liable for all damages which may result from failure to adequately keep excavations dewatered. H. The CONTRACTOR shall dispose of water from the WORK in a suitable manner without damage to adjacent property. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for obtaining any permits that may be necessary to dispose of water. No water shall be drained into work built or under construction without prior consent of the ENGINEER. Water shall be filtered using an approved method to remove sand and fine-sized soil particles before disposal into any drainage system. ' The release of groundwater to its static level shall be performed in such a manner as to maintain the undisturbed state of the natural foundation soils, prevent disturbance of compacted backfill and prevent flotation or movement of structures and pipelines. J. Dewatering of trenches and other excavations shall be considered as incidental to the construction of the WORK and all costs thereof shall be included in the various contract prices in the Bid Forms, unless a separate bid item has been established for dewatering. - END OF SECTION - MWH-06262015 DEWATERING 10501278-FLOW CONTROL AND SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT PAGE 31 23 19-2 ' � PART 1 -- GENERAL � r THE REQUIREMENT SECTION 313000 - EARTHWORK The CONTRACTOR shall perform earthwork as indicated and required for construction of the WORK, complete and in place, in accordance with the Contract Documents. REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS, CODES, AND STANDARDS 1.1 A. 1.2 A. References herein to "Building Code" shall mean the International Building Code of the ' lnternational Code Council (1CC). The edition of the codes adopted as of the date of award of this contract shall apply to the WORK herein. , B. Federal Specifications and Commercial Standards ASTM C131 ' � � � � ' 1 1.3 Test Method for Resistance to Degradation of Small-Size Coarse Aggregate by Abrasion and Impact in the Los Angeles Machine Test Method for Resistance to Degradation of Large-Size Coarse Aggregate by Abrasion and Impact in the Los Angeles Machine Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Standard Effort Standard Test Method for Density and Unit Weight of in Place by the Sand-cone Standard Method Standard Practice for Classification of Soils for Engineering Purposes Standard Test Methods for Maximum Index Density and Unit Weight of Soils Using Vibratory Table Standard Test Method for In-Place Density and Water Content of Soil and Soil Aggregate by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth) A. WSDOT/APWA: 2012 Washington State Department of Transportation and American ' Public Works Association (WSDOT/APWA) Standard Specifications for Road, Bridge, and Municipal Construction. ' 1.4 A. , ASTM C535 ASTM D698 ASTM D1556 ASTM D2487 ASTM D4253 ASTM D6938 DEFINITIONS CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS Samples: 1. The CONTRACTOR shall submit samples of materials proposed for the WORK in conformance with the requirements of Section 01 33 00 — Contractor Submittals. ' 2. The CONTRACTOR shall submit samples of all imported materials proposed to be used in the work in accordance with the requirements in Section 01 33 00 - Contractor Submittals. Minimum sample sizes shall be 1/2 cubic foot each. ' MWH - 06262015 EARTHWORK , 10501278 — FLOW CONTROL AND SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT PAGE 31 30 00-1 � All imported materials specified in this Section shall be tested according to the following requirements: All tests necessary for the CONTRACTOR to locate an acceptable source of imported material shall be made by the CONTRACTOR. Certification that the material conforms to the Specification requirements along with copies of the test results from a qualified commercial testing laboratory shall be submitted to the ENGINEER for approval at least ten (10) days before the material is required for use. All material samples shall be furnished by the CONTRACTOR at the CONTRACTOR's sole expense. Samples shall be representative and be clearly marked to show the source of the material and the intended use on the project. Sampling of the material source shall be done by the CONTRACTOR in accordance with ASTM D75. Notify the ENGINEER at least 24 hours prior to sampling. The ENGINEER may, at the ENGINEER's option, observe the sampling procedures. Tentative acceptance of the material source shafl be based on an inspection of the source. by the ENGINEER and/or the certified test results submitted by the CONTRACTOR to the ENGINEER, at the ENGINEER's discretion. No imported materials shall be delivered to the site until the proposed source and materials tests have been tentatively accepted in writing by the ENGINEER. Final acceptance will be based on tests made on samples of material taken from the completed and compacted course. The completed course is defined as a course or layer that is ready for the next layer or the next phase of construction. All testing for final acceptance shall be performed by the ENGINEER. 1.5 2. Gradation tests by the CONTRACTOR shall be made on samples taken at the place of production prior to shipment. Samples of the finished product for gradation testing shall be taken from each 1,500 tons of prepared materials or more often as determined by the ENGINEER, if variation in gradation is occurring, or if the material appears to depart from the Specifications. Test results shall be forwarded to the ENGINEER within 48 hours after sampling. 3. If tests conducted by the CONTRACTOR or the ENGINEER indicate that the material does not meet Specification requirements, material placement will be terminated until corrective measures are taken. Material which does not conform to the Specification requirements and is placed in the WORK shall be removed and replaced at the CONTRACTOR's sole expense. Sampling and testing performed by the CONTRACTOR shall be done at the CONTRACTOR's sole expense. CODES, ORDINANCES, AND STATUTES A. CONTRACTORs shall familiarize themselves with, and comply with, all applicable codes, ordinances, statutes, and bear sole responsibility for the penalties imposed for noncompliance. 1.6 TOLERANCES A. All material limits shall be constructed within a tolerance of 0.1 foot except where dimensions or grades are shown or specified as minimum. All grading shall be perFormed to maintain slopes and drainage as shown. No reverse slopes will be permitted. PART 2 -- PRODUCTS 2.1 SUITABLE FILL AND BACKFILL MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS A. General: MWH - 06262015 EARTHWORK 10501278 — FLOW CONTROL AND SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT PAGE 31 30 00-2 8 ' ' 2. Fill and backfill materials that are to be placed within 12 inches of any structure or ' pipe and shall be free of rocks or unbroken masses of earth materials having a maximum dimension larger than three (3) inches. 1 B. ' ' � 4. If imported materials are required by this Section or are required in order to meet the ' quantity requirements of the WORK, the CONTRACTOR shall provide the imported materials as part of the WORK, unless a unit price item is included for imported materials in the Bidding Schedule. 1. Fill, backfill, and embankment materials shall be suitable selected or processed clean, fine earth, rock, or sand, free from grass, roots, brush, or other vegetation and organic matter. Suitable Materials: 1. Suitable materials for use in fills, backfilling, and embankment construction shall meet the requirements of the types defined in paragraph 2.1.0 and shall not meet the definition of unsuitable material as specified in Paragraph 2.2. E 3 Mixing or blending of materials to obtain a suitable composite is the CONTRACTOR's option but is subject to the approval of the ENGINEER. Suitable materials may be obtained from on-Site excavations, may be processed on-Site materials, or may be imported. ' C. The following types of suitable materials are defined: ' 1 Type A(gravel backfill for pipe zone bedding). Bedding for pipe shall meet the requirements of WSDOTlAPWA Section 9-03.12(3). ' ' , L_I � , 1 C J � Type B(shoulder ballast). Shoulder ballast shall meet the requirements of WSDOT/APWA Section 9-03.9(2), permeable ballast. 3. Type C(backfill for sand drains): Backfill for sand drains shall meet the requirements of WSDOT/APWA Section 9-03.13. 4. Type D(quarry spalls). Quarry spalls shall meet the requirements of WSDOT/APWA Section 9-13.6. 5. Type E(pea gravel). Crushed rock or gravel with 100 percent passing a'/2-inch sieve and not more than ten (10) percent passing a Number 4 sieve. 6. Type F(drain gravel) — Drain gravel shall meet the requirements of WSDOT/ APWA 9-03.12(4), except that the materials shall be rounded gravel. 7. Type G(crushed surfacing): Crushed rock aggregate base material of such nature that it can be compacted readily by watering and rolling to form a firm, stable base for pavements. Base and top course materials shall meet the requirements of WSDOT/APWA 9-03.9(3) except that the sand equivalent shall not exceed 30 minutes. 8. Type H(graded drainrock): Graded drainrock shall be crushed rock or gravel, durable and free from slaking or decomposition under the action of alternate wetting or drying. The material shall be uniformly graded and shall meet the following gradation requirements: MWH - 06262015 EARTHWORK ' 10501278 — FLOW CONTROL AND SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT PAGE 31 30 00-3 Sieve Size 1-inch 3/4-inch 3/8-inch No. 4 No. 8 No. 30 No. 50 No. 200 PercentaQe Passina 100 90-100 40-100 25�0 18-33 5-15 0-7 0-3 The drainrock shall have a sand equivalent value not less than 75. 2.2 A. 9. Type I(earthfill): Excavated material from the site that are free from roots, organic matter, trash, debris, rocks larger than three (3) inches, and other deleterious materials. Provide imported material of equivalent quality, if required to accomplish the work. 10. Type J(bank run gravel): Bank Run Grave{ shall meet the requirements of Bank Run Gravel for Trench backfill as specified in WSDOT/APWA Section 9-03.19, and less than five (5) percent by weight passing the No. 200 sieve during periods of wet weather. 11. Type K(topsoil): Stockpiled topsoil materiaf which has been obtained at the site by removing soil to a depth not exceeding two (2) feet befow existing grade after the area has been stripped of vegetation and debris. Removal of the topsoil shall be done after the area has been stripped of vegetation and debris. 12. Type L(Flowable Controlled Low Strength Material). Flowable Controlled Low Strength Material (CLSM) shall meet the requirements of Section 033400. 13. Type M(foundation stabilization): Trench stabilization material shall meet the requirements of WSDOT/APWA 9-03.17, Foundation Material Class B. 14. Type N(trench plug): 100% Bentonite or a mix of bentonite and soil as determined by the ENGINEER. 15. Type P(Light Loose Riprap): Light loose riprap shall meet the requirements WSDOT/APWA Section 9-13.1(2). UNSUITABLE MATERIAL Unsuitable materials include the materials listed below: 1. Soils which, when classified under ASTM D 2487 - Standard Classification of Soils for Engineering Purposes (Unified Soil Classification System), fall in the classifications of Pt, OH, CH, MH, or OL. 2. Soils which cannot be compacted sufficiently to achieve the density specified for the ' intended use. 3. Materials that contain hazardous or designated waste materials including petroleum hydrocarbons, pesticides, heavy metals, and any material which may be classified as hazardous or toxic according to applicable regulations. 4. Topsoil, except as otherwise specified. ' ' � MWH - 06262015 EARTHWORK 10501278 — FLOW CONTROL AND SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT PAGE 31 30 00-4 � 2.3 MATERIALS TESTING A. Samples: B. C. D. 1 2 Soils testing of samples submitted by the CONTRACTOR will be performed by a testing laboratory of the OWNER's choice and at the OWNER's expense. The ENGINEER may direct the CONTRACTOR to supply samples for testing of any material used in the WORK. Particle size analysis of soils and aggregates will be performed using ASTM D 422 - Standard Test Method for Particle-Size Analysis of Soils. Determination of sand equivalent value will be perFormed using ASTM D 2419 - Standard Test Method for Sand Equivalent Value of Soils and Fine Aggregate. Unified Soil Classification System: 1 2 References in this Section to soil classification types and standards shall have the meanings and definitions indicated in ASTM D 2487. The CONTRACTOR shall be bound by applicable provisions of ASTM D 2487 in the interpretation of soil classifications. PART 3 -- EXECUTION , 3.1 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILLING - GENERAL ' A. General: � ' 1. Except when specifically provided to the contrary, excavation shall include the removal of materials, including curbs, gutters, sidewalks and other obstructions, that would interfere with the proper execution and completion of the Work. 2. The removal of such materials shall conform to the lines and grades indicated or ordered. 3. Unless otherwise indicated, only the areas designated on the plans may be stripped ' of vegetation and debris, and such material shall be removed from the site prior to performing any excavation or placing any fill. �' 4. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish, place, and maintain supports and shoring that may be required for the sides of excavations. ' 5. Excavations shall be sloped or otherwise supported in a safe manner in accordance with applicable state safety requirements and the requirements of Section 311200 — Excavation Support Systems. , ' ' ' B. Removal and Exclusion of Water: The CONTRACTOR shall remove and exclude water, including stormwater, groundwater, irrigation water, and wastewater, from excavations in accordance with Section 31 23 19 — Dewatering. MWH - 06262015 EARTHWORK 10501278 — FLOW CONTROL AND SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT PAGE 31 30 00-5 3.2 OVER-EXCAVATION ' A. Indicated: Where areas are indicated to be over-excavated, excavation shall be to the � depth indicated, and backfill shall be installed to the grade indicated. B. Not Indicated: When ordered to over-excavate areas deeper and/or wider than required by the Contract Documents, the CONTRACTOR shall over-excavate to the dimensions ordered and backfill to the indicated grade. C. Neither Indicated Nor Ordered: Any over-excavation carried below the grade that is neither ordered or nor indicated shall be backfilled and compacted to the required grade with the indicated material as part of the Work 3.3 DISPOSAL OF EXCESS EXCAVATED MATERIAL A. L'-� � n Unless otherwise indicated, excess excavated material shall be the property of the CONTRACTOR. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for the removal and disposal of excess excavated material. Material shall be disposed of at an approved and permitted off-Site facility at a location arranged by the CONTRACTOR in accordance with Kitsap County and City of Bremerton laws and regulations regarding disposal of such material. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for all hauling, permits, and costs associated with off-site disposal. 3.4 BACKFILL A. General: 1 2 Backfill shall not be dropped directly upon any structure or pipe. Backfill shall not be placed around or upon any concrete structure until the concrete has attained sufficient strength to withstand the loads imposed. B. Except for backfill materials being placed in over-excavated areas or trenches, backfill shall be placed after water is removed from the excavation and the trench sidewalls and bottom have been dried to a moisture content suitable for compaction. C n Pre-Placement Conditions: 1. Immediately prior to placement of backfill materials, the bottoms and sidewalls of trenches and structure excavations shall have any loose, sloughing, or caving soil and rock materials removed. 2. Trench sidewalls shall consist of excavated surFaces that are in a relatively undisturbed condition before placement of backfill materials. Layering: 1. Backfill materials shall be placed and spread evenly in horizontal layers. MWH - 06262015 EARTHWORK ', 10501278 — FLOW CONTROL AND SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT PAGE 31 30 00-6 8� ' , E. ' F. � � ' 2. When compaction is achieved using mechanical equipment, the layers shall be evenly spread such that when compacted, each layer shall not exceed six (6) inches in thickness. During spreading, each layer shall be thoroughly mixed as necessary in order to promote uniformity of material in each layer. Moisture Content: 1. All backfill materials shall be maintained within plus or minus two (2) percent of optimum moisture content at the time of compaction in accordance with ASTM D1557. 2. Where the backfill material moisture content is below the optimum moisture content, water shall be added before or during spreading until the proper moisture content is achieved. 3. Where the backfill material moisture content is too high to permit the indicated , degree of compaction, the material shall be dried until the moisture content is satisfactory or dispose of the material and substitute suitable material. ' G. Wet Conditions: The following measures shall be taken in wet weather or under wet conditions when proper control cannot be exercised over soil moisture content: ' 1. Fill material shall contain no more than five (5) percent fines (material passing the No. 200 sieve) by weight, based on wet sieving the material fraction passing a 3/4-inch sieve. Any fines present shall be non-plastic. ' � ' � 3.5 ' A. 2. Earthwork shall be accomplished in small sections and carried through to completion to minimize exposure to wet weather. Excavation shall be followed immediately by the placement of approximately 12 inches of Type H material except the fill shall not have more than five (5) percent fines, based on wet sieving and material fraction passing a 3/4 sieve. Any fines present shall be non-plastic. The size and type of equipment shall be limited to prevent soil disturbance. 3. No soil at the bottom of the excavation shall be left uncompacted so that it can absorb water. Soils which become too wet for proper compaction shall be removed and replaced with fill material as specified in paragraph 2 above. STRUCTURE EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL Excavation Beneath Structures: 1. Except where indicated otherwise for a particular structure or where ordered by the ' ENGINEER, excavation shall be carried to an elevation 12 inches below the bottom of the footing or slab and brought back to grade with compacted materials acceptable for placement beneath structures. ' 1 ' 2. Where indicated or ordered, areas beneath structures shall be over-excavated. 3. When such over-excavation is indicated, both the over-excavation and the subsequent backfill to the required grade shall be performed by the CONTRACTOR. MWH - 06262015 EARTHWORK ' 10501278 — FLOW CONTROL AND SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT PAGE 31 30 00-7 B. Notification of ENGINEER: The CONTRACTOR shall notify the ENGINEER at least three (3) Days in advance of completion of any structure excavation and shall allow the ENGINEER a review period of at least one day before the exposed foundation is scarified and compacted or is covered with backfill or with any construction materials. C � E Compaction of Backfill Materials: 1. Each layer of backfill materials as defined herein, where the material is graded such that ten (10) percent or more passes a No. 4 sieve, shall be mechanically compacted to the indicated percentage of density. 2. Equipment that is consistently capable of achieving the required degree of compaction shall be used and each layer shall be compacted over its entire area while the material is at the required moisture content. 3. Each layer of coarse granular backfill materials with less than ten (10) percent passing the No. 4 sieve shall be compacted by means of at least two (2) passes from a vibratory compactor that is capable of obtaining the required density in two (2) passes. Flooding, ponding, and jetting shall not be used for consolidation of any backfill materials. Compaction Requirements: 1. Where the material is graded such that ten (10) percent or more passes a No. 4 sieve, the compaction requirements in the table below shall be in accordance with ASTM D 1557 — Test Method for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soils Using Modified Effort (56,000 ft— Ibf/ft (2,700 kN-m/m Where the material is coarse granular backfill with less than ten (10) percent passing the No. 4 sieve, the compaction requirements in the table below shall be in accordance with ASTM D 4253 — Test Method for Maximum Index Density and Unit Weight of Soils Using a Vibratory Table, and D 4254 — Test Method for Minimum Index Density and Unit Weight of Soils and Calculation of Relative Density. Location or Use of Fill Percentage of Percentage of or Backfill Maximum Dry Density Relative Density Embankments and fills not g0 55 identified otherwise Embankments and fills beneath 95 70 paved areas or structures Backfill beneath structures 95 70 Backfill around structures 90 55 Trench Plugs (Type N material) 95 70 Topsoil 80 NA Aggregate base or subbase 95 NA ' � � MWH - 06262015 EARTHWORK 10501278 — FLOW CONTROL AND SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT PAGE 31 30 00-8 8 � 3.6 PIPELINE AND UTILITY TRENCH EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL , A. Exploratory (Pothole Utility) Excavations: 1 ' ' ' , ' B ' C ' ' ' ' ' ' D , ' 1 ' ' 2 3 4 � The CONTRACTOR shall excavate and expose buried points of connection to existing utilities as indicated. Exploratory excavations shall be performed prior to the preparation of Shop Drawings for connections and before the fabrication of the pipe. The data obtained from exploratory excavations shall be used in preparing the Shop Drawings. Data, including dates, locations excavated, and dimensioned sketches, shall be submitted to the ENGINEER within one week of excavation. Damage to utilities from excavation activities shall be repaired by the CONTRACTOR in accordance with the General Conditions. General: Unless otherwise indicated or ordered, excavation for pipelines and utilities shall be open-cut trenches with minimum widths as indicated. Trench Bottom: 1. Except where pipe bedding is required, the bottom of the trench shall be excavated uniformly to the grade of the bottom of the pipe. 2. Excavations for pipe bells shall be made as required. 3. Where pipe bedding is required, the bottom of the trench shall be excavated uniformly to the grade of the bottom of the pipe bedding. 4. Over-Excavation: When ordered or authorized by the ENGINEER, whether indicated on the drawings or not, trenches shall be overexcavated beyond the depth and/or width shown. Such over-excavation shall be to the dimensions ordered. The trench shall then be backfilled to the grade of the bottom of the pipe bedding. Over- excavation less than six (6) inches below the limits on the Drawings shall be done at no increase in cost to the OWNER. When the over-excavation authorized or ordered by the ENGINEER is six (6) inches or greater below the limits shown, or wider, additional payment may be made to the CONTRACTOR. Said additional payment will be made under separate unit price bid items for over-excavation or as changes in the work if no separate unit price bid item is provided. Open Trenches: 1. The maximum amount of open trench permitted in any one location shall be 300 feet or the length necessary to accommodate the amount of pipe installed in a single Day, whichever is greater. 2. Trenches shall be fully backfilled at the end of each Day or, in lieu thereof, shall be covered by heavy steel plates adequately braced and capable of supporting vehicular traffic in those locations where it is impractical to backfill at the end of each Day. MWH - 06262015 EARTHWORK 10501278 — FLOW CONTROL AND SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT PAGE 31 30 00-9 E F Trench Shield: 1. If a moveable trench shield is used during excavation operations, the trench width shall be wider than the shield such that the shield is free to be lifted and then moved horizontally without binding against the trench sidewalls and causing sloughing or caving of the trench walls. 1 �� ' 2. If the trench walls cave or slough, the trench shall be excavated as an open excavation with sloped sidewalls or with trench shoring, as indicated and as ' required by the pipe structural design. 3. If a moveable trench shield is used during excavation, pipe installation, and backfill operations, the shield shall be moved by lifting the shield free of the trench bottom ' or backfill and then moving the shield horizontally. 4. The CONTRACTOR shall not drag trench shields along the trench causing damage ' or displacement to the trench sidewalls, the pipe, or the bedding and backfill. Placing, Spreading, and Compaction of Backfill Materials: 1. Each layer of coarse granular backfill materials with less than ten (10) percent passing the No. 4 sieve shall be compacted at a minimum by means of at least two (2) passes from a vibratory compactor that is capable of achieving the required density in two (2) passes and that is acceptable to the ENGINEER. a. Where such materials are used for pipe zone backfill, vibratory compaction shall be used at vertical intervals of the lesser of: 1) One-half the diameter of the pipe; or 2) 24 inches, measured in the uncompacted state. b. In addition, these materials shall be subjected to vibratory compaction at the top of pipe bedding, springline of the pipe, and the top of the pipe zone backfill, regardless of whether that dimension is less than 24 inches or not. 2. Each layer of backfill material with ten (10) percent or more passing the No. 4 sieve shall be compacted as specified in Paragraph 3.6.K of this Section using compaction methods suitable for the Work. a. The material shall be placed and compacted under the haunch of the pipe and up each side evenly so as not to move the pipe during the placement of the backfill. b. The material shall be placed in lifts that will not exceed six (6) inches when compacted to the required density. c. If approved backfill materials are graded such that greater than ten (10) percent passes the No. 4 sieve and the materials cannot reliably be field tested (by the OWNER's representatives) using field density in-place tests in accordance with Paragraph 3.7.B.3 of this Section, then the backfill materials shall be tested based on cohesionless soil materials specified in Paragraph 3.7.6.2 of this Section and compacted in accordance with Paragraph 3.6.F.1 of this Section. MWH - 06262015 EARTHWORK 10501278 — FLOW CONTROL AND SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT PAGE 31 30 00-10 � � G � H Flooding, ponding, and jetting shall not be used for consolidation of any backfill materials. Mechanical Compaction: ' 1. Backfill around and over pipelines that is mechanically compacted shall be compacted using light, hand-operated vibratory compactors and rollers that do not damage the pipe. ' ' ' 1 I ' ' ' � 1 1 � � ' ' ' 2. After completion of at least two (2) feet of compacted backfill over the top of pipeline, compaction equipment weighing no more than 8,000 pounds may be used to complete the trench backfill. 3. Mechanical compaction equipment greater than 8,000 pounds may be considered by the ENGINEER for compacting the trench zone backfill material located a minimum of 3 feet above the top of pipe on a case-by-case basis. The CONTRACTOR must make a written application to the ENGINEER on the "Substitution Request Form" in accordance with Section 01 60 00. Pipe and Utility Trench Backfill: 1. Pipe Zone Backfill: a. Definitions: 1) The pipe zone is defined as that portion of the vertical trench cross-section lying between a plane ten (10) inches below the bottom surface of the pipe and a plane at a point 6 inches above the top surface of the pipe as indicated on the Drawings. 2) The bedding is defined as that portion of pipe zone backfill material between the trench subgrade and the bottom of the pipe. 3) The embedment is defined as that portion of the pipe zone backfill material between the bedding and a plane at a point 6 inches above the top surface of the pipe. b. Final Trim: c. � 1) After compacting the bedding, the CONTRACTOR shall perForm a final trim using a stringline for establishing grade, such that each pipe section when first laid will be continually in contact with the bedding along the extreme bottom of the pipe. 2) Excavation for pipe bells shail be made as required. Bedding material shall be Type A in accordance with Paragraph 2.1.0 of this Section. Embedment material shall be Type A, Type C, or Type G(Top Course) in accordance with Paragraph 2.1.0 of this Section. e. Pipe zone backfill materials shalt be manually spread evenly around the pipe, maintaining the same height on both sides of the pipe such that when compacted the pipe zone backfill will provide uniform bearing and side support. MWH - 06262015 EARTHWORK ' 10501278 — FLOW CONTROL AND SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT PAGE 31 30 00-11 The CONTRACTOR shall exercise care in order to prevent damage to the pipeline coating, and the pipe itself during the installation and backfill operations. g. Over-Excavation: Backfill material used to replace pipeline trench bottom shall be Type M in accordance with Paragraph 2.1.0 of this Section. Backfill material used to replace pipeline trench bottom shall be totally encased with filter fabric. Filter fabric shall be in accordance with WSDOT Standard Specification 9-33.1, Table 3, "Soil Stabilization" fabric. 2. Trench Zone Backfill: a. After the pipe zone backfill has been placed and compacted, backfilling of the , trench zone may proceed. b. The trench zone is defined as that portion of the vertical trench cross-section lying as indicated between a plane 6 inches above the top surface of the pipe (as indicated on the Drawings) and a plane at a point 18 inches below the finished surface grade, or if the trench is under pavement, 16 inches below the roadway subgrade. c. Trench zone backfill material shall be Type J for trenches in roadways and Type I for trenches in non-paved areas in accordance with Paragraph 2.1.0 of this Section, respectively. J 3. Final Backfill: Final backfill is defined as backfill in the trench cross-sectional area within 18 inches of finished grade, or if the trench is under pavement, backfill within 16 inches of the roadway subgrade. Trench Shield: , � � , � �� � L—J � If a moveable trench shield is used during backfill operations, the shield shall be lifted to a location above each layer of backfill material prior to compaction of the layer. � 2. The CONTRACTOR shall not displace the pipe or backfill while the shield is being e moved. Compaction Requirements: Where the material is graded such that ten (10) percent or more passes a No. 4 sieve, the compaction requirements in the table below shall be in accordance with ASTM D 1557 — Test Method for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soils Using Modified Effort (56,000 ft— Ibf/ft (2,700 kN-m/m Where the material is coarse granular backfill with less than ten (10) percent passing the No. 4 sieve, the compaction requirements in the table below shall be in accordance with ASTM D 4253 — Test Method for Maximum Index Density and Unit Weight of Soils Using a Vibratory Table, and ASTM D 4254 — Test Method for Minimum Index Density and Unit Weight of Soils and Calculation of Relative Density. Location or Use of Fitl or Backfill Percentage of Percentage of Relative Maximum Dry Density Density Pipe embedment backfill for gp 70 flexible pipe. Pipe bedding and over-excavated gp 70 zones under beddin for flexible il � � � � �i i� � � L� � MWH - 06262015 EARTHWORK 10501278 — FLOW CONTROL AND SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT PAGE 31 30 00-12 � pipe, including trench plugs. Final backfill, beneath paved areas 95 70 or structures. Final backfill, not beneath paved 90 55 areas or structures. Trench zone backfill, beneath paved areas and structures, 95 70 including trench plugs. Trench zone backfill, not beneath paved areas or structures, 90 55 including trench plugs. 3.7 A. � FIELD TESTING General: Field soils testing will be performed by a testing laboratory of the OWNER's choice at the OWNER's expense, except as indicated below. Density: 1. Where soil material is required to be compacted to a percentage of maximum density, the maximum density at optimum moisture content shall be determined in accordance with Method C of ASTM D 1557. 2. Where cohesionless, free draining soil material graded such that less than ten (10) ' percent passes the No. 4 sieve is required to be compacted to a percentage of relative density, the calculation of relative density shall be determined in accordance with ASTM D 4253 and ASTM D 4254. � � 3. Where soil material is graded such that ten (10) percent or more passes a No. 4 sieve, field density in-place tests shall be perFormed in accordance with ASTM D 1556 — Standard Test Method for Density and Unit Weight of Soil In-place by the Sand-Cone Method, ASTM D 6938 — Standard Test Method for In-place Density and Water Content of Soil and Soil-Aggregate by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth), or by such other means acceptable to the ENGINEER. ' C. Remediation: , 1. In case the test of the fill or backfill shows non-compliance with the required density, the CONTRACTOR shall accomplish such remedy as may be required to ensure compliance. ' ' D �I J � I r-- I � � �� 2. Subsequent testing to show compliance shatl be by a testing laboratory selected by the OWNER and paid by the CONTRACTOR. CONTRACTOR's Responsibilities: 1. The CONTRACTOR shall provide test trenches and excavations, including excavation, trench support and groundwater removal for the OWNER's field soils testing operations. 2. The trenches and excavations shall be provided at the locations and to the depths as required by the OWNER. - END OF SECTION MWH - 06262015 EARTHWORK 10501278 — FLOW CONTROL AND SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT PAGE 31 30 00-13 � �� � INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK � 1 ' 1 � ' � e ' t , a � , t MWH - 06262015 EARTHWORK 10501278 - FLOW CONTROL AND SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT PAGE 31 30 00-14 8 � t PART 1 -- GENERAL 1.1 SECTION 329300 — LANDSCAPE RESTORATION THE REQUIREMENT A. The CONTRACTOR shall provide landscaping, landscaping restoration, and appurtenant work, complete and in place, in accordance with the Contract Documents. B. All plant material (Trees and Shrubs) within the work area shall be protected in place or dug out, temporarily stored and re-installed following pipeline installation. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. The terms "plant material" or "plants" refer to all vegetation, whether trees, shrubs, ground cover, or herbaceous vegetation. B. "Quality" refers to structure and form, as evidenced by density and number of canes and branches, compactness, symmetry, and general development without consideration of size or condition. "Standard quality" indicates the least acceptable quality. "Standard quality" plants shall be typical of the species and variety of good average uniform growth, shall be well formed and uniformly branched, and shall have the minimum number of canes indicated, free from irregularities, or shall conform to minimum quality index. Where the number of canes is not specifically stated in describing this grade, the "Horticultural Standards" as adopted by the American Association of Nurserymen shall apply. In such a case, the number of canes and other factors for the appropriate classification under "quality definition" in the Horticultural Standards shall be the Quality Index. Plant material below this standard will be considered "culls" and are not acceptable. Plants shall be nursery grown. C. "Specimen" means an exceptionally heavy, symmetrical, tightly-knit plant, so trained or ' favored in its development and appearance as to be outstanding, superior in form, number of branches, compactness, and symmetry. ' D. "Size" is the factor controlled by dimensions representing height or spread, or both, without consideration of quality or conditions. For standard quality, a dimension is given for height or container size, or a dimension is given for height as well as container size. ' ' ' ' ' ' E. "HeighY' is usually indicated with a tolerance. The smaller dimension is the minimum acceptable. The larger dimension represents the maximum permissible. The average dimension of all plants shall equal the average of the tolerance figures for each item. F. "Condition" is the factor controlled by vitality and ability to survive and thrive and be comparable with normal plants of the same species and variety in the vicinity at the same season of the year. Plants shall be free from physical damage or adverse conditions that would prevent thriving. "Condition" also sometimes refers to state of growth, i.e., whether "dormant condition" or "growing condition" and this state shall be comparable to plants of similar species in the vicinity for leaves, formation of buds, and the like. G. "Cane" means a primary stem which starts from the ground, or close to the ground, at a point not higher than 1/4 the height of the plant. H. "Caliper" shall be measured 12 inches above the finish grade or ground, as a guide, or where the trunk appears to form the head of the tree. MWH - 06262015 LANDSCAPE RESTORATION � 10501278-FLOW CONTROL AND SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT PAGE 329300 -1 I. "Foliage line" is maximum dimension in case of specimen plants. It measures from ground to lowest part of body of plant. 1.3 REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS, CODES, AND STANDARDS ❑ � A. Commercial Standards ASTM D 422 ANSI Z60.1-2004 American Association of Nurserymen Inc. Method for Particle-Size Analysis of Soils American Standard for Nursery Stock, 2004 Edition Rules and Grading Provisions 1.4 CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS A. General: Submittals shall be furnished in accordance with Section 01 33 00 - Contractor Submittals. B. Product Information � ' � ' � 1. Manufacturer's product information on fertilizer, Compost, mulch, seed mixtures, � and sod 2. Topsoil Analysis Report: A report certified by an analytical laboratory which shows results of analyzing representative samples of topsoil proposed for use. Approval of the report does not constitute final acceptance of the topsoil. ' C. Certificate � 1. Certificates shall accompany each delivery stating source, quantity, and type of material. All certificates shall be submitted at the time of delivery. e 2. Certificates of inspection of plant material, as may be required by Federal, State, or other authorities having jurisdiction, which accompany the shipment, shall be submitted at delivery. 3. Landscaping Subcontractor guarantee to perform planting maintenance services such as weed control, irrigation as needed, during the 1-year correction of defects period. All plantings are to be alive and healthy at the end of the 1-year warranty period. D. Samples 1. Three samples of typical plants from each variety and size indicated shall be submitted. If approved, samples shall be planted and maintained as standards for comparison with plants provided. 2. Samples of grass seed: 1 Ib samples of each type of grass seed required with the dealer's guaranteed germination rate. Grass seed shall not be delivered to the Site prior to written approval of the samples. Approval of the samples, however, shall not affect the right of the ENGINEER to reject the seed upon or after delivery. MWH - 06262015 LANDSCAPE RESTORATION 10501278-FLOW CONTROL AND SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT PAGE 329300 -2 � 1.5 ' ' � � ' II QUALITY ASSURANCE A. General: All plants shall be true to type or name as indicated in the Contract Documents and shall be tagged in accordance with the standard practice however, determination of plant species or variety will be made by the ENGINEER. B. Comply with sizing and grading standards of the 2004 4th edition of "American Standard for Nursery Stock." C. Nomenclature shall conform with Hortus Third compiled by the L.H. Bailey Arboretum, Cornell University, 1976. D. All plants shall be nursery grown or collected material that has been held in a nursery for at least one year. Nursery climatic must be similar to those in the locality of the project. All plants shall be weed free at the time of planting. E. Stock furnished shall be at least the minimum size indicated. Larger stock is acceptable at no additional cost, and providing that the larger plants will not be cut back to size indicated. F. Inspections will be made by the ENGINEER or its representative. The CONTRACTOR ' shall request inspection at least 24 hours in advance of the time inspection is required. Inspection is required on the following stages of the WORK: � 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. During preliminary grading, soil preparation, and initial weeding. When trees are spotted for planting, but before planting holes have been excavated. When finish grading has been completed. When all WORK except the maintenance period has been completed. ., Final inspection at the completion of the maintenance period. � � ' ' 1.6 � ' ' ' ' G. Soil Compaction tests shall be performed at random locations by the ENGINEER or its representative using a `rod penetrometer'. CLEANUP A. Upon completion of all planting operations, the portion of the Site used for a work or storage area by the CONTRACTOR shall be cleaned of all debris, superfluous materials, and equipment. All such materials and equipment shall be entirely removed from the Site in accordance with Section 017700 - Project Closeout. B. All walks or pavement shall be swept or washed clean upon completion of the WORK of this Section. C. During the entire Contract period, plant containers that have been cut or removed from plant materials shall be removed from the Site daily. MWH - 06262015 LANDSCAPE RESTORATION � 10501278-FLOW CONTROL AND SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT PAGE 329300 -3 1.7 MAINTENANCE OF LANDSCAPING PLANTING PRIOR TO ACCEPTANCE OF PROJECT A. General: The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for protecting, watering, and maintaining all planting and irrigation systems until final acceptance of all WORK under the Contract. ' � L� B. At time of acceptance of the complete project, the lawn shall be totally established with no bare spots, have been mowed a minimum of 4 times, and the grass shall be at least , 1-1/4 to two inches in height. C. Watering: Trees and shrubs shall be thoroughly soaked after planting and provided with additional water at intervals as necessary to provide for good health and growth of the planting. D. Upon completion of seeding, the entire area shall be soaked to saturation by a fine spray. The new planting shall be kept watered by the sprinkling system existing on the Site during dry weather or whenever necessary for proper establishment of the seeding. Care shall be taken to avoid excessive washing or puddling on the surface and any such damage caused thereby shall be repaired. E. Protection: The CONTRACTOR shall provide adequate protection to all newly seeded areas including the installation of approved temporary fences to prevent trespassing and damage, as well as erosion control, until the end of the correction of defects period. F. The CONTRACTOR shall replace any materials or equipment or which its employees or Subcontractors have damaged. G. Partial utilization of the project shall not relieve the CONTRACTOR of any of the requirements contained in the Contract Documents. H. Mowing of Grass Areas: Mowing of grass areas shall be in accordance the mowing of grass table below GRASS AREA TYPE MOWING REQUIRED MAXIMUM HEIGHT ,. . . .. . . . . _ .. . ._ ... . , ... ... _ - SEED MIX A(Lawn) YES - 3-inches . - - � - �--... �. _.__._ i I SEED MIX B(Erosion) NO N/A , ; ` ' .__..-- --_� First mowing of grass areas shall begin as soon as the grass has reached a height of three inches and subsequent mowing shall be at least once a week or as often as necessary to maintain all lawn areas at a uniform height of 1-1/2 to two inches. 2. Seed mix A: Lawn shall be fertilized every three (3) weeks with 6 Ibs of 16-16-8 commercial fertilizer per 1,000 sq ft for the first seven (7) weeks and be fertilized thereafter� once each five (5) months prior to acceptance. 3. Plants shall be maintained in a vigorous, thriving condition by watering, cultivating, weeding, pruning, spraying, and other operations necessary. No trees or shrubs will be accepted unless they are healthy and show satisfactory foliage conditions. MWH - 06262015 LANDSCAPE RESTORATION 10501278-FLOW CONTROL AND SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT PAGE 329300 -4 ' � ' ' � 1.8 1 ' I� `J ' 4. All planted areas shall be cultivated at least every two (2) weeks and be raked smooth to present a neat appearance, and additional mulch shall be added where necessary. 5. Maintenance shall include, in addition to the foregoing, cleaning, edging, repairs to stakes, wire, and wrappings, the repair of erosion, and all other necessary work of maintenance. Sidewalks and other paved areas shall be kept clean while planting and maintenance are in progress. 6. Any existing sprinkler lines broken or disrupted shall be replaced to proper working order prior to work under this Contract and shall be acceptable to the OWNER. FINAL INSPECTION AND GUARANTEE A. Inspection of grass and planting will be part of final inspection under the Contract. B. Written notice requesting inspection shall be submitted to the ENGINEER at least ten (10) working days prior to the anticipated inspection date. C. Final acceptance prior to start of the guarantee period of the Contract will be on written approval by the ENGINEER, on the satisfactory completion of all WORK, including maintenance, but exclusive of the replacement of plant material. D. Any delay in the completion of any item of work in the planting operation which extends the planting into more than one season shall extend the correction period in accordance with the date of completion given above. • E. The CONTRACTOR shall replace, as soon as weather conditions permit, all dead plants ' and all plants not in a vigorous, thriving condition which are noted at the end of the one- year correction period. � � 1.9 � , � � � ' F. All WORK under this Section shall be left in good order to the satisfaction of the OWNER and the ENGINEER, and the CONTRACTOR shall, without additional expense to the OWNER, replace any trees, shrubs, etc., which develop defects or die during the three- year correction period. MAINTENANCE AND GUARANTEE FOLLOWING ACCEPTANCE OF PROJECT A. General: The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for maintaining all plantings, including all necessary plant or tree replacements, weeding, cultivating, fertilizing, pruning, controlling insects and diseases, re-guying, and performing all other operations incident thereto until final project acceptance. The CONTRACTOR shall obtain a written guarantee from the landscaping Subcontractor embodying the provisions of this paragraph. B. The WORK covered by the maintenance and guarantee portions of this section includes providing all replacements of plants, labor, materials, equipment, and supplies and in performing all operations in connection with maintenance and guarantees. C. The inspection of Type A Seeded areas (Lawn) is independent of the final inspection and maintenance period. After the Type B Seeded areas has been accepted and has been mowed four (4) or more times, the responsibility for mowing and irrigation will be turned over to the OWNER. MWH - 06262015 LANDSCAPE RESTORATION ' 10501278-FLOW CONTROL AND SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT PAGE 329300 -5 D. Plants shall be guaranteed for one year against defects of materials and workmanship as outlined below. The guarantee period begins after the date of the written acceptance of the initial planting. A landscape bond shall be procured by the Contractor to guarantee performance of the enclosed provisions. E. A 100 percent survivorship of all plant material is required under this guarantee. If plants require replacement due to mortality, the specified plants shall be replaced in kind. F. Plant material that is 25 percent or more dead or disfigured will be considered dead and must be replaced at no charge. A tree will be considered dead when the main leader has died back or when 25 percent of the crown is dead. Plants will be considered disfigured when excessive dead wood has been removed or when the symmetry or typical habit of growth has been impaired by the removal of dead wood. G. Replace dead plants during the guarantee period at no additional cost. Contractor has the right during the entire warranty period to enter upon the property for inspection and curative treatment of any material needing such and which are still under warranty. Notify the ENGINEER a minimum three (3) working days in advance of any corrective or curative treatment measures so as to arrange for access to the area. H. The above guarantee will be applicable to any growing conditions through which plants of like kind could be expected to survive and any deformity or cause of death, which could be attributed to, or affected by, the physiological conditions of the plant. This guarantee will not apply to plant losses due to abnormal weather conditions such as floods, excessive wind damage, drought, severe freezing or abnormal rains, as determined by the National Weather Service. I. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish all water required during the maintenance and correction period. J. The CONTRACTOR shall replace any dead or diseased plants during the maintenance and correction period. K: All Type A Seeded areas and planting areas shall be fertilized during the acceptance period with 16-6-4 chemical fertilizer. Amount of fertilizer applied shall be per fertilizer's written instructions on bag. Fertilizers applied to planting areas shall be cultivated into the top two inches of topsoil. L. The CONTRACTOR shall clean-up and remove unused or waste materials from the Site and leave the area in a neat condition satisfactory to the OWNER whenever it performs work during the maintenance period. M. Final Inspection: The OWNER and CONTRACTOR shal� make a final inspection at the end of the one-year guarantee period. Any plants and materials found defective at time of final inspection shall be replaced within a time agreed upon by both parties. If it is too late in the planting season for replanting, the replacements shall be made during the next planting season even though such planting may run beyond the maintenance and correction period PART 2 -- PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL A. All landscaping materials for soil conditioning, weed abatement, or planting shall be first- grade, commercial quality and shall have certificates indicating the source of material, MWH - 06262015 LANDSCAPE RESTORATION 10501278-FLOW CONTROL AND SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT PAGE 329300 -6 e ' ' analysis, quantity, or weight attached to each sack or container or furnished with each delivery. Delivery certificates shall be given to the ENGINEER as each shipment of material is delivered. A list of the materials used, together with typical certificates of each material, shall be submitted to the ENGINEER prior to final acceptance. � 2.2 WATER A. Make arrangements to ensure an adequate water supply to meet all planting needs. ' Furnish necessary hose, equipment, attachments, and accessories for adequate irrigation of planted areas as required to complete work specified. No separate bid item will be made for water. t 2.3 TOPSOIL A. Topsoil for planting areas shall be imported, fertile, friable loam suitable for plant growth. ' Topsoil shall be subject to inspection and approval at the source of supply and upon delivery. t � , , , 1 2.4 , FERTILIZER AND ADDITIVES A. Fertilizer shall be furnished in bags or other standard containers with name, weight, and guaranteed analysis of contents clearly marked thereon. B. Chemical fertilizers shall be a free-flowing factory-mixed commercial fertilizer with ' percentages of nitrogen, phosphoric acid, and potash at 5-10-5 or6-10-4. Fertilizers shall be uniform in composition, dry, and free flowing. , ' � ' B. The imported topsoil shall be of uniform quality, free from subsoil, stiff or lumpy clay, hard clods, hardpan, rocks, disintegrated debris, plants, roots, seeds, and any other materials that would be toxic or harmful to plant growth. Topsoil shall contain no noxious weeds or noxious weed seeds. C. The imported topsoil shall contain at least six (6) percent organic matter as determined by loss of weight after ignition of moisture-free samples in accordance with current methods of the Association of Official Agricultural Chemists. .. D. The acidity of the imported topsoil shall result in soil pH between 5.5 and 7.5. The salinity level shall be less than three (3) millimhos/cm. E. Clay, as determined by the Bouyoucous hydrometer or by the decantation method, shall not exceed 60 percent of the topsoil material. F. Mechanical analysis shall be performed and shall conform to ASTM D 422. C. Tablets shall be 12 grams each 20-10-5 "Agriform," "Lesslie", or equal. D. Lime shall be dolomite limestone containing not less than 85 percent of total carbonates. Limestone shall be ground to such fineness that 100 percent will pass a No. 200 sieve. E. Agricultural gypsum shall be standard brand agricultural calcium sulfate intended for soil application and shall contain 19 percent combined sulfur. MWH - 06262015 LANDSCAPE RESTORATION � 10501278-FLOW CONTROL AND SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT PAGE 329300 -7 2.5 MULCH A. "Silva-fiber" mulch material shall be "Silva-fiber" as manufactured by the Weyerhauser Company, Silva Products Department, Tacoma, Washington, or equal. B. Wood chip mulch in planting beds shall be clean, inexpensive, pulverized shavings, two (2) inches minimum to four (4) inches maximum length as produced by chipping tree branches or similar means, placed to a depth of four (4) inches. C. Straw mulch or native hay for a soil/seed stabilizer shall be clean hay or straw applied at a rate of three (3) tons per acre. Mulch is to be crimped into soil with a mulch crimper. Spacing on the blades of the mulch crimper shall be six (6) inches minimum and nine (9) inches maximum. Blades shall be sufficiently weighted to penetrate the ground three (3) inches. 2.6 COMPOST A. Compost shall be derived from green material consisting of chipped, shredded, or ground vegetation or clean, processed, recycled wood products or a Class A, exceptional quality biosolids composts, as required by the United States Environmenta� Protection Agency (EPA), 40 CFR, Part 503c regulations or a combination of green material and biosolids compost. The compost shall be processed or completed to reduce weed seeds, pathogens, and deleterious material, and shall not contain paint, petroleum products, herbicides, fungicides, or other chemical residues that would be harmful to plant or animal life. Other deleterious material, plastic, glass, metal, or rocks shall not exceed 0.1 percent by weight or volume. B. Additional Requirements The carbon to nitrogen ratio of the compost shall be below 25:1. 2. The compost shall have an organic matter content of 35% to 65% as determined by � "loss on ignition" test method. C. Compost shall be supplied by a State approved facility. D. Submit one-gallon sample, source, and letter of certification from the supplier to the ENGINEER for approval prior to installation. 2.7 SEED MIXTURES A. Seed shall conform to appticable City, County, State, and Federal regulations. Seed shall be mixed by dealer. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish dealer's guaranteed germination figure for each variety. Grass seed shall not be delivered until samples have been approved in writing by the ENGINEER or its authorized landscape representative. Approval of samples, however, shall not affect the right of the ENGINEER or the authorized landscape representative to reject seed upon or after delivery. Seed that has become wet, moldy, or otherwise damaged prior to use will not be accepted. B. Grass seed shall be fresh, clean, new-crop seed, composed of the following varieties mixed in the proportions by weight. Purity and germination percentage shall be the results of testing. � ' ' ' ' , � MWH - 06262015 LANDSCAPE RESTORATION 10501278-FLOW CONTROL AND SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT PAGE 329300 -8 a � ' ' 1 ' 1 r � 2.8 ' � � ' � � 1 � ' 1 C. Wildflower seed mix shall have a minimum of 20 wildflower species and shall not contain more than 10% (by weight) of any single species. The seed mix shall be no less than 98% pure and shall have a minimum germination rate of 90% D. Seed mixes shall not contain noxious weeds and invasive species listed by Washington State Noxious Weed Control Board. MIN. % % BY PURE MIN % SEED MIXES WEIGHT SEED GERMINATION SEED MIX a-LAWN 90% 85% Turf-type Perennial Ryegrass 50% Chewings Fescue 30% Hard Fescue 20% SEED MIX D-EROSION CONTROL 90% 85% TurF-type Perennial Ryegrass 50% Creeping Red Rescue 20% Chewings Fescue 20% Hard Fescue 10% SOD GRASS A. Sod shall contain at least 85 percent permanent grass suitable to the climate in which it is to be placed; not more than 25 percent nursing grass; not more than 10 percent weed and undesirable grasses, and shall be of good texture, free from obnoxious roots, stones and foreign materials. The sod shall be cut in 16-inch squares, 16-inch wide strips, 4-ft wide strips or 4-ft wide squares, uniformly 1-1/2 inches thick with clean cut edges. B. The sod shall be nursery grown perennial rye grass and fescue blend sod. It shall be uniformly cut approximately 3/4-inch or more thick and shall be well rooted, 2-year old growth of permanent and desirable grasses indigenous to this general location. The sod shall be practically free from weeds and undesirable grasses. PART 3 -- EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. The landscape work shall not be performed at any time when it may be subject to damage by climatic conditions. B. The CONTRACTOR shall carefully scale or otherwise verify all dimensions in the Contract Documents. Dimensions and plant locations shall be coordinated with ENGINEER and final location shall be Site-oriented by the planter and ENGINEER. Any discrepancies or inconsistencies shall be brought to the attention of the ENGINEER. C. Delivery of materials may begin only after samples and tests have been approved by the ENGINEER. Materials provided shall be not less quality than the approved sample. D. Substitutions for the indicated plant materials may be considered pursuant to the Contract Documents. MWH - 06262015 LANDSCAPE RESTORATION � 10501278-FLOW CONTROL AND SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT PAGE 329300 -9 E. The CONTRACTOR shall provide temporary fencing, barricades, covering, or other protections to preserve existing landscaping items indicated to remain and to protect the adjacent properties and other structures when they may be damaged by the landscape work. F. The CONTRACTOR shall retain the services of a tree surgeon approved by the ENGINEER to repair damage to existing trees. Existing trees which are to be saved and which cannot be restored to full growth, as determined by tree surgeon, shall be removed and replaced with a new similar tree of 24-inch box size unless otherwise approved by the ENGINEER. G. Waste materials shall be removed and disposed of off the Site, unless otherwise indicated. H. It shall be the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR to obtain information regarding utilities in the area of work and to prevent damage to the same. The CONTRACTOR shall protect the utilities as necessary. I. Burning of combustible materials on the Site shall not be permitted. J. The CONTRACTOR shall protect structures, sidewalks, pavements, and other facilities that are subject to damage during landscape work. Open excavations shall be provided with barricades and warning lights which conform to the requirements of governing authorities and the State's OSHA safety requirements from dusk to dawn each day and when needed for safety. K. Planting areas include all areas to be landscaped unless indicated otherwise. 3.2 PLANTING AREA RESTORATION A. Planting area restoration shall be completed in accordance with these specifications and notes on the contract documents. B. Prior to excavation for pipeline construction, CONTRACTOR shall remove all existing plant material for re-installation following installation of pipeline and appurtenant work. C. Planting areas which have become compacted during construction shall be scarified to a depth of 12 inches. D. Planting areas which have had soil removed and stockpiled shall have topsoil soil replaced to original depths. E. Following all topsoil placements and scarifying CONTRACTOR shall re-install plant materials and the top dressing layer. 3.3 SOIL PREPARATION A. The landscape work shall not begin until all other trades have repaired all areas of settlement, erosion, rutting, etc., and the soils have been re-established, recompacted, and refinished to finish grades. The ENGINEER shall be notified of all areas that prevent the landscape work from being executed. B. Areas requiring grading by the landscaper including adjacent transition areas shall be uniformly level or sloping between finish elevations to within 0.10-ft above or below required finish elevations. MWH - 06262015 LANDSCAPE RESTORATION 10501278-FLOW CONTROL AND SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT PAGE 329300 -10 � � ' C. The landscape work shall not proceed until after walks, curbs, pavings, edging, and irrigation systems are in place. WORK under the Contract shall be completed to a point where the landscape areas will not be disturbed. The subgrade shall be free of waste materials of all kinds. 1 D. During grading, waste materials in the planting areas such as weeds, rocks 2-inches and larger, building materials, rubble, wires, cans, glass, lumber, sticks, etc., shall be removed from the Site. Weeds shall be dug out by the roots. � � ' � 1 � ' E. Fertilizers, additives, seed, peat, etc. subject to moisture damage shall be kept dry in a weatherproof storage place. F. After removal of waste materials, the planting area subgrade shall be scarified and pulverized to a depth of not less than 6-inches, and all surface irregularities below the cover of topsoil shall be removed. G. Finish grading shall consist of: 1. 2. 3. 4. Final contouring of the planting areas. Placing half the depth of specified topsoil. Placing all soil additives, (compost) and fertilizers. Tilling of planting areas to a depth of 6-inches. 5. After tilling, place second lift of specified topsoil and bring areas to uniform grades by floating and/or hand raking. 6. Making minor adjustment of finish grades as directed by the ENGINEER. t 7. Removing waste materials such as stones, roots, or other undesirable foreign material larger than 1" in diameter and raking, disking, dragging, and smoothing soil ready for planting. ' ' H. Any unusual subsoil condition that will require special treatment shall be reported to the ENGINEER. I. Topsoil shall be uniformly distributed over all areas where required. Subgrade and topsoif shall be damp and free from frost. , J. SurFace drainage shall be provided as indicated by shaping the surfaces to facilitate the natural run-off of water. Low spots and pockets shall be filled with topsoil and graded to drain properly. ' ' 3.4 ' , K. Finish grade of ail planting areas shall be 1-1/2 inches below finish grade of adjacent pavement of any kind. TOPSOIL AND COMPOST PLACEMENT A. Topsoil and Compost shall be placed and incorporated into subgrade as indicated in the table below MWH - 06262015 LANDSCAPE RESTORATION ' 10501278-FLOW CONTROL AND SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT PAGE 329300 -11 Soil Preparation Required Per Topsoil Paragraph "Soil Planting Area Type Depth Compost Depth Preparation" Lawn Areas 6-inches 3-inches Yes Erosion Control Seeding Areas 0-inches 3-inches Yes Pasture Areas 3.5 SODDING. A. As the CONTRACTORS discretion Grass sod may be provided where grass seed is indicated and shall be maintained according to Article 1.7, MAINTENANCE OF LANDSCAPING. B. The soil shall be prepared and fertilized before sodding. The CONTRACTOR shall prepare only enough ground that can be planted within 24 hours thereafter. C. Soil preparation shall consist of the following: 1. Preparation of sub-grade grading shall be per the paragraphs entitled "General" and "Soil Preparation" above. 2. Finish grading shall be per the paragraph entitled "Soil Preparation" above. The soil additives and fertilizer for finish grading shall consist of mulch at 5 cu yd/1000 sq ft and commercial fertilizer at 20 Ib/1000 sq ft. D. Sod shall be cut and laid on Site the same day. E. The sod shall be placed over leveled, compacted, and prepared finish graded soil. The topsoil and sub-base shall be moist enough to resist shifting. F. Sod may be placed at any time when the ground is not frozen. The surFace on which the sod is to be laid should be firm and free from footprints or other depressions. A string or line of boards may be used as a guide for setting the first line of sod across the area. Sods of the next course shall be matched against the edge of this first line in such a way the joints between the individual sod pieces in the 2 courses do not coincide. Successive courses shall be matched against the last line laid, in the same manner. G. Sod joints shall be closely laid and filled with a mixture of grass seed and screened topsoil at the rate of 2-Ibs of seed to each cu yd of topsoil. Sod fill soil shal! be thoroughly tamped to a true and even surface at the required finished grade. H. Sod on slopes should be staked down by driving a wooden peg through the sod. Wire stakes shall not be used for pegging sod. I. Sod shall always be laid across slopes. J. All new sod shall be rolled or firmly but lightly tamped with a suitable wooden or metal tamper, sufficiently to set or press sod into underlying soil. ' � �� � MWH - 06262015 LANDSCAPE RESTORATION 10501278-FLOW CONTROL AND SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT PAGE 329300 -12 � � 3.6 � K. After sodding has been completed, the sodded area shall be cleaned up and thoroughly moistened by sprinklers. SEEDING-GENERAL A. Grass seeds shall be provided where lawn restoration seeding is indicated and shall be maintained according to Article 1.7, MAINTENANCE OF LANDSCAPING. ' B. The soil shall be prepared and fertilized before seeding or shall be prepared per hydro- seeding instructions. The CONTRACTOR shall prepare only enough ground that can be planted within 24 hours thereafter. � C. Soil preparation shall consist of the following: � � 3.7 ' , ' ' ' � ' � � ' DRILL SEEDING A. Do not commence seeding operation until all requirements of paragraph "Seeding — General" have been approved by the ENGINEER. B. Drilling: Seed shall be uniformly drilled to an average depth of 1/4- to 1/2-inch at the � rate indicated using equipment having drills not more than 6-1/2 inches apart. Row markers shall be used with the drill seeder. Drill seeding shall take place 3 days after application of herbicide. � 1. Preparation of sub-grade grading shall be per paragraphs entitled "General" and "Soil Preparation," respectively, above. D. Seed application rates are indicated on drawing Proposal 1, GES-2, and Proposal 2, ES-2. BROADCAST SEEDING A. Do not commence seeding operation until all requirements of paragraph "Seeding — General" have been approved by the ENGINEER. B. Sow seed at the rate areas indicated in seed application rate table. Equal quantities of seed shall be sown in the directions at right angles to each other to produce an even distribution of seed over the entire area. C. No seeding shall be done when wind velocity exceeds 4 mph, within 24 hours after rain, or if the surface has been compacted without first loosening the ground. D. The seed shall then be covered with a fine layer of soil to a depth not greater than 1/4-inch. E. All lawn areas shall be covered clean straw uniformly at a rate of 1-1/2 standard bales per 1,000 sq ft. F. After covering the seeds with soil straw, the planted area shall be rolled in 2 directions with a 200-Ib roller or other roller designed for lawn seeding. G. All lawn slopes greater than five (5) percent or places where erosion is a problem shall be mulched with straw at a rate of two bales per 1,000 square feet or with approved erosion control matting. H. This seeding method may be utilized between March 15 and October 15. MWH - 06262015 LANDSCAPE RESTORATION ' 10501278-FLOW CONTROL AND SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT PAGE 329300 -13 C. Rolling: Immediately after seeding, the entire area shall be firmed with a roller not exceeding 90 pounds for each foot of roller width. Areas seeded with drills equipped with rollers shall not be rolled. D. Mulch: Flat, seeded areas shall be evenly covered with hay mulch at the rate of 2 tons per acre. Mulch shall be crimped into soil with a mulch crimper. Spacing on the blades of the mulch crimper shall be 6-inches minimum and 9-inches maximum. Blades shall be sufficiently weighted to penetrate the ground 3-inches. Areas with slopes steeper than 4 horizontal to 1 vertical shall be covered with the indicated erosion control matting. E. Drill seeding may be utilized between September 15 and March 15. 3.9 HYDRO-SEEDING A. Do not commence seeding operation until all requirements of paragraph "Seeding — General" have been approved by the ENGINEER. B. One-step hydro seeding may be utilized between March 16 and September 14` This method consists of preparing the seed bed; combining seed mixture at the rate indicated on the drawing ES-1, fertilizer at the rate of 151b per 1000 sq ft; "Silva-fiber" or equal at the rate of 1,400 Ib per acre of area and water in tanks; agitating these compounds into a well-mixed slurry suspension; and spraying the mixture under pressure onto the prepared areas to be seeded. C. Two-step hydro-seeding may be utilized between March 1 St and September 15 This method consists of preparing the seed bed; sowing seed mixture at the rate indicated on the drawing ES-1 in 2 directions with an approved mechanical seeder; incorporating fertilizers; and spraying under pressure a mixture of water and "Silva-fiber" or equal at the rate of 1,400 Ib per acre onto prepared, seeded, and fertilized areas. Fertilizer can be applied with the water and "Silva-fiber" or equal mixture if desired. - END OF SECTION - MWH - 06262015 LANDSCAPE RESTORATION 10501278-FLOW CONTROL AND SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT PAGE 329300 -14 e SECTION 330516 - PRECAST CONCRETE VAULTS PART 1 -- GENERAL 1.1 THE REQUIREMENT A. The CONTRACTOR shall provide precast concrete manholes and vaults, complete and in place, in accordance with the Contract Documents. 1.2 SPECIFICATIONS, CODES AND STANDARDS ASTM A 48 Gray Iron Castings ASTM C 150 Portland Cement ASTM C 443 Joints for Circular Concrete Sewer and Culvert Pipe, Using Rubber Gaskets ASTM C 890 ASTM C 913 Standard Practice for Minimum Structural Design Loading for Monolithic or Sectional Precast Concrete Water and Wastewater Structures Standard Specification for Precast Concrete Water and Wastewater Structures � ASTM C 923 Resilient Connectors Between Reinforced Concrete Manhole Structures, Pipes, and Laterals �' 1.3 CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS A. General: Furnish submittals in accordance with Section 01 33 00 - Contractor ' Submittals. B. Shop Drawings ' 1. Show dimensions, locations, lifting inserts, reinforcement, and joints. 1 2. Structural design calculations for vaults, signed by a registered engineer. C. Manufacturer's Certification for Vaults: Written certification that the vault complies with ' the requirements of this Section. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE ' A. Inspection: After installation, the CONTRACTOR shall demonstrate that vaults have been properly installed, level, with tight joints, at the correct elevations and orientations, and that the backfilling has been carried out in accordance with the Contract Documents. ' ' MWH-06262015 PRECAST CONCRETE VAULTS � 10501278-FLOW CONTROL AND SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT PAGE 33 05 16-1 PART 2 -- PRODUCTS 2.1 VAULTS A. The CONTRACTOR shall provide precast vaults designed for the indicated applications and of the sizes indicated. B. The minimum structural member thickness for vaults shall be 5-inches. Cement shall be Type V portland cement as specified in ASTM C 150. The minimum 28-day concrete compressive strength shall be 4,000 psi. All reinforcing steel shall be embedded in the concrete with a minimum clear cover as recommended by ACI 318. , � , ' C. Design Loading: Vaults shall be designed for H-20 traffic loading. Lateral loads on ' vaults in all areas shall be calculated from: L = Where L = h = 90 h, plus surcharge of 240 psf in areas of vehicular traffic loading in psf depth of fill in feet D. Where joints are designed in pre-cast concrete vaults, such joints shall be interlocking to secure proper alignment between members and prevent migration of soil through the joint. Structural sections at joints shall be sized sufficiently to reinforce the section against localized distress during transportation and handling and against excess contact bearing pressures through the joint. . E. Where openings for access to the vault are required, the full clear space opening indicated shall be provided, without obstructions from brackets or supports. For large openings where brackets or supports are designed to protrude into the opening for support of required covers, such brackets or supports shall be designed to be easily removed and replaced with a minimum of effort and without cutting or welding. F. Covers for access openings shall be provided. Frames for covers shall be fabricated from steel, galvanized after fabrication, and shall be integrally cast into the vault concrete sections. All covers shall be tight fitting to prevent the entrance of dirt and debris. Where edge seams are permitted, no gaps greater than 1/16-inch between edges will be accepted. All covers, except round, heavy-weight, cast iron manhole covers, shall have securing mechanisms to hold the covers firmly in place against the effects of repetitious live loads such as pedestrian or vehicle traffic. G. Where penetration of the pre-cast concrete vault is required for piping, conduit, or ducts, such penetrations shall be accommodated through pre-cast openings or thin-wall knock- out sections. All openings for penetrations shall be smooth and free of surface irregularities and without exposed steel reinforcing. Vaults need not be designed to resist thrust from piping passing through the vault. MWH-06262015 PRECAST CONCRETE VAULTS 10501278-FLOW CONTROL AND SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT PAGE 33 05 16-2 � PART 3 -- EXECUTION ' 3.1 GENERAL r -, � ' �� A. Pre-cast concrete sections shall be transported and handled with care in accordance with the manufacturer's written recommendations. Where lifting devices are provided in pre-cast sections, such lifting devices shall be used as intended. Where no lifting devices are provided, the CONTRACTOR shall follow the manufacturer's recommendations for lifting procedures to provide proper support during lifting. B. Buried pre-cast concrete vaults shall be assembled and placed in excavations on properly compacted soil foundations as indicated. Pre-cast concrete vaults shall be set to grade and oriented to provide the required dimensions and clearances from pipes and other structures. ' C. Prior to backfilling, all cracks and voids in pre-cast concrete vaults shall be filled with non-shrink grout or polyurethane sealant, or both. Around pipe and conduit penetrations, openings shall be sealed with polyurethane sealant. With the authorization ' of the ENGINEER, grout or a closed-cell flexible insulation may be used as filler material prior to placing a final bed of polyurethane sealant. ' ' ' , � � ' ' ' , ' D. Steps shall be driven into tapered holes formed in the concrete by inserts from the step manufacturer or 1-inch holes drilled 3-3/4 inches deep into the manhole watl in the field. No more than 6-1/8 inches of plastic arm, measured on the inside of the step, shall be exposed outside the concrete. �� E. Steps shall be installed 12-inches on centers vertically, not more than 1/2 inch out �of plumb. The top step shall be no more then 12-inches below the manhole cover. - END OF SECTION - MWH-06262015 PRECAST CONCRETE VAULTS , 10501278-FLOW CONTROL AND SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT PAGE 33 05 16-3 INTENTIOI��►LLY LEFT �L�►I�E�C MWH-06262015 PRECAST CONCRETE VAULTS 10501278-FLOW CONTROL AND SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT PAGE 33 05 16-4 � ' ' ' ' 1 � ' � , ' � �J ' ' ' �J ' � ' SECTION 339220 - DUCTILE IRON PIPING (AW1NA C151, MODIFIED) PART 1 -- GENERAL 1.1 THE REQUIREMENT A. The CONTRACTOR shall provide ductile iron pipe and appurtenant WORK, complete and in place, in accordance with the Contract Documents. 1.2 REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS, CODES, AND STANDARDS AWWA C104 Cement-Mortar Lining for Ductile-Iron Pipe and Fittings for Water AWWA C110 Ductile-Iron and Gray-Iron Fittings, 3 in through 48 in for Water AWWA C111 Rubber-Gasket Joints for Ductile-Iron Pressure Pipe and Fittings AWWA C115 Flanged Ductile-Iron Pipe with Ductile-Iron or Gray-Iron Threaded Flanges AWWA C116 Protective Fusion-Bonded Epoxy Coatings for the Interior and Exterior SurFaces of Ductile-Iron and Gray-Iron Fittings for Water Supply Service. AWWA C150 Thickness Design of Ductile-Iron Pipe AWWA C151 Ductile-Iron Pipe, Centrifugally Cast for Water AWWA C153 Ductile-Iron Compact Fittings. for Water Service AWWA C600 Installation of Ductile Iron Water Mains and Their Appurtenances AWWA C606 Grooved and Shouldered Joints ASTM C 150 Portland Cement 1.3 CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS A. Furnish Submittals in accordance with Section 01 33 00 - Contractor Submittals and the following supplemental requirements: B. Shop Drawings 1. Certified dimensional drawings of valves, fittings, and appurtenances. MWH - 06262015 DUCTILE IRON PIPING (AWWA C151, Modified) 10501278-FLOW CONTROL AND SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT PAGE 33 92 20 - 1 C. Certifications: Certified affidavit of compliance for pipe and other products or materials furnished under this Section and as specified in the referenced standards and the following supplemental requirements: Physical and chemical properties. 2. Hydrostatic test reports. D. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for performing and paying for sampling and testing as necessary for the certifications. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Tests: Except as modified herein, materials used in the manufacture of the pipe shall be tested in accordance with the requirements of the referenced standards as applicable. B. The CONTRACTOR shall perform said material tests as part of the WORK. The ENGINEER shall have the right to witness testing conducted by the CONTRACTOR; provided, that the CONTRACTOR's schedule is not delayed for the convenience of the ENGINEER. C. In addition to those tests specifically required, the ENGINEER may request additional samples of any material including lining and coating samples for testing by the OWNER. The additional samples shall be furnished as a part of the WORK. D. Inspection: Pipe shall be subject to inspection at the place of manufacture in accordance with the provisions of the referenced standards, as supplemented by the requirements herein. The CONTRACTOR shall notify the ENGINEER in writing of the manufacturing starting date not less than 14 Days prior to the start of any phase of the pipe manufacture. E. During the manufacture of the pipe, the ENGINEER shall be given access to areas where manufacturing is in process and shall be permitted to make inspections necessary to confirm compliance with the Specifications. PART 2 -- PRODUCTS 2.1 PIPE GENERAL A. Mortar-lined and polyethylene-wrapped ductile iron pipe shall conform to AWWA C151, and C104, subject to the supplemental requirements in this Section. The pipe shall be of the diameter and class indicated, shall be provided complete with rubber gaskets, specials, and fittings as required under the Contract Documents. B. Handling and Storage: The pipe shall be handled as a minimum at the 1/3 points by use of wide slings, padded cradles, or other devices designed and constructed to prevent damage to the pipe coating/exterior. The use of chains, hooks, or other equipment that might injure the pipe coating/exterior will not be permitted. Stockpiled pipe shall be supported on padded skids, sand or earth MWH - 06262015 DUCTILE IRON PIPING (AWWA C151, Modified) 10501278-FLOW CONTROL AND SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT PAGE 33 92 20 - 2 � � � , ' i ' � ' � ' ' � ' ' ' ' , � C U berms free of rock exceeding 3-inches diameter, sand bags, or suitable means so that the coating will not be damaged. The pipe shall not be rolled and shall be secured to prevent accidental rolling Laying Lengths: Nominal pipe laying lengths shall be 20-feet. Finish: The pipe shall have smooth dense interior surfaces and shall be free from fractures, excessive interior surface crazing, and roughness. E. Closures and Correction Pieces: Closures and correction pieces shall be provided as required so that closures may be made due to different headings in the pipe laying operation and so that correction may be made to adjust the pipe laying to conform to pipe stationing on the Drawings. The locations of correction pieces and closure assemblies are indicated. Any change in location or number of said items shall only be as accepted by the ENGINEER. 2.2 �'1 2.3 SPECIALS AND FITTINGS Fittings for ductile iron pipe shall conform to the requirements of AWWA C153 or AWWA C110 and shall have a minimum pressure rating of 350 psi. DESIGN OF PIPE A. The pipe shall be designed, manufactured, tested, inspected, and marked according to AWWA C150 and C 151 except where modified by this Section. B. Pipe Dimensions: The pipe shall be of the diameter indicated on the drawings and working pressure of 350 psi (Class 52). C. Fitting Dimensions: The fittings shall be of the diameter and class indicated. D. Joint Design: Ductile iron pipe and fittings for buried pressure service shall be furnished with restrained joints, unless otherwise indicated. Ductile iron pipe and fittings for buried gravity service shall be furnished with mechanical joints or push-on joints as required, unless othenroise indicated. Above ground ductile iron pipe and fittings joints shall be as indicated. Flanged joints or grooved and shouldered joints shall be furnished where required. Mechanical and push-on joints shall conform to AWWA C111. 2. Flanged joints shall conform to AWWA C115. Where threaded flanges are provided, the pipe wall thickness under the cut threads shall not be less than the calculated net thickness required for the pressure class of the pipe. 3. Restrained joints shall be TR FLEX restrained joint by U.S. Pipe, or equal. 4. Other joint restraining devices, such as restrained solid sleeve coupling at connections, shall be MegaLug Series 3800 Restrained Coupling as manufactured by EBAA Iron, or equal. MWH - 06262015 DUCTILE IRON PIPING (AWWA C151, Modified) 10501278-FLOW CONTROL AND SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT . PAGE 33 92 20 - 3 5. Grooved and Shouldered Joints shall meet the requirements of inechanical- type couplings in accordance with Section 43 10 50 — Piping, General and conform to AWWA C606. E. For bell-and-spigot ends with rubber gaskets, the clearance between the bells and spigots shall be such that when combined with the gasket groove configuration and the gasket itself, will provide watertight joints under all operating conditions when properly installed. The CONTRACTOR shall require the pipe manufacturer to submit details complete with significant dimensions and tolerances and also to submit performance data indicating that the proposed joint has performed satisfactorily under similar conditions. In the absence of a history of field performance, the results of a test program shall be submitted. F 2.4 Shop-applied interior linings shall be held back from the ends of the pipe as indicated. CEMENT-MORTAR LINING A. Cement-Mortar Lining for Shop Application: Except as otherwise provided herein, interior surfaces of ductile iron pipe, fittings, and specials shall be cleaned and lined in the shop with cement-mortar lining applied centrifugally in conformity with AWWA C104. During the lining operation and thereafter, the pipe shall be maintained in a round condition by suitable bracing or strutting. The lining machines shall be of a type that has been used successfully for similar work. Every precaution shall be taken to prevent damage to the lining. If lining is damaged or found defective at the Site, the damaged or unsatisfactory portions shall be replaced with lining conforming to these Specifications. Cement: Cement for mortar lining shall conform to the requirements of AWWA C104; provided, that cement for mortar lining shall be Type II or V. Cement shall not originate from kilns that burn metal-rich hazardous waste fuel, nor shall a fly ash or pozzolan be used as a cement replacement. B. The minimum lining thickness shall be as follows: Nominal Pipe Diameter, Minimum Lining inches Thickness, inches 3 - 12 1/16 14 - 24 3/32 2.5 EXTERIOR PROTECTION OF PIPE A. Exterior Coating of Exposed Piping: The exterior surfaces of pipe which will be exposed to the atmosphere inside structures or above ground shall be thoroughly cleaned and then given a shop coat of rust-inhibitive primer conforming to the requirements of Section 09 96 00 - Protective Coating. MWH - 06262015 DUCTILE IRON PIPING (AWWA C151, Modified) 10501278-FLOW CONTROL AND SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT PAGE 33 92 20 - 4 , ' ' � B. Exterior Coating of Buried Piping: The exterior coating shall be an asphaltic coating approximately 1-mil thick. PART 3 -- EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION OF PIPE A. The; CONTRACTOR shall inspect each pipe and fitting prior to installation to ' insure that there are no damaged portions of the pipe. Pipe damaged prior to Substantial Completion shall be repaired or replaced by the CONTRACTOR. � � � � �� ' � � ' ' ' B. Before placement of pipe in the trench, each pipe or fitting shall be thoroughly cleaned of any foreign substance which may have collected thereon and shall be kept clean at all times thereafter. For this purpose, the openings of pipes and fittings in the trench shall be closed during any interruption to the WORK. C. Pipe Laying: The pipe shall be installed in accordance with AWWA C600. D. Pipe shall be laid directly on the bedding material. No blocking will be permitted, and the bedding shall be such that it forms a continuous, solid bearing for the full length of the pipe. Excavations shall be made as needed to facilitate removal of handling devices after the pipe is laid. Bell holes shall be formed at the ends of the pipe to prevent point loading at the bells or couplings. Excavation shall be made as needed outside the normal trench section at field joints to permit adequate access to the joints for field connection operations and for application of coating on field joints. E. Each section shall be laid to the line and grade, within approximately one-inch plus or minus. F. Where necessary to raise or lower the pipe due to unforeseen obstructions or other causes, the ENGINEER may change the alignment and/or the grades. Such change shall be made by the deflection of joints, by the use of bevel adapters, or by the use of additional fittings. However, in no case shall the deflection in the joint exceed 75 percent of the maximum deflection recommended by the pipe manufacturer. No joint shall be misfit any amount that will be detrimental to the strength and water tightness of the finished joint. G. Except for short runs that may be permitted by the ENGINEER, pipes shall be laid uphill on grades exceeding 10 percent. Pipe that is laid on a downhill grade shall be blocked and held in place until sufficient support is furnished by the following pipe to prevent movement. Bends shall be properly installed as indicated. ' H. Cold Weather Protection: No pipe shall be installed upon a foundation into which frost has penetrated or at any time that there is a danger of the formation of ice or penetration of frost at the bottom of the excavation before backfilling ' 1 � occurs. Pipe and Specials Protection: The openings of pipe and specials shall be protected with suitable bulkheads to prevent unauthorized access by persons, MWH - 06262015 DUCTILE IRON PIPING (AWWA C151, Modified) 10501278-FLOW CONTROL AND SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT PAGE 33 92 20 - 5 animals, water, or any undesirable substance. At all times, means shall be provided to prevent the pipe from floating. Pipe Cleanup: As pipe laying progresses, the CONTRACTOR shall keep the pipe interior free of debris. The CONTRACTOR shall completely clean the interior of the pipe of sand, dirt, mortar splatter, and any other debris following completion of pipe laying and shall perform any necessary interior repairs prior to testing and disinfecting the completed pipeline. 3.2 RUBBER GASKETED JOINTS A. Rubber Gasketed Joints: Immediately before jointing pipe, the bell end of the pipe shall be thoroughly cleaned, and a clean rubber gasket shall be placed in the bell groove. The spigot end of the pipe and the inside surface of the gasket shall be carefully cleaned and lubricated. The lubricant shall be suitable for lubricating the parts of the joint for assembly and be a compound listed as in compliance with NSF Standard 61. The lubricant shall be nontoxic, shall not support the growth of bacteria, and shall have no deleterious effects on the gasket material. The lubricant shall not impart taste or odor to water in the pipe. The spigot end of the pipe section shall then be inserted into the beli of the previously laid joint and telescoped into its proper position. Tilting of the pipe to insert the spigot into the bell will not be permitted. - END OF SECTION- MWH - 06262015 DUCTILE IRON PIPING (AWWA C151, Modified) 10501278-FLOW CONTROL AND SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT PAGE 33 92 20 - 6 � ' � 1 � � ' ' ' � � � 1 ' ' ' ' ' ' SECTION 409108 - PRESSURE MEASURING PART 1 -- GENERAL 1.1 THE REQUIREMENT A. General 1. Provide pressure measuring systems, complete and operable, as indicated in accordance with the Contract Documents. 1.2 CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS A. Submit the Shop Drawings and Technical Manual in accordance with the requirements of Section 01 33 00 — Contractor Submittals. PART 2 -- PRODUCTS 2.1 ELECTRONIC GAUGE PRESSURE TRANSMITTERS A. Provide electronic gauge transmitters consisting of: 1. capsule assembly; 2. bottom works; 3. vent plug; 4. drain plug; 5. cover flange; 6. process connector and connection; 7. amplifier unit; 8. integral indicator; 9. terminal box with cover; 10. block and bleed valves; and, 11. conduit connections. B. Operating Principles 1. Transmit the pressure applied to the unit by a sealed-fill fluid to both sides of a sensing diaphragm. 2. The sensing diaphragm and the sensor body shall function as the moving and fixed electrodes, respectively, of a differential capacitor. MWH - 06262015 PRESSURE MEASURING 10501278 — FLOW CONTROL AND SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT PAGE 40 91 08 - 1 3. As the applied pressure causes the diaphragm to move, the capacitance of the cell shall change. C. Performance Requirements 1. The amplifier unit shall convert the change in capacitance to a 4-to-20 mA DC signal, 2-wire type, with an allowable loop load of not fess than 600 ohms. 2. Provide a static pressure rating of at least 500 psig. 3. Prove a maximum overrange pressure limit of at least 150 percent of the range. 4. Provide a span that is adjustabfe over a minimum 5:1 range. 5. External adjustments shall include zero and span. 6. Provide output signal damping as an internal adjustment. 7. Provide equipment suitabfe for an ambient operating range of minus 40 degree F to plus 212 degrees F. 8. Calibrate the integral indicator in process units. 9. Provide a power supply of 24 VDC. 10. Provide an accuracy, including linearity and repeatability, of plus or minus 0.2 percent of span. 11. Gauge pressure transmitters used for flow service shall include square root extraction in order to produce an output signal linearly proportional to flow. 12. Construct wetted parts, including block and bleed valve parts, of Type 316 stainless steel. D. Electronic Gauge Pressure Transmitter Manufacturer, Foxboro Series IGP, Rosemount 3051GP, Yokogawa Ya 43/44, Endress and Houser Ceraber S PMP 71 series, or Equal. PART 3 -- EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. Pressure measuring systems shall be handled, installed, calibrated, loop-tested, pre-commissioned, and performance tested in accordance with the requirements of Section 409100 — Process Control and Instrumentation. B. The manufacturer shall furnish the manufacturer's service, supervision, and training in accordance with the requirements of Section 409100 — Process Control and Instrumentation. MWH - 06262015 PRESSURE MEASURING 10501278 — FLOW CONTROL AND SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT PAGE 40 91 08 - 2 � ' � 1 , ' � ' ' � ' ,� 1 ' � �� ' ' - END OF SECTION - MWH - 06262015 PRESSURE MEASURING 10501278 - FLOW CONTROL AND SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT PAGE 40 91 08 - 3 ' This page is intentionally left blank. ' SECTION 431050 - PIPING, GENERAL , PART 1 -- GENERAL ' 1 , ' � � 1 ' 1.1 THE REQUIREMENT A. Provide the piping systems indicated, complete and operable, in accordance with the Contract Documents. B. The provisions of this Section shall apply to piping sections in Divisions 33 and 43. C. The mechanical Drawings define the general layout, configuration, routing, method of support, pipe size, and pipe type. D. The mechanical Drawings are not pipe construction or fabrication drawings. E. Where pipe supports and spacing are indicated on the Drawings and are referenced to a Standard Detail, the CONTRACTOR shall use that Detail. F. Where pipe supports are not indicated on the Drawings, it is the CONTRACTOR'S responsibility to develop the details necessary to design and construct mechanical piping systems to accommodate the specific equipment provided, and to provide spacers, adapters, and connectors for a complete and functional system. 1.2 CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS A. Furnish submittals in accordance with Section 013300 — Contractor Submittals. ' B. Shop Drawings: Shop Drawings shall contain the following information: � ' , ' ' ' ' � 1. Drawings: Layout drawings including necessary dimensions, details, pipe joints, fittings, specials, bolts and nuts, gaskets, valves, appurtenances, and material lists. Fabrication drawings shall indicate spacers, adapters, connectors, fittings, and pipe supports to accommodate the equipment and valves in a complete and functional system. 2. Thermoplastic Pipe Joints: Submit solvent cement manufacturer's catalog indicating that the recommended product is suitable for each fluid service application. 3. Gasket Material: Submit gasket manufacturer's catalog indicating that the recommended product is suitable for each fluid service application. 4. Seals and Seating Materials: Submit elastomer material and manufacturer's catalog indicating that the recommended product is suitable for each fluid service application. 5. Modular Seals for Pipe installation procedures. C. Samples Manufacturer's catalog sheet showing materiais and 1. Performing and paying for sampling and testing as necessary for certifications are the CONTRACTOR'S responsibility. D. Certifications MWH-06262015 PIPING, GENERAL ' 10501278 — FLOW CONTROL/SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT PAGE 43 10 50 - 1 1. Necessary certificates, test reports, and affidavits of compliance shall be obtained by the CONTRACTOR. 2. A certification from the pipe fabricator that each pipe will be manufactured subject to the fabricator's or a recognized Quality Control Program. An outline of the program shall be submitted to the ENGINEER for review prior to the manufacture of any pipe. 1.3 MATERIAL DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND PROTECTION A. Piping materials, fittings, valves, and accessories shall be delivered in a clean and undamaged condition and stored off the ground for protection against oxidation caused by ground contact. B. Defective or damaged materials shall be replaced with new materials. PART 2 -- PRODUCI'S 2.1 GENERAL A. Extent of Work 1. Pipes, fittings, and appurtenances shall be provided in accordance with the requirements of the applicable Sections of Divisions 33 and 43 and as indicated. 2. Materials in contact with potable water shall be listed as compliant with NSF Standard 61. B. Pipe Supports 1. Pipes shall be adequately supported, restrained, and anchored in accordance with Section 43 10 52 — Pipe Supports, and as indicated. 2. All pipe supports shall be designed for seismic loads. 3. The seismic lateral and vertical forces shall be calculated in accordance with ASCE 7-05, Chapter 11 and Chapter 13, using the design parameters as indicated in Structural sheet GS-1 — General Structural Notes— Design Criteria— Seismic Loads. C. Lining 1. Application, thickness, and curing of pipe lining shall be in accordance with the applicable Sections of Division 33, unless otherwise indicated. D. Coating 1. Application, thickness, and curing of coating on buried pipe shall be in accordance with the applicable Sections of Division 33, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Pipes above ground or in structures shall be coated in accordance with Sections 099600 — Protective Coating and Section 339210 — Steel Piping, Specials and Fittings. E. Pressure Rating MWH-06262015 PIPING, GENERAL 10501278 — FLOW CONTROL/SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT PAGE 43 10 50 - 2 a , � 1 1 ' 1. Piping systems shall be designed for the maximum expected pressure as defined in Section 017430 — Pressure Pipe Testing and Disinfection, or as indicated on the Piping Schedule, whichever is greater. F. Inspection 1. Pipe shall be subject to inspection at the place of manufacture. 2. During the manufacture, the ENGINEER shall be given access to areas where manufacturing is in progress and shall be permitted to make inspections necessary to confirm compliance with requirements. G. Tests 1. Except where otherwise indicated, materials used in the manufacture of the pipe ' shall be tested in accordance with the applicable specifications and standards. 2. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for performing material tests. ' H. Welding Requirements ' 1. Qualification of welding procedures used to fabricate pipe shall be in accordance with the provisions of AWS D1.1 - Structural Welding Code or the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section 9, whichever is applicable. 1 2. Welding procedures shall be submitted for the ENGINEER's review. I. Welder Qualifications ' � 1 2 Welding shall be performed by skilled welders and welding operators who have � adequate experience in the methods and materials to be used. Welders shall be qualified under the provisions of AWS D1.1 or the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section 9, whichever is applicable. �J ' ' ' 1 ' ' 3. Machines and electrodes similar to those used in the WORK shall be used in qualification tests. 4. Qualification testing of welders and materials used during testing is part of the WORK. 2.2 PIPE FLANGES A. General B. Flanges shall be provided with flat faces and shall be attached with bolt holes straddling the vertical axis of the pipe unless otherwise indicated. C. Attachment of the flanges to the pipe shall conform to the applicable requirements of AWWA C207. D. Flange faces shall be perpendicular to the axis of the adjoining pipe. E. Flanges for miscellaneous small diameter pipes shall be in accordance with the standards indicated for these pipes. MWH-06262015 PIPING, GENERAL � 10501278 — FLOW CONTROL/SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT PAGE 43 10 50 - 3 F. Pressure Ratings 1 � 150 psig or less: Flanges shall conform to either AWWA C207 - Steel Pipe Flanges for Waterworks Service--Sizes 4 In. Through 144 In., Class D, or ASME B16.5 - Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings, 150 Ib. class. 150 psig to 275 psig: Flanges shall conform to either AWWA C207 Class E or Class F, or ASME B16.5 150 Ib. class. 3. Selection Based on Test Pressure a. Do not expose AWWA flanges to test pressures greater than 125 percent of rated capacity. b. For higher test pressures, the next higher rated AWWA flange or an ANSI-rated flange shall be selected. G. Blind Flanges 1. Provide blind flanges in accordance with AWWA C207, or as indicated for miscellaneous small pipes. 2. Blind flanges for pipe sizes 12-inches and greater shall be provided with lifting eyes in the form of welded or screwed eye bolts. H. Flange Coating 1. Machined faces of inetal blind flanges and pipe flanges shall be coated with a temporary rust-inhibitive coating to protect the metal until the installation is completed. I. Flange Bolts 1. Bolts and nuts shall conform to the requirements of Section 05 50 00 — Miscellaneous Metalwork. 2. Use all-thread studs on valve flange connections where space restrictions preclude the use of regular bolts. J. Insulating Flanges 1. Insulated flanges shall be provided with bolt holes 1/4-inch diameter greater than the bolt diameter. K. Insulating Flange Sets 1. Insulating flange sets shall be furnished on all piping connections where finro dissimilar metals are to be connected in order to prevent corrosion. Each insulating f4ange set shall consist of an insulating gasket, insulating sleeves and washers, and a steel washer. 2. Insulating sleeves and washers shall be one piece when flange bolt diameter is 1- 1/2 inch or smaller and shall be made of acetal resin. MWH-06262015 PIPING, GENERAL 10501278 — FLOW CONTROL/SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT PAGE 43 10 50 - 4 � � ' ' , , ' ' 1 L� � , � ' 3. For bolt diameters larger than 1-1/2 inches, insulating sleeves and washers shall be 2-piece and shall be made of polyethylene or phenolic material. 4. Steel washers shall be in conformance with ASTM A 325 - Structural Bolts, Steel, Heat Treated, 120/105 ksi Minimum Tensile Strength. 5. Insulating gaskets shall be full-face. L. Insulating Flange Manufacturer, or Equal 1. JM Red Devil, Type E 2. fVlaloney Pipeline Products Co. 3. PSI Products, Inc. (Garlock Pipeline Technologies) M. Flange Gaskets 1. Gaskets for flanged joints used in general water and wastewater service shall be full-faced type, with material and thickness in accordance with AWWA C207, suitable for temperatures to 700 degrees F, a pH of one to 11, and pressures to 1000 psig. 2. Blind flanges shall be provided with gaskets covering the entire inside face of the blind flange and shall be cemented to the blind flange. 3. Ring gaskets will not be accepted unless otherwise indicated. 4. Flange gaskets up to 500 psi shall be aramid fiber gasket with rubber binder: Garlock, Style 3760-U (unbranded); John Crane; or equal. A. General 2.3 THREADED INSULATING CONNECTIONS 1. Threaded insulating bushings, unions, or couplings, as appropriate, shall be furnished for joining threaded pipes of dissimilar metals and for piping systems where corrosion control and cathodic protection are involved. B. Materials ' 1. Threaded insulating connections shall be constructed of nylon, Teflon, polycarbonate, polyethylene, or other non-conductive materials, and shall have ratings and properties to suit the service and loading conditions. , 2.4 FLANGED COUPLING ADAPTERS AND DISMANTLING JOINTS , A. Provide couplings where indicated. B. The CONTRACTOR will not be allowed to substitute any other type of coupling in lieu of the couplings specified herein unless approved by the ENGINEER. � C. The coupling shall be rated as indicated. 1 D. Construction MWH-06262015 PIPING, GENERAL ' 10501278 — FLOW CONTROL/SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT PAGE 43 10 50 - 5 � 1. Coupling bodies shall be fabricated from steel, ASTM A 512 - Cold-Drawn Butt-weld Carbon Steel Mechanical Tubing or A 513 - Electric-Resistance Welded Carbon and Alloy Steel Mechanical Tubing with steel bolts, without pipe stop. 2 3 n Provide flanges in conformance with AWWA C207. Couplings shall be of sizes to fit the indicated pipe and fittings. The body shall be not less than 1/4 inch thick or at least the same wall thickness as the pipe to which the coupling is connected. � � , ' 5. If the strength of the body material is less than the strength of the pipe material, the thickness of the middle ring shall be increased to have the same strength as the 1 pipe. 6. 7. 8. 9. The follower flange shall be fabricated from steel, ASTM A 576 - Steel Bars, Carbon, Hot Wrought, Special Quality or AISI C1012. The shape of the follower shall be of such design as to provide positive confinement of the gasket. Bolts and nuts shall be in accordance with the requirements of Section 055000 — Miscellaneous Metalwork. Buried couplings shall be epoxy-coated at the factory as indicated. E. Seals F G 1. Seal elastomer materials for couplings shall be selected to be compatible with the fluid service, pressure and temperature. They shall be composed of elastomeric- compound material that will not deteriorate from age or exposure to air under normal storage or use conditions. 2. Where couplings are used in water containing ozone or chloramines, seal material shall be Viton-A. 3. Where couplings are used for fluids which are not compatible with rubber materials, the elastomeric seal material shall be compatible with the piping service and fluid utilized. Piping Connections to Equipment 1. Where� couplings are shown to connect piping to mechanical equipment such as pumps, compressors, and blowers, the piping shall be aligned with the equipment point of connection and shall be perpendicular to the axis of the flange or fitting for which the piping is to be connected. 2. The piping shall not impose excessive stress to the equipment connection to cause ' misalignment of the equipment. 3. The CONTRACTOR shall assign the responsibility to the equipment manufacturer to review the piping connection to the equipment and submit any modifications to the ENGINEER for review. Restrained Joints on flanged coup{ing adapters � � MWH-06262015 PIPING, GENERAL 10501278 — FLOW CONTROL/SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT PAGE 43 10 50 - 6 e ' ' ' � C l ' ' 1 ' ' � L� 1. Flange coupling adapters on pressure lines shall be harnessed unless thrust restraint is provided by other means. 2. Harnesses shall be designed by the pipe manufacturer in accordance with AWWA Manual M11, or as indicated. 3. Harness sets shall be designed for the maximum test pressure of the pipe in which they are installed. 4. Where harness sets are installed near the suction and discharge of the pump, harness bolts shall have zero elongation in order to prevent misalignment of the pump imparted by the thrust within the piping system. 5. Other means of restraining the coupling such as set screws will not be accepted. H. Flanged Couplings Adapter Manufacturer, or Equal 1. Smith-Blair, Model 913 2. Dresser, Model 128-W 3. JCM, Model 303 I. Dismantling Joints Manufacturer, or Equal 1. Smith-Blair, Model 975 2. Dresser, Model 131 3. JCM, Model 309 2.5 PIPE THREADS A. Pipe threads shall be in conformance with ASME B1.20.1 - Pipe Threads, General Purpose (inch), and be made up with Teflon tape unless otherwise indicated. 2.6 MODULAR MECHANICAL SEALS FOR PIPING PENETRATIONS ' A. Where indicated and where required in order to prevent flow of water or air, the passages of piping through wall sleeves and cored openings shall be sealed with modular interlocking link mechanical closures. ' � �J � � B. Individual links shall be constructed of EPDM rubber, be suitable for temperatures between minus 40 and plus 250 degrees F, and be shaped to fill the annular space between the outside of the pipe and the inside of the wall sleeve or cored opening. C. Assemble the links using Type 316 stainless steel bolts and nuts to form a continuous rubber belt around the pipe. D. Pressure plates under each bolt and nut shall be fabricated of a corrosion-resistant composite material. E. After the seal assembly is positioned in the sleeve, tighten the bolts against the pressure plates to expand the rubber links and form the watertight seal. MWH-06262015 PIPING, GENERAL ' 10501278 — FLOW CONTROL/SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT PAGE 43 10 50 - 7 F. Sizing and installation of sleeves and assemblies shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. G. Modular Mechanical Seals Manufacturer, or Equal 1. Thunderline Corporation, Link-Seal 2. Proco, Pen-Seal PART 3 -- EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. Install piping, fittings, and appurtenances in accordance with the requirements of applicable Sections of Division 33 and Division 43. B. Proprietary manufactured couplings shall be installed in accordance with the coupling manufacturer's recommendation. � C. Care shall be taken to insure that piping flanges, mechanical-type couplings, sleeve-type couplings, flexible connectors, and expansion joints are properly installed as follows: , � ' , i � � 1. Gasket surfaces shall be carefully cleaned and inspected prior to making up the � connection. 2. Each gasket shall be centered properly on the contact surfaces. 3. Connections shall be installed to prevent inducing stress to the piping system or the equipment to which the piping is connected. 4. Contact surfaces for flanges, couplings, and piping ends shall be aligned parallel, concentric, and square to each axis at the piping connections. 5. Flange Bolts a. Flange bolts shall be initially hand-tightened with the piping connections properly aligned. b. Bolts shall be tightened with a torque wrench in a staggered sequence to the AISC-recommended torque for the bolt material. 6. Harness, Thrust Restraint, and Tie Rod Bolts a. Harness, thrust restraint, and tie rod bolts used for sleeve couplings, flange coupling adapters, or flexible joints shall be tightened gradually and equally at diametrically opposite sides until snug, in order to prevent misalignment and to insure that all studs carry equal loads. b. In order to prevent induced stress or misalignment, do not over-torque connections to adjoining pump or equipment. 7. Groove ends shall be clean and free from indentations, projections, and roll marks in the area from the pipe end to the groove. 8. After installation, joints shall meet the indicated leakage rate. MWH-06262015 PIPING, GENERAL 10501278 — FLOW CONTROL/SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT . PAGE 43 10 50 - 8 8 i ' ' � ' 1 � � ' ' � ' � ' ' ' ' t � 9. Flanges shall not be deformed nor cracked. D. Core Drilling 1. Where core drilling is required for pipes passing through existing concrete, core drilling locations shall be determined by radiograph of concrete construction in order to avoid damage to embedded raceways and reinforcing bars. E. Cleanup 1. After completion of the WORK, cuttings, joining and wrapping materials, and other scattered debris shall be removed from the Site. 2. The entire piping system shall be handed over in a clean and functional condition. - END OF SECTION — MW H-06262015 10501278 — FLOW CONTROL/SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT PIPING, GENERAL PAG E 43 10 50 - 9 � � � , � �� INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK � � � � e � � ���� � r ' � MWH-06262015 PIPING, GENERAL 10501278 - FLOW CONTROL/SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT PAGE 43 10 50 - 10 a � � ' � u ' 1 � � � ' SECTION 431052 - PIPE SUPPORTS PART 1 -- GENERAL 1.1 THE REQUIREMENT A. Provide pipe supports, hangers, guides, and anchors, complete and in place, as indicated in accordance with the Contract Documents. B. Where pipe support systems are not indicated on the Drawings, the CONTRACTOR shall design and provide the supports in accordance with this Section. 1.2 CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS A. Furnish submittals in accordance with the requirements of Section 01 33 00 — Contractor Submittals. B. Shop Drawings 1. Submit Shop Drawings which shall include the following information: a. drawings of pipe supports, hangers, anchors,'and guides b. calculations for special supports and anchors, stamped and signed by a registered professional engineer. PART 2 -- PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURED SUPPORTS A. Stock Parts 1. Where not specifically indicated, designs that are generally accepted as ' exemplifying good engineering practice and using stock or production parts shall be utilized wherever possible. ' 2. Such parts shall be locally available, new, of best commercial quality, and designed and rated for the intended purpose. ' B. Manufacturers, or Equal 1. Basic Engineers Inc. ' 2. Bergen-Paterson Pipesupport Corp. 3. Grinnell Corp. (Anvil International) ' 4. NPS Products, Inc. � 5. Power Piping Company 6. Tolco Incorporated ' MWH-06262015 PIPE SUPPORTS � 10501278-FLOW CONTROL/SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT PAGE 43 10 52 - 1 2.2 COATING A. Galvanizing 1. Unless otherwise indicated, fabricated pipe supports other than stainless steel or non-ferrous supports shall be blast-cleaned after fabrication and hot-dip galvanized in accordance with ASTM A 123 - Zinc (Hot-Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products. B. Other Coatings 1. Other than stainless steel or non-ferrous supports, supports shall receive protective coatings in accordance with the requirements of Section 09 96 00 — Protective Coating. PART 3 -- EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. General 1 2 Pipe supports, hangers, brackets, anchors, guides, and inserts shall be fabricated and installed in accordance with the manufacturer's printed instructions and ASME B31.1 - Power Piping. Concrete inserts for pipe hangers and supports shall be coordinated with the formwork. B. Appearance 1. Pipe supports and hangers shall be positioned in order to produce an orderly, neat piping system. 3.2 FABRICATION A. Quality Control 1. Pipe supports shall be fabricated and installed by experienced welders and fitters, using the best welding procedures available. 2. Fabricated supports shall be neat in appearance without sharp corners, burrs, or edges. - END OF SECTION - MWH-06262015 PIPE SUPPORTS 10501278-FLOW CONTROL/SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT PAGE 43 10 52 - 2 � � � ' ' PART 1 -- GENERAL 1.1 THE REQUIREMENT SECTION 431053 - STEEL PIPE (ASTM A 53 / A 106, MODIFIED) A. The CONTRACTOR shall provide steel pipe and appurtenances, complete and in place, in accordance with the Contract Documents. B. The requirements of Section 43 10 50 - Piping, General apply to the WORK of this ' Section. PART 2 -- PRODUCTS I 2.1 PIPE MATERIAL ' A. Water Service: Unless otherwise indicated, galvanized and black steel pipe shall conform to ASTM A 53 - Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped, Zinc-Coated Welded and Seamless or ASTM A 106 - Seamless Carbon Steel Pipe for High Temperature Service, ' Grade B, and shall be Schedule 40 or 80, as indicated in the Piping Schedule. Galvanized steel pipe shall not be cement mortar lined unless so indicated. ' ' � � � � 1 , ' u , 2.2 PIPE JOINTS A. Black steel pipe for general service shall have screwed ends with NPT threads, welded joints, or flanged joints. Screwed joints shall be made up with Teflon tape and welded joints may have butt-weld fittings, socket-weld fittings, or flanges. Where indicated, black steel pipe shall have grooved ends for shouldered couplings or plain ends for sleeve-type couplings. B. Galvanized steel pipe shall have screwed ends with NPT threads made up with Teflon tape. Where indicated, galvanized steel pipe shall have grooved ends for shouldered couplings or plain ends for sleeve-type couplings. 2.3 FITTINGS A. Common Use: The following fittings shall be provided for galvanized or black steel pipe, as indicated in the Piping Schedule: 1 E Threaded malleable iron fittings conforming to ASME B 16.3 - Malleable-Iron Threaded Fittings, Classes 150 and 300. Threaded cast iron fittings conforming to ASME B 16.4 - Cast Iron Threaded Fittings, Class 125 and 250. 3. Forged steel socket welded fittings conforming to ASME B 16.11 - Forged Fittings, Socket - Welding and Threaded. 4. Butt welding fittings conforming to ASME B 16.9 - Factory-Made Wrought Steel Butt Welding Fittings, Schedule 40 or 80, as indicated. 5. Flanged cast iron fittings conforming to ASME B 16.1 - Cast Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings, Class 25, 125, 250 and 800. MWH - 06262015 STEEL PIPE 10501278-FLOW CONTROL/SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT PAGE 43 10 53 - 1 6. Flanged steel fittings conforming to ASME B 16.5 - Pipe Flanges and Flanged , Fittings, Steel Nickel Alloy and Other Special Alloys. _ 7. Grooved ductile iron fittings with grooving dimensions conforming to AWWA C606 - Joints, Grooved and Shouldered Type. PART 3 -- EXECUTION 3..1 INSTALLATION A. General: Pipes shall be installed in a neat and workmanlike manner, properly aligned, and cut from measurements taken at the Site to avoid interferences with structural members, architectural features, openings, and equipment. Exposed pipes shall afford maximum headroom and access to equipment, and where necessary, piping shall be installed with sufficient slopes for venting or drainage of liquids and condensate to low points. Installation shall be free from defects. B. Supports and Anchors: Piping shall be firmly supported with fabricated or commercial hangers or supports in accordance with Section 43 10 52 - Pipe Supports. Where necessary to avoid stress on equipment or structural members, the pipes shall be anchored or harnessed. Expansion joints and guides shall compensate for pipe expansion due to temperature differences. C. Valves and Unions: Water piping to equipment sha11 be provided with a shutoff valve and union, unless the valve has flanged ends. Unions shall be provided at threaded valves, equipment, and other devices requiring occasional removal or disconnection. 3.2 PIPE PREPARATION A. Prior to installation, each pipe length shall be carefully inspected, be flushed clean of any debris or dust, and be straightened if not true. Ends of threaded pipes shall be reamed and filed smooth. Fittings shall be equally cleaned before assemblage. 3.3 PIPE JOINTS A. Threaded Joints: Pipe threads shall conform to ASME B 1.20.1 - Pipe Threads, General Purpose (inch), and shall be full and cleanly cut with sharp dies. Not more than 3 threads shall remain exposed after installation. B. Welded Joints: Welded joints shall conform to the specifications and recommendations of ASME B 31.1 - Power Piping. Welding shall be done by skilled and qualified welders per Section 431050 - Piping, General. C. Grooved Joints: Grooves for grooved couplings and fittings shall be made with specially designed grooving tools to the manufacturer's recommendations and conform to AWWA C 606. Grooves shall be clean and sharp without flaws, and the pipe ends shall be accurately cut at 90 degrees to the pipe axis. 3.4 INSPECTION AND FIELD TESTING A. Inspection: Finished installations shall be carefully inspected for proper supports, ' anchoring, interferences, and damage to pipe, fittings, and coating. Any damage shall be repaired. � MWH - 06262015 STEEL PIPE 10501278-FLOW CONTROL/SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT PAGE 43 10 53 - 2 � ' ' � B. Field Testing: Prior to enclosure or burying, piping systems shall be pressure tested as required in the Piping Schedule for a period of not less than one hour without exceeding the tolerances listed in the Piping Schedule. Where no pressures are indicated, the pipes shall be subject to 1-1/2 times the maximum working pressure. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish test equipment, labor, materials, and devices as part of the WORK. For additional testing requirements, refer to Section 01 74 30 - Pressure Pipe Testing and Disinfection. ' 1. Leakage may be determined by loss of pressure, soap solution, chemical indicator, or other positive and accurate method. Fixtures, devices, or other accessories which are to be connected to the lines and which would be damaged if subjected to � the test pressure shall be disconnected and ends of the branch lines plugged or capped as required during the testing procedures. ' ' ' � ' ' ' � � , ' ' LJ 2. Leaks shall be repaired, and the system shall be re-tested until no leaks are found. - END OF SECTION - MWH - 06262015 STEEL PIPE ' 10501278-FLOW CONTROL/SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT PAGE 43 10 53 - 3 INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK � ' , u � , 1 SECTION 431061 - PVC PRESSURE PIPE (ASTM D 1785, MODIFIED) PART1--GENERAL 1.1 THE REQUIREMENT A. The CONTRACTOR shall provide polyvinyl chloride (PVC) pressure pipe, complete and in place, in accordance with the Contract Documents. B. The requiremenfs of Section 431050 - Piping, General, apply to the WORK of this Section. C. This Section includes PVC pressure pipe with solvent-welded, flanged, or screwed joints. PART 2 -- PRODUCTS 2,1 PIPE MATERIAL A. PVC pipe shall be made from new rigid unplasticized polyvinyl chloride and shall be ' normal impact Type 1, Grade 1, class 12454, Schedule 80, listed as compliant with NSF Standard 61, unless otherwise indicated, in accordance with ASTM D 1785-Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe, Schedules 40, 80, and 120. � 2.2 PIPE JOINTS , A. Pipe joints shall be solvent-welded type with solvent cement and primer as recommended by the pipe manufacturer for the chemical in the pipe. B. Screwed joints that are necessary to match up to threaded valves or fittings shall be ' made up with appropriate thread sealant, either paste or tape. C. Flanged joints shall be made with solvent-welded PVC flanges, drilled to ASME B 16.5 - ' Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings, Class 150, unless otherwise indicated. Gaskets shall be ANSI 150 Ib. full face, 1/8-inch thick Neoprene for water or wastewater service. Gasket material for chemicals shall be suitable for the chemical service. ' 2.3 FITTINGS ' A. Solvent Welded and Threaded Fittings: Solvent-welded and threaded fittings shall be Schedule 80 PVC fittings in accordance with ASTM D 2467 - Socket-Type Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe Fittings, Schedule 80. ' B. Flanged Fittings: Flanged fittings shall be Schedule 80 fabricated PVC fittings with 150 Ib. flanges to ASME B 16.5. 1 ' 1 2.4 MARKING TAPE A. The pipeline shall be marked with a magnetically detectable colored marking tape in accordance with Section 43 10 50 — Piping, General. MWH-06262015 PVC PRESSURE PIPE 1 10501278-FLOW CONTROL/SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT PAGE 431061 - 1 PART 3 -- EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. General: PVC pipe shall be installed in a neat and workmanlike manner, properly aligned, and cut from measurements taken at the Site to avoid interFerences with structural members, architectural features, openings, and equipment. Exposed pipe shall afford maximum headroom and access to equipment, and where necessary, piping shall be installed with sufficient slopes for venting or drainage of liquids and condensate to low points. It is recommended that the CONTRACTOR obtain the assistance of the pipe manufacturer's field representative to instruct the pipefitters in the correct installation and support of PVC piping. B. Supports and Anchors: Piping shall be firmly supported with fabricated or commercial hangers or supports in accordance with Section 431052 - Pipe Supports. Where necessary to avoid stress on equipment or structural members, the pipe shall be anchored or harnessed. Expansion joints and guides shall compensate for pipe expansion due to temperature changes. C. Valves and Unions: Unless otherwise indicated, connections to fixtures, groups of fixtures, and equipment shall be provided with a shutoff valve and union, unless the valve has flanged ends. Unions shall be provided at threaded valves, equipment, and other devices requiring occasional removal or disconnection. Valves and flanges attached to PVC pipe shall be provided with adequate supports. 3.2 PIPE PREPARATION A. Prior to installation, each pipe length shall be carefully inspected, flushed clean of any debris or dust, and be straightened, if not true. Ends of threaded pipes shatl be reamed � and filed smooth. Pipe fittings shall be equally cleaned before assembly. 3.3 PIPE JO{NTS A. Threaded Joints: Pipe threads shall conform to ASTM F 1498 - Taper Pipe Threads 60 Degrees for Thermoplastic Pipe and Fittings, and shall be full and cleanly cut with sharp dies or molded. Joints shafl be made with Teflon tape or thread sealant. B. Solvent-Welded Joints: Solvent-welded joints shall be made with fresh primer and solvent cement on clean, dry pipe ends. The primer and cement cans shall be kept closed at all times and the joints shall be made up at the recommended ambient temperatures, to the pipe or cement manufacturer's written recommendations. Pipe ends shall be inserted to the full depth of the socket. C. Flange Joints: Flanged joints shall be made with gaskets and Type 316 stainless steel bolts and nuts. Care shall be taken not to over-torque the bolts, in accordance with the manufacturer's written recommendations. 3.4 INSPECTION AND FIELD TESTING � � � � ' ' A. Inspection: Finished installations shall be carefully inspected for proper joints and sufficient supports, anchoring, interferences, and damage to pipe, fittings, and coating. ' Defective WORK shall be repaired. � MWH-06262015 PVC PRESSURE PIPE 10501278-FLOW CONTROL/SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT PAGE 431061 - 2 � B. Field Testing: The CONTRACTOR shall allow adequate time for the solvent cement joints to cure. Curing time shall be per the solvent cement manufacturer's recommendation. Prior to enclosure or burying, piping systems shall be pressure tested as required in the Piping Schedule, for a period of not less than one hour, without exceeding the tolerances listed in the Piping Schedule. Caution - Do not use air or gas for testing PVC pipe. Where no pressures are indicated, the pipes shall be subject to 1- 1/2 times the maximum working pressure. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish test equipment, labor, materials, and devices. C. Leakage shall be determined by loss of pressure. Fixtures, devices, or other accessories that would be damaged if subjected to the test pressure shall be disconnected and ends of the branch lines shall be plugged or capped as appropriate during the testing procedures. D. Leaks shall be repaired, and the piping shall be re-tested until no leaks are found. - END OF SECTION - MWH-06262015 PVC PRESSURE PIPE ' 10501278-FLOW CONTROL/SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT PAGE 431061 - 3 INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK � SECTION 432293 - SUBMERSIBLE SUMP PUMPS , PART 1 -- GENERAL ' 1.1 THE REQUIREMENT A. The CONTRACTOR shall provide submersible sump pumps and appurtenant WORK, complete and operable, in accordance with the Contract Documents. � B. The Supplier shall examine the Site conditions, intended application, and operation of the pump system and recommend the pump that will satisfy the indicated requirements. ' PART 2 -- PRODUCTS ' 2.1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION A. See attached submersible sump pump datasheets for specific pump operating conditions, ' performance requirements, construction, and other criteria. B. See drawings for location of sump and sump dimension requirements. 1 2.2 PUMP REQUIREMENTS A. General: Provide single or duplex submersible sump pumps as indicated on datasheets. , B. Drive: Enclosed, submerged, electric 1800 rpm motor (or as indicated on submersible sump pump datasheet), suitable for 120 volt, 1 phase, 60 Hz ac power supply, with ' armored cable. C. Controls: A float level switch shall be provided by the pump manufacturer to start and ' stop each pump independently automatically.. 2.3 PROTECTIVE COATING ' A. Pumps shall be coated in accordance with Section 099600 - Protective Coating. 2.4 MANUFACTURERS, OR EQUAL � A. Aurora Pumps ' B. Flygt Corporation C. Goulds Pumps Inc. ' D. Liberty Pumps ' PART 3 -- EXECUTION 3.1 I NSTALLATION ' A. Pumping equipment shall be installed in accordance with the Shop Drawings and as indicated. , MWH — 06262015 SUBMERSIBLE SUMP PUMPS ' 10501278 — FLOW CONTROL/SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT PAGE 432293 - 1 Equipment Data Sheet Equipment Type: General Information Drawing Number Specification Section ..--�-�--�---........-�-------------------- Location Duty Comments Performance Requirements Maximum Shutoff Head, ft Design Flow Capacity, gpm Design Flow Pump Head TDH, ft Operating Conditions Ambient Environment Fluid Service Fluid Temperature Range, deg F Maximum Sphere Dia. Size, in Dimensions Sump Dimensions, LxWxH, in Sump Top Submersible Sump Pump M-1 43 22 93 ----�----�-�------ -------- � --- -�--� - - ------�---................--��---�- ------- -�---------- ---- --� Flow Control/Seismic Valve Vault at Warren Ave. intermittent 30 30 15 Submerged or partially submerged Sump Drainage 32 to 90 1 See Drawing See Drawing Construction Pump Casing Cast iron Impeller Semi-open, non-clog cast iron Bearings Permanently lubricated ball and sleeve type -----------------�-------�----------------...--------�---------------------------------------------------------�------.......----------------------�---�-------�------...-�-----�-��--------------...----------------�-----------------------....----------��----�-----------�- Shaft Stainless steel, series 400 Seal Mechanical Seal Mounting Method stainless steel chain and hook ---- - ---- ---�� -----...-�----�---...---�------------------------- --------- -- ----------�-----�--...-�---...---...--��-------- ---�-----�---�-�-------......------............................------------ --��------ -- ------ ------------- -- -- �-----............ ....--- ----�-------- Pump Connection Union with neoprene pressure hose Electrical Requirements Maximum Motor Size, HP Motor Voltage Requirements Maximum Motor Speed, rpm ---��---------��--�----��-------------------------�-------�--------------........_........----... Motor Type 1/2 120-volt; 1-phase; 60-Hz, AC 1800 .....-�-----------�----�------------------------------�--�--------�----�----------------�---�----------�----------- submersible; close-coupled; electric MWH — 06262015 SUBMERSIBLE SUMP PUMPS 10501278 — FLOW CONTROL/SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT PAGE 432293 - 2 � Equipment Type: General Information Drawing Number Specification Section �--------�- -------- -- �� ----��--- ------------------------------ - Location Duty Comments Performance Requirements Maximum Shutoff Head, ft Design Flow Capacity, gpm Design Flow Pump Head TDH, ft Operating Conditions Ambient Environment Fluid Service Fluid Temperature Range, deg F Maximum Sphere Dia. Size, in Dimensions Sump Dimensions, LxWxH, in Sump Top Submersible Sump Pump M-2 43 22 93 ----�--�---�--...--��--�-------------- -- ---�--��---��--�-�---.......---�--- - --------�----- ---------�--....--�-�-------------------�--.... Flow Control/Seismic Valve Vault at Snyder Ave. intermittent 30 30 10 Submerged or partially submerged Sump Drainage 32 to 90 1 See Drawing See Drawing ' Construction Pump Casing Cast iron Impeller Semi-open, non-clog cast iron ' _Beari ng s-------�-----�---��-------------------�------�-------��---�-�-----....--�-��-----------�-�----------�--Permanently--I ubricated . bal I _and _sleeve _tYPe.---� --�- -- -� --- -� Shaft Stainless steel, series 400 ' Seal Mechanical Seal Mounting Method stainless steel chain and hook ---- -- -- ---- -- --�---...........------ ----�- ...............-- ------ ------........_....--- ------------.....------------ -----.....---......------ ------------ ------�---...............--------- ------- �--- ----......---�� ---�-- Pump Connection Union with neoprene pressure hose � ' Electrical Requirements Maximum Motor Size, HP Motor Voltage Requirements Maximum Motor Speed, rpm .....------�-�----�--�--�------�----�----�------...---�-----------------�----�-�-------�----�-�----... Motor Type 1/2 120-volt; 1-phase; 60-Hz, AC 1800 -��--------------�-------�------�----�----------�-�------------��---�----------�--�--�------------�----------�----�---- submersible; close-coupled; electric - END OF SECTION - ' MWH — 06262015 SUBMERSIBLE SUMP PUMPS ' 10501278 — FLOW CONTROL/SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT PAGE 432293 - 3 INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK MWH - 06262015 SUBMERSIBLE SUMP PUMPS 10501278 - FLOW CONTROL/SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT PAGE 432293 - 4 8 ' � � , � SECTION 433000 - VALVES, GENERAL PART 1 -- GENERAL 1.1 THE REQUIREMENT A. Provide valves, actuators, and appurtenances, complete and operable, as indicated in accordance with the Contract Documents. B. The provisions of this Section shall apply to all valves and valve actuators except where otherwise indicated. C. Valves and actuators in particular locations may require a combination of units, sensors, limit switches, and controls, as indicated. � D. Support 1. Where a valve is to be supported by means other than the piping to which it is � attached, obtain from the valve manufacturer a design for its support and foundation. 2. Submit the support design, including drawings and calculations sealed by an engineer, with the Shop Drawings. E. Unit Responsibility 1. The CONTRACTOR shall assign a single manufacturer to be responsible for the supply, coordination of design, assembly, testing, and furnishing of each valve; however, the CONTRACTOR shall be responsible to the OWNER for compliance with the requirements of each valve Section. F. Single Manufacturer 1. Where 2 or more valves of the same type and size are required, the valves shall be furnished by the same manufacturer. 1.2 CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS A. Furnish submittals in accordance with the requirements of Section 013300 — Contractor Submittals. B. Furnish the following information on Shop Drawings: 1. valve name, size, Cv factor, pressure rating, identification number (if any), and specification section number; 2. complete information on the valve actuator, hydraulic power units (HPU), pneumatic air supply system including size, manufacturer, model number, limit switches, and mounting; 3. cavitation limits for control valves; 4. assembly drawings showing part nomenclature, materials, dimensions, weights, and relationships of valve handles, hand wheels, position indicators, limit switches, integral control systems, needle valves, and control systems; MWH - 06262015 VALVES, GENERAL ' 10501278 — FLOW CONTROL/SEISMIC VALVE VAULT PAGE 43 30 00 - 1 5. complete wiring diagrams and control system schematics; and, 6. A valve-labeling schedule, listing the valves to be furnished with stainless steel tags, indicating in each case the valve �ocation and the proposed wording for the label. C. Furnish a technical manual containing the required information for each valve, as indicated. D. Furnish a spare parts list, containing the required information for each valve assembly, as indicated. E. Factory Test Data 1. Where indicated, submit signed, dated, and certified factory test data for each valve requiring certification, before shipping the valve. 2. Furnish a certification of quality and test results for factory-applied coatings. F. Field Test Data 1. Submit signed, dated, and certified field test data for each valve. PART 2 -- PRODUCTS 2.1 PRODUCTS A. General 1. Provide valves and gates of new and current manufacture. 2. Provide valves 6-inch and larger with actuators with position indicators. 3. Unless otherwise indicated, provide valve actuators in accordance with Section 433012 — Valve and Gate Actuators. B. Protective Coating 1 E Coat the exterior surfaces of valves and the wet interior surfaces of ferrous valves of sizes 2-inch and larger in accordance with the requirements of Section 099600 — Protective Coating. The valve manufacturer shall certify in writing that the required coating has been applied and tested in the manufacturing plant prior to shipment, in accordance with the indicated requirements. 3. Do not coat the machined flange faces of valves except where such flanges are not adjoining a mating flange as shown in the Contract Documents. Apply rust inhibitor coating on machined surfaces of the flange prior to shipment. C. Valve Labeling 1. Except when such requirement is waived by the ENGINEER in writing, provide a label on shut-off valves and control valves. MWH - 06262015 VALVES, GENERAL 10501278 — FLOW CONTROL/SEISMIC VALVE VAULT PAGE 43 30 00 - 2 � 7 2. Furnish a label composed of 1/16-inch plastic or stainless steel, a minimum of 2 inches by 4 inches in size, as indicated in Section 431051 — Piping Identification Systems, and permanently attached to the valve or on the wall adjacent to the valve Valve Testing 1. As a minimum, unless otherwise indicated or recommended by the reference standards, test valves 3 inches in diameter and smaller in accordance with the manufacturer's standard procedure. 2. Factory-test valves 4 inches in diameter and larger as follows: a. Hydrostatic Testing 1) 2) 3) Subject valve bodies to an internal hydrostatic pressure equivalent to twice the water-rated pressure of the valve. Metallic valves rating pressures shall be based at 100 degrees F. Plastic valves rating pressures shall be based at 73 degrees F, or at a higher temperature according to material type. 4) During the hydrostatic test, there shall be no visible leakage through the valve body, end joints, or shaft seals, nor shall parts of the valve be permanently deformed. 5) Allow test duration of at least 10 minutes, in order to allow visual examination for leakage. b. Seat Testing 1) Test the valves for leaks in the closed position, with the pressure differential across the seat equal to the water rated pressure of the valve. 2) Provide test duration of at least 10 minutes, in order to allow visual examination for leakage. 3) ' The leakage rate shall be the more stringent of the following: a) As recommended by the reference standard for that type of valve; or b) Leakage past the closed valve not to exceed one fluid ounce per hour per inch diameter for metal seated valves, and drop-tight for resilient seated valves. c. � Performance Testing 1) Shop-operate the valves from the fully-closed to the fully-open position, 1 and reverse under no-flow conditions in order to demonstrate that the valve assembly operates properly. ' � E. Certification MWH - 06262015 VALVES, GENERAL ' 10501278 — FLOW CONTROL/SEISMIC VALVE VAULT PAGE 43 30 00 - 3 1. Prior to shipment of valves with sizes larger than 12-inches in diameter, submit certified, notarized copies of the hydrostatic factory tests, showing compliance with the applicable standards of AWWA, ANSI, or ASTM. F. Valve Markings ' �� 1. Permanently mark valve bodies in accordance with MSS SP25 - Standard Marking � Systems for Valves, Fittings, Flanges, and Unions. 2.2 MATERIALS A. General 1. 2. Provide materials suitable for the intended application. Provide materials in contact with potable water listed as compliant with NSF Standard 61. , , � 3. Ensure that materials not indicated are of high-grade standard commercial quality, free from defects and imperFections that might affect the serviceability of the product for the purpose for which it is intended. 4. Unless otherwise indicated, provide valve and actuator bodies conforming to the following requirements: a. Cast Iron: Close-grained gray cast iron, conforming to ASTM A 48 - Gray Iron Castings, Class 30, or to ASTM A 126 - Gray Iron Castings for Valves, Flanges, and Pipe Fittings , � � b. Ductile Iron: ASTM A 536 - Ductile Iron Castings, or to ASTM A 395 - Ferritic � Ductile Iron Pressure-Retaining Castings for Use at Elevated Temperatures c. Steel: ASTM A 216 - Steel Castings, Carbon Suitable for Fusion Welding for High-Temperature Service, or to ASTM A 515 - Pressure Vessel Plates, Carbon Steel, for Intermediate- and Higher-Temperature Service d. Bronze: ASTM B 62 - Composition Bronze or Ounce Metal Castings, and valve stems not subject to dezincification shall conform to ASTM B 584 - Copper Alloy Sand Castings for General Applications. Bronze materials in contact with potable water service shall be free of lead content meeting the Lead Reduction Act. e. Stainless Steel: Stainless steel valve and operator bodies and trim shall conform to ASTM A 351 - Steel Castings, Austenitic, for High-Temperature Service, Grade CF8M, or shall be Type 316 stainless steel f. NSF Standard 61: Materials shall be listed for use in contact with potable water. g. Elastomeric materials used for seat, seals and O-rings shall be compatible with temperature, pressures and fluid or gas service. 1) Elastomeric materials for water with chloramines shall be Teflon or Viton- A. MWH - 06262015 VALVES, GENERAL 10501278 — FLOW CONTROL/SEISMIC VALVE VAULT PAGE 43 30 00 - 4 8 ' � , � , � 2) 3) Elastomeric materials for water with dissolved ozone residual shall be Teflon suitable for ozone service. Elastomeric materials for oxygen (LOX or GOX) shall be Teflon specially manufactured and packaged suitable for oxygen service. 2.3 VALVE CONSTRUCTION A. Bodies 1. Provide valve bodies that are cast, molded (in the case of plastic valves), forged, or welded, of the materials indicated, and with smooth interior passages. 2. Provide wall thicknesses uniform and in agreement with the applicable standards for each type of valve, without casting defects, pinholes, and other defects that could weaken the body. 3. Perform welds on welded bodies by certified welders and ground welds smooth. � r� 1 ' � ' � � ' � 4. Provide valve ends as indicated, and rated for the maximum temperature and pressure to which the valve will be subjected. B. Valve End Connections 1. Unless otherwise indicated, valves 2-1/2 inches in diameter and smaller may be provided with threaded end connections. , 2. Provide valves 3 inches in diameter and larger with flanged end connections. 3. Flanges, bolts and gaskets shall be as specified in Section 431050 - Piping, General. C. Bonnets 1. Connect valve bonnets to the body by clamping, screwing, or flanging. 2. Provide bonnets of the same material, temperature, and pressure rating as the body. 3. Make provisions for the stem seal with the necessary glands, packing nuts, and yokes. D. Stems 1. Provide valve stems of the materials indicated, or, if not indicated, of the best commercially-available material for the specific service, with adjustable stem packing, O-rings, chevron V-type packing, or other suitable seal. Bronze materials in contact with potable water shall be NSF 61 approved and free of lead. Elastomeric materials shall be compatible with fluid service. 2. Where subject to dezincification, ensure that bronze valve stems conform to ASTM , B 62, containing not more than 5 percent of zinc or more than 2 percent of aluminum, with a minimum tensile strength of 30,000 psi, a minimum yield strength of 14,000 psi, and an elongation of at least 10 percent in 2 inches. ' MWH - 06262015 VALVES, GENERAL ' 10501278 — FLOW CONTROL/SEISMIC VALVE VAULT PAGE 43 30 00 - 5 3. Where dezincification is not a problem, bronze conforming to ASTM B 584 may be used, except that the zinc content shall not exceed 16 percent. E. Stem Guides 1. Provide stem guides spaced with an L/R ratio not to exceed 200:1. Submit calculations for UR ratios and guide spacing to the ENGINEER for review. 2. Stem guides shall have slotted holes and shall be adjustable in two directions. 3. Construct submerged stem guides from Type 304 stainless steel. F. Internal Parts 1. Provide internal parts and valve trim as indicated for each individual valve. 2. Where not indicated, construct valve trim from Type 316 stainless steel or other material best-suited for the intended service. G. Nuts and Bolts 1. provide nuts and bo�ts on valve flanges and supports in accordance with the requirements of Section 055000 — Miscellaneous Metalwork and Section 431050 — Piping, General. 2.4 VALVE ACCESSORIES A. Provide valves complete with the accessories required to provide a functional system. 2.5 SPARE PARTS A. Furnish the required spare parts, suitably packaged and labeled with the valve name, location, and identification number. B. Furnish the name, address, and telephone number of the nearest distributor for the spare parts of each valve. C. Spare parts are intended for use by the OWNER, after expiration of the correction of defects period. 2.6 MANUFACTURERS A. Valve manufacturers shall have a successful record of not less than 5 years in the manufacture of the indicated valves. PART 3 -- EXECUTION 3.1 VALVE INSTALLATION AND TRIAL OPERATION A. General 1. Install valves, actuating units, stem extensions, valve boxes, and accessories in accordance with the manufacturer's written instructions and as indicated. MWH - 06262015 VALVES, GENERAL 10501278 — FLOW CONTROL/SEISMIC VALVE VAULT PAGE 43 30 00 - 6 8 � � , � ' ' � � �' , 2. Adequately brace gates in order to prevent warpage and bending under the intended use. 3. Firmly support valves in order to avoid undue stresses on the pipe. B. Access 1. Install valves in a manner to provide easy access for actuation, removal, and maintenance, and to avoid interference between valve actuators and structural members, handrails, and other equipment. C. Valve Accessories 1. Where combinations of valves, sensors, switches, and controls are indicated, properly assemble and install such items such that systems are compatible and operating properly. 2. Clearly note the relationship between interrelated items on Shop Drawing submittals. D. TrialOperation 1. After installation, schedule trial operation witnessed by the ENGINEER and the OWNER representative. 2. All valves shall be cleaned thoroughly of all foreign materials and final adjustments made. The valves shall then be operated through one complete cycle from a fully closed position to a fully open position and back to a fully closed position to verify tfiat the assembly is functional. 3. For control valves that operate in multiple operating scenarios, the CONTRACTOR ' shall simulate all operational scenarios including the hydraulic power units, pilot control system or pneumatic air supply system to demonstrate compliance to the specifications. ' ' � 1 ' � � 4. A field leakage test meeting the maximum allowable specified requirement shall be conducted. 5. Test certificate shall be signed by the valve manufacturer and the CONTRACTOR and shall be submitted to the ENGINEER. - END OF SECTION — MWH - 06262015 VALVES, GENERAL ' 10501278 — FLOW CONTROL/SEISMIC VALVE VAULT PAGE 43 30 00 - 7 , � ' 1 , INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK ' t � ' � e ' � ' � � , ' MWH - 06262015 VALVES, GENERAL 10501278 - FLOW CONTROL/SEISMIC VALVE VAULT PAGE 43 30 00 - 8 8 � ' C� ' SECTION 433012 - VALVE AND GATE ACTUATORS PART 1 -- GENERAL 1.1 THE REQUIREMENT A. Provide valve and gate actuators and appurtenances, complete and operable, as indicated in accordance with the Contract Documents. B. The provisions of this Section apply to valves and gates except where otherwise indicated in the Contract Documents. � C. Unit Responsibility ' ' � ' ' � ' � 1. Make the valve or gate manufacturer responsible for the coordination of design, assembly, testing, and installation of actuators on the valves and gates; however, the CONTRACTOR shall be responsible to the OWNER for compliance of the valves, gates, and actuators with the Contract Documents. D. Where 2 or more valve or gate actuators of the same type or size are required, the actuators shall be produced by the same manufacturer. 1.2 CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS A. Furnish submittals in accordance with the requirements of Section 013300 — Contractor Submittals and Section 433000 — Valves, General. B. Submit Shop Drawing information for actuators with the valve submittals as a complete package. C. Submit calculations showing dynamic seating and unseating torques versus the output torque of the actuator. PART 2 -- PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL A. Unless otherwise indicated, provide shut-off and throttling valves and externally actuated valves with manual or power actuators. ' B. Provide actuators complete and operable with mounting hardware, motors, gears, controls, wiring, solenoids, hand wheels, levers, chains, and extensions, as applicable. , C. Provide actuators with torque ratings equal to or greater than required for valve seating and dynamic torques, whichever is greater, and capable of holding the valve in any intermediate position between fully-open and fully-closed without creeping or fluttering. � � ' � D. Actuator torque ratings for butterfly valves shall be determined in accordance with AWWA C504 - Rubber-Seated Butterfly Valves. E. Identify wires of motor-driven actuators by unique numbers. F. Manufacturers MWH - 06262015 VALVE AND GATE ACTUATORS 10501278 — FLOW CONTROL/SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT PAGE 43 30 12 - 1 1 E Where indicated, certain valves and gates may be provided with actuators manufactured by the valve or gate manufacturer. Where actuators are furnished by different manufacturers, coordinate the selection to result in the fewest number of manufacturers possible. G. Materials 1. Provide actuators of current models, of the best commercial quality materials, and liberally sized for the required torque. 2. Provide materials suitable for the environment in which the valve or gate is to be installed. H. Actuator Mounting and Position Indicators 1. Securely mount actuators by means of brackets or hardware specially designed and sized for this purpose and of ample strength. 2. Cast the word "OPEN" on each valve or actuator, with an arrow indicating the direction to open in the counter-clockwise direction. 3. Equip gear and power actuators with position indicators. 4. Where possible, locate manual actuators between 48 and 60 inches above the floor or the permanent working platForm. I. Standards 1. Unless otherwise indicated and where applicable, provide actuators in accordance with AWWA C 540 - Power-Actuating Devices for Valves and Sluice Gates. J. Functionality 1. Coordinate electric, pneumatic, and hydraulic actuators with the power requirements of Division 26 — Electrical, and instrumentation equipment as indicated in Section 409100 — Process Control and Instrumentation Systems. K. Provide fasteners in accordance with the requirements of Section 055000 — Miscellaneous Metalwork. L. Provide coatings in accordance with the requirements of Section 099600 — Protective Coating. 2.2 MANUAL ACTUATORS A. General 1. Unless otherwise indicated, provide valves with manual actuators. 2. Provide valves in sizes up to and including 4 inches with direct-acting lever or hand wheel actuators of the manufacturer's best standard design. 3. Provide valves and gates larger than 4-inch with gear-assisted manual actuators, with an operating pull of maximum 60 pounds on the rim of the hand wheel. MWH - 06262015 VALVE AND GATE ACTUATORS 10501278 — FLOW CONTROL/SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT PAGE 43 30 12 - 2 1 ' C J ' , � � � ' � C_J � � 4. Provide buried and submerged gear-assisted valves, gates, gear-assisted valves for pressures higher than 250 psig, valves 30 inches in diameter and larger, and where indicated, with worm gear actuators, hermetically-sealed water-tight and grease- packed. B. Buried Valves 2. Where indicated, provide buried valves in cast-iron, concrete, or similar valve boxes with covers of ample size in order to allow operation of the valve actuators. 3 � C. Chain Actuator 2. Construct the wheel and guide from ductile iron, cast iron, or steel. 3. Chains 5. Valves 6-inch to 24-inch diameter may be provided with traveling-nut actuators, worm gear actuators, spur or bevel gear actuators, as appropriate for each valve. 1. Unless otherwise indicated, provide buried valves with extension stems to grade, with square nuts or floor stands, position indicators, and cast-iron or steel pipe extensions with valve boxes, covers, and operating keys. Permanently label the valve box covers as required by the local Utility Company or the ENGINEER. Provide wrench-nuts in compliance with AWWA C 500 - Metal-Seated Gate Valves for Water Supply Service. 1. Provide manually-activated valves with the stem located more than 7 feet above the floor or operating level with chain drives consisting of sprocket-rim chain wheels, chain guides, and operating chains supplied by the valve manufacturer. a. Fabricate the chain from hot-dip galvanized steel or stainless steel, and extend to 5 feet, 6 inches above the operating floor level. b. Provide an extra strong valve stem on chain-actuated valves in order to allow for the extra weight and chain pull. c. Provide hooks for chain storage where chains interfere with pedestrian traffic. ' D. Floor Boxes ' 1 Provide hot-dipped galvanized cast iron or steel floor boxes and covers to fit the slab thickness, for operating nuts in or below concrete slabs. 2. For operating nuts in the concrete slab, provide a bronze-bushed cover. t E. Tee Wrenches ' ' , 1. Furnish buried valves with floor boxes with 2 operating keys or one key per 10 valves, whichever is greater. 2. Size the tee wrenches such that the tee handle will be 2 to 4 feet above ground, and to fit the operating nuts. MWH - 06262015 VALVE AND GATE ACTUATORS 10501278 — FLOW CONTROL/SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT PAGE 43 30 12 - 3 F. Traveling-Nut Actuator 1. Provide the actuator with a traveling-nut and screw (Scotch yoke), contained in a weatherproof cast iron or steel housing with a spur gear and a minimum 12-inch diameter hand wheel. 2 �3 4. The screw shall run in 2 end bearings, and provide a self-locking actuator in order to maintain the valve position under any flow condition. Construct the screw and gear from hardened alloy steel or stainless steel, and the construct the nut and bushings from alloy bronze. The bearings and gear shall be grease-lubricated by means of nipples. 5. Design gearing for a 100 percent overload. 2.3 ELECTRIC MOTOR ACTUATORS A. General 1. Equipment Requirements a. Where electric motor actuators are indicated, attach an electric motor-actuated valve control unit to the actuating mechanism housing by means of a flanged motor adapter piece. 2. Gearing a. Provide the motor actuator with the motor, reduction gearing, reversing starter, torque switches, and limit switches in a weather-proof NEMA 4 assembly. b. Provide a single- or double-reduction unit, consisting of spur or helical gears and worm gearing. c. Construct the spur or helical gears of hardened alloy steel, and the worm gear of alloy bronze. d. Accurately cut gearing with hobbing machines. e. Power gearing shall be grease- or oil-lubricated in a sealed housing. f. Use ball or roller bearings throughout. g. Actuator output speed changes shall be mechanically possible by simply removing the motor and changing the exposed or helical gearset ratio without further disassembly of the actuator. 3. Starting Device a. Except for modulating valves, design the unit such that a hammer blow is imparted to the stem nut when opening a closed valve or closing an open valve. b. The device shall allow free movement at the stem nut before imparting the hammer blow. c. The actuator motor shall attain full speed before the stem load is encountered MWH - 06262015 VALVE AND GATE ACTUATORS 10501278 — FLOW CONTROL/SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT PAGE 43 30 12 - 4 4. Switches a. Electronic-Type Switches 1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 6) 7) Limit switches or valve position shall be sensed by a 15-bit, optical, absolute position encoder. The open and closed positions shall be stored in a permanent, non- volatile memory. The encoder shall measure valve position continuously, including both motor and hand wheel operation, with or without use of battery. Provide an electronic torque sensor. Provide an adjustable torque limit, from 40 to 100 percent of rating in one- percent increments. The motor shall be de-energized if the torque limit is exceeded. Provide a boost function in order to prevent torque-trip during initial valve unseating, and a"jammed valve" protection feature with automatic retry sequence in order to de-energize the motor if no movement occurs. 8) Provide valve actuators with electronic type switches as manufactured by Limitorque, Rotork or Auma Actuators, Inc, or equal. b. The actuator shall be wired in accordance with the schematic diagram. c. Connect wiring for external connections to marked terminals. d. Provide one 1-inch and one 1-1/4 inch conduit connection in the enclosing case. e. Mount a calibration tag near each switch, correlating the dial setting to the unit output torque. f. Switches shall not be subject to breakage or slippages due to over-travel. g. Do not use traveling-nuts, cams, or microswitch tripping mechanisms. h. Provide limit switches of the heavy-duty, open contact type, with rotary wiping action. 5. HandwheelOperation a. Provide a permanently attached handwheel for emergency manual operation. b. The handwheel shall not rotate during electrical operation. c. The maximum torque required on the handwheel under the most adverse conditions shall not exceed 60 Ib-ft, and the maximum force required on the rim of the handwheel shall not exceed 60 Ib. MWH - 06262015 VALVE AND GATE ACTUATORS 10501278 — FLOW CONTROL/SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT PAGE 43 30 12 - 5 d. Cast or permanently affix an arrow and either the word "OPEN" or "CLOSE" on the handwheel in order to indicate the appropriate direction to turn the handwheel. e f Provide a clutch lever to put the actuator into handwheel operation. Provide chain activator handwheels for valves with electric motor actuators having stems more than 7 feet above the floor. g. Provide the clutch lever with a cable secured to the chain in order to allow disengagement for manual operation. ' � , � 6. Motor , a. Provide a motor of the totally enclosed, non-ventilated, high-starting torque, low-starting current type, for full-voltage starting. , b. The motor shall be suitable for operation on 480 volt, 3 phase, 60 Hz current, with Class F insulation and a motor frame with dimensions in accordance with the latest revised NEMA MG Standards. c. The observed temperature rise by thermometer shall not exceed 55 degrees C above an ambient temperature of 40 degrees C, when operating continuously for 15 minutes under full-rated load. d. With a line voltage ranging between 10 percent above to 10 percent below the rated voltage, the motor shall develop full-rated torque continuously for 15 minutes without causing the thermal contact protective devices imbedded in the motor windings to trip or the starter overloads to drop out. e f �7 Provide bearings of the ball type, and provide thrust bearings where necessary. Provide the bearings with suitable seals in order to confine the lubricant and to prevent the entrance of dirt and dust. Provide watertight motor conduit connections. ' '� ' � e � h. Motor construction shall incorporate the use of stator and rotor as independent components from the valve operation such that the failure of either item shall � not require actuator disassembly or gearing replacement. i. Provide two Class B thermal contacts or solid-state thermistors embedded � within the motor windings in order to protect against over-temperature damage. j. Provide the motor with a space heater suitable for operation on a 120-volt, single-phase, 60-Hz circuit, unless the entire actuator is of a hermetically sealed, non-breathing design with a separately sealed terminal compartment which prevents moisture intrusion. k. Provide each electric motor actuator with a local disconnect switch or circuit breaker in order to isolate power from the motor and controller during maintenance activities. 7. Open/Close Operating Speed 1 ' ' ' MWH - 06262015 VALVE AND GATE ACTUATORS 10501278 — FLOW CONTROL/SEISMtC VALVE PROJECT PAGE 43 30 12 - 6 8 a. Unless otherwise indicated in drawing or valve schedules, electric actuators shall provide a full-close-to-full-open or full-open-to-full-close operating times as follows: 1. Valve Diameter 12" and Smaller: 30 to 60 seconds 2. Valve Diameter 14" to 24" Diameter: 1 to 2 minutes B. Electric Motor Actuators (AC Reversing Control Type) 1. General a. Where indicated, electric motor actuators shall be the AC reversing type complete with local control station with OPEN/CLOSE and LOCAL/AUTO/REMOTE selector switches. 2. Actuator Appurtenances a. Provide the actuator for each valve with: OPEN and CLOSE status lights; OPEN, CLOSE, and LOCKOUT/STOP push buttons; and, other indicated devices. 3. Starter a. Provide a suitably sized amperage-rated reversing starter with its coils rated for operation on 480-volt, 3-phase, 60-Hz current. b. Provide a control power transformer in order to provide a 120-volt source, unless otherwise indicated. c. Equip the starter with 3 overload relays of the automatic reset type, and wire the control circuit as indicated. d. The integral weatherproof compartment shall contain a suitably sized 120-volt AC, single-phase, 60-Hz space heater in order to prevent moisture condensation on electrical components. e. Provide a local power disconnect switch and a close-coupled, padlockable switch with each actuator. 4. Local Control Station a. Provide each actuator with a local control station along with the valve actuator assembly. b. The station shall include OPEN, CLOSE, and STOP push buttons, and a LOCAL/REMOTE selector switch. 1 c. Where indicated on the Instrumentation Drawings, provide a 2-wire control system as indicated above. ' d. The control system shall allow communications to the PLC via a Modbus RS- 485 protocol over a twisted shielded-pair cable in order to monitor and control the valve as indicated above. ' MWH - 06262015 VALVE AND GATE ACTUATORS ' 10501278 — FLOW CONTROL/SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT PAGE 43 30 12 - 7 e. The local control station and local power disconnect may be provided as an integral part of the actuator, or as otherwise indicated or required in order to permit operation by a person at floor elevation and within sight of the valve actuator. 5. Electric Motor Actuators (AC Reversing Control Type) Manufacturer, or Equal a. EIM b. Auma Actuators, Inc. c. Limitorque Corp d. Rotork PART 3 -- EXECUTION 3.1 SERVICES OF MANUFACTURER A. Field Adjustments 1. The adjustment of actuator controls and limit switches in the field for the required function shall be performed by field representatives of the manufacturers of valves or gates with pneumatic, hydraulic, or electric actuators. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install valve and gate actuators and accessories in accordance with the requirements of Section 433000 — Valves, General. B. Locate the actuators to be readily accessible for operation and maintenance without obstructing walkways. C. Do not mount actuators where shock or vibrations will impair their operation, and do not attach the support systems to handrails, process piping, or mechanical equipment. - END OF SECTION — MWH - 06262015 VALVE AND GATE ACTUATORS 10501278 — FLOW CONTROL/SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT PAGE 43 30 12 - 8 � 1 � ' � ' 1 �! , ' ' � ' � � i � 1 SECTION 433016 - CHECK VALVES PART 1 -- GENERAL 1.1 THE REQUIREMENT A. The CONTRACTOR shall provide check valves and appurtenances, complete and operable, in accordance with the Contract Documents. B. The requirements of Section 433000 - Valves, General apply to this Section. 1.2 CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS A. Furnish submittals in accordance with Section 433000. PART 2 -- PRODUCTS 2.1 SWING CHECK VALVES (2-1/2 INCHES AND SMALLER) A. General: Swing check valves for steam, water, oil, or gas in sizes 2-1/2 inches and smaller shall be suitable for a steam pressure of 150 psi and a cold water pressure of 300 psi. Units shall have screwed ends unless otherwise indicated, and screwed caps. L'-� L Body: The valve body and cap shall be of bronze conforming to ASTM B 763 - Copper Alloy Sand Castings for Valve Application, or ASTM B 584 with threaded ends conforming to ASME B1.20.1 - Pipe Threads, General Purpose (inch). Disc: Valves for steam service shall have bronze or brass discs conforming to ASTM B 16 - Free-Cutting Brass Rod, Bar, and Shapes for Use in Screw Machines, and for cold water, oil, and gas service replaceable composition discs. D. Hinge Pin: The hinge pins shall be of bronze or stainless steel. E. Manufacturers, or Equal 1. Crane Company 2. Milwaukee Valve Company 3. Stockham Valves and Fittings 4. Wm. Powell Company 2.2 PLASTIC SWING OR WYE-CHECK VALVES A. General: Plastic swing or wye-check valves for corrosive fluids, in sizes up to 8-inches or as available, may be used for horizontal or vertical up-flow conditions. B. Construction: The valve bodies and discs or piston shall be of PVC, PP, or PVDF construction as best suited for each individual service condition. They shall have flanged ends conforming to ASME B16.5 Class 150, and flanged top access covers and shall shut positively at no-flow conditions. The seats and seals shall be of EPDM, Teflon, or Viton. The PVC valves shall be rated for a maximum non-shock working MWH-06262015 CHECK VALVES ' 10501278- FLOW CONTROL/SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT PAGE 433016 - 1 pressure of 150 psi at 73 degrees F for sizes 3-inches and smaller. For larger sizes and other materials and temperatures the pressure rating may be lower. C. Manufacturers, or Equal 1. ASAHI-AMERICA 2. George Fischer, Inc. 3. Spears Mfg. Co. (Plastic Swing Check only) PART 3 -- EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. Valves shall be installed in accordance with provisions of Section 433000 - Valves, General. - END OF SECTION - MWH-06262015 CHECK VALVES 10501278- FLOW CONTROLlSEISMIC VALVE PROJECT PAGE 433016 - 2 ! ' PART 1 -- GENERAL ' 1.1 ' i 1. � lI � ' � � � � ' � � ' t SECTION 433018 - BALL VALVES THE REQUIREMENT A. The CONTRACTOR shall provide ball valves and appurtenances, complete and operable, in accordance with the Contract Documents. B. The requirements of Section 433000 - Valves, General apply to this Section. C. The requirements of Section 433012 - Valve and Gate Actuators apply to this Section. 2 CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS A. Furnish submittals in accordance with Section 433000 - Valves, General. PART 2 -- PRODUCTS 2.1 METAL BALL VALVES (4-INCHES AND SMALLER) A. General: Unless otherwise indicated, general purpose metal ball valves in sizes up to 4- inches shall have actuators in accordance with Section 433012 - Valve and Gate Actuators. B. Body: Ball valves up to and including 1-1/2 inches in size shall have bronze or carbon steel 2 or 3 piece bodies with screwed ends for a pressure rating of not less than 600 psi WOG. Valves 2-inches to 4-inches in size shall have bronze or carbon steel 2 or 3 piece bodies with flanged ends for a pressure rating of ANSI 125 psi or 150 psi unless otherwise indicated. C. Balls: The balls shall be solid chrome-plated brass or bronze, or stainless steel, with standard port (single reduction) or full port openings. D. Stems: The valve stems shall be of the blow-out proof design, of bronze, stainless steel, or other acceptable construction, with reinforced teflon seal. E. Seats: The valve seats shall be of teflon or Buna-N, for bi-directional service and easy replacement. F. Manufacturers, or Equal 1. Conbraco Industries, Inc. (Apollo) 2. ITT Engineered Valves 3. Neles-Jamesbury, Inc. 4. Watts Regulator 5. Worcester Controls MWH-06262015 BALL VALVES � 10501278 — FLOW CONTROL/SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT PAGE 433018 - 1 2.2 PLASTIC BALL VALVES A. General: Plastic ball valves for corrosive fluids shall be made of polyvinyl chloride (PVC), chlorinated polyvinyl chloride (CPVC), polypropylene (PP), or polyvinylidene fluoride (PVDF), as recommended by the manufacturer for the specific application. Valves shall have manual actuators in accordance with Section 433012 - Valve and Gate Actuators, unless otherwise indicated. B. Construction: Plastic ball valves shall have union ends or flanged ends to mate with ANSI B 16.5, class 150 flanges for easy removal. The balls shall have full size ports and teflon seats. Body seals, union O-ring seals, and stem seals shall be in accordance with the corrosion resistance requirements of Section 411500. External (without entering into the wetted area) seat packing adjustment is preferred. Metal reinforced stems to prevent accidental breakage are preferred. Ball valves for sodium hypochlorite solution service shall be drilled through the ball or body per valve manufacturer recommendation to relieve offgas and equalize pressure across the valve. The valves shall be suitable for a maximum working non-shock pressure of 150 psi at 73 degrees F for PVC and CPVC, with decreasing ratings for higher temperatures and other plastics. C. Manufacturers, or Equal 1. ASAHI-America 2. George Fischer, Inc. 3. NIBCO Inc., (Chemtrol) 4. Plast-O-Matic Valves, Inc. 5. Spears Mfg. Co. 6. Watts Regulator PART 3 -- EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. Valves shall be installed in accordance with Section 433000. Care shall be taken that valves in plastic lines are well supported at each end of the valve. - END OF SECTION - MW H-06262015 BALL VALVES 10501278 — FLOW CONTROL/SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT PAGE 433018 - 2 8 ' ' PART 1 -- GENERAL � ��' 1.1 THE REQUIREMENT SECTION 433022 - GATE VALVES A. The CONTRACTOR shall provide gate vaives and appurtenances, complete and operabie, in accordance with the Contract Documents. B. The requirements of Section 43 30 00 - Valves, General apply to this Section. 1 C. The requirements of Section 43 30 12 - Valve and Gate Actuators apply to this Section. 1.2 CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS 1 � ,� � ' A. Furnish submittals in accordance with Section 43 30 00. 2.1 GENERAL PART 2 -- PRODUCTS A. Buried valves shall be of the inside screw, non-rising stem type. The valve actuators shall be as indicated, with counter-clockwise opening stems, in accordance with Section 43 30 12. B. Gate valves 18-inches and larger shall be provided with a bypass line and isolation valve. I 2.2 RESILIENT-SEATED GATE VALVES � � � ' A. General: Resilient-seated gate valves may be provided in lieu of inetal-seated double- disc or solid-disc gate valves, at the discretion of the ENGINEER. B. Construction: Resilient-seated gate valves shall conform to AVWVA C509 - Resilient- Seated Gate Valves for Water and Sewerage Systems. The valves shall be suitable for a minimum design working water pressure of 150 psig with flanged joint ends. The valve body, bonnet, and disc shall be of cast iron or ductile iron and the disc or body shall be rubber-coated. Body and bonnet wall thickness shall be equal to or greater than the minimum wall thickness as listed in Table 1 of AWWA C509. The stem, stem nuts, glands, and bushings shall be bronze, with the stem seal per AWWA C509. C. Pressure Ratings: � 1. AWWA C509 valves that are 3, 4, 6, 8, and 12 inches in size shall be rated for 200 psig minimum design working water pressure, and 16-, 20-, 24-, and 30-inch valves shall be rated for 150 psig minimum design working water pressure. ' D. Protective Coating: Valves shall be factory coated in accordance with Section 09 96 00 - Protective Coating. The CONTRACTOR shall submit a test report from a coating inspector that the coating is holiday-free. The CONTRACTOR shall be aware that it may � retain the services of a third party coating applicator to achieve the holiday-free requirement. ' MWH - 06262015 GATE VALVES ' 10501278 — FLOW CONTROL/SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT PAGE 43 30 22 - 1 E. Actuators: Unless otherwise indicated, resilient-seated gate valves shall have manual actuators in accordance with Section 43 30 12. F. Manufacturers, or Equal 1. Mueller Company 2. MS�H 3. Clow PART 3 -- EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. Gate valves shall be installed in accordance with the provisions of Section 43 30 00. Care shall be taken that valves in plastic lines are well supported at each end of the valve. - END OF SECTION - MW H- 06262015 GATE VALVES 10501278 — FLOW CONTROL/SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT PAGE 43 30 22 - 2 1 ' , r 1 ' ' ' ' � ' ' ' � , ' ' � ' SECTION 433036 - RATE OF FLOW CONTROL VALVES PART 1 -- GENERAL 1.1 THE REQUIREMENT A. The CONTRACTOR shall provide rate of flow control valves and appurtenances, complete and operable, in accordance with the Contract Documents. � C 1.2 The requirements of Section 433000 - Valves, General apply to this Section. The requirements of Section 433012 — Valve and Gate Actuators apply to this Section. CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS A. Furnish submittals in accordance with Section 433000. PART 2 -- PRODUCTS 2.1 VALVE CHARACTERISTICS A. The rate of flow control valve shatl maintain a predetermined constant rate of flow regardless of fluctuations in the upstream pressure. The valve shall be a hydraulically operated, adjustable pilot controlled, diaphragm type globe as indicated. The pilot controlled, direct-acting diaphragm shall close the valve when the actuating differential pressure increases. The actuating differential pressure shall be produced by the solenoid pilot system that is actuated by electrical signals from the RTU. A manual system shall be provided to operate valve in event of power failure. The rate of flow control valve will close when latching solenoid receives signal from SCADA due to seismic event. Second signal from SCADA will close flow control function. Necessary repairs shall be possible without removing the valve from the pipeline. 2.2 VALVE CONSTRUCTION A. Valve Body: The valve body shall be of cast iron to ASTM A 48 - Gray Iron Castings, or ASTM A 126 - Gray Iron Castings for Valves, Flanges, and Pipe Fittings, with 125 Ib flanged ends to ASME B16.1 - Cast Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings, Class 25, 125, 250, and 800, or the body shall be of ductile iron to ASTM A 536 - Ductile Iron Castings, with 150 Ib flanged ends to ASME B16.42 - Ductile Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings. The valve cover shall be flanged and of the same material as the body. B. Valve Trim: The valve stems with position indication, springs, body seat rings, and bolts, nuts, and washers shall be of Type 302, 303, or 316 stainless steel. The valve stems shall have top and bottom guides. Rubber parts shall be Buna-N. The diaphragms shall be of nylon-reinforced Buna-N, supported firmly between body and valve cover. C. Valve Controls/Solenoid Shut-off Valve: The valve shall be furnished with a complete, externally mounted pilot control system, including four direct acting 2-way solenoid valves, strainer, and necessary copper or stainless steel connecting tubing and fittings. The controls shall be capable of achieving fhe flow and speed adjustments indicated. The solenoid valves shall be powered by a 24-volt DC supply. MWH - 06262015 RATE OF FLOW CONTROL VALVES 10501278 — FLOW CONTROL/SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT PAGE 43 30 36 - 1 D. Seismic Shut-off/Latching Solenoid Valve: Seismic shut-off solenoid shall be a 3-way magnetic latching type. The latching so{enoid valve actuator shall be controlled by SCADA and powered by a 24-volt DC supply. 2.3 FLOW MEASURING SYSTEM A. The valve Manufacturer shall provide a flow measuring system, Cla-Val X144 e- flowmeter, or Equal. B. The valve shall send 4-to-20 mA DC signals of valve position and flow rate to the RTU 2.4 FACTORY TESTS AND WARRANTY A. Valves shall be factory-tested with a hydrostatic test and a functional test, and a test certificate shall be submitted to the ENGINEER prior to delivery of the valve. The valve shall be warranted for a period of 3 years from the date of shipment to be free of defects in materials and workmanship. 2.5 SPARE PARTS A. 2.6 The following spare parts shall be furnished in accordance with Section 433000: 1. One complete set of resilient seals and discs 2. One diaphragm assembly VALVE MANUFACTURERS, OR EQUAL The valve manufacturer shall be Cla-Val: • At Warren Avenue: 16" Model 131G-02BCESYKCX • At Snyder Avenue: 16" Model 631 G-02BCESYKCX • At Manette Bridge: 8" Model 131 G-02BCESYKCX PART 3 -- EXECUTION 3.1 I NSTALLATION A. Valves shall be installed in accordance with provisions of Section 433000. 3.2 SERVICES OF MANUFACTURER A. Inspection, Startup, and Field Adjustment: The service representative of the valve manufacturer shall be present at the Site for 1 Day, to assist the CONTRACTOR in the installation and adjustment of the valve(s). B. Instruction of OWNER'S Personnel: The training representative of the valve manufacturer shall be present at the Site for 1 Day to instruct the personnel in the operation, adjustment, and maintenance of the valve(s). C. For the purpose of this paragraph, a Day is defined as an 8 hour period, excluding travel time. - END OF SECTION - MWH - 06262015 RATE OF FLOW CONTROL VALVES 10501278 — FLOW CONTROL/SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT PAGE 43 30 36 - 2 , � � ' SECTION 433052 - MISCELLANEOUS VALVES PART 1 -- GENERAL 1.1 THE REQUIREMENT A. The CONTRACTOR shall provide miscellaneous valves and appurtenances, complete and operable, in accordance with the Contract Documents. B. The requirements of Section 43 30 00 - Valves, General, apply to this Section. , 1.2 CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS � � ' � � � , � A. Furnish submittals in accordance with Section 433000. PART 2 -- PRODUCTS 2.1 AIR-VACUUM AND AIR-RELEASE VALVES A. Air and Vacuum Valves: Air and vacuum valves shall be capable of venting large quantities of air while pipelines are being filled, and allowing air to re-enter while pipelines are being drained. They shall be of the size indicated, with flanged or screwed ends to match piping. Bodies shall be of high-strength cast iron. The float, seat, and moving parts shall be constructed of Type 316 stainless steel. Seat washers and gaskets shall be of a material insuring water tightness with a minimum of maintenance. Valves shall be designed for minimum 150 psi water-working pressure, unless otherwise indicated. B. Air-Release Valves: Air-release valves shall vent accumulating air while system is in service under pressure and be of the size indicated. Valves shall meet the same general requirements as indicated for air and vacuum valves except that the vacuum feature will not be required. Valves shall be designed for a minimum water-working pressure of 150 psi, unless otherwise indicated. C. Combination Air Valves: Combination air valves shall combine the characteristics of air and vacuum valves and air release valves by exhausting accumulated air in systems under pressure and releasing or re-admitting large quantities of air while a system is being filled or drained, respectively. Valves shall have the same general requirements as indicated for air and vacuum valves. ' D. Air Release Valves: Air release valves shall vent accumulating gases during system operation. Valves shall have long float stems and bodies to minimize clogging. The same general requirements shall apply as indicated for air and vacuum valves. Each air , release valve shall be furnished with the following backwash accessories, fully assembled on the valve: ' ' � ' Inlet shut-off valve. 2. Blow-off valve. 3. Clear water inlet valve. 4. Rubber supply hose. MWH-06262015 MISCELLANEOUS VALVES 10501278-FLOW CONTROL/SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT PAGE 43 30 52-1 5. Quick disconnect couplings. E. Manufacturers, or Equal 1. APCO (Valve and Primer Corporation) 2. Crispin - Multiplex Manufacturing Company 3. GA Industries 4. Val-Matic (Valve and Manufacturing Corporation) 202-6 2.2 CORPORATION STOPS A. Unless otherwise indicated, corporation stops shall be made of solid brass for key operation, with screwed ends with corporation thread or iron pipe thread, as required. B. Manufacturer, or Equal 1. Ford Meter Box Company, Inc. 2. James Jones Company (Watts, ACV) 3. Mueller Company PART 3 -- EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Valves shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's printed recommendations, and with Section 43 30 52. B. Air and vacuum release valves, shall have piped outlets to the nearest acceptable drain, firmly-supported, and installed in such a way as to avoid splashing and wetting of floors and obstruction of traffic. - END OF SECTION - MWH-06262015 MISCELLANEOUS VALVES 10501278-FLOW CONTROL/SEISMIC VALVE PROJECT PAGE 43 30 52-2 � � � ' 1 1 APPENDI� A 1 CONSTRUCTION FO�S ' Electronic co ies to be rovided at a later date � P P ) ' ' 1 ' ' ' � � 1 1 ' � This page intentionally left blank ACC�PTANCE OF COMPENSATION & RELEASE OF ALL CLAIMS Flow Control and Seismic Valve Project Project No. 4489 hereby indicates agreement with, and acceptance of, the final Contract Payment of $ , and the total Contract Price of $ including Washington State sales and/or use taxes, and the final Contract Time of days, as hill and tinal compensation for all Work performed in connection with Project Number 4489, and does hereby release the City of Bremerton from all claims, liability, demands, damages and actions of any kind whatsoever, arising from performance of that Contract. By: Title: Certificate of Notary Subscribed and sworn to before me this Date: day of � Name City of Bremerton Engineering Division Daily Force Account Report Description of Work: Class. � Hours � Hours Contractor: of &IDNo If Utility Conflict: Locate # Called in for Design Locate # Called in for Construction Note: Attach pre-construction & Conflict Working Standb Hours Hours Hours Work Inspectors and Contractor's signatures are required. Refer to Section 1-09.6(1) for reporting requirements. Quantities Reported by: City of Bremerton Reviewed 8 Acknowledged: Contractor Additional Notes for Utility Conflict: Date: Unit Unit of T:WLL USERS\NED\Projects\CE-1\Specifications\50% CE-1 Specifications\Bill_completedWppendix A cover sheets and documents\Daily Force Account Report 3-10-11 m _ � � � _ _ � � � � � _ � _ � � � _ � ' � � ' , ' ' ' , � ' , ' 1 , ' ' ' P roject: Date: Contractor: Subject: RE QUEST FOR CLARIFICATION Contract No. RFC No. Page of Specification Section: Drawing Reference: Transmittal Date Reviewed Record Attention Date Sent Received Date Due By ��nitial) Contractor to PM PM to A/E A/E to PM PM to Contractor Information Requested: Date: Requested by: Response: Date: Response by: cc: CITY OF BREMERTON Project: Contractor: Project No SHOP DRAWING SUBMITTAL Submittal No.• Date• Resubmittal (Y/N): Previous Submittal No. To Be Completed by the Contractor To Be Completed by the City Specification No Make Amend Item P/C Para / Dwg Copies Exceptions Corrections and Rejected No. (') Reference Description of Item Sub'm Taken Noted Resubmit Resubmit (') N- rartial Sudmittai, c- Gompiete submrttai Contractor, initial by either (a) or (b), to certify the following. (a) We have verified that the material or equipment contained in this submittal meets all requirements specified or shown (no exceptions) (b) We have verified that the material or equipment contained in this submittal meets all requirements specified or shown, except for the following deviations (list deviations)� See attachment for comments. Make changes and send to City Project Manager. Contractors Authonzed Representative Review Remarks: Corrections or comments made relative to submittals dunng this review do not relieve the contractor from Very tfuly yOUrs, compliance with the reqwrements of the drawings and specifications This check is only for review of City of B�emerton general confortnance with the design concept of the pro�ect and general compliance with the infortnation Dept of Public Wo�ks and Utilities given in the contract documents The contraclor is responsible for confirming and correlating all quanlilies and dimensions, selecting fabrication processes and techniques of construction, coordinating his work wilh ihat of other trades, and performing his work in a saFe and salisfactory manner Pro�eCt Engineer m � � _ _ � _ � � � _ � _ � _ _ _ � � ' , CITY OF BREMERTON WORK CHANGE DIRECTIVE (WCD) , WCD #: Date: Project Name Project #: Contractor: Notice to Proceed Date: I YOU ARE DIRECTED TO PROCEED PROMPTLY WITH THE FOLLOWING CHANGE(S): ' ' C ' ATTACHMENT(S): Markups 1 If a claim is made that the above change(s) have affected Contract Price or Contract Times any claim for a Change Order is based thereon will involve one or more of the following methods of determining the effect of the change(s). The Change Order will be executed in accordance with Section 1-04.4 of the WSDOT Standard Specifications, or Article 10 of ' the General Conditions. ' ' � � Method of determining change in Contract Price: ❑ Unit Price � Lump Sum ❑ Time & Materials ❑ Other: Estimated increase (decrease) in Contract Price � If the change involves an increase, the estimated ' amount is not to be exceeded without further authorization. , ' I B y� RECOMMENDED: CONTRACTOR Method of determining change in Contract Times: ❑ Contractor's Records � Engineer's Records ❑ Other: Estimated increase (decrease) in Contract Times: Substantial Completion: 0 days; Ready for final payment: 0 days; If the change involves an increase, the estimated times are not to be exceeded without further authorization. AUTHORIZED: CITY OF BREMERTON By: ' PAGE 1 OF 1 INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK ' � � � 1 ! APPENDIX B 1 WA N AVE MANETTE 1 � BRIDGE SNYDER AVE 1 � 1 � 1 �� 1 1 1 1 1 SEISMIC CONTROL/FLOW CONTROL RTU S CHEMATIC 1 This page intentionally left blank NOTES ' 1. RTU TO BE UL 508A LISTED 2. WIRE IS "SWITCHBOARD WIRE" SISF INSULATION, FINE STRANDED, PER UL STANDARD 3173. 3. CABLE TIES WHITE NYLON 6/6 WITH STAINLESS STEEL LOCKING DEVICE IN THE HEAD 4. WIRE LABLES BRADY OR EQUAL WRAP TYPE B-427 SELF LAMINATING LABELS HEAT SHRINK B-342 PERMA SLEEVE HEAT SHRINKABLE LABELS, WHITE SLEEVE, BLACK TEXT 5. IF HEAT SHRINK LABELS ARE USED, APPLY HEAT TO SHRINK AFTER SUCCESSFUL ORT 6. VERTICAL LABLES TO BE ORIENTATED BOOK SPINE FORMAT, IE TOP OF TEXT AT RIGHT 7. CRIMP LUGS: NYLON FULLY INSULATED, UL LISTED, SLEEVED BARREL, MOLDED INSULATOR, METAL INSULATION SLEEVE. CRIMP USING MFGS RECOMMENDED TOOLING 8. EACH WIRE TO BE IDENTIFIED WITH A LABEL AT EACH END EXCEPT �OR 120V NEUTRAL - COLOR IS IDENTIFICATION � EQUIPMENT GROUND - COLOR IS IDENTIFICATION 24VDC COMMON - COLOR IS IDENTIFICATION 9. FIELD WIRING (WIRING FROM DEVICES TO SEISMIC PANEL AND RTU, BETWEEN SEISMIC PANEL AND RTU, EXCEPT FOR CABLES IS STRANDED XHHW-2 WIRE 120 VAC CONTROL 120V LINE RED/YELLOW STRIPE NEUTRAL WHITE/YELLOW STRIPE GROUND GREENlYELLOW STRIPE 24 VDC CONTROL 24V BLUE/YELLOW STRIPE 24 COMMON WHITE/BLUE/YELLOW STRIPE 10. PROVIDE ONE BOX (5 EACH) OF SMALL DIMENSION FUSES (AGC, MDL OR =) FOR EACH TYPE INSTALLED 11. INTEGRATOR SHALL PROVIDE A FULLY FUNCTIONAL RTU REGARDLESS OF ERRORS OR OMISSIONS ON THIS DRAWING WELL 18/20 RTU MATERIALS LIST AB 5370 L1 PLC _ I _ QUAN MANUFACTURER PART NUMBER DRAWING DESGINATION FUNCTION I ..----.....-----.._.. ....._....._..._.. __...-----. _. .... ..... ....-----.._. 1 ALLEN BRADLEY 1489-A1C150 120061 MAIN POWER 15A , --. _.. _... _.-. 1 ALLEN BRADLEY 1489-AICO50 120CB2 AUX POWER 5A ..._...-._...-----�-�--�-- -- �-�- --- �- --�---...._...----- ----........_. .... _. ....---- --- - 1 ALLEN BRADLEY 1492-AIC100 24C61 24 VDC POWER SUPPLY OUT I - - - -- - -- 1 ALLEN BRADLEY 1492-CJJ6-2 SCREW IN CENTER JUMPER, 2 POLE .....�.._......--- -........ .- ------ -�--- --.....-�---�-�- --I--. _...._.. 1 ALLEN BRADLEY 1492-CJJ6-4 SCREW IN CENTER JUMPER, 4 POLE _. - - - - __._. -----. ... 18 ALLEN BRADLEY 1492-EAJ35 END ANCHOR • -- �-- - -- --�--- - --�-- --- - -- - -..... ..._ 4 ALLEN BRADLEY 1492-F61M30-L 12FU1 BATTERY FUSE HOLDER ---- -- ------. . .... ..-_.._ _.._ .... . ... ._.. . _...... .--- --... . ........ . .. .. ....._....---. . 4 ALLEN BRADLEY 1492-H4 120FU1-FU4 1/4 X 1 1/4 FUSE BLOCK, NEON INDICATOR, 100-300VAC -- - -- --- - - - 23 ALLEN BRADLEY 1492-H5 24FU1-FU23 1/4 X 1 1/4 FUSE BLOCK, LED INDICATOR, 10-57VDC I --........ ._ . _._...------ -- ................._.._.._._......----..._.. ...----I---..__....._. 12 ALLEN BRADLEY 1492-J4 120VAC TERMINAL BLOCKS (GRAY) -- ---- 24 ALLEN BRADLEY 1492-J4-B 24VDC TERMINAL BLOCKS (BLUE) ......----- .. --- .._.._..._.......--.--._...---..._...------.---.---.--.-i---.._...---... 13 ALLEN BRADLEY 1492-JG4 SINGLE CIRCUIT GROUNDING BLOCK --- - - I AR ALLEN BRADLEY 1492-M6X12 SNAP IN MARKERS FOR 1492- J4 TERMINAL BLOCKS ..-----.....---------._ ._._. ...._..--------- ---- 19 ALLEN BRADLEY 1492-N37 DIVIDER FOR H4 OR H5 FUSE BLOCK - -----�-� - ----- --------�------�---...- �-�---.......-- -- ----.._..---.....__..... ----- 1' ALLEN BRADLEY 1606-XLE240EN DC-PS 10 AMP, 120 TO 24 VDC POWER SUPPLY ------ .................. _.._._.- -----..._.�_.__._....__...---- �--------...__...._.._.... 1 ALLEN BRADLEY 1606-XLS-240-UPS DC-UPS 12VDC TO 24 VDC UPS -�---.....�--�--...... - _._ ..__._._.......--�-�--�---�---I--�----- 1 ALLEN BRADLEY 1734-IEBC ANALOG EXPANSION 8 CHANNEL ANALOG INPUT --- - 1 ALLEN BRADLEY 1734-TB POINT 10 MOUNTING BASE, 8 POSITION -- ._ ..... ....--- - ---..__......---�- - -- _... _. _ ...... _.. . __.. 8 ALLEN BRADLEY 1769-L16ER-BB1B PLC COMPACT LOGIX5370 L1, 16 BASE 1/0, 24 VDC - --- - - _.. 1 ALLEN BRADLEY 2711P-B7C4D8 HMI PANELVIEW PLUS 6(700), COLOR, KEYPAD, TOUCH -----...-----�- -�------�-�-�--�-�------- ..................�_....._...._._...__._....._._ 8 ALLEN BRADLEY 700HK32Z24-3-4 CR PF, CR 0/0 TO 0/9 PLC OUTPUT, INDICATOR AND PTT - -.. . _... . --- 1 ALLEN BRP,DLEY 700-HN122 RELAY SOCKET FOR HB RELAY, DIN RAIL ------._....-� -----.......-- - --.... ..--- -.....- -- -- 1 ALLEN BRADLEY 800H-QRH24C CONTROL POWER NORMALLY ON WH17E 12-120V LED PILOT LIGHT, PUSH TO TEST - - _... 2 ALLEN BRADLEY 800H-QRH24R ALARM RED 12-120 V LED PILOT LIGHT, PUSH TO TEST -------- -��---------- --.._...._..-�-----.....--�--I- AR BRADY WIRELABLES _ _ 1 BUSSMAN AGC AND MDL AGC AND MDL FUSES PER DRAWING --...--��----� ----....-------- -------��--��-- ---- 1 ALLEN BRADLEY 1606-XLSBATASSY2 12VDC, 26 AH BATTERY �--�--�- --------�--.....__. ...---- - --...-�---- - --.... AR CABLES TO GO CAT 5E SHIELDED ETHERNET CABLES --.._..-- �-- ----......------ --------��--�� -�--� ---- 1 CAL AMP 140-5048-302 RADIO VIPR SC RADIO IP ROUTER, LICENSED -- -------------------------�---.._._ ........---..._.__.....__ ...--- 1 HUBBLE DRUBGFI15AC CONVIENCE RECEPTACLE DIN RAIL BOX WITH GFCI, FEED THRU --- --- - - - -._ .. 1 MODE ELECTRONCS 41-230-1 BYPASS TEST SWITCH SPST 6 AMP TOGGLE SWITCH ..........__... --- ----._......._ --....------.. ....-------- -----�--�--� 1 N-TRON 105TX ETHERNET SWITCH 5 COPPER PORTS --- ----- - 1 POWER PATROL (INTERSTATE) SLA 1146 BATTERY SEALED AGM BATTERY, 12V, 26 AH -----.._..----....._....._._...----�------�---�---�--- - ---�--....._..-- 1 SAGINAW P-R2-F3R3-TU450 FRONT PANEL GFI RECEPTACLE ETHERNET AND 15A RECECPTACE AND RJ-45 --....__._._...--------- -.-._.....-..._..__. ...---......---�-- ....-�------......-- 1 SAGINAW SCE-30EL3010LP ENCLOSURE ENCLOSURE, 30X30X10, NEMA4,12,13 1 SAGINAW SCE-30P30 SUBPANEL SUBPANEL FOR ENCLOSURE I _ ---- _. 1 SAGINAW SCE-DLWKF WING KNOB LATCH -----..__.........._..----._.......-�-�---�----- - ............._..-I_._....------ 1 SAGINAW SCE-ELMFK4 MOUNTING FEET - --..__ -.... . -- - --- 1 SAGINAW SCE-FS1818 SHELF 18 X 18 FOLDING SHELF ---�-- -----.._...-�----------� -- �---�------ --------._..._._... 1 SAGINAW SCE-F51818 18X18 FOLDING SHELF, PROVIDE BUT DO NOT INSTALL I - ---- _.__._ - -- 1 SAGINAW SCE-LFILED CABINET LIGHT W/SWITCH 21" LED CABINET LIGHT, 466 LUMENS � ........_. .._..._..-- -----........._ _.... -- --._... _..- -- �--------�--� 1 SAGINAW SCE-PLWKB PADLOCKING WING KNOB LATCH ..._...__..-- ----- ------�-�-----------�---� -��--�-�-------- 1 TESSCO CUSTOM CUSTOM COAX JUMPER, N MALE XTNC M 90 RG 400 -.._....._...-----�- --�-�-----��-- --- ------�------��--------- AR THOMAS AND BETTS TY15CPG6 WIRING DUCT, AS REQUIRED _...._._... _ .. _ .....---...----- ......----�-- ...- -- ..... - -��---........-- - 1 WATTLOW 020100C-EV216 HEATER 100W 120V HEATER WTH 60 DEG C THERMOSTAT, 12" LEADS I. ----- - -- -- - ------ - -. AR - AS REQUIRED -------------�---�------._......----�--- ------...._...--�- --�--�-�- REVISED SCALE City of Bremerton 5/21/2014 �.� Public Work & Utilities Division TITLE PAGE NAME PAGE WARREN AVE, MANETTE BRIDGE, SNYDER AVE SEISMIC CONTROL/FLOW MATERIALS 2 OF ` CONTROL RTU SCHEMATIC " 17 1 PANEL RATING FULL LOAD AMPS: 15 SHORT CIRCUIT CURRENT RATING: 10 kAIC (RMS SYMMETRICAL) WIRE COLORS AND FUNCTION INTERNAL WIRING TYPE SIS FUNCTION SIZE (AWG) COLOR IDENTIFICATION 120V AC L1 Hot 14 Black L1 120V AC Neutral 14 White Color 120V AC Control 16 Red 120FUXX or 120CBXXX E ui ment Ground 16 Green Color 24V DC Power 16 Blue 24FUXX 24V DC Common 16 White/Blue Color External Power 16 Yellow Color XX Refer to wirin dia ram KEY --�,, � DC FUSE � AC FUSE n L� WIRE SIZE L1 EQUIPMENT TERMINAI �N TERMINAL BLOCK � (RELAY TERMINALS (3) (4) NUMBERS) WRE LABEL 24FU3 NUMBER (LABELS NOT REQUIRED FOR N. GND OR 24C ENGRAVED PANEL LABELS BY /NTEGRATOR WARREN AVE SEISMIC CONTROL/FLOW CONTROL RTU LABELS Item Quan Legend Size Engraving Material Height x Width CONTROL POWER , BLACK FACE 1 1 NORMALLY ON � X 2 �' WHITE CORE 2 1 ALARM . 1 X 2 y4�� BLACK FACE WHITE CORE ETHERNET , BLACKFACE 3 1 CONTROL SYSTEM 1 X 2 �''� WHITE CORE 4" 1 MANETTE RTU 1X3 �/2� BLACK FACE WHITE CORE 4" 1 WARREN AVE RTU 1X3 ,�z� BLACK FACE WHITE CORE BLACK FACE 4" 1 SNYDER AVE RTU 1X3 '�Z'� WHITE CORE 5 2 PUSH TO TEST 30.5 MM PILO 3 LIGHT ��$„ BLACK FACE 2 1/8" X 1/4 WHITE CORE PROGRAMMING , BLACK FACE 6 1 ONLY 1 X 2 �"�� WHITE CORE WARNING 120 RED FACE 7 1 VOLTS 4'/" X 3'/<" '�2� WHITE CORE KEEP OUT . INSTALL APPROPIATE LABEL FOR SITE RTU PANEL LABEL BY INTEGRATOR (INS/DE OF DOOR) PANEL POWER SOURCE PANEL CIRCUIT LARGEST MOTOR FLA: NA LARGEST MOTOR HP: NA REVISED . SCALE City of Bremerton 5/21 /2014 i�i Public Work & Utilities Division TIGHTEN 1492-J4 TERMINALS FROM 4.4 TO 8.9 IN-LBS. FIELD WIRING TO BE 60 DEC C COPPER WIRE OR BETTER PANEL LABEL BY INTEGRATOR (INSIDE OF DOOR) FUSE AND CIRCUIT BREAKER LIST FUSE TYPE BUSSMAN OR = AMPERAGE 8 FUSE TYPE VOLTAGE FUNCTION 120 VAC 120061 15A CB 120 PANEL MAIN POWER 120062 5A CB 120 AUX POW ER 120FU1 5A AGC 120 CABINET LIGHT & HEATER 120FU2 10A MDL 120 CONVIENCE RECEPTACLE 120FU3 1A AGC 120 RTU AC POWER FAIL RELAY 120FU4 10A MDL 120 DC POW ER SUPPLY I N 24 VDC 24C61 10A CB 24VDC 24VDC POWER SUPPLY OUT 24FU1 4A AGC 24 DC PLC I/0 CIRCUITS 24FU2 3A AGC 24 DC PLC 24FU3 1A AGC 24 DC PANELVIEW 24FU4 2.5 AGC 24 DC CAL AMP VIPR 24FU5 1A AGC 24 DC N-TRON SWITCH 105-FX 24FU6 SPARE 24FU7 1A AGC 24VDC INTRUSION ALARM 24FU8 1A AGC 24VDC SPD 24FU9 1A AGC 24VDC VAULT FLOOD SWITCH 24FU10 1A AGC 24VDC SPARE 24FU11 1A AGC 24VDC SEISMIC SENSOR CONTROL PANEL 24FU12 1A AGC 24VDC SPARE 24FU13 1A AGC 24VDC SPARE 24FU14 1A AGC 24VDC SPARE 24FU15 1A AGC 24VDC SPARE � 24FU16 1/4A AGC 24VDC EAST BREMERTON PRESSURE 24FU17 1/4A AGC 24VDC W EST BREMERTON PRESSURE 24FU18 1/4A AGC 24VDC FLOW CONTROL VALVE POSITION 24FU19 1/4A AGC 24VDC SPARE 24FU20 1/4A AGC 24VDC SPARE 24FU21 1/4A AGC 24VDC SPARE 24FU22 1/4A AGC 24VDC SPARE 24FU23 1/4A AGC 24VDC SPARE , , , ; � ' i -��--;- --�----;---._....._.._._..---- , ---.....__.......--�---.._....._..---�- --�--.......---- - ; -- - . i - --.. ' ----! ..-- - - _ _. BACKPANEL LABEL BELOW OUTPUT RELAY TERM/NALS TITLE . PAGE NAME WARREN AVE, MANETTE BRIDGE, SNYDER AVE SEISMIC CONTROL/FLOW SCHD CONTROL RTU SCHEMATIC — - - ._.._.. ---�.—...!..._._...--- _ j --- —....-'-----r--- -._.... _ _i_.........._` ----__._.... _ .... . .— ---- ..... -- i _..._-- - --- . j ... _ -..._.. ---... ....�----... . ... ._.._.__. --._._.. � .. ... - � ---- - _._.._._._�.---' --- - ----I--._..._..; ._..._.....---- .. .. __...._.�...-- � ----- � ..._ ......- � _ _... __... _ I ..............�._..... ..- -�---- _..__..__._.. �.- -----._:..- --- ...._. . _ _ _.._. . .......---....--- - � --i -.-_...._._ ..----..._ � --- ,----- ..__. _ I-._.-�-;-----.._..._. ".I _ — � ; � ---�.- � __..... I i PAGE 3 OF 17 2'-6" � _� _ � � O . .. -. O � O ._ . . . 6" ; � -- 0 --------- 5 ' O O -------------------------------i ----------------------------------------�------���,..,------- __----------------------------- 2�'6 5'-0" � i I I 1 FINISH CONCRETE FLOOR O � _. � . . �_ � � � Q � . , . f -z-'�~ • , � , , _" �rr�rrr�� r _" , � � � . ,,, ' � -�' `� ''.i�� � y + ��/`I ��. T• :: .. � �--_�� � • � - • ETHERNET PROGRAMMING CONTROLSYSTEM ONLY � O 10" DEEP O � I -/ PADLOCKING WING KNOB LEGEND O ENGRAVED LABEL SHEET 3 O � NOTE: COORDIPJATE HEIGHT OF RTU WITH OVERALL ELECTRIAL INST,4LLATION SO THAT TOP OF HMI !S 5'-0" WHEN INSTALLED. MOUNTING FEET (TYPICAL) FASTEN RTU TO BACK O BACK PANEL WITH 3/8"- 16 HHCS FASTENERS, WASHERS, LOCKWASHERS CONDUIT ENTRY AREA FOR AC POWER �------ ----------- -------------------------------------------, � ENCLOSURE - 30" X 30" i i � i � SUBPANEL - 27" X 27" � i � � � � i WiRING DUCT G ��� G i � �.��P� e� I I � .�`y� (�Q G0�" y� �`) �.'ti�� G� Q Q J G Q'� G .- s ....� _. «_� I � Q�� ^ryo J�' eOryo �'��Y>`� _ :9�10'� — a w •' P � � •! !Y� i e. �� P � ' � .a o. =:_Sa��s}e � I � � � �. I - O .. - I , o000 _ � , . � � � � y � � -,�. � : - ;�,r1 i i e XLE _ XLE � 1 , -._ - ..� i O ; � ;: . � i � OO � �� � �� � � � ' i1 � � i I ' _y. � � r C� I � Q 0 I I � � � BATTERY (TOP) i Z WIRING DUCT Z i i � � � i � � i ., 6 �o o �ti o �e I I ti '1,a�J ? G� G� P O�� I � � I I � ARADIO i 11��11 � � ❑ I � ei - p I � fl D i i i i i � � i i i i WIRING DUCT � � � i � i � � � � ti'' -�� �� � RG400 COAX JUMPER I 'L p,QJ 'Lp�J Q- ��. Q- �y.�� OQ � 1,�'FJ I I �� � ti � � _ _ - � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � I � a , I � e c;eppie, e o � = K. � � I I �- � I i BATTERY � � (FRONT) i i � � � i � � �� INSTALL BULKHEAD CONNECTOR IN �-------------------------------------- ---- --- FIELD AFTER RTU CABINET IS I I INSTALLED IN ENCLOSURE TOP VIEW CONDUIT ENTRY AREA FOR FIELD WIRING INPUTS AND OUTPUTS . 120V AC POWER PS-DC ALLEN BRADLEY 1606-XLE-240EN 115 VAC 24 VDC 120 VAC POWER LIGHTING 120FU1 PANEL �l 120CB1 I OV 1 PHASE — ` � 15A A�c sa � � AUX � FACTORY LEADS, POWER � 12OCB2 WIRE TO TERMINAL BLOCKS — 5A CABINET LIGHT W/SWITCH HEATER wHT 120CB1 14 120FU4 ' ` • -- RED 10A MDL TERMINAL BLOCKS WITH 1492-CJJ6 PS-DC (+ JUMPERS AS REQUIRED BLU BLK CONVIENCE RECEPTACLE 120FU2 10 AMP MAX �q ` ° o RED i I WHT _ � MDL 10A �g � I L16 GFI-L GFI-N 0 , �I FRONT PANEL PROGRAM PORT � 20FU3 CR PF 24CB1 24C61 �oa 12FU1 14 BLU RED WHT RTU AC POWER FAIL AGC 1A 16 � ��� 16 CR PF � 120061 T � WHT N PS-DC (-) WHT/BLU PS-UPS ALLEN BRADLEY 1606-XLS-240-U PS + INPUT - + OUTPUT + + BATTERY BAT- 14 BATTERY 12V 26 AH BAT + + 6-XLSBATAS — 12VDC-26 AH BAT - INTERNAL FUSE SET BATTERY IN BOTTOM OF RTU N WHT/BLU 24C (COM) I , 24CB1 BLU is 24V DC POWER 24FU1 E� �� AGC 4A 24FU2 AGC 3A 24FU3 � �� AGC 1A 24FU1 24C PLC I/O CIRCUITS PLC AB 5370 L1 1769-L16ER-BB1 B 24FU2 24C +24VDC COM CG 24FU2 24C FP+ FP- NO CONNECTION TO CG TERti11NAL HMI AB PANELVIEW PLUS !4FU3 24C ' 24 VDC - GND 24FU4 RADIO , CAL AMP ViPR SC � 24FU4 24C + - AGC 2 5A ppWER POWER 24FU4 ENABLE 24C WHT/BLU 16 SET BATTERY IN BOTTOM OF RTU 24CB1 24C � � � i � ��� 1 1 1 � 1 1 1 1 t 1 1 1 1 � � ' ' � � �J � � ' ' , � � � LJ ' � � � ' � C� 1 1 1 � � 1 i 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 � � � Ir J � � ' � r '� ' ' ' � � � J I ' � � � , �J �I � � � ' �� � � � � � lJ �� � � ' , � CJ ' � , i 1 i 1 1 1 1 1 i 1 1 1 L1 ' ' L� , , ' � � � , � � ' ' ' ' � � ENCLOSURE EXTERIOR RTU ETHERNET SWITCH NTRON 105-TX � FRONT PANEL � GFIPTOTECTED RECEPTACLE AND RJ-45 HMI AB PANELVIEW PLUS � -_-�:— --.--..�� - COMMUNICATIONS LEGENDS ;� � ""�o e�a�o��' �: _ �• o00 �� O CAT 5E PATCH CABLE ti �,r �,�� � ; d ° � ° i 100T _ ,-...y .,. ... .., oom i; != ANTENNA -_ ' fi O O iS Q E i �: . ' e. � '' 'i _—_=-= ===_=� FIBER OPTIC JUMPER/MULTI MODE/DUPL X `= - ' - - ' - -- -- -'% KS CA7-460N 1000LX N-MALE � o���__� _-� SINGLEMODE DARK FIBER PLC CONNECTORI�.• AB 5370 L1 � ANTENNA, COAX, COAX �OOOLX �=�� � -•� � CONNECTORS, � � � � � e � � e � � � � � � � � � COAX LMR-400 _: := •••••° ; ; , � IMPULSE ASSEMBLY. ... �°•°•°°•� � e �; � � ANTENNA MAST AND COAX RG400 - . • ALL MOUNTING ., �■' :" � HARDWARE ��e w � • y ; PROVIDED BY ., �F� � � CONTRACTOR _._ � � � � Contractor Supplied Materials for City of Bremerton Insfallation � ANTENNA AND COAX Quan Make Catalog Description � 1NSTALLED BYCITY 50 ft Times Microwave LMR-400 Low loss coax cable � � 10 ft Times Microwave LMR-400-FR Low loss coax cable, flame retardant � 1 Polyphaser ISBSOLN-C2-MA Impulse supressor, N connectors � � 1 Times Microwave EZ-400-NF N-Female Connector, LMR400, EZ style � i 3 Times Microwave EZ-400-NMX N-Male Connector, LMR400, EZ style � , 1 B-Line 8412 Mountingbracket ViPR RADIO COAX �� 1 Kathrein SCALA CA7-460-N Yagi antenna ���� �� � TM LMR-400-FR i - � ��,� � Lot Misc Hardware Misc Hardware for mounting bracket � e�o oAo i BU KHEAD i CO NECTOR / IMPULSE SUPRESSOR � �I � ASSEMBLY ��• � / / '� COAX r .�••••.���•.�• '.��•��•�����•�� �o��.•�'� TMLMR-400 — / N-MALE CUSTOM COAXJUMPER ONNECTOR N-MALE TNC MALE 90 X N MALE N-FEMALE CONNECTOR ONNECTOR RG400 BUILDING GROUND SYSTEM REVISED SCALE City of Bremerton TITLE PAGE NAME PAGE Public Work & Utilities WARREN AVE, MANETTE BRIDGE, SNYDER AVE SEISMIC CONTROL/FLOW 14 OF 5/21/2014 ��� Division CONTROL RTU SCHEMATIC � COMM 17 � � � , , ' , � ' � ' , i L� ' ' n ; � ' , ViPR MOUNTING BRACKET TESSCO CUSTOM COAX JUMPER � TNC MALE CRIMP, 90 DEGREE RF INDUSTRIES s ii2" � RFT-1218-C1 !� - - - - TESSCO 39547 i ..._ — — — — — — — — — — �•• � i i - - --- - — — . ..— __—� � . 5 3/4" ►� � i ' � 434760 TESSCO Services � � - � - f� FITTING-H-2X(RG) ' � � Custom PerFormed dual installation of a � 1 3/4 � connector on RG-type cable. Includes heat ' 2 1/4" � , shrink, 3/8" x 1". I i - � -- - - - - {�} - 3/8„ 1/2" i � i - LENGTH ToP RG400 TEFLON CABLE AS � THERMAX/SONIC RGS-400 REQUIRED TO REACH BULKHEAD TESSCO PER FOOT 67906 CONNECTOR i � i -/ See 434760 above. i N MALE CRIMP RF INDUSTRIES � �� RFN-1005-3C1 TESSCO 54680 _ ���(11 13/64" (1 OF 8) _ � _� �� � ; i �,� i N - - - � - - - - 90.0° 3/8" 3/8" _ i � � 1/2 FRONT SIDE MATERIAL: 0.125 ALUMINUM MOUNTING HARDWARE 10-32" X'/2" SS TRUSS HEAD ' 10-32 SS KEPS NUT REVISED SCALG i�ITLE PAGE NAM[ PAS�� City of Bremerton � Public Work & Utilities WARREN AVE, MANETTE BRIDGE, SNYDER AVE SEISMIC 5/21/2014 1�2 Division CONTROL/FLOW CONTROL RTU SCHEMATIC DETAILS 1 OF IMPULSE SUPRESSOR INSTALLATION / 3/8-16 x 5/8 SHCS / 3/8 split washer I� Bracket Polyphaser IS-650LN-C2-MA ' Impuse Supressor 0 o To equipment � -� To antenna a o _� Burndy YA2CL-2TC38N60 2 hole compression lug i 2 AWG bare copper to _ Harger R-4150-A4 insulator grounding system 3/8" flat washer � 3/8" split washer 3/8-16 x 3/4" HHCS --- � � r-- � , � ; B-Line 6412 Bracket CABLE TERMINATION 1/4" OD Black Heat Shrink Aprox 1" Long Center over end of cable Cable Marker Sleeve Brady Perma Sleeve PSIDP or = (size to fit OD) Slide clear sleeving over shield wire, sleeving to extend to end of cable � Use clear PVC sleeving, Voltrex PVI-S14 or 1/8" OD clear Notes heat shrink 1. See Cable Identification Standard for numbering of cables 2. All heat shrink sleeving to be shrunk per manufacturers instructions 3. If shield wire is not required, cut off flush with end of cable 4. Label orientation: J HORIZONTAL U � � w > Example of Cable Termination and Labeling TELEMETRY PANEL 48 78 � �a' , NOTES: REV BY DATE DESCRIPTION 1 � 03 TERMINAL POINT 2 iN 5 PLC TERMINAL 3. FIELD WIRING 4. 36" LED LIGHT 6X6 WIREWAY � }.. �. -- � � � � '' � � -_ ~± X Ft ty FY • : • � Ii-1-YiI }► TOP OF DISPLAY 60" �� c�/) z� o° �N J� 0 � ¢ 0 m J W Z � � w � � �L ussrm �L ��� �� USE 60' COPPER WIRE OR BETTER � L2 SYSTEMS, LLC DRAWN BY: GDL CIIY OF BREMERTON — WATER RESOURCES DWG: . 3322 16TH ST APPROVED: GDL EVERETT, WA 98201 DATE: PAGE: 2 OF 7 REV: 425-258-2402 PROJECT ��B' TELEMETRY PANEL �,.,, — � �, -! .�•� �� � ,'-'� T � � � ���.�o.r�„� ��� ��� C�)�► i �� � (��i��� U 1: DRILL & TAP BACKPAN FOR STANDARD CITY OF BREMERTON VIPR BRACKET � NOTES: REV BY DATE DESCRIPTION 1 � 03 TERMINAL POINT 2 iN 5 PLC TERMINAL 3. FIELD WIRING 4. XXXX TELEMETRY PANEL �c,Z.�.� ��� ��� ��� ��� ��� .� ��� �� � �L usrID �L ��� � �. USE 60' COPPER WIRE OR BETTER � L2 SYSTEMS, LLC DRAWN BY: GDL CITY OF BREMERTON — WATER RESOURCES owc: 3322 16TH ST APPROVED: GDL EVERETT, WA 98201 DATE: PA�E: 2 OF 7 REV: 425-258-2402 PROJECT JOB: